chemkor schedule 80 fittings - Fabco Plastics Wholesale Limited

PLASTICS FOR TODAY’S INDUSTRY 

CHEMKOR WELD-ON AQUAMETRIX BLUE-WHITE INSTADU 

GEORGE FISCHER SIMONA HARVEL ROYAL PIPE SYSTEM 

SEAL HF FANS SPEARS STRONGWELL NIBCO-CHEMTRO 

NET CONTAIN-IT SNYDER TRIPACKS HAYWARD KURI-T 

PRECISIONEERING PARKER PENGUIN CHEMKOR WELD-O 

AQUAMETRIX BLUE-WHITE INSTADUCT GEORGE FISCHER 

NA HARVEL ROYAL PIPE SYSTEMS FUSEAL HF FANS SP 

STRONGWELL NIBCO-CHEMTROL SIGNET CONTAIN-IT SN 

TRIPACKS HAYWARD KURI-TEC PRECISIONEERING PAR 

PENGUIN CHEMKOR WELD-ON AQUAMETRIX BLUE-WHIT 

STADUCT GEORGE FISCHER SIMONA HARVEL ROYAL PIP 

SYSTEMS FUSEAL HF FANS SPEARS STRONGWELL NIB 

CHEMTROL SIGNET CONTAIN-IT SNYDER TRIPACKS HA 

KURI-TEC PRECISIONEERING PARKER PENGUIN CHEMK 

WELD-ON AQUAMETRIX BLUE-WHITE INSTADUCT GEORG 

CHER SIMONA HARVEL ROYAL PIPE SYSTEMS FUSEAL H 

SPEARS STRONGWELL NIBCO-CHEMTROL SIGNET CONT 

IT SNYDER TRIPACKS HAYWARD KURI-TEC PRECISION 

PARKER PENGUIN CHEMKOR WELD-ON AQUAMETRIX BL 

WHITE INSTADUCT GEORGE FISCHER SIMONA HARVEL 

for current pricing visit our website 

www.fabcoplastics.com

Terms 

Price 

Prices are subject to change without notice. Please contact your 

Fabco representative for current pricing on all stock and nonstock 

items. All are based on standard domestic packaging and 

do not include special overseas packaging or other requirements. 

Dealer, Contractor, and OEM discounts for volume orders available 

for most products. 

Placing Orders 

To expedite handling of your order, please use the combination of 

part number, size and brief description. Our minimum order size 

is $25 net. 

Shipping 

All shipments are FOB shipping point except those qualifi ed materials 

which carry mill shipment freight allowances. The term 

FOB shipping point means that the carrier accepts all responsibility 

upon accepting the shipment at our dock. Therefore, any 

claim for damage or loss must be settled between you and the 

carrier without delay. 

Billing Terms 

Prior credit approval and nondelinquent status are necessary 

before shipping on open account. Our open account terms are 

net 30 days. A 2% per month (24% per annum) charge is made 

on accounts exceeding 30 days. All taxes required by law are 

computed and added to your invoice. Our minimum billing is 

$25 net. 

Export Shipments 

FABCO will be happy to handle your export order. We will offer 

prompt replies on your inquiry including Pro Forma Invoice, CIF 

port of unloading, and export crating on all our products. The 

terms are letter of credit drawn on a Canadian Bank for orders in 

excess of $5000. All orders under $5000 are advance wire trans- 

HWY. 27 

MAJOR MACKENZIE 

TESTON RD. 

MAPLE, ONT. 

HWY. 7 

fer. Address your inquiry to “Export Department” at our Maple, 

Ontario offi ce. 

Claims & Returns 

Claims for shortages or inaccurate fi lling of orders must be made 

to FABCO within 10 days after receipt of goods. Include a copy 

of the invoice or shipper on which the goods were purchased. 

You will then receive a returned Goods Authorization (RGA) 

number. There is a 25% restocking charge on any standard goods 

that are returned for credit or exchange, when the error is not 

ours, providing that such goods that are returned are in new and 

saleable condition, are returned on a prepaid basis and the returned 

goods do not exceed 10% of the original order quantities. 

Goods returned without the RGA will be refused. Any custom 

fabrication, hand fabricated or specialty ordered products are non 

returnable. 

CONDITIONS OF SALES 

Notice to Buyer 

Information 

FABCO will endeavour to supply such advice as it may be able 

to supply with reference to the use by buyer of any material 

purchased, but FABCO makes no guarantees and assumes no 

obligation or liability for advice given verbally or in print or the 

results obtained. Buyer assumes all risk and liability which may 

result from the use of any material, whether used singly or in 

combination with other products. No suggestion for product use 

shall be construed as a recomendation for its use in infringement 

on any existing patent. 

Product Warranty 

All products carry the original manufacturer’s warranty. Copies 

are available upon request. 

FABCO reserves the right of product substitution to meet market 

shortage. 

HWY. 400 

JANE ST. 

KEELE ST. 

HWY. 401 

OUR CORPORATE HEAD OFFICE 

2175A TESTON ROAD, MAPLE, ONTARIO, CANADA L6A 1T3 

Tel:(905)832-0600 Toll Free Tel: (800) 565-6189 Fax:(905)832-0992 Toll Free Fax:(800)668-8415 

Web Site: www.fabcoplastics.com Email: info@fabcoplastics.com 

HWY. 11

TABLE OF CONTENTS 

PVC, C, CCPV 

PVC, PPOLYPRO 

ROPYLE LENE NE, PV PVDF DF PPROCE 

CESS SS PIPE AN AND D FITTINGS GS 1 

ENGI GINEERED ED PPIPIN 

ING SYST STEM EMS 2 

VALVES AND A ACCES ESSORI RIES ES 3 

PLASTIC SHEE EET, ROD OD, FR FRP P ST STRUCTUR URAL SHAPES, GRA RATI TING NG 4 

FLOWME METERS RS, CONT NTRO ROLL LLER ER ERS, S, PPRO 

ROBE BES, S, LEVEL TRANS NSITTE TERS 5 

PUMP MPS, S, MMETER 

ERING G PUMPS, FIL ILTE TERS RS, , STRAIN INER ERS 6 

POLYETHYLE LENE TAN ANKS KS AND ACC ACCES 

ESSO SO SORI RIES ES 7 

FLEXIBLE TUB UBING, G, HHOS 

OSE, E, FFIT 

ITTI TINGS 8 

VENTILATION N DUCT, FITTINGS, PACK CKING, FAN AN ANS, S, SCRUB UB UBBER COMP MPON ONEN ENTS TS 9 

SPECIFIC ICATIONS AND ND ENGIN INEERING NG RREF 

EFER EREN EN ENCES 10

Applications 

• Swimming Pools and Spas 

• Chemical Feed Systems 

• Industrial Water Treatment Systems 

• Municipal Water Treatment Systems 

• Turn-key Treatment Skids 

• Cooling Towers 

• Metallic Plating Lines 

MM Nominal Pipe Size 

(inches) 

Part Number Crate Qty 

(Feet) 

CHEMKOR SCHEDULE 80 PIPE 

PVC is the most frequently specifi ed of all plastic piping materials. It has been used 

successfully for over 60 years. PVC is characterized by distinctive physical properties 

and is resistant to corrosion and chemical attack by acids, alkalies, salt solutions and 

many other chemicals. It is attacked, however, by polar solvents such as ketones and 

aromatics. Of the various types and grades of PVC used in plastic piping, Type 1, 

Grade 1 PVC (Cell Classifi cation 12454–B) conforming to ASTM D1784, is the most 

common. The maximum service temperature for PVC is 140°F. 

With a design stress of 2,000 psi, PVC has the highest long-term hydrostatic strength (at 

73°F) of any other major thermoplastic material used for piping. 

Outside 

Diameter (IN) 

Features 

• Stocked in 20’ lengths, plain end 

• Available in custom lengths as a special 

• Bell end joints also available 

• Lightweight for quick and easy installation 

• Smooth interior walls reduce friction 

• Reduced friction limits energy requirements 

• Low maintenance reduces operating costs 

Max. Inside 

Diameter (IN) 

Min. Wall 

Thickness (IN) 

Weight per 100 

Feet (LB) 

Pressure Rating 

at 73.4°F psi 

6 1/4 x 20 ft 010304 200 0.540 0.302 0.119 10 1130 

10 3/8 x 20 ft 010306 200 0.675 0.423 0.126 14 910 

12 1/2 x 20 ft 010307 6000 0.840 0.546 0.147 21 840 

20 3/4 x 20 ft 010308 4400 1.050 0.742 0.154 28 680 

25 1 x 20 ft 010309 3600 1.315 0.957 0.179 41 630 

32 1 1/4 x 20 ft 010310 3300 1.660 1.278 0.191 57 520 

40 1 1/2 x 20 ft 010311 3600 1.900 1.500 0.200 68 470 

50 2 x 20 ft 010312 2800 2.375 1.939 0.218 94 400 

65 2 1/2 x 20 ft 010313 1980 2.875 2.323 0.276 144 420 

75 3 x 20 ft 010314 1760 3.500 2.900 0.300 193 370 

100 4 x 20 ft 010316 1140 4.500 3.826 0.337 282 320 

125 5 x 20 ft 010317 840 5.563 4.768 0.375 392 290 

150 6 x 20 ft 010318 520 6.625 5.761 0.432 538 280 

200 8 x 20 ft 010319 200 8.625 7.625 0.500 817 240 

250 10 x 20 ft 010320 160 10.75 9.564 0.593 1212 230 

300 12 x 20 ft 010322 120 12.75 11.376 0.687 1680 220 

350 14 x 20 ft 010324 120 14.00 12.410 0.750 1979 220 

400 16 x 20 ft 010326 60 16.00 14.214 0.843 2543 220 

450 18 x 20 ft 010328 40 18.00 16.014 0.937 3183 220 

500 20 x 20 ft 010330 20 20 17.814 1.031 4105 220 

600 24 x 20 ft 010334 20 24 21.418 1.218 5823 210 

Notes: 

• Pressure Rating at 73.4 °F (23 °C). 

• CHEMKOR pressure pipe conforms to CSA Standard B137.3 and ASTM D1784, D1785. 

• Schedule 80 pipe is recommended for threading. 

• Not recommended for compressed air or gas service. 

1-1 

1

1 

1-2 

CHEMKOR SCHEDULE 80 FITTINGS 

SOCKET 

TEES 

THREAD 

TEES 

90° SOCKET 

ELBOW 

90° THREAD 

ELBOW 

45° SOCKET 

ELBOW 

45° THREAD 

ELBOW 

MALE 

ADAPTER 

FEMALE 

ADAPTER 

NOMINAL 

PIPE 

SIZE 

1/4 801002 805002 806002 808002 817002 819002 835002 

3/8 801003 805003 806003 808003 817003 819003 835003 

1/2 801005 805005 806005 808005 817005 819005 836005 835005 

3/4 801007 805007 806007 808007 817007 819007 836007 835007 

1 801010 805010 806010 808010 817010 819010 836010 835010 

1 1/4 801012 805012 806012 808012 817012 819012 836012 835012 






5 801050 806050(F) 817050(F) 836050F 

6 801060 805060F 806060 817060 836060 835060(F) 

8 801080 805080F 806080 817080 836080F 835080(F) 

10 801100 (F) 806100(F) 817100(F) 836100F 835100F 

12 801120 806120(F) 817120(F) 836120F 835120F 

14 801140F 817140F 


18 801180F 817180F 



Notes: 

• 150 Series (150 psi Maximum Internal Pressure Rating @ 73.4 °F (23 °C)) Moulded. 

• PVC Schedule 80 Fittings are produced in accordance with the following standards – ASTM D1784, ASTM D2467 (Soc Fittings), ASTM D2464 (Threaded Fittings). 

• Flanges are 150 lb. ANSI B16.5 dimensioned. 

• Threaded crosses, wyes, reducing wyes, 30° elbows, 22° elbows, threaded fi ttings, line couplings, repair couplings and many other fi ttings are available on request. 

• F indicates a fabricated fi tting. Some fabricated fi ttings may be fi berglass reinforced. (F) indicates fi tting is available molded or fabricated. 

• All 1/2” - 16” Molded fl anges have a 150 psi Maximum Internal Pressure Rating @ 73°F (23°C). 

• All 10” - 24” Fabricated fl anges have a 50 psi Maximum Internal Pressure Rating @ 73°F (23°C). 

• No provisions have been made for pressure surges, water hammer, or other conditions which should be considered. 

• All Socket Unions have a 235 psi Maximum Internal Pressure Rating @ 73°F (23°C).


150 LB 

SOCKET 

FLANGES 

150 LB 

THREADED 

FLANGES 

150 LB 

BLIND 

FLANGES 

SOCKET 

VANSTONE 

FLANGES 

SPIGOT 

VANSTONE 

FLANGES SOCKET CAPS 

THREADED 

CAPS 

SOCKET 

CROSSES 

NOMINAL 

PIPE 

SIZE 

1/4 847002 848002 820002 

3/8 847003 848003 

1/2 851005 852005 853005 854005 856005 847005 848005 820005 

3/4 851007 852007 853007 854007 856007 847007 848007 820007 

1 851010 852010 853010 854010 856010 847010 848010 820010 

1 1/4 851012 852012 853012 854012 856012 847012 848012 820012 

1 1/2 851015 852015 853015 854015 856015 847015 848015 820015 

2 851020 852020 853020 854020 856020 847020 848020 820020 

2 1/2 851025 852025 853025 854025 856025 847025 848025 820025 

3 851030 852030 853030 854030 856030 847030 848030 820030 

4 851040 852040 853040 85-040 856040 847040 848040 820040 

5 851050 853050F 854050 

6 851060 852060 853060 854060 856060 847060 848060F 820060F 

8 851080 852080 853080 854080 856080 847080 848080F 820080F 

10 851100F 852100F 853100 854100 856100 847100F 820100F 

12 851120F 852120F 853120 854120 856120 847120F 820120F 

14 851140F 852140F 853140F 854140 856140F 847140F 820140F 

16 851160F 852160F 853160F 854160 856160F 847160F 820160F 

18 851180F 852180F 853180F 854180F 856180F 847180F 820180F 

20 851200F 852200F 853200F 854200F 856200F 847200F 820200F 

24 851240F 852240F 853240F 854240F 856240F 847240F 820240F 

Notes: 

• 150 Series (150 psi Maximum Internal Pressure Rating @ 73.4 °F (23 °C) Moulded. 








• All Socket Unions have a 235 psi Maximum Internal Pressure Rating @ 73°F (23°C). 

1-3 

1

1 

1-4 


SOCKET 

COUPLINGS 

THREADED 

COUPLINGS 

THREADED 

PLUGS 

SOCKET 

UNIONS (EPDM 

O-RINGS) 

SOCKET 

UNIONS (VITON 

O-RINGS) 

THREADED 

UNIONS (VITON 

O-RINGS) 

THREADED 

UNIONS (EPDM 

O-RINGS) 

NO LEAK 

FLANGES 

NOMINAL 

PIPE 

SIZE 

1/4 829002 830002 850002 897002 857002 858002 898002 


1/2 829005 830005 850005 897005 857005 858005 898005 8NLF005 

3/4 829007 830007 850007 897007 857007 858007 898007 8NLF007 

1 829010 830010 850010 897010 857010 858010 898010 8NLF010 

1 1/4 829012 830012 850012 897012 857012 858012 898012 8NLF012 






5 829050(F) 898060 8NLF050 

6 829060 830060F 850060 897060 857060 858060 8NLF060 

8 829080 830080F 8NLF080 

10 829100(F) 830100F 8NLF100 

12 829120(F) 8NLF120 

14 829140(F) 8NLF140 

16 829160F 8NLF160 

18 829180F 8NLF180 

20 829200F 8NLF200 

24 829240F 8NLF240 

Notes: 









• All Socket Unions have a 235 psi Maximum Internal Pressure Rating @ 73°F (23°C). 

• Please note that different bre not interchangeable, please specify if you are requesting a specifi c brand.

REDUCER 

BUSHINGS 

SOCKET X SLIP 


REDUCER 

BUSHINGS 

SLIP x FPT 

REDUCER 

BUSHINGS 

FPT X MPT 

SOCKET 

REDUCING 

COUPLINGS 

THREADED 

REDUCING 

COUPLINGS 

NOMINAL 

PIPE SIZE 

3/8 x 1/4 837052 838052 839052 

1/2 x 1/4 837072 838072 839072 829072 830072 



3/4 x 1/2 837101 838101 839101 829101 830101 

1 x 1/4 837128 838128 839128 

1 x 1/2 837130 838130 839130 829130 830130 

1 x 3/4 837131 838131 839131 829131 830131 

1 1/4 x 1/2 837166 838166 839166 829166 830166 

1 1/4 x 3/4 837167 838167 839167 829167 830167 

1 1/4 x 1 837168 838168 839168 829168 830168 

1 1/2 x 1/2 837209 838209 839209 829209 830209 

1 1/2 x 3/4 837210 838210 839210 829210 830210 

1 1/2 x 1 837211 838211 839211 829211 830211 

1 1/2 x 1 1/4 837212 838212 839212 829212 830212 

2 x 1/2 837247 838247 839247 829247 830247 

2 x 3/4 837248 838248 839248 829248 830248 

2 x 1 837249 838249 839249 829249 830249 

2 x 1 1/4 837250 838250 839250 829250 830250 

2 x 1 1/2 837251 838251 839251 829251 830251 

2 1/2 x 1 837289 838289 839289 

2 1/2 x 1 1/4 837290 838290 839290 

2 1/2 x 1 1/2 837291 838291 839291 829291 830291 

2 1/2 x 2 837292 838292 839292 829292 830292 

3 x 1 837335 838335 839335 

3 x 1 1/4 837336 838336 839336 

3 x 1 1/2 837337 838337 839337 829337 830337 

3 x 2 837338 838338 839338 829338 830338 

3 x 2 1/2 837339 838339 839339 829339 830339 

4 x 2 837420 838420 839420 829420 830420 

4 x 2 1/2 837421 838421 839421 829421 830421 

4 x 3 837422 838422 839422 829422 830422 

6 x 3 837531 838531 839531 

6 x 4 837532 838532 839532 829532 830532 

8 x 4 829582 830582 

8 x 6 837585 838585 839585 829585 830585 

10 x 4 837624F 829624F 

10 x 6 837626F 829626F 

10 x 8 837628F 829628F 

12 x 4 837664F 829664F 

12 x 6 837666F 829666F 

12 x 8 837668F 829668F 

12 x 10 837670F 829670F 

14 x 6 837696F 829696F 

14 x 8 837698F 829698F 

14 x 10 837700F 829700F 

14 x 12 837704F 829704F 

16 x 8 837734F 829734F 

16 x 10 837736F 829736F 

16 x 12 837738F 829738F 

16 x 14 

Notes: 

837740F 829740F 


• PVC Schedule 80 Fittings are produced in accordance with the following standards – ASTM D1784, 

ASTM D2467 (Soc Fittings), ASTM D2464 (Threaded Fittings). 

• Threaded crosses, wyes, reducing wyes, 30° elbows, 22° elbows, threaded fi ttings, line couplings, 

repair couplings and many other fi ttings are available on request. 

• F indicates a fabricated fi tting. Some fabricated fi ttings may be fi berglass reinforced. (F) indicates 

fi tting is available molded or fabricated 

NOMINAL 

PIPE 

SIZE 

Length 

(inches) 

THREAD- 

ED 

NIPPLES 

1/4 CLOSE 861037 

1/4 SHORT 861038 

1/4 3 861041 

1/4 4 861042 

1/4 5 861043 

1/4 6 861044 

3/8 CLOSE 861055 

3/8 SHORT 861056 

3/8 3 861058 

3/8 4 861059 

3/8 5 861061 

3/8 6 861062 

1/2 CLOSE 861063 

1/2 SHORT 861078 

1/2 3 861081 

1/2 4 861082 

1/2 5 861083 

1/2 6 861084 

3/4 CLOSE 861104 

3/4 SHORT 861105 

3/4 3 861106 

3/4 4 861107 

3/4 5 861108 

3/4 6 861109 

1 CLOSE 861133 

1 SHORT 861134 

1 3 861135 

1 4 861136 

1 5 861137 

1 6 861138 

1 1/4 CLOSE 861170 

1 1/4 SHORT 861171 

1 1/4 3 861172 

1 1/4 4 861173 

1 1/4 5 861174 

1 1/4 6 861175 

1 1/2 CLOSE 861213 

1 1/2 SHORT 861214 

1 1/2 3 861215 

1 1/2 4 861216 

1 1/2 5 861217 

1 1/2 6 861218 

2 CLOSE 861251 

2 SHORT 861252 

2 3 861253 

2 4 861254 

2 5 861255 

2 6 861256 

2 1/2 CLOSE 861260 

2 1/2 3 861261 

2 1/2 4 861265 

2 1/2 5 861268 

2 1/2 6 861269 

3 CLOSE 861338 

3 3 861339 

3 4 861341 

3 5 861342 

3 6 861343 

4 CLOSE 861422 

4 4 861423 

4 5 861430 

4 6 861426 

• 

• 

• 

SOCKET 

REDUC- 

ING TEES 

NOMINAL 

PIPE SIZE 

3/4 x 3/4 x 1/2 801101 

1 x 1 x 1/2 801130 


1 1/2 x 1 1/2 x 3/4 801210 

1 1/2 x 1 1/2 x 1 801211 



2 x 2 x 1 801249 

2 x 2 x 1 1/2 801251 



3/4 x 3/4 x 1/2 801101 



1 1/2 x 1 1/2 x 3/4 801210 

1 1/2 x 1 1/2 x 1 801211 




2 x 2 x 1 1/2 801251 













No provisions have 

been made for pressure 

surges, water 

hammer, or other 

conditions which 

should be considered. 

All 1/2” - 16” 

Moulded fl anges 

have a 150 psi 

Maximum Internal 

Pressure Rating @ 

73°F (23°C). 

All 10” - 24” Fabricated 

fl anges have 

a 50 psi Maximum 

Internal Pressure 

Rating @ 73°F 

(23°C). 

1-5 

1

1 

1-6 

Applications 


• Chemical Feed Systems 

• Refrigeration 

• Drainage 

• Municipal Water Treatment Systems 



MM Nominal Pipe 

Size (IN) 

CHEMKOR SCHEDULE 40 GRAY PIPE 

For more than a quarter of a century PVC Type I, Grade I, Schedule 40 piping systems 

have been successfully used for pressure and drainage systems in industrial, residential, 

commercial and agricultural installations. PVC Schedule 40 is ideal for applications where 

transmission of liquids or materials does not exceed 140°F. The life expectancy of plastic 

systems far exceeds that of metal systems and required maintenance is less complicated 

and cost effective. Systems are not adversely affected by environmental agents and buried 

systems are not adversely affected by normal soil contaminants. The inherent insulating 

qualities of PVC Schedule 40 provides substantial benefi ts in temperature control, and in 

commercial installations, sound transmission is greatly reduced. Joining is accomplished 

through solvent cementing, threading or fl anging, insulation is generally not required, and 

extensive material handling and fabricating equipment is not necessary. 


Feet 

Outside 

Diameter (IN) 

Features 

• Stocked in 10’ or 20’ lengths, bell or plain end 

• Available in various lengths as a special 






Max. Inside 

Diameter (IN) 

Min. Wall 


Weight per 

100 Feet 


at 73.4°F 

12 1/2 x 10 ft 010207BS 3,000 0.840 0.622 0.109 16 590 

20 3/4 x 10 ft 010208BS 2,200 1.050 0.824 0.113 22 480 

25 1 x 10 ft 010209BS 1,800 1.315 1.049 0.133 32 450 

32 1 1/4 x 10 ft 010210BS 1,600 1.660 1.380 0.140 43 370 

40 1 1/2 x 10 ft 010211BS 1,800 1.900 1.610 0.145 52 330 

50 2 x 10 ft 010212BS 1,400 2.375 2.069 0.154 69 280 

65 2 1/2 x 10 ft 010213BS 990 2.875 2.469 0.203 109 300 

75 3 x 10 ft 010214BS 880 3.500 3.068 0.216 144 260 

100 4 x 20 ft 010216B 1,140 4.500 4.026 0.237 203 220 

125 5 x 20 ft 010217B 260 5.563 5.017 0.258 273 190 

150 6 x 20 ft 010218B 520 6.625 6.031 0.280 354 180 

200 8 x 20 ft 010222B 200 8.625 7.943 0.322 531 160 

250 10 x 20 ft 010219B 160 10.75 9.976 0.356 753 140 

300 12 x 20 ft 010220B 120 12.75 11.89 0.406 995 130 

350 14 x 20 ft 010224 60 14.00 13.072 0.438 1181 130 

400 16 x 20 ft 010226 40 16.00 14.940 0.500 1542 130 

450 18 x 20 ft 010228 20 18.00 16.809 0.562 2111 130 

500 20 x 20 ft 010230 20 20.00 18.743 0.593 2480 130 

600 24 x 20 ft 010234 20 24.00 22.544 0.687 3451 130 

Notes: 

• Pressure Rating at 73.4 °F (23 °C). 


• Schedule 40 pipe is not recommended for threading. 


• Not recommended for compressed air or gas service.

CHEMKOR SCHEDULE 40 GRAY FITTINGS 

SOCKET TEES 

90° SOCKET 

ELBOWS 

45° SOCKET 

ELBOWS 

SOCKET 

COUPLINGS 

FEMALE 

ADAPTERS 

MALE 

ADAPTERS 

FITTING 

ADAPTER 

SPGT X FPT SOCKET CAPS 

45° SOCKET 

LATERALS 

NOMINAL 

PIPE 

SIZE 

1/4 

3/8 406003 

1/2 401005 406005 417005 429005 435005 436005 478005 447005 

3/4 401007 406007 417007 429007 435007 436007 478007 447007 

1 401010 406010 417010 429010 435010 436010 478010 447010 

1 1/4 401012 406012 417012 429012 435012 436012 478012 447012 

1 1/2 401015 406015 417015 429015 435015 436015 478015 447015 

2 401020 406020 417020 429020 435020 436020 478020 447020 

2 1/2 401025 406025 417025 429025 435025 436025 478025 447025 

3 401030 406030 417030 429030 435030 436030 478030 447030 

4 401040 406040 417040 429040 435040 436040 478040 447040 

5 401050 406050 417050 429050 435050 436050 447050 

6 401060 406060 417060 429060 436060 447060 

8 401080W 406080W 417080W 429080W 436080W 447080W 

10 401100F 406100F 417100 429100F 447100F 475100F 

12 401120F 406120F 417120 829120F 447120F 475120F 

14 401140F 406140F 417140F 429140F 447140F 475140F 

16 401160F 406160F 417160F 429160F 447160F 475160F 

18 401180F 406180F 417180F 429180F 447180F 475180F 

20 401200F 406200F 417200F 429200F 447200F 475200F 

24 401240F 406240F 417240F 429240F 447240F 475240F 

Notes: 

• PVC Schedule 40 Fittings are produced in accordance with the following standards – ASTM D1784, ASTM D2466. 

• All 8” fi ttings available in white PVC material only. All Schedule 40 reducing tees are standard tees with a reducer bushing. 

• PVC Schedule 40 Fittings are produced in accordance with the following standards ASTM D1784, ASTM D2466. 

• The maximum continuous working pressure of the fi ttings is equal to 150 PSI at 73.4 °F (23 °C). No provisions have been made for pressure surges, water hammer, or 

other conditions which should be considered. 

• All custom fabricated fi ttings are not subject to return. Many other fi ttings are available on request. 


1-7 

1

1 

1-8 

CHEMKOR SCHEDULE 40 GRAY FITTINGS 

REDUCER 

BUSHINGS 

SOCKET X SLIP 

REDUCER 

BUSHINGS 

SLIP x FPT 

SOCKET 

REDUCING 

COUPLING 

NOMINAL 

PIPE 

SIZE 

3/4 x 1/2 437101 438101 429101 

1 x 1/2 437130 438130 

1 x 3/4 437131 438131 429131 

1 1/4 x 1/2 437166 438166 

1 1/4 x 3/4 437167 438167 

1 1/4 x 1 437168 438168 429168 

1 1/2 x 1/2 437209 438209 

1 1/2 x 3/4 437210 438210 

1 1/2 x 1 437211 438211 

1 1/2 x 1 1/4 437212 438212 429212 

2 x 1/2 437247 438247 

2 x 3/4 437248 438248 

2 x 1 437249 438249 

2 x 1 1/4 437250 438250 

2 x 1 1/2 437251 438251 429251 

2 1/2 x 2 437292 438292 

3 x 1 1/2 437337 438337 

3 x 2 437338 438338 429338 

3 x 2 1/2 437339 438339 

4 x 2 437420 438420 

4 x 3 437422 438422 429422 

6 x 4 437532 438532 

8 x 3 437580F 

8 x 4 437582F 

8 x 6 437585F 

10 x 4 437624F 429624F 

10 x 6 437626F 429626F 

10 x 8 437628F 429628F 

12 x 4 437664F 429664F 

12 x 6 437666F 429666F 

12 x 8 437668F 429668F 

12 x 10 437670F 429670F 

14 x 6 437696F 429696F 

14 x 8 437698F 429698F 

14 x 10 437700F 429700F 

14 x 12 437704F 429704F 

16 x 8 437734F 429734F 

16 x 10 437736F 489736F 

16 x 12 437738F 429738F 

16 x 14 437740F 429740F 

18 x 8 437748F 429748F 

18 x 10 437750F 429750F 

18 x 12 437752F 429752F 

18 x 14 437754F 429754F 

18 x 16 437756F 429756F 

20 x 12 437768F 429768F 

20 x 14 437770F 429770F 

20 x 16 437772F 429772F 

20 x 18 437774F 429774F 

24 x 14 437788F 429788F 

24 x 16 437790F 429790F 

24 x 18 437792F 429792F 

SOCKET 

REDUCING 

TEES 

SOCKET 45 

REDUCING 

LATERAL 

NOMINAL 

PIPE 

SIZE 

3/4 x 3/4 x 1/2 401101 475101 

1 x 3/4 x 3/4 401125 475125 

1 x 1 x 1/2 401130 475130 

1 x 1 x 3/4 401131 475131 

1 1/4 x 1 1/4 x 1/2 401166 475166 

1 1/4 x 1 1/4 x 3/4 401167 475167 

1 1/4 x 1 1/4 x 1 401168 475168 

1 1/2 x 1 1/2 x 3/4 401210 475210 

1 1/2 x 1 1/2 x 1 401211 475211 

2 x 2 x 3/4 401248 475248 

2 x 2 x 1 401249 475249 

2 x 2 x 1 1/2 401251 475251 

3 x 3 x 3/4 401334 475334 

3 x 3 x 1 401335 475335 

3 x 3 x 1 1/2 401337 475337 

3 x 3 x 2 401338 475338 

4 x 4 x 3/4 401416 475416 

4 x 4 x 1 401417 475417 

4 x 4 x 2 401420 475420 

4 x 4 x 3 401422 475422 

10 x 10 x 4 401624 475624 

10 x 10 x 6 401626 475626 

10 x 10 x 8 401628 475628 

12 x 12 x 4 401664 475664 

12 x 12 x 6 401666 475666 

12 x 12 x 8 401668 475668 

12 x 12 x 10 401670 475670 

14 x 14 x 6 401696 475696 

14 x 14 x 8 401698 475698 

14 x 14 x 10 401700 475700 

14 x 14 x 12 401704 475704 

16 x 16 x 8 401734 475734 

16 x 16 x 10 401736 475736 

16 x 16 x 12 401738 475738 

16 x 16 x 14 401740 475740 

18 x 18 x 8 401748 475748 

18 x 18 x 10 401750 475750 

18 x 18 x 12 401752 475752 

18 x 18 x 14 401754 475754 

18 x 18 x 16 401756 475756 

20 x 20 x 12 401768 475768 

20 x 20 x 14 401770 475770 

20 x 20 x 16 401772 475772 

20 x 20 x 18 401774 475774 

24 x 24 x 14 401788 475788 

24 x 24 x 16 401790 475790 

24 x 24 x 18 401792 475792 

24 x 24 x 20 401794 475794 

24 x 20 437794F 429794F 

Notes: 


• All 8” fi ttings available in white PVC material only. Some Schedule 40 reducing tees are standard tees with a reducer bushing. 

• PVC Schedule 40 Fittings are produced in accordance with the following standards ASTM D1784, ASTM D2466. 

• The maximum continuous working pressure of the fi ttings is equal to 150 PSI at 73.4°F (23°C). No provisions have been made forpressure surges, water 

hammer, or other conditions which should be considered. 


• F indicates a fabricated fi tting. Some fabricated fi ttings may be fi berglass reinforced. (F) indicates fi tting is available molded or fabricated.

Applications 


• Marine 

• Refrigeration 

• Drainage 

• Mobile Homes 




Size (IN) 

CHEMKOR SCHEDULE 40 WHITE PIPE 

For more than a quarter of a century PVC Type I, Grade I, Schedule 40 piping systems have 

been successfully used for pressure and drainage systems in industrial, residential, commercial 

and agricultural installations. PVC Schedule 40 is ideal for applications where transmission 

of liquids or materials does not exceed 140°F. The life expectancy of plastic systems far 

exceeds that of metal systems and required maintenance is simpler and less costly. Systems are 

not adversely affected by environmental agents and buried systems are not adversely affected 

by normal soil contaminants. The inherent insulating qualities of PVC Schedule 40 provides 

substantial benefi ts in temperature control, and in commercial installations, sound transmission 

is greatly reduced. Joining is accomplished through solvent cementing, threading or fl anging, 

insulation is generally not required, and extensive material handling and fabricating equipment 

is not necessary. Many fi tting confi gurations available up to 24” in diameter upon request. 


(Feet) 

Outside 

Diameter (IN) 

Features 

• Stocked in 10’ or 20’ lengths, bell or plain end 

• Available in various lengths as a special 






Max. Inside 

Diameter (IN) 

Min. Wall 

Thickness 

Weight per 

100 Feet 


at 73.4°F 

12 1/2 x 10 ft 010207WS 3,000 0.84 0.622 0.109 16 590 

20 3/4 x 10 ft 010208WS 2,200 1.05 0.824 0.113 22 480 

25 1 x 10 ft 010209WS 1,800 1.315 1.049 0.133 32 450 

32 1 1/4 x 10 ft 010210WS 1,600 1.66 1.38 0.14 43 370 

40 1 1/2 x 10 ft 010211WS 1,800 1.9 1.61 0.145 52 330 

50 2 x 10 ft 010212WS 1,400 2.375 2.069 0.154 69 280 

65 2 1/2 x 10 ft 010213WS 990 2.875 2.469 0.203 109 300 

75 3 x 10 ft 010214WS 880 3.5 3.068 0.216 144 260 

100 4 x 20 ft 010216WB 1,140 4.5 4.026 0.237 203 220 

125 5 x 20 ft 010217WB 260 5.563 5.017 0.258 273 190 

150 6 x 20 ft 010218WB 520 6.625 6.031 0.28 354 180 

200 8 x 20 ft 010222WB 200 8.625 7.943 0.322 531 160 

250 10 x 20 ft 010219WB 160 10.75 9.976 0.356 753 140 

300 12 x 20 ft 010220WB 120 12.75 11.89 0.406 995 130 

350 14 x 20 ft 010224W 60 14 13.072 0.438 1181 130 

400 16 x 20 ft 010226W 40 16 14.94 0.5 1542 130 

450 18 x 20 ft 010228W 20 18 16.809 0.562 2111 130 

500 20 x 20 ft 010230W 20 20 18.743 0.593 2480 130 

600 24 x 20 ft 010234W 20 24 22.544 0.687 3451 130 

Notes: 

• Pressure Rating at 73.4°F (23°C). 

• Certain confi gurations not available. 


• Schedule 40 pipe is not recommended for threading. 



1-9 

1

1 

1-10 

NOMINAL 

PIPE 

SIZE 

CHEMKOR SCHEDULE 40 WHITE FITTINGS 

45º SOCKET 

ELBOWS 

90º SOCKET 

ELBOWS 

90º ELBOWS 

(FPT X MPT) 

90º ELBOWS 

(FPT X FPT) 

90º ELBOWS 

(SOC X FPT) 

90º ELBOWS 

(SOC X 

MPT) 

90º ELBOWS 

(SPG X 

MALE SLIP) 

SOCKET 

TEES 

THREADED 

TEES 

1/2" 417005W 406005W 412005W 408005W 407005W 410005W 409005W 401005W 40005W 

3/4" 417007W 406007W 412007W 408007W 407007W 410007W 409007W 401007W 405007W 

1" 417010W 406010W 412010W 408010W 407010W 410010W 409010W 401010W 405010W 

1-1/4" 417012W 406012W 412012W 408012W 407012W 410012W 409012W 401012W 405012W 

1-1/2" 417015W 406015W 412015W 408015W 407015W 410015W 409015W 401015W 405015W 

2" 417020W 406020W 412020W 408020W 407020W 410020W 409020W 401020W 405020W 

2-1/2" 417025W 406025W 407025W 401025W 

3" 417030W 406030W 407030W 401030W 

4" 417040W 406040W 407040W 401040W 

6" 417060W 406060W 401060W 

8" 417080W 406080W 401080W 

SOCKET 

COUPLINGS 

THREADED 

COUPLINGS 

SOCKET 

CAPS 

THREADED 

CAPS 

MALE 

ADAPTERS 

FEMALE 

ADAPTERS 

SOCKET 

CROSSES 

TEES 

(SOC X SOC 

X FPT) 

NOMINAL 

PIPE 

SIZE 

1/2 429005W 430005W 447005W 448005W 436005W 435005W 420005W 402005W 

3/4 429007W 430007W 447007W 448007W 436007W 435007W 420007W 402007W 

1 429010W 430010W 447010W 448010W 436010W 435010W 420010W 402010W 

1-1/4 429012W 430012W 447012W 448012W 436012W 435012W 420012W 402012W 

1-1/2 429015W 447015W 448015W 436015W 435015W 420015W 402015W 

2 429020W 447020W 448020W 436020W 435020W 420020W 402020W 

2-1/2 429025W 447025W 448025W 436025W 435025W 420025W 402025W 



6 429060W 447050W 448060W 436060W 435060W 

8 429080W 447060W 436080W 

10 429100W 447080W 

12 429120W 

Notes: 


• Many other fi ttings are available on request. 

• The maximum continuous working pressure of the fi ttings is equal to 150 PSI at 73.4°F (23°C). No provisions have been made for pressure surges, water hammer, or 


• All custom fabricated fi ttings are not subject to return. Many other fi ttings are available on request.

CHEMKOR SCHEDULE 40 WHITE FITTINGS 

SOCKET 

REDUCING 

TEES 

NOMINAL 

PIPE 

SIZE 

3/4 x 3/4 x 1/2 401101W 

1 x 1 x 1/2 401130W 

1 x 1 x 3/4 401131W 

1-1/4 x 1-1/4 401166W 

x 1/2 

1-1/4 x 1-1/4 

x 3/4 

401167W 

1-1/4 x 1-1/4 x 1 401168W 

1-1/2 x 1-1/2 

x 1/2 

401209W 

1-1/2 x 1-1/2 

x 3/4 

401210W 

1-1/2 x 1-1/2 x 1 401211W 

1-1/2 x 1-1/2 x 

1-1/4 

401212W 

2 x 2 x 1/2 401247W 

2 x 2 x 3/4 401248W 

2 x 2 x 1 401249W 

2 x 2 x 1-1/4 401250W 

2 x 2 x 1-1/2 401251W 

2-1/2 x 2-1/2 

x 3/4 

401288W 

2-1/2 x 2-1/2 x 1 401289W 

2-1/2 x 2-1/2 x 

1-1/4 

401290W 

2-1/2 x 2-1/2 x 

1-1/2 

401291W 

2-1/2 x 2-1/2 x 2 401292W 

3 x 3 x 3/4 401334W 

3 x 3 x 1 401335W 

3 x 3 x 1-1/4 401336W 

3 x 3 x 1-1/2 401337W 

3 x 3 x 2 401338W 

4 x 4 x 3/4 401416W 

4 x 4 x 1 401417W 

4 x 4 x 1-1/4 401418W 

4 x 4 x 1-1/2 401419W 

4 x 4 x 2 401420W 

4 x 4 x 3 401422W 

6 x 6 x 2 401528W 

6 x 6 x 3 401530W 

6 x 6 x 4 401532W 

8 x 8 x 3 401580W 

8 x 8 x 4 401582W 

8 x 8 x 6 401585W 

TEES (SOC X 

SOC X RED. 

FPT) 

NOMINAL 

PIPE 

SIZE 

3/4 x 3/4 x 1/2 402101W 

1 x 1 x 1/2 402130W 

1 x 1 x 3/4 402131W 

1-1/4 x 1-1/4 402166W 

x 1/2 

1-1/4 x 1-1/4 

x 3/4 

1-1/4 x 1-1/4 

x 1 

1-1/2 x 1-1/2 

x 1/2 

1-1/2 x 1-1/2 

x 3/4 

1-1/2 x 1-1/2 

x 1 

402167W 

402168W 

402209W 

402210W 

402211W 

2 x 2 x 1/2 402247W 

2 x 2 x 3/4 402248W 

2 x 2 x 1 402249W 

2 x 2 x 1-1/4 402250W 

2 x 2 x 1-1/2 402251W 

2-1/2 x 2-1/2 x 

1-1/2 

402291W 

3 x 3 x 3/4 402334W 

3 x 3 x 1 402335W 

3 x 3 x 1-1/4 402338W 

3 x 3 x 1-1/2 402337W 

4 x 4 x 1 402417W 

4 x 4 x 3 402422W 

TEES (SLIP X 

RED SLIP X 

RED SLIP) 

NOMINAL 

PIPE 

SIZE 

3/4 x 1/2 x 1/2 401094W 

1 x 3/4 x 1/2 401124W 

1 x 3/4 x 3/4 401125W 

1-1/4 x 1 x 1/2 401156W 

1-1/4 x 1 x 3/4 401157W 

1-1/4 x 1 x 1 401158W 

1-1/2 x 1-1/4 

x 1/2 

401199W 

2 x 1-1/2 x 1 401239W 

2 x 1-1/2 x 

1-1/2 

401241W 

SOCKET RE- 

DUCING TEES 

(SOC X SOC X 

INC. SOC) 

NOMINAL 

PIPE 

SIZE 

1 x 1 x 1 1/4 401132W 

1 x 1 x 1 1/2 401134W 

REDUCER 

COUPLINGS 

NOMINAL 

PIPE 

SIZE 

3/4 x 1/2 429101W 

1 x 3/4 429131W 

1-1/4 x 1 429168W 

TEES (SLIP X 

RED. SLIP X 

RED. FPT) 

NOMINAL 

PIPE 

SIZE 

3/4 x 1/2 x 1/2 402094W 

3/4 x 1/2 x 3/4 402095W 

1 x 3/4 x 1/2 402124W 

1 x 3/4 x 3/4 402125W 

1 1/2 x 1 1/4 402199W 

x 1/2 

2 x 1/2 402251W 

90º REDUCING 

ELBOWS (SOC 

X SLIP) 

ADAPTERS 

FPT X RED. 

SLIP 

NOMINAL 

PIPE 

SIZE 

3/4 x 1/2 435074W 

1 x 3/4 435102W 

1-1/4 x 1 435132W 

TEES (SOC X 

SOC X RED. 

FPT) 

NOMINAL 

PIPE 

SIZE 

3/4 x 1/2 x 3/4 401095W 

1 x 3/4 x 1 401126W 

90º REDUCING 

ELBOWS (SOC 

X FPT) 

NOMINAL 

PIPE 

SIZE 

3/4 x 1/2 406101W 407101W 

1 x 1/2 406130W 407130W 

1 x 3/4 406131W 407131W 

1 1/4 x 1/2 407168W 

1 1/2 x 1 1/4 406212W 

2 x 1/2 406251W 

Notes: 

• PVC Schedule 40 Fittings are produced in accordance with the following standards – ASTM 

D1784, ASTM D2466. 

• The maximum continuous working pressure of the fi ttings is equal to 150 PSI at 

73.4°F (23°C). No proviions have been made for pressure surges, water hammer, or 


• All custom fabricated fi ttings are not subject to return. Many other fi ttings are available on 

request. 

1-11 

1

1 

1-12 

Part 

Number 

Nominal 

Pipe Size 

(inches) 

Applications 

• Sight Glass 

• Dual Containment 

• Food Processing 

• Chemical Processing 

• Medical use 

• Cosmetics 

• Visual Testing Equipment 

Crate 

Qty 

(Feet) 

OD 

(in.) 

ID 

(in.) 

Min. Wall 

Thickness 

(IN) 

Weight 

per 

Foot 

Pressure 

Rating 

at 

73.4°F 

Features 

• Available in SCH 40 and 80 dimensions 

• Available in ¼” to 8” diameters 

• Available in 10’ lengths, plain end 

• Joined using simple solvent weld joining 

• Fully compatible with standard PVC pipe and fi ttings 

• Corrosion resistant and lightweight 

• Packaged in bags and boxes on line to eliminate scratching 

Part 

Number 

Nominal Pipe 

Size (inches) 

Crate 

Qty 

(Feet) 

Clear PVC Schedule 80 Pipe (10 ft lengths) Clear PVC Schedule 40 Pipe (10 ft lengths) 

OD 

(in.) 

ID 

(in.) 

Min. Wall 

Thickness 

(IN) 

R8-250 1/4 x 10 ft 100 0.54 0.302 0.119 0.1 570 R4-250 1/4 x 10 ft 350 0.54 0.302 0.119 0.1 390 

R8-375 3/8 x 10 ft 100 0.675 0.423 0.126 0.138 460 R4-375 3/8 x 10 ft 350 0.675 0.423 0.126 0.138 310 

R8-500 1/2 x 10 ft 350 0.84 0.546 0.147 0.202 420 R4-500 1/2 x 10 ft 350 0.84 0.546 0.147 0.202 300 

R8-750 3/4 x 10 ft 250 1.05 0.742 0.154 0.273 340 R4-750 3/4 x 10 ft 250 1.05 0.742 0.154 0.273 240 

R8-1000 1 x 10 ft 200 1.315 0.957 0.179 0.402 320 R4-1000 1 x 10 ft 250 1.315 0.957 0.179 0.402 220 

58-1250 1 1/4 x 10 120 1.66 1.278 0.191 0.554 260 R4-1250 1 1/4 x 10 200 1.66 1.278 0.191 0.554 180 

R8-1500 1-1/2 x 10 100 1.9 1.5 0.2 0.673 240 R4-1500 1-1/2 x 10 160 1.9 1.5 0.2 0.673 170 

R8-2000 2 x 10 ft 60 2.375 1.939 0.218 0.932 200 R4-2000 2 x 10 ft 120 2.375 1.939 0.218 0.932 140 

R8-3000 3 x 10 ft 40 3.5 2.9 0.3 1.903 190 R4-2500 2-1/2 X 10 ft 80 2.875 2.445 0.203 1.076 150 

R8-4000 4 x 10 ft 30 4.5 3.826 0.337 2.782 160 R4-3000 3 x 10 ft 60 3.5 2.9 0.3 1.903 130 

R8-6000 6 x 10 ft 10 6.625 5.761 0.432 5.913 140 R4-3500 3-1/2 x 10 ft 50 4 3.52 0.288 1.697 120 

Notes: 

• This size does not comply with Schedule 40 as to I.D. and Wall Thick 

ness. 

• For water at 73.4 °F (23 °C) with solvent cemented joints. Working 

pressure decreases by approximately 1.29% per degree F over 73.4 °F 

(23 °C). 

• Complies with title 21 food & drug, part #121 paragraph 121.2521 & 

121.2597 

• Threading not recommended. 

• Schedule 40 type II grade I. 

• Per ASTM D–1784–cell classifi cation 12454B. 

• Schedule 40 pipe also available in 20 ft lengths upon request. 

CLEAR PVC PIPE 

Fabco Clear Rigid PVC piping provides a versatile, cost-effective alternative for many 

piping applications, particularly those where visual monitoring of processes is critical. 

The benefi ts of rigid PVC piping are well recognized: exceptional corrosion resistance; 

smooth interior walls for unimpeded fl ow and reduced sediment buildup; non-contaminating 

for purity applications; fast, reliable solvent-welded connections; good pressurebearing 

capability; and ease of handling and installation, to name a few. 

All of these important benefi ts are now available in a unique product with optimum clarity. 

This clarity provides the all-round visibility that specialized applications demand 

— whether it be clean room applications, sight glass, dual-containment or various other 

processing applications where continuous monitoring is necessary. 

Weight 

per 

Foot 

Pressure 

Rating at 

73.4°F 

R4-4000 4 x 10 ft 50 4.5 3.826 0.337 2.782 110 

R4-6000 6 x 10 ft 10 6.625 5.761 0.432 5.913 90 

R4-6500 * 

6 x 1/8 x 10 ft 10 6.625 6.355 0.125 1.647 45 

R4-8000 8 x 10 ft 10 8.825 7.943 0.322 5.305 80 

R4-10000 10 x 10 ft 10 10.75 9.976 0.365 7.532 70 

48-12000 12 x 10 ft 10 12.75 11.89 0.406 9.949 60

SIZE 

MALE 

ADAPTER 

SCHEDULE 40 CLEAR PVC FITTING 

FEMALE 

ADAPTER 

SOCKET 

COUPLING 

45º STREET 

ELBOWS 

(SLIPXSOC) 

45º 

SOCKET 

ELBOWS 

90º STREET 

ELBOW 

(SPG X SLP) 

90º 

SOCKET 

ELBOW 

SOCKET 

TEES 

SOCKET 

WYE 

SOCKET 

CAP 

1/4" 435002C 429002C 417002C 406002C 401002C 447002C 

3/8" 436003C 435003C 429003C 417003C 406003C 401003C 447003C 

1/2" 436005C 435005C 429005C 427005C 417005C 409005C 406005C 401005C 447005C 

3/4" 436007C 435007C 429007C 427007C 417007C 409007C 406007C 401007C 447007C 

1" 436010C 435010C 429010C 427010C 417010C 409010C 406010C 401010C 447010C 

1-1/4" 436012C 435012C 429012C 427012C 417012C 409012C 406012C 401012C 447012C 

1-1/2" 436015C 435015C 429015C 427015C 417015C 409015C 406015C 401015C 475015C 447015C 

2" 436020C 435020C 429020C 427020C 417020C 409020C 406020C 401020C 475020C 447020C 

2-1/2" 436025C 435025C 429025C 427025C 417025C 409025C 406025C 401025C 475030C 447025C 

3" 436030C 435030C 429030C 427030C 417030C 406030C 401030C 475040C 447030C 

4" 436040C 435040C 429040C 427040C 417040C 406040C 401040C 475060C 447040C 

6" 429060C 417060C 406060C 401060C 475532C 447060C 

8" 429080C 417080C 406080C 401080C 447080C 

Notes: 

• For water at 73.4 °F (23 °C) with solvent cemented joints. Working pressure decreases by approximately 1.29% per degree F 

over 73.4°F. 

• Complies with title 21 food & drug, part #121 paragraph 121.2521 & 121.2597. 

• Threading not recommended. 

• Schedule 40 type II grade I. 


• Fittings are not a standard stock item/made to order or on special request. 

REDUCER 

BUSHINGS 

SOCKET X 

SLIP 

NOMINAL 

PIPE 

SIZE 

3/4X1/2 437101C 

1X3/4 437131C 

1-1/4X1 437168C 

1-1/2X1 437211C 

1-1/2X1-1/4 437212C 

2X1-1/2 437251C 

2-1/2X2 437292C 

3X2 437338C 

3X2-1/2 437339C 

4X3 437422C 

6X4 437532C 

8X6 437585C 

1-13 

1

1 

1-14 

20º BEND 

90º SOCKET 

ELBOW 

90º SOCKET 

ELBOW 

GF METRIC PVC FITTINGS 

A large number of machines, skids and 

fl uid processing systems enter this country 

every year from Europe and other metric 

countries. When they require maintenance, 

we have the parts you need. Manufactured 

to strict DIN standards, these Georg Fischer 

fi ttings will meet your requirements. 

45º SOCKET 

ELBOW SOCKET TEE 

WYE 

LATERAL 

SOCKET 

CROSSES 

SOCKET 

COUPLINGS 

SOCKET REDUCING TEES 

NOMINAL 

PIPE 

SIZE 

25X20 721 200 134 

32X20 721 200 141 

32X25 721 200 138 

40X20 721 200 155 

40X25 721 200 151 

40X32 721 200 147 

50X20 721 200 009 

50X25 721 200 010 

50X32 721 200 164 

50X40 721 200 161 

63X25 721 200 011 

63X32 721 200 178 

63X40 721 200 174 

63X50 721 200 170 

75X32 721 200 181 

75X40 721 200 182 

75X50 721 200 183 

90X63 721 200 184 

90X32 721 200 142 

90X50 721 200 144 

90X63 721 200 145 

BARRELL 

NIPPLES 

SOCKET 

CAPS 

SOCKET 

UNION 

(EPDM) 

REDUCER 

BUSHINGS 

(SOC. X SOC.) 

NOMINAL 

PIPE 

SIZE 

12X8 721 900 329 

16X12 721 900 331 

20X16 721 900 334 

25X20 721 900 337 

32X20 721 900 342 

32X25 721 900 341 

40X20 721 900 348 

40X25 721 900 347 

40X32 721 900 346 

50X20 721 900 355 

50X25 721 900 354 

50X32 721 900 353 

50X40 721 900 352 

63X32 721 900 360 

63X40 721 900 359 

63X50 721 900 358 

75X50 721 900 365 

75X63 721 900 364 

90X50 721 900 372 

90X63 721 900 371 

90X75 721 900 370 

SOCKET 

UNION 

(VITON) 

NOMINAL 

PIPE 

SIZE 

6 MM 721 100 101 721 200 101 721 910 101 

8 MM 721 100 102 721 200 102 721 910 102 

10 MM 721 100 103 721 200 103 721 250 103 721 300 103 721 910 103 721 510 103 721 510 128 

12 MM 721 100 104 721 200 104 721 250 104 721 300 104 721 910 104 721 960 104 721 510 104 721 510 129 

16 MM 721 100 105 721 150 105 721 200 105 721 250 105 721 300 105 721 910 105 721 900 905 721 960 105 721 510 105 721 510 130 

20 MM 721 000 106 721 100 106 721 150 106 721 200 106 721 250 106 721 300 106 721 910 106 721 900 906 721 960 106 721 510 106 721 510 131 

25 MM 721 000 107 721 100 107 721 150 107 721 200 107 721 250 107 721 300 107 721 910 107 721 900 907 721 960 107 721 510 107 721 510 132 

32 MM 721 000 108 721 100 108 721 150 108 721 200 108 721 250 108 721 300 108 721 910 108 721 900 908 721 960 108 721 510 108 721 510 133 

40 MM 721 000 109 721 100 109 721 150 109 721 200 109 721 250 109 721 300 109 721 910 109 721 900 909 721 960 109 721 510 109 721 510 134 

50 MM 721 000 110 721 100 110 721 150 110 721 200 110 721 250 110 721 300 110 721 910 110 721 900 910 721 960 110 721 510 110 721 510 135 

63 MM 721 000 111 721 100 111 721 150 111 721 200 111 721 250 111 721 300 111 721 910 111 721 900 911 721 960 111 721 510 111 721 510 136 

75 MM 721 000 112 721 100 112 721 150 112 721 200 112 721 250 112 721 300 112 721 910 112 721 900 912 721 960 112 721 510 112 721 510 137 

90 MM 721 000 113 721 100 113 721 150 113 721 200 113 721 250 113 721 300 113 721 910 113 721 900 913 721 960 113 721 510 113 721 510 138 

110 MM 721 000 114 721 100 114 721 150 114 721 200 114 721 250 114 721 300 114 721 910 114 721 900 914 721 960 114 721 510 114 721 510 139 

160 MM 721 000 117 721 100 117 721 150 117 721 200 117 721 250 117 721 910 117 721 900 917 721 960 117 

200 MM 721 100 119 721 150 119 721 200 119 721 250 119 721 910 119 721 900 919 

225 MM 721 100 120 721 150 120 721 200 120 721 250 120 721 910 120 721 900 920

Schedule 80- Plain End 

Outside 

Max. Inside 

Min. Wall Weight per Pressure Rating at 

MM Nominal Pipe Size (IN) Part Number Crate Qty Feet Diameter (IN) Diameter Thickness (IN) 100 Feet 

73.4°F 

6 1/4 x 20' 020304 200 0.54 0.302 0.119 12 1130 

12 1/2 x 20' 020307 6000 0.84 0.546 0.147 24 850 

20 3/4 x 20' 020308 4400 1.05 0.742 0.154 33 690 

25 1 x 20' 020309 3600 1.315 0.957 0.179 49 630 

32 1 1/4 x 20' 020310 3300 1.66 1.278 0.191 67 520 

40 1 1/2 x 20' 020311 3600 1.9 1.5 0.2 81 470 

50 2 x 20' 020312 2800 2.375 1.939 0.218 109 400 

65 2 1/2 x 20' 020313 1980 2.875 2.323 0.276 165 425 

75 3 x 20' 020314 1760 3.5 2.9 0.3 221 375 

100 4 x 20' 020316 1140 4.5 3.826 0.337 323 320 

150 6 x 20' 020318 520 6.625 5.761 0.432 617 280 

200 8 x 20' 020319 200 8.625 7.625 0.5 937 250 

250 10 x 20' 020320 160 10.75 9.564 0.593 1342 230 

300 12 x 20' 020322 120 12.75 11.376 0.687 1846 230 

350 14 x 20' 020324 120 14 12.41 0.75 2222 220 

400 16 x 20' 020326 60 16 14.214 0.843 2856 220 

Schedule 40 - Plain End 

MM Nominal Pipe Size (IN) Part Number Crate Qty Feet 

CHEMKOR CPVC PIPE 

Fabco CPVC pipe is produced from a specialty blend of Corzan® CPVC material with 

unique physical properties desirable for piping applications (i.e., improved impact resistance 

and good fi re resistance capabilities). CPVC piping systems can handle more than 

75% of the temperature/pressure requirements of today’s typical process plants. CPVC 

pressure pipe has an upper working temperature limit of 200°F (93°C). As with all thermoplastic 

piping systems, CPVC’s ability to withstand pressure varies with pipe diameter, 

wall thickness, and temperature. For pressure piping applications it is recommended for 

temperatures as high as 200°F (93°C) when appropriate temperature de-rating factors are 

applied. As the pipe diameter and temperature increases, the pressure rating of the product 

decreases. 

Outside 

Diameter (IN) 

Max. Inside 

Diameter (IN) 

Min. Wall Thickness 

Weight per 

100 Feet 

Pressure Rating at 

73.4°F 

12 1/2 x 10 ft 020204 3,000 0.84 0.622 0.109 16 590 

20 3/4 x 10 ft 020207 2,200 1.05 0.824 0.113 22 480 

25 1 x 10 ft 020308 1,800 1.315 1.049 0.133 32 450 

32 1 1/4 x 10 ft 020209 1,600 1.66 1.38 0.14 43 370 

40 1 1/2 x 10 ft 020210 1,800 1.9 1.61 0.145 52 330 

50 2 x 10 ft 020211 1,400 2.375 2.069 0.154 69 280 

65 2 1/2 x 10 ft 020212 990 2.875 2.469 0.203 109 300 

75 3 x 10 ft 020213 880 3.5 3.068 0.216 144 260 

100 4 x 20 ft 020214 1,140 4.5 4.026 0.237 203 220 

125 5 x 20 ft 020216 260 5.563 5.017 0.258 273 190 

150 6 x 20 ft 020218 520 6.625 6.031 0.28 354 180 

200 8 x 20 ft 020219 200 8.625 7.943 0.322 531 160 

250 10 x 20 ft 020220 160 10.75 9.976 0.356 753 140 

300 12 x 20 ft 020222 120 12.75 11.89 0.406 995 130 

350 14 x 20 ft 020224 60 14 13.072 0.438 1181 130 

400 16 x 20 ft 020226 40 16 14.94 0.5 1542 130 

Notes: 

• Pressure Rating at 73.4°F(23 °F). Chemkor pressure pipe conforms to ASTM D1784 and F441. 

• We do not recommend schedule 40 pipe for threading. Schedule 80 pipe is recommended for threading. Not recommended for compressed air or gas 

service. 

Pipe also available up to 24” diameter upon request. 

1-15 

1

1 

1-16 

CHEMKOR SCHEDULE 80 CPVC FITTINGS 

SOCKET 

TEES 

THREADED 

TEES 

90° 

SOCKET 

ELBOWS 

90° 

THREADED 

ELBOWS 

45° 

SOCKET 

ELBOWS 

45° 

THREAD 

ELBOWS 

MALE 

ADAPTERS 

FEMALE 

ADAPTERS 

NOMINAL 

PIPE 

SIZE 

1/4 501002 805002 506002 508002 517002 519002 535002 

3/8 501003 805003 506003 508003 517003 519003 535003 

1/2 501005 805005 506005 508005 517005 519005 536005 535005 

3/4 501007 805007 506007 508007 517007 519007 536007 535007 

1 501010 805010 506010 508010 517010 519010 536010 535010 

1 1/4 501012 805012 506012 508012 517012 519012 536012 535012 






5 501050 506050F 517050F 

6 501060 506060 517060 536060(F) 535060(F) 

8 501080 506080 517080 536080F 535080(F) 

10 501100(F) 506100(F) 517100(F) 536100F 535100F 

12 501120(F) 506120(F) 517120(F) 535120F 

14 501140F 506140F 517140F 

16 501160F 506160F 517160F 

18 501180F 506180F 517180F 

20 501200F 506200F 517200F 

24 501240F 506124F 517240F 

Specify Fabco CPVC Piping for Commercial and Residential Water Applications 

Use CPVC Schedule 80 Piping Systems instead of Copper for 

Hot and Cold water. Fabco CPVC Pipe Meets 25/50 Flame- 

Smoke Development Standards. (CAN/ULC-S102.2). Sweating 

copper is time-consuming and Expensive. Copper prices, 

along with higher installation costs can put Copper expenses to 

almost triple the installed cost of Fabco’s CPVC System. For Hot 

and Cold water, Specify CPVC Schedule 80 from Fabco for your 

next Commercial or Residential project (See notes) 

CPVC benefi ts over Copper include: 

•50% less material cost 

• 66% less labor cost 

• Less attractive to jobsite theft 

• Lower heat-loss 

• Easier to handle 

• Easy transition to copper/PEX 

• Corrosion free 

Notes: 

• Applicable pressure de-ratings at elevated temperatures apply. All Plastic Piping systems must be designed for potential Hydraulic Shock (water hammer), see Section 

10, Engineering Data. 

CPVC SCH 80 fi ttings are produced in accordance with the following standards: ASTM D1784, ASTM F-439 (socket fi ttings), ASTM F-437 (threaded fi ttings). 

• Flanges are 150 lb. ANSI B.16.5 dimensioned. 

• Heavy duty wyes are produced from CPVC according to ASTM D1784, Cell Class 23447B and are pressure rated to 217 PSI. 

• Fabricated fi ttings, custom manufactured and/or modifi ed FABCO products (FRP products, machined products, modifi ed standard products, etc.) cannot be returned 

for credit or with restocking charge. 


• The maximum continuous working pressure of the fi ttings is equal to 150 PSI at 73.4°F( 23°C). No provisions have been made for pressure surges, water hammer, or 



• “F” indicates a fabricated fi tting. Some fabricated fi ttings may be fi berglass reinforced. (F) indicates fi tting is available molded or fabricated.


150 LB 

SOCKET 

FLANGES 

150 LB 

THREADED 

FLANGES 

150 LB 

BLIND 

FLANGES 

SOCKET 

VANSTONE 

FLANGES 

SPIGOT 

VANSTONE 

FLANGES 

SOCKET 

CAPS 

THREADED 

CAPS 

SOCKET 

CROSSES 

45° 

SOCKET 

LATERALS 

NOMINAL 

PIPE 

SIZE 

1/4 547002 548002 520002 

3/8 547003 548003 

1/2 551005 552005 553005 554005 556005 547005 548005 520005 

3/4 551007 552007 553007 554007 556007 547007 548007 520007 

1 551010 552010 553010 554010 556010 547010 548010 520010 

1 1/4 551012 552012 553012 554012 556012 547012 548012 520012 

1 1/2 551015 552015 553015 554015 556015 547015 548015 520015 

2 551020 552020 553020 554020 556020 547020 548020 520020 

2 1/2 551025 552025 553025 554025 556025 547025 548025 520025 

3 551030 552030 553030 554030 556030 547030 548030 520030 

4 551040 552040 553040 554040 556040 547040 548040 520040 

5 551050 553050F 554050 

6 551060 552060F 553060 554060 556060 547060 548060F 520060F 

8 551080 552080F 553080 554080 556080 547080 548080F 520080F 

10 551100F 553100 554100 556100 547100F 520100F 575100F 

12 551120F 553120 554120 556120 547120F 520120F 575120F 

14 551140F 553140F 554140 556140F 547140F 520140F 575140F 

16 551160F 553160F 554160 556160F 547160F 520160F 575160F 

18 551180F 553180F 554180F 556180F 547180F 520180F 575180F 

20 551200F 553200F 554200F 556200F 547200F 520200F 575200F 

24 551240F 553240F 554240F 556240F 547240F 520240F 575240F 

Notes: 

• CPVC SCH 80 fi ttings are produced in accordance with the following standards: ASTM D1784, ASTM F-439 (socket fi ttings), ASTM F-437 (threaded fi ttings). 



• Fabricated fi ttings, custom manufactured and/or modifi ed FABCO products (FRP products, machined products, modifi ed standard products, etc.) cannot be returned 

for credit or with restocking charge. 


• The maximum continuous working pressure of the fi ttings is equal to 150 PSI at 73.4°F(23°C). No provisions have been made for pressure surges, water hammer, or 



• “F” indicates a fabricated fi tting. Some fabricated fi ttings may be fi berglass reinforced. (F) indicates fi tting is available molded or fabricated. 

1-17 

1

1 

1-18 

NOMINAL 

PIPE 

SIZE 


SOCKET 

COUPLINGS 

THREADED 

COUPLINGS 

THREADED 

PLUGS 

SOCKET 

UNIONS 

(EPDM 

O-RINGS) 

SOCKET 

UNIONS 

(VITON 

O-RINGS) 

THREADED 

UNIONS 

(VITON 

O-RINGS) 

THREADED 

UNIONS 

(EPDM 

O-RINGS) 

HEAVY 

DUTY 

WYES 



1/2 529005 530005 550005 597005 557005 558005 598005 575005 

3/4 529007 530007 550007 597007 557007 558007 598007 575007 

1 529010 530010 550010 597010 557010 558010 598010 575010 

1 1/4 529012 530012 550012 597012 557012 558012 598012 575012 

1 1/2 529015 530015 550015 597015 557015 558015 598015 575015 

2 529020 530020 550020 597020 557020 558020 598020 575020 

2 1/2 529025 530025 550025 597025 557025 558025 598025 

3 529030 530030 550030 597030 557030 558030 598030 

4 529040 530040 550040 597040 557040 558040 598040 

5 529050 

6 529060 530060F 550060F 597060 557060 558060 598060 

8 529080 

10 529100 

12 529120 

14 529140(F) 

16 529160F 

18 529180F 

20 529200F 

24 529240F 

SOCKET 

REDUCING 

TEES 

NOMINAL 

PIPE 

SIZE 

3/4 x 3/4 x 1/2 501101 

1 x 1 x 1/2 501130 

1 x 1 x 3/4 501131 

1 1/2 x 1 1/2 x 3/4 501210 

1 1/2 x 1 1/2 x 1 501211 

2 x 2 x 1/2 501247 

2 x 2 x 3/4 501248 

2 x 2 x 1 501249 

2 x 2 x 1 1/2 501251 

3 x 3 x 2 501338 

4 x 4 x 2 501420 

4 x 4 x 3 501422 

6 x 6 x 4 501532 

10 x 10 x 6 501626F 

10 x 10 x 8 501628F 

12 x 12 x 8 501668F 

12 x 12 x 10 501670F 

Notes: 

• CPVC SCH 80 fi ttings are produced in accordance with the following standards: ASTM D1784, ASTM F-439 (socket fi ttings), ASTM F-437 (threaded fi ttings). 



• Fabricated fi ttings, custom manufactured and/or modifi ed FABCO products (FRP products, machined products, modifi ed standard products, etc.) and are not subject to 

return or cancellation. 

• Many other fi ttings are available on request. Some Schedule 40 reducing tees are standard tees with a reducer bushing. 

• The maximum continuous working pressure of the fi ttings is equal to 150 PSI at 73.4°F(23°C). No provisions have been 

made for pressure surges, water hammer, or other conditions which should be considered. 


• “F” indicates a fabricated fi tting. Some fabricated fi ttings may be fi berglass reinforced. (F) indicates fi tting is available moulded or fabricated.


REDUCER 

BUSHINGS 

SOCKET X SLIP 

REDUCER 

BUSHINGS 

SLIP X FPT 

REDUCER 

BUSHINGS 

FPT X MPT 

SOCKET 

REDUCING 

COUPLINGS 

THREADED 

REDUCING 

COUPLINGS 

NOMINAL 

PIPE 

SIZE 

3/8 x 1/4 




3/4 x 1/2 537101 538101 539101 529101 530101 

1 x 1/2 537130 538130 539130 529130 530130 

1 x 3/4 537131 538131 539131 529131 530131 

1 1/4 x 1/2 5'37166 538166 539166 529166 530166 

1 1/4 x 3/4 537167 538167 539167 529167 530167 

1 1/4 x 1 537168 538168 539168 529168 530168 

1 1/2 x 1/2 537209 538209 539209 529209 530209 

1 1/2 x 3/4 537210 538210 539210 529210 530210 

1 1/2 x 1 537211 538211 539211 529211 530211 

1 1/2 x 1 1/4 537212 538212 539212 529212 530212 

2 x 1/2 537247 538247 539247 529247 530247 

2 x 3/4 537248 538248 539248 529248 530248 

2 x 1 537249 538249 539249 529249 530249 

2 x 1 1/4 537250 538250 539250 529250 530250 

2 x 1 1/2 537251 538251 539251 529251 530251 

2 1/2 x 1 1/2 529291 530291 

2 1/2 x 2 537292 538292 539292 529292 530292 

3 x 1 1/2 537337 538337 539337 529337 530337 

3 x 2 537338 538338 539338 529338 530338 

3 x 2 1/2 537339 538339 539339 529339 530339 

4 x 2 537420 538420 539420 529420 530420 

4 x 2 1/2 537421 538421 539421 529421 530421 

4 x 3 537422 538422 539422 529422 530422 

6 x 4 537532 538532 539532 529532 530532 

8 x 4 529582 530582 

8 x 6 537585 539585 529585 530585 

10 x 4 537624F 529624F 

10 x 6 537626F 529626F 

10 x 8 537628F 529628F 

12 x 4 537664F 529664F 

12 x 6 537666F 529666F 

12 x 8 537668F 529668F 

12 x 10 537670F 529670F 

14 x 6 537696F 

14 x 8 537698F 

14 x 10 537700F 

18 x 8 437748F 429748F 429748EF 

18 x 10 437750F 429750F 429750EF 

18 x 12 437752F 429752F 429752EF 

18 x 14 437754F 429754F 429754EF 

18 x 16 437756F 429756F 429756EF 

20 x 12 437768F 429768F 429768EF 

20 x 14 437770F 429770F 429770EF 

20 x 16 437772F 429772F 429772EF 

20 x 18 437774F 429774F 429774EF 

24 x 14 437788F 429788F 429788EF 

24 x 16 437790F 429790F 429790EF 

24 x 18 437792F 429792F 429792EF 

Notes: 

24 x 20 437794F 429794F 429794EF 

• CPVC SCH 80 fi ttings are produced in accordance with the following standards: ASTM D1784, ASTM 

F-439 (socket fi ttings), ASTM F-437 (threaded fi ttings). 

• Fabricated fi ttings, custom manufactured and/or modifi ed FABCO products (FRP products, machined 

products, modifi ed standard products, etc.) cannot be returned for credit or with restocking charge. 

• The maximum continuous working pressure of the fi ttings is equal to 150 PSI at 73.4°F(23°C). No provisions 

have been made for pressure surges, water hammer, or other conditions which should be considered. 

• “F” indicates a fabricated fi tting. Some fabricated fi ttings may be fi berglass reinforced. (F) indicates fi tting 

is available moulded or fabricated. 

LENGTH 

(INCHES) PART # 

Diameter 

(Inches) 

1/4 CLOSE 561037 

1/4 SHORT 561038 

1/4 3 561041 

1/4 4 561042 

1/4 5 561043 

1/4 6 561044 

3/8 CLOSE 561055 

3/8 SHORT 561056 

3/8 3 561058 

3/8 4 561059 

3/8 5 561061 

3/8 6 561062 

1/2 CLOSE 561063 

1/2 SHORT 561078 

1/2 3 561081 

1/2 4 561082 

1/2 5 561083 

1/2 6 561084 

3/4 CLOSE 561104 

3/4 SHORT 561105 

3/4 3 561106 

3/4 4 561107 

3/4 5 561108 

3/4 6 561109 

1 CLOSE 561133 

1 SHORT 561134 

1 3 561135 

1 4 561136 

1 5 561137 

1 6 561138 

1 1/4 CLOSE 561170 

1 1/4 SHORT 561171 

1 1/4 3 561172 

1 1/4 4 561173 

1 1/4 5 561174 

1 1/4 6 561175 

1 1/2 CLOSE 561213 

1 1/2 SHORT 561214 

1 1/2 3 561215 

1 1/2 4 561216 

1 1/2 5 561217 

1 1/2 6 561218 

2 CLOSE 561251 

2 SHORT 561252 

2 3 561253 

2 4 561254 

2 5 561255 

2 6 561256 

2 1/2 CLOSE 561260 

2 1/2 3 561261 

2 1/2 4 561265 

2 1/2 5 561268 

2 1/2 6 561269 

3 CLOSE 561338 

3 3 561339 

3 4 561341 

3 5 561342 

3 6 561343 

4 CLOSE 561422 

4 4 561423 

4 5 561430 

4 6 561426 

1-19 

1

1 

1-20 

Part 

Number MM 

Nominal Pipe 

Size (inches) 

PVC SDR PRESSURE PIPE 

PVC is the most frequently specifi ed of all plastic piping materials. It has been used 

successfully for over 60 years. PVC is characterized by distinctive physical properties 

and is resistant to corrosion and chemical attack by acids, alkalies, salt solutions 

and many other chemicals. It is attacked, however, by polar solvents such as ketones 

and aromatics. Of the various types and grades of PVC used in plastic piping, SDR 

conforming to ASTM D1784, is the most common. The maximum service temperature 

for PVC is 140°F. 

Outside 

Diameter 

Inside 

Diameter 

Min. Wall 

Thickness 

Weight per 

100 Feet 


at 73.4°F 

Series 160 (SDR-26) Pressure Pipe, 20 foot length, Plain End 

010911 40 1 1/2 x 20 ft 2.375 2.173 0.091 43.2 160 

010912 50 2 x 20 ft 1.900 1.734 0.080 28.4 160 

010913 65 2 1/2 x 20 ft 2.875 2.635 0.110 62.2 160 

010914 75 3 x 20 ft 3.500 3.210 0.135 91.5 160 

010916 100 4 x 20 ft 4.500 4.134 0.173 149.4 160 

010917 125 5 x 20 ft 5.563 5.109 0.214 228.8 160 

010918 150 6 x 20 ft 6.625 6.085 0.255 322.8 160 

010919 200 8 x 20 ft 8.625 7.921 0.332 546.8 160 

010920 250 10 x 20 ft 10.750 9.874 0.413 849.2 160 

010922 300 12 x 20 ft 12.750 11.710 0.490 1195.6 160 

010924 350 14 x 20 ft 14.000 12.860 0.538 1443.0 160 

010926 400 16 x 20 ft 16.000 14.696 0.615 1881.0 160 

010928 450 18 x 20 ft 18.000 16.534 0.693 2386.0 160 

010930 500 20 x 20 ft 20.000 18.370 0.769 2947.0 160 

010934 600 24 x 20 ft 24.000 22.043 0.923 4252.0 160 


010628 450 1/2 x 10 ft 20.000 18.970 0.488 1892.0 100 

010630 500 3/4 x 10 ft 18.000 17.070 0.439 1537.0 100 

010634 600 1 x 10 ft 24.000 22.748 0.585 2732.0 100 


011007 12 1/2 x 20 ft 1.050 0.910 0.060 12.9 200 

011008 20 3/4 x 20 ft 0.840 0.696 0.062 10.4 200 

011009 25 1 x 20 ft 1.315 1.169 0.063 17.0 200 

011010 32 1 1/4 x 20 ft 1.660 1.482 0.079 26.3 200 

011011 40 1 1/2 x 20 ft 1.900 1.700 0.090 33.9 200 

011012 50 2 x 20 ft 2.375 2.129 0.113 52.1 200 

011013 65 2 1/2 x 20 ft 2.875 2.581 0.137 75.4 200 

011014 75 3 x 20 ft 3.500 3.146 0.167 110.6 200 

011016 100 4x 20 ft 4.500 4.046 0.214 182.5 200 

011017 125 5 x 20 ft 5.563 5.001 0.265 279.2 200 

011018 150 6 x 20 ft 6.625 5.995 0.316 396.4 200 

011019 200 8 x 20 ft 8.625 7.755 0.410 667.9 200 

011020 250 10 x 20 ft 10.750 9.667 0.511 1039.2 200 

Notes: 

• Pressure Rating at 73.4°F(23°C). 

• FABCO Pressure Pipe conforms to CSA standard B 137.3 and ASTM D 1784. 

• Pipe can be supplied on request as bell end or roll grooved (SDR21 and SDR 26).

SOLVENT CEMENT AND PRIMER 

IPS offers the most complete line of solvent cements commercially 

available. Each WELD-ON formulation has 

been developed for a specifi c application, as dictated by 

the marketplace. WELD-ON cements are conceived and 

continually checked by qualifi ed chemists and technicians 

in a modern, well equipped laboratory. WELD-ON 

solvent cements are used in such diverse fi elds as construction, 

agriculture, furniture, automotive, aerospace 

and general manufacturing. A complete line of low VOC 

Cements also available. 

Product Code 705 705 711 719 725 747 795 

Product Type PVC PVC PVC PVC PVC PVC PVC 

Colour Clear Gray Gray Gray Aqua Blue Blue (fades to 

Clear) 

Clear 

maximum Recommended 

Pipe Size 

4" (Sch. 80), 

6" (All Other) 



12" 30" 4" (Sch. 80), 


Product Code 714 714 724 790 C-65 P-70 P-70 

Product Type CPVC CPVC PVC/CPVC PVC/CPVC Cleaner Primer Primer 

Colour Gray Orange Gray Clear Clear Purple Clear 

maximum Recommended 12" 12" 12" 4" (Sch. 80), All All All 

Pipe Size 


Relative Set Time Medium Medium Medium Fast N/A N/A N/A 

ASTM Designation D-2846 & F-493 D-2846 & F-493 F-493 ASTM D-2564, 

D-2235, F-493 



SCAQMD1168. ASTM F-656, 

SCAQMD1168 



Relative Set Time Fast Fast Medium Slow Extremely Fast Extremely Fast Fast 

ASTM Designation D-2564 D-2564 D-2564 D-2564 D-2564 D-2564 N/A 

Industry Listings NSF, UPC NSF, UPC, CSA NSF, UPC, CSA NSF, UPC, CSA NSF, UPC, CSA UPC 

Classes, Schedules 

All Rigid All Rigid All Rigid All Rigid Rigid/Flex Rigid/Flex Flex/Flex, 

and Types 

Flex/Rigid 

Minimum Shelf Life 3 Years 3 Years 3 Years 3 Years 3 Years 3 Years 3 Years 

Gallon # 0705120 0705121 0711121 0719111 0725911 0747911 0795120 

Quart # 0705200 0705201 0711201 0719211 0725921 0747912 0795200 

Pint # 0705300 0705301 0711301 0719311 0725931 0747913 0795300 

1/2 Pint # 0705400 0705401 0711401 - 0725941 0747914 0795400 

1/4 Pint # 0705500 0705501 - - 0725951 0747915 0795600 

ASTM F-656, 

SCAQMD1168 

Industry Listings NSF NSF, UPC NSF N/A N/A NSF, UPC NSF 

Classes, Schedules 

and Types 

All Rigid All Rigid All Rigid All Rigid All All All 

Minimum Shelf Life 2 Years 2 Years 2 Years 3 Years Unlimited 3 Years 3 Years 

Gallon # - 0714611 0724121 0790200 0765011 0770124 0770100 

Quart # 0714211 0714206 0724201 0790300 0765021 0770204 0770200 

Pint # 0714311 0714631 0724301 0790400 0765031 0770304 0770300 

1/2 Pint # - 0714641 0724401 0790500 0765041 0770404 0770400 

1/4 Pint # - - 0765051 0770504 0770500 

3/4 Ounce # - 

1-21 

1

1 

1-22 

Relative Humidity 

60% or Less 

SOLVENT CEMENT AND PRIMER 

Temperature Range 

AVERAGE INITIAL SET TIMES 

FOR WELD-ON PVC/CPVC SOLVENT CEMENTS 

Pipe Sizes Pipe Sizes Pipe Sizes Pipe Sizes Pipe Sizes 

1/2" to 11/4" 11/2" to 2" 21/2" to 8" 10" to 15" 15"+ 

60°-100°F 2 min 5 min 30 min 2 hrs 4 hrs 

40°-60°F 5 min 10 min 2 hrs 8 hrs 16 hrs 

0°-40°F 10 min 15 min 12 hrs 24 hrs 48 hrs 

Notes: 

• In damp or humid weather allow 50% more set time; extended set times are required for chemical applications. 

• Initial set schedule is the necessary time needed before the joint can be carefully handled. 

AVERAGE JOINT CURE SCHEDULE 

FOR WELD-ON PVC/CPVC SOLVENT CEMENTS 

Cure Time Cure Time Cure Time 

Pipe Sizes Pipe Sizes Pipe Sizes 

Cure Time 

Pipe Sizes 

10" to 15" 

Cure Time 

Pipe Sizes 

15"+ 

1/2" to 11/4" 11/2" to 2" 21/2" to 8" 


During Assembly 

and Cure Periods 

up to 160 psi 160-370 psi up to 160 psi 160-315 psi up to 160-315 psi up to 100 psi up to 100 psi 

60°-100°F 15 min 6 hrs 30 min 12 hrs 11/2 hrs 24 hrs 48 hrs 72 hrs 

40°-60°F 20 min 12 hrs 45 min 24 hrs 4 hrs 48 hrs 96 hrs 6 days 

0°-40°F 30 min 48 hrs 1 hr 96 hrs 72 hrs 8 days 8 days 14 days 

Notes: 

• In damp or humid weather allow 50% more cure time; extended cure times are required for chemical applications. 

• Joint cure schedule is the necessary time needed before pressurizing system. 

AVERAGE NUMBER OF JOINTS PER QUART OF WELD-ON CEMENT/PRIMER 

Pipe Diameter 1/2" 3/4" 1" 11/2" 2" 3" 4" 6" 8" 10" 12" 15" 18" 

Number of Joints 300 200 125 90 60 40 30 10 5 2/3 1/2 3/4 1/2 

Notes: 

• For Primer: Double the number of joints shown for cement. These fi gures are estimates based on our laboratory tests. Due to the many variables in the fi eld, these 

fi gures should be used as a general guide only. 

• PVC Specialty Cements offer less set & cure times. 

• IPS weld-on solvent cements must never be used in a pvc or cpvc system using or being tested by compressed air or gases.

Applications: 

• Variable grade pressure 

sewer systems 

• Pressure water systems 

• Golf club irrigation 

• Mobile home parks 

Notes: 

• Meets ASTM D-1784 

cell classifi cation 

12454B and ASTM 

D-2241; D-2466 and 

1599 for dimensions 

and testing 

performance. 

CLAMP-IT TM PVC TAPPING SADDLES 

The Clamp-It Tapping saddles allow you to tap into existing piping systems without having to cut 

out and insert a tee. The O-ring and O-ring groove are designed so that there is no gap between 

the installed saddle and the pipe. When pressure is applied the pipe compression is replaced by 

the fl uid pressure without increasing the pressure on the saddle. The hinge design eliminates the 

need for two clamping wedges. The clamping wedge equally distributes the pressure over the 

entire width of the saddle. It locks and aligns the saddle top and bottom into proper position. 

IPS 

IPS 

IPS 

Pipe 

Pipe 

Pipe 

Part # 

Size Tap Size Part # 

Size Tap Size Part # 

Size Tap Size 

432007 2" 3/4" IPS SLIP 453007 3" 3/4" IPS SLIP 456007 6" 3/4" IPS SLIP 

432010 2" 1" IPS SLIP 453010 3" 1" IPS SLIP 456010 6" 1" IPS SLIP 

432012 2" 1 1/4" IPS SLIP 453012 3" 1 1/4" IPS SLIP 456012 6" 1 1/4" IPS SLIP 

432015 2" 1 1/2" IPS SLIP 453015 3" 1 1/2" IPS SLIP 456015 6" 1 1/2" IPS SLIP 

422007 2" 3/4" IPS FIPT 

453020 3" 2" IPS SLIP 456020 6" 2" IPS SLIP 

422010 2" 1" IPS FIPT 443007 3" 3/4" IPS FIPT 446007 6" 3/4" IPS FIPT 

422012 2" 1 1/4" IPS FIPT 443010 3" 1" IPS FIPT 446010 6" 1" IPS FIPT 

422015 2" 1 1/2" IPS FIPT 443012 3" 1 1/4" IPS FIPT 446012 6" 1 1/4" IPS FIPT 

443015 3" 1 1/2" IPS FIPT 446015 6" 1 1/2" IPS FIPT 

432507 2 1/2" 3/4" IPS SLIP 443020 3" 2" IPS FIPT 446020 6" 2" IPS FIPT 

432510 2 1/2" 1" IPS SLIP 

432512 2 1/2" 1 1/4" IPS SLIP 454007 4" 3/4" IPS SLIP 458007 8" 3/4" IPS SLIP 

432515 2 1/2" 1 1/2" IPS SLIP 454010 4" 1" IPS SLIP 458010 8" 1" IPS SLIP 

432520 2 1/2" 2" IPS SLIP 454012 4" 1 1/4" IPS SLIP 458012 8" 1 1/4" IPS SLIP 

454015 4" 1 1/2" IPS SLIP 458015 8" 1 1/2" IPS SLIP 

422507 2 1/2" 3/4" IPS FIPT 454020 4" 2" IPS SLIP 458020 8" 2" IPS SLIP 

422510 2 1/2" 1" IPS FIPT 

422512 2 1/2" 1 1/4" IPS FIPT 444007 4" 3/4" IPS FIPT 448007 8" 3/4" IPS FIPT 

422520 2 1/2" 2" IPS FIPT 444010 4" 1" IPS FIPT 448010 8" 1" IPS FIPT 

444012 4" 1 1/4" IPS FIPT 448012 8" 1 1/4" IPS FIPT 

444015 4" 1 1/2" IPS FIPT 448015 8" 1 1/2" IPS FIPT 

444020 4" 2" IPS FIPT 448020 8" 2" IPS FIPT 

TRANSITION UNIONS 

Threaded Metal Insert and Stainless Steel Collar are molded-in-place as an Integral part of each fi tting for superior 

strength. Secondary O-ring seal compensates for expansion and contraction variation between materials. Low Profi le 

design. Available in sizes from 1/2” to 2” IPS. Manufactured from high quality CPVC and PVC materials for superior 

chemical resistance. Metal Inserts 316 Stainless Steel or Brass 

Patented Design 

Computer engineered design minimizes stress problems normally associated with metal-to-plastic piping system transitions. 

Patented design is backed by over twenty-fi ve years of research and fi tting development. 

Superior Metal -to- Plastic Transition 

Strong Industrial grade metal-to –plastic Schedule 80 Transition Fittings feature molded-in-place metal threads with form 

compressed O-ring for optimum expansion and contraction barrier. ASTM Schedule 80 slip sockets and ANSI spec tapered 

pipe threads for leak-tight connections. 

1-23 

1

1 

1-24 

PVC AND CPVC S80 EXPANSION JOINTS 

These expansion joints are fabricated from either PVC or CPVC and are available 

for Iron pipe sizes from 1/2” to as high as 12”. They contain multi O-ring Viton® 

Seals with “Wiper” O-ring and requires no repair or replacement. 

SIZE PSI RATING 

@73°F 

PVC 6" TRAVEL 

PART # 

PVC 12" TRAVEL 

PART # 

CPVC 6" 

TRAVEL 

PART # 

CPVC 12" 

TRAVEL 

PART # 

1/2 340 826-005X6 826-005X12 526-005X6 526-005X12 

3/4 340 826-007X6 826-007X12 526-007X6 526-007X12 

1 320 826-010X6 826-010X12 526-010X6 526-010X12 

1 1/4 260 826-012X6 826-012X12 526-012X6 526-012X12 

1 1/2 240 826-015X6 826-015X12 526-015X6 526-015X12 

2 200 826-020X6 826-020X12 526-020X6 526-020X12 

2 1/2 190 826-025X6 826-025X12 526-025X6 526-025X12 

3 190 826-030X6 826-030X12 526-030X6 526-030X12 

4 160 826-040X6 826-040X12 526-040X6 526-040X12 

6 130 826-060X6 826-060X12 526-060X6 526-060X12 

8 120 826-080X6 826-080X12 526-080X6 526-080X12 

10 110 826-100X6 826-100X12 526-100X6 526-100X12 

12 100 826-120X6 826-120X12 

FLANGE GASKETS 

TYPE FLANGE GASKETS LOW TORQUE FLANGE GASKETS 

FLEX 

NEO- 

PVC 1/8" PRENE 1/8" EPDM 

TEFLON BONDED/ 

SIZE (PUNCHED) (PUNCHED) (MOULDED) VITON EPDM (MOULDED) 

1/2" P7000107 7000107 E70001005 V70001005 T70001005 

3/4" P7000108 7000108 E70001007 V70001007 T70001007 

1" P7000109 7000109 E70001010 V70001010 T70001010 

1 1/4" P7000110 7000110 E70001012 V70001012 T70001012 

1 1/2" P7000111 7000111 E70001015 V70001015 T70001015 

2" P7000112 7000112 E70001020 V70001020 T70001020 

2 1/2" P7000113 7000113 E70001025 V70001025 T70001025 

3" P7000114 7000114 E70001030 V70001030 T70001030 

4" P7000116 7000116 E70001040 V70001040 T70001040 

6" P7000118 7000118 E70001060 V70001060 T70001060 

8" P7000119 7000119 E70001080 V70001080 T70001080 

10" P7000120 7000120 E70001100 V70001100 T70001100 

12" P7000121 7000121 E70001120 V70001120 T70001120 

Notes: 

• Moulded Gaskets available in other materials on request.: SBR - Styrene Butadiene Rubber; NBR - Nitrile Butadiene Rubber.

Applications 

• Semi-conductor 

• Pharmaceutical 

• Chemical processing 

• Pulp and paper 

• Electronic 

• Biotechnology 

• Healthcare 

• Universities 

MM Nominal Pipe Size 

(inches) 

NATURAL POLYPROPYLENE PIPE 

Rigid Natural non-pigmented polypropylene used in the manufacture of industrial piping 

components conform to the requirements in ASTM D–4101. All components are manufactured 

from a high purity, unpigmented compound. 

Fittings are industrial, heavy duty, Schedule 80 hub style. Fitting components that utilize 

socket type heat fusion welded connections have socket lengths and wall thicknesses conforming 

to ASTM D–2467 and socket diameters are in accordance with the manufacturer’s 

printed recommendations to provide an interference fi t with the pipe. Components utilizing 

taper pipe threads are to have thread lengths, diameters, and confi gurations in conformance 

with ASTM D–2464. Unions are the Viton O–ring seal type. 

Part 

Number 

Outside 

Diameter (IN) 

Features 


• Extremely corrosion resistant 

• Ideal for applications up to 180 °F 

• Joined by the thermo-seal fusion process, threading or 

fl anging 

Min. Wall 


Weight per 

100 Feet 


at 73.4°F 

12 1/2 x 20 ft 69306 0.840 0.147 14 410 

20 3/4 x 20 ft 69307 1.050 0.154 18 330 

25 1 x 20 ft 69308 1.315 0.179 27 310 

40 1 1/2 x 20 69310 1.900 0.200 45 230 

50 2 x 20 ft 69311 2.375 0.218 62 200 

75 3 x 20 ft 69313 3.500 0.300 126 190 

100 4 x 20 ft 69314 4.500 0.337 184 160 

Notes: 

• Pipe sold in 100 foot bundles to 6”. 

• Pipe is 20 feet long in plain ends. For other lengths and pipe ends, please consult our customer service department. 

• Threading polypropylene schedule 80 pipe reduces working pressure to approximately 20 psi (drainage). Threading polypropylene schedule 40 pipe 

is not recommended. 

• Larger diameter pipe is available on request. Please consult our customer service department. 

• These products are not recommended for compressed air or gas systems. 

• Black Polypropylene socket and threaded systems available on request. Please consult our customer service department. 

1-25 

1

1 

1-26 

NATURAL POLYPROPYLENE SCHEDULE 80 FITTINGS 

SOCKET TEES 

90° SOCKET 

ELBOWS 

45° SOCKET 

ELBOWS 

150 LB 

SOCKET 

FLANGES 

150 LB 

BLIND 

FLANGES SOCKET CAPS 

NOMINAL 

PIPE 

SIZE 

1/2 601005 606005 617005 651005 653005 647005 

3/4 601007 606007 617007 651007 653007 647007 

1 601010 606010 617010 651010 653010 647010 

1 1/2 601015 606015 617015 651015 653015 647015 

2 601020 606020 617020 651020 653020 647020 

3 601030 606030 617030 651030 653030 647030 

4 601040 606040 617040 651040 653040 647040 

FEMALE 

ADAPTERS 

150 LB 

THREADED 

FLANGES 

THREADED 

TEES 

90° THREADED 

ELBOWS 

45° THREAD 

ELBOWS 

THREADED 

CAPS 

NOMINAL 

PIPE 

SIZE 

1/2 635005 652005 605005 608005 619005 648005 

3/4 635007 652007 605007 608007 619007 648007 

1 635010 652010 605010 608010 619010 648010 

1 1/2 635015 652015 605015 608015 619015 648015 




SOCKET 

COUPLINGS 

THREADED 

COUPLINGS 

THREADED 

PLUGS 

SOCKET 

UNIONS (VITON 

O-RINGS) 

THREADED 

UNIONS (VITON 

O-RINGS) 

NOMINAL 

PIPE 

SIZE 

1/2 629005 630005 650005 697005 698005 

3/4 629007 630007 650007 697007 698007 

1 629010 630010 650010 697010 698010 

1 1/2 629015 630015 650015 697015 698015 

2 629020 630020 650020 697020 698020 

3 629030 630030 650030 

4 629040 630040 650040 

Notes: 

• Socket valves, fl anges, and unions, regardless of size are rated at 150 psi for water service at 73°F. 

• F indicates a fabricated fi tting. Some fabricated fi ttings may be fi berglass reinforced. (F) indicates fi tting is available moulded or fabricated. 

• All 1/2” - 4” Moulded fl anges have a 150 psi Maximum Internal Pressure Rating @ 73°F (23°C). 

• No provisions have been made for pressure surges, water hammer, or other conditions which should be considered.

NATURAL POLYPROPYLENE SCHEDULE 80 FITTINGS 

LENGTH 


DIAMETER 

(INCHES) 

1/2 CLOSE 661063 

1/2 SHORT 661078 

1/2 3 661081 

1/2 4 661082 

1/2 5 661083 

1/2 6 661084 

3/4 CLOSE 661104 

3/4 SHORT 661105 

3/4 3 661106 

3/4 4 661107 

3/4 5 661108 

3/4 6 661109 

1 CLOSE 661133 

1 SHORT 661134 

1 3 661135 

1 4 661136 

1 5 661137 

1 6 661138 

1 1/2 CLOSE 661213 

1 1/2 SHORT 661214 

1 1/2 3 661215 

1 1/2 4 661216 

1 1/2 5 661217 

1 1/2 6 661218 

2 CLOSE 661251 

2 SHORT 661252 

2 3 661253 

2 4 661254 

2 5 661255 

2 6 661256 

3 CLOSE 661338 

3 3 661339 

3 4 661341 

3 5 661342 

3 6 661343 

4 CLOSE 661422 

4 4 661423 

4 5 661430 

4 6 661426 

REDUCER 

BUSHINGS 

SOCKET X SLIP 

REDUCER 

BUSHINGS 

FPT x MPT 

NOMINAL 

PIPE 

SIZE 

3/4 x 1/2 637101 639101 

1 x 1/2 637130 639130 

1 x 3/4 637131 639131 

1 1/2 x 1 637211 639211 

2 x 1 637249 639249 

2 x 1 1/2 637251 639251 

3 x 2 637338 

4 x 3 637422 

Notes: 

• Socket valves, fl anges, and unions, regardless of size are rated at 150 psi for water service at 73.4°F(23°C). 

• Other fi ttings are available on request. 

• All 1/2” - 4” Moulded fl anges have a 150 psi Maximum Internal Pressure Rating @ 73°F (23°C) 


• We recommend back welding for all 6” socket connections. 

1-27 

1

1 

1-28 

Applications 

• Semi-conductor 

• Pharmaceutical 


• Pulp and paper 

• Electronic 

• Biotechnology 

• Healthcare 

• Universities 


Size (inches) 

Part Number 

Red 

Part Number 

Natural 

PVDF SCHEDULE 80 PIPE 

(Polyvinylidene Floride) PVDF is a strong, tough, and abrasion resistant 

fl uorocarbon material. It resists distortion and retains most of its strength to 

280°F. It is chemically resistant to most acids, bases and organic solvents 

and is ideally suited for handling wet or dry chlorine, bromine and other 

halogens. No other solid thermoplastic piping components can approach 

the combination of strength, chemical resistance and working temperatures 

of PVDF. PVDF is joined by the thermo-seal fusion process, threading or 

fl anging. 

The great versatility of the material, with its unique combination of physical 

and chemical properties, as well as the simple installation process of 

pipe, fi ttings and valves, make it the piping system of choice for applications 

in industries like semiconductor, pharmaceutical, chemical processing, 

metal fi nishing, pulp and paper. 

Feet per 

bundle 

Features 


• Available in Red Kynar® or natural 

• Extremely corrosion resistant 

• Ideal for applications up to 280 °F 

• Joined by the thermo-seal fusion process, threading or 

fl anging. 

Outside 

Diameter (IN) 

Inside 

Diameter (IN) 

Weight per 

100 Feet 


at 73.4°F 

12 1/2 x 20 ft 050307 70307 140 0.840 0.546 26 580 

20 3/4 x 20 ft 050308 70308 100 1.050 0.742 35 470 

25 1 x 20 ft 050309 70309 80 1.315 0.957 51 430 

40 1 1/2 x 20 050311 70311 80 1.900 1.500 86 320 

50 2 x 20 ft 050312 70312 60 2.375 1.939 119 270 

75 3 x 20 ft 050313 70313 20 3.500 2.900 246 250 

100 4 x 20 ft 050314 70314 20 4.500 3.826 360 250 

150 6 x 20 ft 050315 70315 20 6.625 5.761 686 N.R. 

Notes: 

• Threaded pipe and fi ttings shall be rated at 50% of the values given for socket. 

• Valves, unions and fl anges (either socket or threaded) shall be pressure rated at 150 psi service at 73.4°F(23°C), non-shock and have a minimum 

burst requirement of 3.3 times the rated pressure. 

• Pipe is 20 feet long in plain ends. For other lengths and pipe ends, please consult our customer service department. 

• Red Kynar® pipe is pigmented to resist ultra-violet attack when handling high concentrations of halogens. The pipe is completely compatible 

to Fabco’s line of Kynar® fi ttings and valves. 

• Larger diameter pipe is available upon request. Please consult customer service. 

• These products are not recommended for compressed air or gas systems. 

• N.R. = Not recommended for pressure applications. 

• Schedule 40 pipe available upon request.

SOCKET 

TEES 

90° SOCKET 

ELBOWS 

RED PVDF FITTINGS 

45° SOCKET 

ELBOWS 

150 LB 

SOCKET 

FLANGES 

150 LB 

BLIND 

FLANGES 

SOCKET 

CAPS 

SOCKET 

COUPLINGS 

THREADED 

COUPLINGS 

THREADED 

PLUGS 

Nominal Pipe Size 

1/2 5801005 5806005 5817005 5851005 5853005 5847005 5829005 5830005 5850005 

3/4 5801007 5806007 5817007 5851007 5853007 5847007 5829007 5830007 5850007 

1 5801010 5806010 5817010 5851010 5853010 5847010 5829010 5830010 5850010 

1 1/2 5801015 5806015 5817015 5851015 5853015 5847015 5829015 5830015 5850015 

2 5801020 5806020 5817020 5851020 5853020 5847020 5829020 5830020 5850020 

3 5801030 5806030 5817030 5851030 5853030 5847030 5829030 5850030 

4 5801040 5806040 5817040 5851040 5853040 5847040 5829040 5850040 

6 5801060 5806060 5817060 5851060 5853060 5847060 5829060 

THREADED 

TEES 

90° THREADED 

ELBOWS 

45° THREAD 

ELBOWS 

150 LB 

THREADED 

FLANGES 

THREADED 

CAPS 

FEMALE 

ADAPTERS 

Notes: 




• Webbed – Honeycomb style fl anges/blind fl anges/vanstone fl anges are available. 

• For threaded one end nipples or other length nipples, please call Fabco. 

SOCKET 

UNIONS (VITON 

O-RINGS) 

THREADED 

UNIONS (VITON 

O-RINGS) 

Nominal Pipe Size 

1/2 5805005 5808005 5819005 5852005 5848005 5835005 5897005 5898005 

3/4 5805007 5808007 5819007 5852007 5848007 5835007 5897007 5898007 

1 5805010 5808010 5819010 5852010 5848010 5835010 5897010 5898010 

1 1/2 5805015 5808015 5819015 5852015 5848015 5835015 5897015 5898015 

2 5805020 5808020 5819020 5852020 5848020 5835020 5897020 5898020 

DIAMETER 

(INCHES) 

LENGTH 


DIAMETER 

(INCHES) 

LENGTH 


1/2 CLOSE 5861063 1 4 5861136 

1/2 SHORT 5861078 1 5 5861137 

1/2 3 5861081 1 6 5861138 

1/2 4 5861082 1 1/2 CLOSE 5861213 

1/2 5 5861083 1 1/2 SHORT 5861214 

1/2 6 5861084 1 1/2 3 5861215 

3/4 CLOSE 5861104 1 1/2 4 5861216 

3/4 SHORT 5861105 1 1/2 5 5861217 

3/4 3 5861106 1 1/2 6 5861218 

3/4 4 5861107 2 CLOSE 5861251 

3/4 5 5861108 2 SHORT 5861252 

3/4 6 5861109 2 3 5861253 

1 CLOSE 5861133 2 4 5861254 

1 SHORT 5861134 2 5 5861255 

1 3 5861135 2 6 5861256 

REDUCER 

BUSHINGS 

SOCKET X SLIP 

REDUCER 

BUSHINGS 

FPT X MPT 

DIAMETER 

(INCHES) 

3/4 x 1/2 5837101 5839101 

1 x 1/2 5837130 5839130 

1 x 3/4 5837131 5839131 

1 1/2 x 1 5837211 5839211 

2 x 1 5837249 5839249 

2 x 1 1/2 5837251 5839251 

3 x 2 5837338 

4 x 3 5837422 

6 x 4 5837532 

1-29 

1

1 

1-30 

SOCKET 

TEES 

90° SOCKET 

ELBOWS 

NATURAL PVDF FITTINGS 

45° SOCKET 

ELBOWS 

150 LB 

SOCKET 

FLANGES 

150 LB 

BLIND 

FLANGES 

SOCKET 

CAPS 

SOCKET 

COUPLINGS 

THREADED 

COUPLINGS 

THREADED 

PLUGS 

NOMINAL 

PIPE 

SIZE 

1/2 701005 706005 717005 751005 753005 747005 729005 730005 750005 

3/4 701007 706007 717007 751007 753007 747007 729007 730007 750007 

1 701010 706010 717010 751010 753010 747010 729010 730010 750010 

1 1/2 701015 706015 717015 751015 753015 747015 729015 730015 750015 

2 701020 706020 717020 751020 753020 747020 729020 730020 750020 

3 701030 706030 717030 751030 753030 747030 729030 750030 

4 701040 706040 717040 751040 753040 747040 729040 750040 

6 701060 706060 717060 751060 753060 747060 729060 

THREADED 

TEES 

90° THREADED 

ELBOWS 

45° THREAD 

ELBOWS 

150 LB 

THREADED 

FLANGES 

THREADED 

CAPS 

FEMALE 

ADAPTERS 

Notes: 




• Webbed – Honeycomb style fl anges/blind fl anges/vanstone fl anges are available. 

• For threaded one end nipples or other length nipples, please call Fabco. 

SOCKET 

UNIONS (VITON 

O-RINGS) 

THREADED 

UNIONS (VITON 

O-RINGS) 

NOMINAL 

PIPE 

SIZE 

1/2 705005 708005 719005 752005 748005 735005 797005 798005 

3/4 705007 708007 719007 752007 748007 735007 797007 798007 

1 705010 708010 719010 752010 748010 735010 797010 798010 

1 1/2 705015 708015 719015 752015 748015 735015 797015 798015 

2 705020 708020 719020 752020 748020 735020 797020 798020 

DIAMETER 

(INCHES) 

LENGTH 


DIAMETER 

(INCHES) 

LENGTH 


1/2 CLOSE 761063 1 4 761136 

1/2 SHORT 761078 1 5 761137 

1/2 3 761081 1 6 761138 

1/2 4 761082 1 1/2 CLOSE 761213 

1/2 5 761083 1 1/2 SHORT 761214 

1/2 6 761084 1 1/2 3 761215 

3/4 CLOSE 761104 1 1/2 4 761216 

3/4 SHORT 761105 1 1/2 5 761217 

3/4 3 761106 1 1/2 6 761218 

3/4 4 761107 2 CLOSE 761251 

3/4 5 761108 2 SHORT 761252 

3/4 6 761109 2 3 761253 

1 CLOSE 761133 2 4 761254 

1 SHORT 761134 2 5 761255 

1 3 761135 2 6 761256 

REDUCER 

BUSHINGS 

SOCKET X SLIP 

REDUCER 

BUSHINGS SOC 

FPT X MPT 

NOMINAL 

PIPE 

SIZE 

3/4 x 1/2 737101 739101 

1 x 1/2 737130 739130 

1 x 3/4 737131 739131 

1 1/2 x 1 737211 739211 

2 x 1 737249 739249 

2 x 1 1/2 737251 739251 

3 x 2 737338 

4 x 3 737422 

6 x 4 737532

Applications 

• Furnaces 

• Fireplaces 

• Boilers 

• Water Heaters 

Features 

• Certifi ed under ULC S636-95 

• Complete system includes pipe, fi ttings, 

cement and primer 

• Available from 1 1/2” to 4” diameter 

• All pipe, fi ttings and cement are labeled as 

certifi ed 

GVS-65 GAS VENTING SYSTEM 

The GVS-65 is a complete PVC pipe system designed for use as BH, Class II gas vent 

with a maximum operating temperature of 65 o C. The GVS-65 gas appliance system has 

been third party certifi ed ULC S636-95. This system included pipe, fi ttings, solvent cement 

and primer. Only GVS-65 components may be used as part of the system. Do not 

use fi ttings, pipe, solvent cement or primer from any other manufacturer with the GVS-65 

Gas Venting System. 

Product Product Description 

Case 

Qty 

GVS65010211 1-1/2" PVC GAS VENT PIPE 10 FT LENGTHS GVS-65 1510 

GVS65010212 2" PVC GAS VENT PIPE 10 FT LENGTHS GVS65 1050 

GVS65010213 2-1/2" PVC GAS VENT PIPE 10 FT LENGTHS GVS65 780 

GVS65010214 3" PVC GAS VENT PIPE 10 FT LENGTHS GVS65 580 

GVS65010216 4" PVC GAS VENT PIPE 10 FT LENGTHS GVS65 510 

GVS650706200 PVC GAS VENT SOLVENT CEMENT 950 ML QUART 12 

GVS650706300 PVC GAS VENT SOLVENT CEMENT 475 ML PINT 12 

GVS650707200 PVC & CPVC GAS VENT PRIMER 950 ML QUART 12 

GVS650707300 PVC & CPVC GAS VENT PRIMER 475 ML PINT 12 

GVS650708200 PVC/ABS GAS VENT TRANSISTION CEMENT 950 ML QTS 12 

GVS650708300 PVC/ABS GAS VENT TRANSISTION CEMENT 475 ML PNT 12 

GVS65401020 2" PVC GAS VENT TEE GVS65 35 

GVS65406020 2" X 90 DEG PVC GAS VENT ELBOW GVS65 50 

GVS65406020L 2" X 90 DEG PVC GAS VENT ELBOW LONG RAD GVS65 55 


GVS65406030L 3" X 90 DEG PVC GAS VENT ELBOW LONG RAD GVS65 23 





GVS65429015 1-1/2" PVC GAS VENT COUPLING GVS65 25 

GVS65429020 2" PVC GAS VENT COUPLING GVS65 70 

GVS65429025 2-1/2" PVC GAS VENT COUPLING GVS65 20 



GVS65429338 3" X 2" PVC GAS VENT INCREASER GVS65 45 

GVS65429422 4" X 3" PVC GAS VENT INCREASER GVS65 30 

GVS65437251 2" X 1-1/2" PVC GAS VENT RED BUSHING GVS65 80 

GVS65437339 3" X 2-1/2" PVC GAS VENT RED BUSHING GVS65 20 

GVS65VS020 2" GAS VENT TERMINATION VENT SCREEN 250 

GVS65VS030 3" GAS VENT TERMINATION VENT SCREEN 100 

2-1 

2

2 

2-2 

LXT ® SCHEDULE 80 PIPE 

Ultra-Pure Piping, Ultra-Pure Water 

Ultra-pure water demands an ultra-pure piping system. To make sure your high-purity 

water piping meets the highest clean pipe requirements, the Harvel LXT® ultra-pure 

water system has been engineered to ensure cost-effective performance across multiindustry 

UPW, deionized, reverse osmosis, and distilled high-purity water applications. 

Ideal for the semiconductor, electronic, biotechnology, healthcare, university, and 

laboratory industries, Harvel LXT® low-extractable piping is made from an innovative 

clean PVC compound that offers a number of advantages over other high-purity piping 

created using traditional construction materials, including polypropylene (PP) and polyvinylidene fl uoride (PVDF): 

• Extremely low extractable contaminants, particularly trace metals and Total Oxidizable Carbon (TOC) 

• Fast, reliable installation with simple inexpensive joining methods 

• Specialty one-step fast-setting solvent-cement joining system rinses up quickly 

• Unique blue translucency allows visual joint integrity inspection 

• Ultra-smooth interior pipe surface minimizes the potential for bacterial growth and particle generation 

• Rigid Schedule 80 dimensions for pressure service requires fewer supports than fl exible plastic systems 

In addition to superior performance, lower material costs and fast, reliable installation, the Harvel LXT® water system offers an array 

of unique benefi ts for use in critical ultra-pure water systems (UPW, DI, R/O, distilled, USP): 

• Non-contaminating materials designed specifi cally for use in aggressive UPW, DI, R/O and USP water piping applications 

• Complete line of high-purity water pipe, fi ttings and valves (IPS Sizes 1/2”-6” diameters) 

• Clean pipe double-bagged, sealed and boxed on-line to maintain cleanliness for use in high-purity environments 

• High-impact strength and low thermal conductivity ideal for various ambient temperature UPW grades including DI, R/O 

and USP water 

• Lower overall installed costs and improved life-cycle economics 

Nominal Pipe 

Carton Outside Inside Min. Wall Weight per 100 Pressure Rat- 

MM Size (IN) Part Number Qty Feet Diameter Diameter Thickness Feet ing at 73.4°F 

12 1/2 x 15 ft 010307LXT 330 0.840 0.528 0.147 0.202 420 

20 3/4 x 15 ft 010308LXT 330 1.050 0.724 0.154 0.273 340 

25 1 x 15 ft 010309LXT 270 1.315 0.935 0.179 0.402 320 

32 1 1/4 x 15 ft 010310LXT 210 1.660 1.256 0.191 0.554 260 

40 1 1/2 x 15 ft 010311LXT 165 1.900 1.476 0.200 0.673 240 

50 2 x 15 ft 010312LXT 120 2.375 1.913 0.218 0.932 200 

75 3 x 15 ft 010314LXT 75 3.500 2.864 0.300 1.903 190 

100 4 x 15 ft 010316LXT 30 4.500 3.786 0.337 2.782 160 

150 6 x 15 ft 010318LXT 15 6.625 5.709 0.432 5.313 140 

Notes: 

• PSI water, non-shock @ 73.4°F(23°C) with Solvent Welded Connections. 

• All pipe is double bagged and boxed on-line for high purity environments. 

• Harvel LXT® piping is produced to Schedule 80 dimensions in strict accordance with ASTM D1785, and exhibits a Type II pressure rating. 

• Harvel LXT® fi ttings are produced to Schedule 80 dimensions per ASTM D2467. 

• Harvel LXT® is joined using the one step solvent cement (part # 07LXT200). The pint size comes complete with a dauber which is suitable for 

pipe size 1/2” to 3”. For pipe sizes 4” thru 6” use a roller equal in size to 1/2 the pipe diameter. 

• 7.5 ft lengths available upon request.

90 SOCKET 

ELBOWS 

45 SOCKET 

ELBOWS 

LXT ® SCHEDULE 80 FITTINGS 

90 SWEEP 

ELBOWS 

SOCKET 

TEES 

MALE 

ADAPTERS 

FEMALE 

ADAPTERS 

NOMINAL 

PIPE 

SIZE 

1/2 806-005BL 817-005BL 806-005SBL 801-005BL 836-005BL 835-005SRBL 

3/4 806-007BL 817-007BL 806-007SBL 801-007BL 836-007BL 835-007SRBL 

1 806-010BL 817-010BL 806-010SBL 801-010BL 836-010BL 835-010SRBL 

1 1/4 806-012BL 817-012BL 806-012SBL 801-012BL 836-012BL 835-012SRBL 

1 1/2 806-015BL 817-015BL 806-015SBL 801-015BL 836-015BL 835-015SRBL 

2 806-020BL 817-020BL 806-020SBL 801-020BL 836-020BL 835-020SRBL 

3 806-030BL 817-030BL 801-030BL 836-030BL 835-030SRBL 

4 806-040BL 817-040BL 801-040BL 836-040BL 835-040SRBL 

6 806-060BL 817-060BL 801-060BL 

UNION 

SLIP 

EPDM 

UNION 

SLIP 

VITON 

150 LB. 

VANSTONE 

FLANGE 

SLIP SOCKET CAP COUPLINGS 

TANK 

ADAPTERS 

NOMINAL 

PIPE SIZE 

1/2 897-005BL 857-005BL 854-005BL 847-005BL 829-005BL 8170E-005BL 

3/4 897-007BL 857-007BL 854-007BL 847-007BL 829-007BL 8170E-007BL 

1 897-010BL 857-010BL 854-010BL 847-010BL 829-010BL 8170E-010BL 

1 1/4 897-012BL 857-012BL 854-012BL 847-012BL 829-012BL 8170E-012BL 

1 1/2 897-015BL 857-015BL 854-015BL 847-015BL 829-015BL 8170E-015BL 




6 854-060BL 847-060BL 829-060BL 

Notes: 

• For water at 73.4°F(23°C) with solvent cemented joints. Working pressure decreases by approximately 

1.29% per degree F over 73.4°F. 

• Complies with title 21 food & drug, part #121 paragraph 121.2521 & 121.2597. 

• Threading not recommended 


• Fittings are not a standard stocked item. 

• No provisions have been made for pressure surges, water hammer, or other conditions which should be 

considered. 

REDUCER 

BUSHINGS 

SPG x SLP 

SOCKET 

REDUCER 

COUPLINGS 

REDUCER 

BUSHING 

SPIG x FPT 

REDUCER 

FEMALE 

ADAPTER 

SPIG 

NOMINAL 

PIPE 

SIZE 

1/2X1/4" 838-072BL 878-072SRBL 

1/2X3/8" 838-073BL 

3/4X1/4" 838-098BL 878-098SRBL 

3/4X1/2" 837-101BL 829-101BL 838-101BL 

1X1/4" 878-128SRBL 

1X3/8" 838-129BL 

1X1/2" 837-130BL 838-130BL 

1X3/4" 837-131BL 829-131BL 838-131BL 

1-1/4X1/2" 837-166BL 

1-1/4X1" 837-168BL 829-168BL 

1-1/2X3/4" 837-210BL 838-210BL 

1-1/2X1" 837-211BL 829-211BL 

1-1/2-X1-1/4" 837-212BL 829-212BL 

2X1" 837-249BL 829-249BL 

2X1-1/2" 837-251BL 829-251BL 

3X2" 837-338BL 829-338BL 

4x2” 829-420BL 

4X3" 837-422BL 829-422BL 

6X4" 837-532BL 829-532BL 

SOCKET 

REDUCING 

TEES 

NOMINAL 

PIPE 

SIZE 

1x1x3/4 801-131BL 

1-1/2x1-1/2x1 801-211BL 

2x2x1 801-249BL 

2x2x1-1/2 801-251BL 





LXT CEMENT PT 

Clear One-Step Cement 

07LXT300 

LXT CEMENT QT 07LXT200 

2-3 

2

2 

Notes: 

• IN HG refers to inches of mercury. 

2-4 

LXT® VALVES AND ACCESSORIES 

TU BALL 

CHECK VALVE 

SLP/THR 

TU BALL 

VALVE SKT/ 

THRD EPDM 

TU BALL 

VALVE SLIP/ 

THRD VITON 

TU BALL 

CHECK VALVE 

SLIP/FPT 

DIAPHRAGM 

VALVE 

SKT/THRD 

NOMINAL 

PIPE 

SIZE 

1/2" 2229-005BL 2329-005BL 2339-005BL 2239-005BL 2729T-005BL 

3/4" 2229-007BL 2329-007BL 2339-007BL 2239-007BL 2729T-007BL 

1" 2229-010BL 2329-010BL 2339-010BL 2239-010BL 2729T-010BL 

1-1/4" 2229-012BL 2329-012BL 2339-012BL 2239-012BL 2729T-012BL 

1-1/2" 2229-015BL 2329-015BL 2339-015BL 2239-015BL 2729T-015BL 

2" 2229-020BL 2329-020BL 2339-020BL 2239-020BL 2729T-020BL 

3" 2222-030BL 2322-030BL 2332-030BL 2232-030BL 

4" 2222-040BL 2322-040BL 2332-040BL 2232-040BL 

GAUGE GUARD 

EPDM DIAPHRAGM 

1/4" INLET 

GAUGE GUARD 

PTFE DIAPHRAGM 

1/4" INLET 

GAUGE GUARD 

EPDM DIAPHRAGM 

1/2" INLET 

GAUGE GUARD 

PTFE DIAPHRAGM 

1/2" INLET 

NOMINAL 

PIPE 

SIZE 

NO GAUGE G0002-002BL G0004-002BL G0002-005BL G0004-005B 

0-15 PSI G0152-002BL G0154-002BL G0152-005BL G0154-005BL 







0-30 IN HG G30V2-002BL G30V4-002BL G30V2-005BL G30V4-005BL 

ANGLE PATTERN 

NEEDLE VALVE 

ANGLE PATTERN 

NEEDLE VALVE 

GLOBE PATTERN 

NEEDLE VALVE 

GLOBE PATTERN 

NEEDLE VALVE 

GOOSENECK DECK 

MOUNT 

LAB FIXTURE 

TURRET -PANEL 

MOUNT LAB 

FIXTURE 

NOMINAL 

PIPE 

SIZE 

1/4" 5691-002BL 5692-002BL 5591-002BL 5592-002BL 

3/8" 5691-003BL 5692-003BL 5591-003BL 5592-003BL LF1002-BL LF3002-BL 

1/2" 5691-005BLSR 5692-005BL 5591-005BLSR 5592-005BL

Applications 

• Corrosive waste drainage system. 

• Chemical plants 

• Industrial plants 

FUSEAL SCHEDULE 40 POLYPRO PIPE 

FLAME RETARDANT, ACID RESISTANT ACID WASTE SYSTEM 

FOR NON-PRESSURE APPLICATIONS 

Fuseal, the proven resistance coil fusion method of joining polypropylene drain piping 

systems. Used primarily for acid waste drain lines. Fuseal has been utilized in thousands of 

institutional and industrial projects that demand strong, leak-proof, safe pipe joints. 

The Fuseal heat fusion process joins pipe and fi tting into one complete homogenous unit. A 

low voltage Fuseal power unit is connected to an electrical resistance coil imbedded in the 

Fuseal fi tting. When power is applied the coil heat completely fuses the interface between 

the pipe and fi tting socket. The complete line of fi ttings include all standard DWV confi guration from 1 1/2” through 12” pipe sizes. 

Pipe is readily available in fl ame-retardant Schedule 40/80, non-fl ame retardant Schedule 40/80. The Fuseal heat fusion method 

should be used in inaccessible places where a completely homogenous structure of pipe and fi tting is essential. The mechanical system 

can be used under bench where speed of installation, future disassembly or modular design is desired. Fittings 1 1/2” through 6” are 

manufactured of fl ame retardant material but 8” and above are manufactured of non-fl ame retardant material. Made of polypropylene 

and PVDF, the Fuseal II system combines to provide a complete, easy to install corrosive and chemical waste drainage system. 

Please contact customer service for a complete list of available fi ttings. 

Applications 

• Hospitals 

• University laboratories 

Outside Inside Min. Wall Weight per 100 

Pressure 

Rating at 

Part Number Nominal Pipe Size (inches) Crate Qty Feet Diameter Diameter Thickness Feet 73.4°F 

Schedule 40 Fire Retardant Pipe 

F8004-015AA 1-1/2" PPFR Sch.40 Pipe x 10' 1,800 1.900 1.610 0.145 52 330 

F8004-020AA 2" PPFR Sch.40 Pipe x 10' 1,400 2.375 2.069 0.154 69 280 

F8004-030AA 3" PPFR Sch.40 Pipe x 10' 880 3.500 3.068 0.216 144 260 

F8004-040AA 4" PPFR Sch.40 Pipe x 10' 1,140 4.500 4.026 0.237 203 220 

F8004-060AA 6" PPFR Sch.40 Pipe x 10' 520 6.625 6.031 0.280 354 180 

F8004-080AB 8" PPFR Sch.40 Pipe x 20' 200 8.625 7.943 0.322 531 160 

F8004-100AB 10" PPFR Sch.40 Pipe x 20' 160 10.75 9.976 0.356 753 140 

F8004-120AB 12" PPFR Sch.40 Pipe x 20' 120 12.75 11.89 0.406 995 130 

Schedule 40 Non Fire Retardant Pipe 

P8004-015AB 1-1/2" PPNFR Sch.40 Pipe x 20' 1,800 1.900 1.610 0.145 52 330 

P8004-020AB 2" PPNFR Sch.40 Pipe x 20' 1,400 2.375 2.069 0.154 69 280 

P8004-030AB 3" PPNFR Sch.40 Pipe x 20' 880 3.500 3.068 0.216 144 260 

P8004-040AB 4" PPNFR Sch.40 Pipe x 20' 1,140 4.500 4.026 0.237 203 220 

P8004-060AB 6" PPNFR Sch.40 Pipe x 20' 520 6.625 6.031 0.280 354 180 

P8004-080AB 8" PPNFR Sch.40 Pipe x 20' 200 8.625 7.943 0.322 531 160 

P8004-100AB 10" PPNFR Sch.40 Pipe x 20' 160 10.750 9.976 0.356 753 140 


2-5 

2

2 

2-6 

Applications 

• Corrosive waste drainage system. 

• Chemical plants 

• Industrial plants 

FUSEAL SCHEDULE 80 POLYPRO PIPE 

FLAME RETARDANT, ACID RESISTANT ACID WASTE SYSTEM 

FOR NON-PRESSURE APPLICATIONS 


systems. Used primarily for acid waste drain lines. Fuseal has been utilized in thousands of 

institutional and industrial projects that demand strong, leak-proof, safe pipe joints. 



Fuseal fi tting. When power is applied the coil heat completely fuses the interface between 

the pipe and fi tting socket. 

The complete line of fi ttings include all standard DWV confi guration in 1 1/2” through 12” pipe sizes. Pipe is readily available in 

fl ame-retardant Schedule 40/80, non-fl ame retardant Schedule 40/80. The Fuseal heat fusion method should be used in inaccessible 

places where a completely homogenous structure of pipe and fi tting is essential. The mechanical system can be used under bench 

where speed of installation, future disassembly or modular design is desired. Fittings 1 1/2” through 6” are manufactured of fl ame 

retardant material but 8” and above are manufactured of non-fl ame retardant material. Made of polypropylene and PVDF, the Fuseal 

II system combines to provide a complete, easy to install corrosive and chemical waste drainage system. 


Applications 

• Hospitals 

• University laboratories 

Outside Inside Min. Wall Weight per 

Pressure 

Rating at 

Part Number Nominal Pipe Size (inches) Crate Qty Feet Diameter Diameter Thickness 100 Feet 73.4°F 

Schedule 80 Fire Retardant Pipe 

F8008-015AA 1-1/2" PPFR Sch.80 Pipe x 10' 3600 1.900 1.500 0.2 68 470 

F8008-020AA 2" PPFR Sch.80 Pipe x 10' 2800 2.375 1.939 0.218 94 400 

F8008-030AA 3" PPFR Sch.80 Pipe x 10' 1760 3.500 2.900 0.3 193 370 

F8008-040AA 4" PPFR Sch.80 Pipe x 10' 1140 4.500 3.826 0.337 282 320 

F8008-060AA 6" PPFR Sch.80 Pipe x 10' 520 6.625 5.761 0.432 538 280 

Schedule 80 Non Fire Retardant Pipe 

P8008-015AB 1-1/2" PPNFR Sch.80 Pipe x 20' 3600 1.900 1.500 0.2 68 470 

P8008-020AB 2" PPNFR Sch.80 Pipe x 20' 2800 2.375 1.939 0.218 94 400 

P8008-030AB 3" PPNFR Sch.80 Pipe x 20' 1760 3.500 2.900 0.3 193 370 


P8008-060AB 6" PPNFR Sch.80 Pipe x 20' 520 6.625 5.761 0.432 538 280 

P8008-080AB 8" PPNFR Sch.80 Pipe x 20' 200 8.625 7.625 0.5 817 240 


P8008-120AB 12" PPNFR Sch.80 Pipe x 20' 120 12.75 11.376 0.687 1680 220 

P8004-080AB 8" PPNFR Sch.40 Pipe x 20' 200 8.625 7.943 0.322 531 160 


P8004-120AB 12" PPNFR Sch.40 Pipe x 20' 120 12.75 11.89 0.406 995 130

FUSEAL SCHEDULE 40 25/50 PVDF PIPE 

FLAME RETARDANT, ACID RESISTANT WASTE SYSTEM FOR 

NON-PRESSURE APPLICATIONS 


systems. Used primarily for acid waste drain lines. Fuseal has been utilized in thousands 

of institutional and industrial projects that demand strong, leak-proof, safe pipe joints. It 

meets the ULC 25/50 fl ame and smoke spread rating. 



Fuseal fi tting. When power is applied the coil imbedded in the Fuseal fi tting. When power 

is applied the coil heat completely fuses the interface between the pipe and fi tting socket. 

The complete line of fi ttings include all standard DWV confi guration in 1 1/2” through 12” pipe sizes. Pipe is readily available in 

fl ame-retardant Schedule 40, non-fl ame retardant Schedule 40. The Fuseal heat fusion method should be used in inaccessible places 

where a completely homogenous structure of pipe and fi tting is essential. The mechanical system can be used under bench where 

speed of installation, future disassembly or modular design is desired. Fittings 1 1/2” through 6” are manufactured of fl ame retardant 

material but 8” and above are manufactured of non-fl ame retardant material. Made of polypropylene and PVDF, the Fuseal II system 

combines to provide a complete, easy to install corrosive and chemical waste drainage system. 

Outside Inside Min. Wall Weight per 100 

Pressure 

Rating at 

Part Number Nominal Pipe Size (inches) Crate Qty Feet Diameter Diameter Thickness Feet 73.4°F 

Schedule 40 25/50 PVDF Pipe 

V8004-015AA 1-1/2" Sch.40 Pipe x 10' 3600 1.900 1.500 0.200 68 470 

V8004-020AA 2" Sch.40 Pipe x 10' 2800 2.375 1.939 0.218 94 400 

V8004-030AA 3" Sch.40 Pipe x 10' 1760 3.500 2.900 0.300 193 370 

V8004-040AA 4" Sch.40 Pipe x 10' 1140 4.500 3.826 0.337 282 320 

V8004-060AA 6" Sch.40 Pipe x 10' 520 6.625 5.761 0.432 538 280 


FUSEAL SQUARED DOUBLE CONTAINMENT PIPE 

DOUBLE CONTAINMENT POLYPRO CORROSIVE WASTE PIPING SYSTEM 

With standard, non-fl ame Fuseal utilized for both the primary and containment pipe and fi ttings, 

the Fuseal Squared system offers the performance and reliability of the Fuseal II drainage system. 

Five advantages are realized. The pipe and fi ttings are easily joined with our state of the 

art fusion technologies, Fuseal Squared joins to the standard Fuseal II system without the need 

for special fi ttings or tools, added protection with polypropylene material for both the primary 

and containment pipe, custom fi ttings and sizes can be quickly designed and manufactured to 

meet customer needs, all standard primary fi tting joints are butt-welded and factory tested. The 

standard wall thickness of Fuseal II makes Fuseal Squared ideal for buried applications. Truly a 

complete acid waste drainage system! Contact customer service for a complete list of available 

pipe and fi ttings. 

2-7 

2

2 

2-8 

FEATURES 

• Split pipe and fi ttings 

• Fits over virtually any carrier system 

• Lightweight, easy to install 

• Clear construction 

• Interlocking construction 

+GF+ CONTAIN-IT 

RELIABLE SECONDARY CONTAINMENT PIPING SYSTEM 

The retrofi t capability and chemical resistance of GF Contain-It make this an ideal 

choice for containment piping of chemical process lines. With pipe split along its 

length, the Contain-It piping system can be installed over virtually any tested carrier 

system. The carrier system can be tested without interference from the containment 

piping. Any leaks found during testing can be easily repaired. Leak detection cable can 

be installed as the split components are assembled, eliminating the need for time consuming 

cable pulling or the inclusion of lines to pull the cable. Containment piping 

can be retrofi tted over plastic and metallic systems above and below ground, protecting 

employees, equipment and the environment. Split Pipe and Fittings are available in 4” 

and 6”. 

Solid pipe may be combined with split fi ttings in installations which do not require 

retrofi t capability or where it is preferred to pull a leak detection cable. Solid Pipe is 

available in 4” and 6”. Flexible adapters allow connection to metal or chemical resistant 

plastic carrier systems other than PVC. Centralizers center and support the carrier pipe. They are available for IPS and metric, for 

one or more carrier pipes. 

The clear construction allows for total inspection of the annular space which, in above ground installations, may eliminate the need for 

expensive leak detection systems. Polyvinyl Chloride’s chemical resistance, high tensile strength and good impact resistance provides 

a material that is suitable for a broad range of applications. Contain-It PVC secondary containment system is suitable for the intermittent 

and short term exposure found in containment piping. 

Contain-It requires fewer and less expensive tools than other containment piping systems. With Contain-It, there is no fusion welding, 

eliminating the need for fusion tools which simplifi es the installation procedures. Except for the common pipe preparation tools, all 

you’ll need for Contain-It are the Fitting Clips, Pipe Clamp, the Drill and Counterbore Drill Bit, and the glue kit. 

The Injection Bonding System provides a controlled application of the bonding media, eliminating the mess usually associated with 

brush applied resins and solvent cements. Futhermore, fusion welding is eliminated allowing installation using less expensive tools. 

The bonding media is injected into the length of the split pipe using the injection gun to provide a pressure rated leak free seal. 


FEATURES 

• Engineered bonding media channels and fl anges 

• Pre-drilled bonding media injection ports 

• Quick and easy fi tting clips 

• Predetermined fi tting clip locators 

Nominal Pipe 

Crate 

Qty Outside Inside Min. Wall Weight per 

Part Number Size (inches) Description 

Feet Diameter Diameter Thickness 100 Feet 

8326-040AA 4" 4" Containment Pipe, Split x 10' 360 4.215 3.525 0.690 1.37 

8326-060AA 6" 6" Containment Pipe, Split x 10' 120 6.275 5.375 0.900 2.88 

8326-040AB 4" 4" Containment Pipe, Solid x 20' 520 4.215 3.883 0.332 1.23 

8326-060AB 6" 6" Containment Pipe, Solid x 20' 340 6.275 5.782 0.493 2.56

Desirable Properties 

Global Poly Systems PE3408 polyethylene piping system 

provides many desirable properties for piping: 

• Heat fusion joining for strong, lifetime leak free joints 

• Flexibility, fatigue resistance, toughness, light weight and 

impact resistance for easy, low cost installation 

• Resistance to environmental stress cracking 

• Resistant to surges and durable performance under 

temperature extremes 

• High strength and stiffness to withstand internal pressure and 

external loads 

• Corrosion and Chemical resistant 

• Hazen Williams C Factor is 150 and doesn’t change over 

time 

Global pipe meets or exceeds these standards: 

NSF 14 and 61 

NSF “c” 

ASTM F-714 Polyethylene Plastic Pipe (SDR-PR) based 

on outside diameter 

ASTM D1248 PE3408 materials 

ASTM D-3350 PE345465C Cell classification (black) 

Materials 

Material used for the manufacturing of polyethylene pipe shall 

be PE3408 High Density Polyethylene (HDPE) prime resin 

as listed with the Plastic Pipe Institute (PPI). It complies with 

ASTM D1248 as a Type 111, Class C, Category 5, Grade P34 

and with ASTM D3350 as a 345465C cell class material. In 

addition, materials used for the manufacture of the HDPE pipe 

shall meet the following physical property requirements. 

HDPE PIPE 

Pressure Design 

Pipe manufactured to the ISO (metric) or Ductile Iron dimensions noted in 

ASTM Standard F714-94 is available by special order. 

Internal Pressure Ratings (psi) Global Pipe PE3408 at 23°C for 50 years: 

SDR 5 6.3 7.3 9 11 13.5 15.5 17 20 26 32.5 

Pressure Rating 400 300 250 200 160 125 110 100 80 64 50 

Nominal Physical Properties of 

Global PE3408 Pipe Material 

Property ASTM Reference Nominal Value 

Density, black C 1505 0.955 gm/cc 

Density, natural D 1505 0.945 gm/cc 

Melt fl ow D 1238 (cond.E) 0.10 gm/10min 

Vicat softening temperature D 1525 255°F 

Brittleness temperature D 746 -180°F 

Environmental stress cracking D 1693 (cond.C) 5000 hrs 

Tensile, yield (2"/min)* D 638 3200 psi 

Tensile, break (2"/min)* D 638 5000 psi 

Elongation (2"/min)* D 638 800% 

Stiffness D 747 62,000 psi 

Modulus of elasticity D 638 113,000 psi 

Modulus of elasticity-long term 30,000 psi 

Flexural modulus D 3350 136,000 psi 

Impact strength, 0.25" D 256 (method A) 12 

Impact strength, 0.125" D 256 (method A) Non-break 

Hardness, shore D D 2240 66 

Thermal conductivity C 177 2.7 Btu-in/ft_/ 

hr/F 

Thermal expansion, coeffi cient D 696 9x10(-5)in/in/F 

Long term hydro, strength D 2837 1600 psi 

Hydrostatic design basis D 2837 1600 psi 

Hydrostatic design stress D 2837 800 psi 

Material cell classifi cation D 3350 PE345465C 

2-9 

2

2 

Notes: 

• The data contained herein is a guide to the use of Global’s polyethylene pipe and is believed to be accurate and reliable. However, general data does not adequately cover 

specifi c applications, and it’s suitabilty in particular applications should be independently verifi ed. In all cases, the user should assume that additional safety measures 

may be required in the safe installation or operation of the project. Due to a wide variation in service conditions, quality of installation, etc., no warranty expressed or 

implied, is given in conjunction with the use of this material, other than that stated in our Terms and Conditons of Sale. 

• Pipe manufactured to the ISO (metric) dimensions in ASTM F714/D3035 is available by special order. 

2-10 

IPS 

Pipe 

Size 

Actual 

OD (IN) SDR 

Nominal 

ID (IN) 

Minimum 

Wall (IN) 

lb per 

Foot 

HDPE PIPE 

lb per 

Meter 

3/4" 1.050 11 0.851 0.095 0.12 0.39 

1" 1.315 11 1.066 0.120 0.19 0.64 

1 1/4" 1.660 11 1.346 0.151 0.31 1.03 

13.5 1.404 0.123 0.26 0.85 

15.5 1.446 0.107 0.23 0.75 

17 1.460 0.098 0.21 0.69 

1 1/2" 1.900 7 1.335 0.271 0.60 1.97 

7.3 1.359 0.260 0.58 1.90 

9 1.461 0.211 0.48 1.57 

11 1.541 0.173 0.40 1.34 

13.5 1.607 0.141 0.33 1.12 

15.5 1.645 0.123 0.29 0.95 

17 1.680 0.112 0.28 0.90 

2" 2.375 7 1.697 0.339 0.95 3.11 

7.3 1.698 0.325 0.92 3.01 

9 1.847 0.264 0.75 2.51 

11 1.943 0.216 0.63 2.10 

13.5 2.009 0.176 0.52 1.74 

15.5 2.056 0.153 0.46 1.51 

17 2.084 0.140 0.42 1.38 

2 1/2" 2.875 7 2.055 0.410 1.39 4.57 

7.3 2.089 0.393 1.34 4.40 

9 2.237 0.319 1.12 3.67 

11 2.353 0.261 0.94 3.08 

13.5 2.449 0.213 0.78 2.56 

15.5 2.510 0.185 0.69 2.25 

IPS 

Pipe 

Size 

Actual 

OD (IN) SDR 

Nominal 

ID (IN) 

Minimum 

Wall (IN) 

lb per 

Foot 

lb per 

Meter 

3" 3.500 7 2.460 0.500 2.06 6.77 

7.3 2.540 0.479 1.99 6.53 

9 2.691 0.389 1.67 5.46 

11 2.838 0.318 1.39 4.56 

13.5 2.961 0.259 1.15 3.78 

15.5 3.030 0.226 1.02 3.34 

17 3.072 0.206 0.92 3.02 

21 3.153 0.167 0.75 2.46 

26 3.220 0.135 0.61 2.00 

32.5 3.280 0.108 0.50 1.65 

4" 4.500 7 3.163 0.643 3.41 11.19 

7.3 3.268 0.616 3.29 10.80 

9 3.460 0.500 2.75 9.02 

11 3.682 0.409 2.30 7.55 

13.5 3.834 0.333 1.91 6.26 

15.5 3.920 0.290 1.68 5.51 

17 3.970 0.265 1.54 5.07 

21 4.070 0.214 1.26 4.14 

26 4.150 0.173 1.03 3.38 

32.5 4.220 0.138 0.87 2.83 

5" 5.563 7 3.910 0.795 5.21 17.10 

7.3 4.039 0.762 5.03 16.50 

9 4.327 0.618 4.20 13.78 

11 4.511 0.506 3.52 11.55 

13.5 4.739 0.412 2.92 9.58 

15.5 4.845 0.359 2.57 8.43 

17 4.909 0.327 2.35 7.71 

21 5.033 0.265 1.93 6.33 

26 5.135 0.214 1.57 5.15 

32.5 5.221 0.171 1.27 4.60

IPS 

Pipe 

Size 

Actual 

OD (IN) SDR 

Nominal 

ID (IN) 

Minimum 

Wall (IN) 

lb per 

Foot 

HDPE PIPE 

lb per 

Meter 

6" 6.625 7 4.656 0.946 7.39 24.25 

7.3 4.809 0.908 7.14 23.42 

9 5.150 0.736 5.96 19.55 

11 5.420 0.602 4.99 16.36 

13.5 5.643 0.491 4.16 13.65 

15.5 5.770 0.427 3.64 11.94 

17 5.845 0.390 3.34 10.97 

21 2.733 0.315 2.73 8.97 

26 6.115 0.255 2.23 7.33 

32.5 6.219 0.203 1.79 5.88 

7" 7.125 7 5.089 1.018 8.54 28.05 

7.3 5.173 0.976 8.25 27.08 

9 5.542 0.792 6.89 22.62 

11 5.829 0.648 5.77 18.94 

13.5 6.069 0.528 4.79 15.72 

15.5 6.205 0.460 4.22 13.83 

17 6.287 0.419 3.86 12.68 

21 6.447 0.339 3.16 10.38 

26 6.577 0.274 2.58 8.47 

32.5 6.687 0.219 2.08 6.82 

8" 8.625 7 6.161 1.232 12.53 41.09 

7.3 6.263 1.181 12.08 39.66 

9 6.709 0.958 10.10 33.14 

11 7.057 0.784 8.45 27.74 

13.5 7.347 0.639 7.02 23.02 

15.5 7.513 0.556 6.17 20.24 

17 3.048 0.507 5.66 18.57 

21 7.803 0.411 4.64 15.23 

26 7.963 0.331 3.78 12.39 

32.5 8.095 0.265 3.05 10.00 

Notes: 





• Pipe manufactured to the ISO (metric) dimensions in ASTM F714/D3035 is available by special order. 

IPS 

Pipe 

Size 

Actual 

OD (IN) SDR 

Nominal 

ID (IN) 

Minimum 

Wall (IN) 

lb per 

Foot 

lb per 

Meter 

10" 10.750 7 7.678 1.536 19.46 63.85 

7.3 7.804 1.473 18.79 61.65 

9 8.362 1.194 15.69 51.48 

11 8.796 0.977 13.13 43.08 

13.5 9.158 0.796 10.90 35.76 

15.5 9.364 0.693 9.58 31.44 

17 9.486 0.632 8.79 28.85 

21 9.728 0.511 7.20 23.61 

26 9.728 0.413 5.87 19.26 

32.5 10.088 0.331 4.74 15.56 

12" 12.750 7 9.108 1.821 27.37 89.79 

7.3 9.256 1.747 26.43 86.73 

9 9.916 1.417 22.08 72.45 

11 10.430 1.160 18.49 60.66 

13.5 10.862 0.944 15.33 50.28 

15.5 11.104 0.823 13.50 44.29 

17 11.250 0.750 12.38 40.61 

21 11.536 0.607 10.14 33.26 

26 11.770 0.490 8.26 27.10 

32.5 11.966 0.392 6.66 21.86 

14" 14.000 7 10.000 2.000 33.00 108.28 

7.3 12.082 1.918 31.87 104.55 

9 10.890 1.556 26.63 87.36 

11 11.454 1.273 22.28 73.10 

13.5 11.926 1.037 18.49 60.65 

15.5 13.004 0.903 16.26 53.36 

17 12.352 0.824 14.93 48.98 

21 12.666 0.667 12.22 40.12 

26 12.924 0.538 9.96 32.68 

32.5 13.138 0.431 8.04 26.38 

2-11 

2

2 

2-12 

IPS 

Pipe 

Size 

Actual 

OD (IN) SDR 

Nominal 

ID (IN) 

Minimum 

Wall (IN) 

lb per 

Foot 

lb per 

Meter 

16" 16.000 7 11.428 2.286 43.11 141.44 

7.3 11.616 2.192 41.62 136.56 

9 12.444 1.778 34.77 114.09 

11 13.100 1.450 29.01 95.19 

13.5 13.630 1.185 24.14 79.21 

15.5 13.936 1.032 21.24 69.69 

17 14.118 0.941 19.49 6.93 

21 14.478 0.761 18.86 61.89 

26 14.770 0.615 13.01 42.69 

32.5 15.016 0.492 10.49 34.42 

18" 18.000 7 12.858 2.571 54.26 178.04 

7.3 13.068 2.466 52.68 172.83 

9 14.000 2.000 44.00 144.38 

11 14.728 1.636 36.82 120.79 

13.5 15.334 1.333 30.55 100.24 

15.5 15.678 1.161 26.89 88.21 

17 15.882 1.059 24.67 80.94 

21 16.286 0.857 20.20 66.28 

26 16.616 0.692 16.47 54.04 

32.5 16.894 0.553 13.27 43.53 

20" 20.000 9 15.378 2.222 53.44 175.32 

11 16.218 1.818 44.72 146.72 

13.5 16.919 1.481 37.11 121.75 

15.5 17.316 1.290 32.66 107.15 

17 17.553 1.176 29.96 98.29 

21 18.019 0.615 24.54 80.51 

32.5 18.720 0.615 16.14 52.95 

HDPE PIPE 

IPS 

Pipe 

Size 

Actual 

OD (IN) SDR 

Nominal 

ID (IN) 

Minimum 

Wall (IN) 

lb per 

Foot 

lb per 

Meter 

22" 22.000 9 16.916 2.366 64.66 212.14 

11 17.840 2.000 54.11 177.52 

13.5 18.610 1.630 44.90 147.30 

15.5 19.048 1.419 39.51 129.62 

17 19.308 1.294 36.25 118.93 

21 19.821 1.048 29.69 97.41 

26 20.240 0.846 24.21 79.43 

32.5 20.592 0.677 19.52 64.04 

24" 24.000 9 18.666 2.667 78.24 256.70 

11 19.462 2.182 64.39 211.25 

13.5 20.302 1.806 53.44 175.33 

15.5 20.779 1.548 47.02 154.26 

17 21.064 1.412 43.14 141.53 

21 21.623 1.143 35.34 115.94 

32.5 22.464 0.738 23.24 76.25 

Notes: 





• Pipe manufactured to the ISO (metric) dimensions in ASTM F714/D3035 is available by special order.

Notes: 

PLASTIC LINER / CORE SAMPLING PIPE 

Fabco PVC Type 1, Grade 1, Pipe is used for 

smaller diameter coring in oil sands applications as 

a liner in core barrels. Pipe compound conforms to 

CSA Standard B137.3 and ASTM D 1784. Company 

information and directional arrows along printline. 

Custom pipe sizing is available on request. 

High impact polyethylene Caps are used to prevent 

loss of the core sample. Caps are available in 

different colors, sizes, and can be custom molded. 

Some standard cap sizes will have top and bottom 

integrally molded in. 

• Custom sizes availavle, quantities permitted. 

• ABS resin is designed for high impact resistance and rigidity in hot and cold conditions. 

• Order information: most core line is a not stock custom order, call for order details and delivery. 

Fabco High Impact ABS pipe is used extensively 

in oil sand applications as a liner in core barrels to 

contain exploration sampling cores. Pipe compound 

is precisely defi ned for both physical and chemical 

requirements under ASTM 1788-78A. As specifi ed, 

print, directional arrows, and holes along printline. 

Custom pipe size and lengths on request 

2-13 

2

2 

2-14 

Applications 

• Low-grade DI water 

• Process cooling water (PCW) 

• Chemical distribution 

• Vacuum 

PROGEF STD (BETA PP) PIPING SYSTEM 

Progef Standard features the Beta PP technology and is ideally suited for the industrial 

water and chemical market. Beta PP provides a robust and valuable piping system solution 

because of its excellent impact strength, product breadth and homogeneous structure. It 

features high impact strength, excellent chemical resistance, and high stress crack resistance. 

It is available in sizes ranging from 3/8” to 16” and has a pressure rating of 150 psi 

@ 68° F. It is joined by using IR Butt Fusion technology for sizes up to 9” and by using 

Contact Butt Fusion technology for sizes 10” and up. 

Applications 

• High impact strength 

• Excellent chemical resistance 

• High stress crack resistance 

Closest Min. Wall 

inch Thickness Crate 

Part Number Diameter MM size 

mm Quantity lbs /M 

167 480 710 16 3/8 1.8 30 0.176 

167 480 711 20 ½ 1.9 30 0.236 

167 480 712 25 ¾ 2.3 30 0.362 

167 480 713 32 1 3.0 40 0.589 

167 480 714 40 1¼ 3.7 25 0.908 

167 480 715 50 1½ 4.6 15 1.407 

167 480 716 63 2 5.8 10 2.200 

167 480 717 75 2½ 6.9 5 3.131 

167 480 718 90 3 8.2 5 4.475 

167 480 719 110 4 10.0 5 6.636 

167 480 722 160 6 14.6 5 14.087 

167 481 724 200 8 18.2 5 21.936 

167 481 725 225 9 20.5 5 27 .778 

167 481 726 250 10 22.8 5 34.171 

167 481 728 315 12 28.7 5 54.233 

167 481 729 355 14 32.2 5 68.784 

167 481 730 400 16 36.3 5 87 .302 

Please contact customer service for a complete list of available fi ttings.

Notes: 

Applications 

• Purifi ed Water (PW) 

• De-Ionized Water (DIW) 

• Slurry distribution 

PROGEF® NATURAL PP PIPING SYSTEM 

Progef Natural Polypropylene is ideal for life science, pure water and semiconductor 

chemical slurry applications, PROGEF Natural provides a superior unpigmented PP piping 

system because of its Bead and Crevice Free (BCF)® fusion capability, pristine appearance 

and chemical resistance. Progef is joined using Socket Fusion technology or IR Plus/BCF 

Plus Fusion. 

Features 

• Translucent appearance 

• No corrosion or rouging 

• Outstanding surface quality 

• Excellent chemical resistance 

• High impact strength 

Closest Min. Wall 

inch Thickness 


mm lbs /M Crate Quantity PN 

168 480 151 20 ½ 1.9 0.07 30 150 

168 480 152 25 ¾ 2.3 0.11 30 150 

168 480 153 32 1 3 0.18 40 150 

168 480 154 40 1¼ 3.7 0.28 25 150 

168 480 155 50 1½ 4.6 0.43 15 150 

168 480 156 63 2 5.8 0.68 10 150 

168 480 282 75 2½ 4.3 0.62 5 90 

168 480 283 90 3 5.1 0.89 5 90 

168 480 284 110 4 6.3 1.34 5 90 


• Federal Register, CFR Title 21. 

• Pressure Rating of 150 PSI (PN 10) @ 68°F for 20mm through 90mm utilizing Socket fusion technology. 

• Pressure Rating of 150 PSI (PN 10) @ 68°F for 20mm through 63mm utilizing IR Plus/BCF Plus fusion technology. 

• Pressure Rating of 90 PSI (PN 6) @ 68°F for 75mm through 110mm utilizing IR Plus/BCF Plus fusion technology. 

2-15 

2

2 

2-16 

Applications 

• Ultra-Pure Water (UPW) Return 

• Purifi ed Water (PW) 

• Chemical distribution 

Notes: 

• Pressure Rating of 232 PSI (PN 16) @ 68°F for 16mm through 110mm. 


• ASME BPE approved. 

• FM 4910 approved. 


• USP 25 Class VI approved. 

• Pipe only in dimensions 250mm (10”) and 315mm (12”). 

SYGEF® STD PVDF PIPING SYSTEM 

For the industrial water and chemical market, SYGEF Standard provides a premier piping 

system solution because of its purity characteristics, chemical resistance and extensive 

product and fusion offerings. It is joined using BCF Plus (20mm - 110mm), Socket Fusion 

(16mm - 110mm), or IR Plus Fusion (20mm - 315mm). 

Features 

• Virgin Kynar® 700 Series Resin 

• Surface fi nish Ra < 0.5 μm 

• Ozone resistant 

• 100% traceability to the raw material 

• Durable packaging to ensure product integrity 

Closest inch 

Min. Wall 

Thickness 


mm Kg /M PN 

175 480 202 16 3/8 1.9 0.167 16 

175 481 203 20 ½ 1.9 0.209 16 

175 481 204 25 ¾ 1.9 0.278 16 

175 481 205 32 1 2.4 0.423 16 

175 481 206 40 1¼ 2.4 0.550 16 

175 481 207 50 1½ 3 0.835 16 

175 481 208 63 2 3 1.080 16 

175 481 209 75 2½ 3.6 1.519 16 

175 481 210 90 3 4.3 2.210 16 

175 481 211 110 4 5.3 3.336 16 

175 481 668 160 6 4.9 4.657 16 

175 481 669 200 8 6.2 6.916 16 

175 481 670 225 9 6.9 9.162 16 

175 481 671 250 10 7.7 11.100 16 

175 481 674 315 12 7.7 17.600 16 

Please contact customer service for a complete list of available fi ttings.

SYGEF® PLUS PVDF PIPING SYSTEM 

Applications 

• Ultra-pure Water (UPW) 

• High purity acid distribution 

Notes: 



• Meets the requirements of ASME BPE. 

• Meets the requirements of Semi F57. 

• Meets the requirements of FM 4910. 


• Meets the requirements of USP 25 Class VI. 

SYGEF Plus is the most recognized brand in the high purity water market because of its industry 

leading purity characteristics, manufacturing excellence, vast product range, and proven performance 

with foremost semiconductor and life science corporations. Please contact customer 

service for a complete list of available fi ttings. 

Features 

• Virgin Kynar® 700 Series Resin 

• Technologically advanced cleanroom manufacturing 

• Surface fi nish < 225mm Ra < 0.2μm; >225mm Ra < 0.3 μm 

• Ozone resistant 

• Extensive industry validated QA/QC protocol 

• 100% traceability to the raw material 

• Durable packaging to ensure product integrity 

Closest inch 

Min. Wall 

Thickness 


mm Kg /M PN 

175 481 203 20 ½ 1.9 0.209 16 

175 481 204 25 ¾ 1.9 0.278 16 

175 481 205 32 1 2.4 0.423 16 

175 481 206 40 1¼ 2.4 0.550 16 

175 481 207 50 1½ 3 0.835 16 

175 481 208 63 2 3 1.080 16 

175 481 209 75 2½ 3.6 1.519 16 

175 481 210 90 3 4.3 2.210 16 

175 481 211 110 4 5.3 3.336 16 

175 481 668 160 6 4.9 4.657 16 

175 481 669 200 8 6.2 6.916 16 

175 481 670 225 9 6.9 9.162 16 

175 481 671 250 10 7.7 11.100 16 

175 481 674 315 12 7.7 17.600 16 

CPVC CORROSIVE WASTE DRAINAGE SYSTEM 

SPEARS ® LabWaste TM CPVC Corrosive Waste Drainage System is a proven solvent cement 

joined system which eliminates troublesome fusion equipment, mechanical joints 

& elastomer problems. It is NSF Certifi ed for corrosive waste use and meets 

IAPMO IGC 210 and ICC-ES AC252. It is a complete system of pipe, fi ttings & 

adapters avaialble from 1 1/2” to 16”. 

Features 

•All CPVC Construction in Full Assortment of Standard DWV Patterns 

• Custom Fabricated Accessories-Drains, Neutralization Tanks & Pump Stations 

• Special One-Step Solvent Cement Provides Chemical Resistance Equal to System Pipe & Fittings 

• ULC Flame & Smoke Rated 

• Non-Pressure Drainage Service to 220°F 

2-17 

2

2 

2-18 

SG 110 SOCKET FUSION MACHINE 

• Straightforward and swift procedure 

• Extremely high weld strength 

• Excellent solution for fi eld welds and system tie-ins 

• Available in MSE hand tool form. 

• For use with Beta PP (16mm - 110mm), PROGEF Natural (20mm - 90mm, SYGEF 

Standard (20mm - 63mm) 

IR PLUS FUSION MACHINE 

• High weld strength with small uniform beads 

• Utilizes non-contact radiant heat to support high purity applications 

• Controlled and repeatable process 

• 100% traceability 

• Available in three sizes: IR 63 Plus machine (20mm - 63mm) , IR 225 Plus (63mm - 

225mm) and IR 315 Plus (250mm - 315mm) 

• For use with Beta PP (20mm - 225mm), PROGEF Natural (20mm - 110mm), SYGEF 

Standard and SYGEF Plus (20mm - 315mm), and PFA FuseBond (¼” - 2”) 

BCF® PLUS FUSION MACHINE 

• Seamless weld without beads or crevices 

• Controlled and repeatable process with 100% traceability 

• Remote capability to support diffi cult fi eld welds 

• Available in two sizes BCF Plus Standard (20mm - 63mm) and BCF Plus Large 

Dimension Package (75mm - 110mm) 

• For use with PROGEF Natural (20mm - 110mm) and SYGEF Standard and SYGEF Plus 

(20mm - 110mm) 

ELECTRO PLUS® FUSION MACHINE 

• The machine is designed to simplify and speed the electrofusion joining process. 

• Designed to join Fuseal®, Fuseal Squared Double Containment, Fuseal 25/50 PVDF, 

and PPro-Seal Natural PP 

• Advanced transformer technology for network or generator operation 

• Hand-held user interface for simple operation 

• Multiple joint fusion capability and calibration reminder feature 

• “Real time” continuity detection of fusion coils and automatic temperature compensation 

• Display of the input line voltage and Hz during fusion 

• Integral carrying case for ease of transportation 

• Integrated error detection system for reliable operation

MSA250-SE ELECTROFUSION MACHINE 

• Network and generator compatible 

• Barcode fusion parameter input 

• Multiple joint capability 

• Advanced transformer technology 

• Built in fail-safe mode 

• For use with Fuseal PPFR & PPNFR (1½” – 12”), Fuseal Squared PPFR & PPNFR (1½” 

x 4” – 8” x 12”), Fuseal 25/50 PVDF (1½” – 6”) and PPro-Seal PPn (½” – 3”) 

CONVENTIONAL BUTT FUSION MACHINE 

• Processor controlled 

• Hydraulically operated 

• Program directs operator at each step and controls the applied pressure 

• Repeatable butt fusion joints 

• Available in GF 250 CNC, GF 315 CNC, GF 500 versions 

• For use with Beta PP (32mm - 400mm) and SYGEF Standard (32mm - 315mm) 

HAND HELD 1/2”TO 4” FUSION TOOL 

Each kit contains all of the components required for joining all sizes of socket fusion 

connections specifi ed for that kit, including heating tool, male and female heat face sets 

with bolts, depth gages, cold ring pipe clamp with inserts, pipe cutter, beveling tool, timer, 

thermal blanket, auxiliary handle, hex key wrenches, thermostat adjustment tool, joining 

instructions and rugged heavy duty tool box. Model C168860 is for pipe sizes 1/2”-2” and 

C169060 is for pipe size 3” to 4”. Both models are 110 volts, single phase. 

MODEL 75 1/2” - 2” FUSION TOOL 

The Model 75 Socket Fusion Tool is designed to join Polypropylene and PVDF (Kynar®) 

pipe, valves and fi ttings in 1/2” - 2” sizes. Two clamps hold the pipe and one clamp, with 

an insertion stop, holds the corresponding fi tting or valve in the precise position for socket 

fusion. The basic machine comes in a steel carrying case with the heating tool, wrench, 

fi xtures, clamping unit and joining instructions. The Socket Heat Face Sets are ordered 

separately. This tool weighs less that 75 lbs and is 110 volts, single phase, and 630 Watts. 

Model 3500 is available for pipe sizes from 1/2” to 4” and Model 3600 is available for pipe 

sizes from 4” to 6”. 

2-19 

2

2 

2-20 

MCELROY 824 FUSION MACHINE 

• Four or three jaw capable for improved in-ditch fusion 

• For confi ned spaces can be converted to top-loading heater & facer 

• DataLogger® compatible 

• Rugged outriggers for stability 

• Removable 3 or 4 jaw carriage for in-ditch use 

• Hydraulic pipe lifts 

• Available in High, Medium or Low cylinder force 

• Patented Centerline guidance for equal distribution of force around the joint 

• Serrated jaw & inserts to keep pipe from slipping during fusion 

• Hydraulic facer for facing the heaviest wall pipe with ease 

• Advance Blade Design for smooth face and long life 

• Heater and facer can be easily converted to top loading for confi ned spaces 

• Original industry standard for hydraulic control systems 

• ISO compliant industrial Tefl on coated plates 

Model No. Cylinder Force Input Voltage Requirements Minimum Power Requirements Plug Type 

A2435501 High 220V - 240V, 50/60Hz, 3Ph 29.8KVA/28.1KW I 

A2435502 Medium 220V - 240V, 50/60Hz, 3Ph 29.8KVA/28.1KW I 

A2435503 Low 220V - 240V, 50/60Hz, 3Ph 29.8KVA/28.1KW I 

TRACSTAR® 630 FUSION MACHINE 

• Track mounted, self-contained, self-propelled, all-terrain 

• On-board generator for powering heater and other devices 

• Carriage can be easily removed for in-ditch use 

• On-board generator for powering heater and other devices 

• Also available as an Automated fusion machine 

• Four or three jaw capable for improved in-ditch fusion 

• For confi ned spaces can be converted to top-loading heater & facer 

• Dual Speed Tracks and dual hydraulic pipe lifts 

• Automated version available and DataLogger compatible 

• Self locking brakes 

• 17+ hours operational fuel tank capacity 

• Patented Centerline guidance for equal distribution of force around the joint 

• Serrated jaw & inserts to keep pipe from slipping during fusion 

• Hydraulic facer for facing the heaviest wall pipe with ease 

• Advance Blade Design for smooth face and long life 

• Wireless Remote Control ensures safe effi cient working environment and precise machine 

placement 

Model No. Cylinder Force Input Voltage Requirements Minimum Power Requirements Plug Type 

AT2400101 High N/A, On-Board Generator N/A, Self–Contained Diesel N/A 

AT2400102 Medium N/A, On-Board Generator N/A, Self–Contained Diesel N/A 

AT2400103 Low N/A, On-Board Generator N/A, Self–Contained Diesel N/A

CHEMKOR SUPER BLOC TRUE UNION BALL VALVES 

The Chemkor Super Bloc true union ball valve features a unique double union/double 

block design for easier maintenance. It contains blocks in both the upstream and 

downstream directions. These valves are available in PVC, CPVC, and Polypropylene 

construction. All ball valves are available with either a Viton or EPDM O-ring, 

Tefl on seats, and double stem O-rings. The full–port design ensures minimal fl ow 

restriction. These valves have an external adjustment for seat wear. 

Chemkor True Union Ball Valves with Viton Seals 

PVC CPVC Polypropylene 

Size Soc/Thd Thd Flange Soc/Thd Thd Flange Soc/Thd Thd Flange 

1/2 31909007 N/A 31912007 32909007 N/A 32912007 34909007 N/A 34912007 

3/4 31909008 N/A 31912008 32909008 N/A 32912008 34909008 N/A 34912008 

1 31909009 N/A 31912009 32909009 N/A 32912009 34909009 N/A 34912009 

1 1/4 31909010 N/A 31912010 32909010 N/A 32912010 34909010 N/A 34912010 

1 1/2 31909011 N/A 31912011 32909011 N/A 32912011 34909011 N/A 34912011 

2 31909012 N/A 31912012 32909012 N/A 32912012 34909012 N/A 34912012 

2 1/2 31909013 31910013 31912013 32909013 32910013 32912013 34909013 34910013 34912013 

3 31909014 31910014 31912014 32909014 32910014 32912014 34909014 34910014 34912014 

4 31909016 31910016 31912016 32909016 32910016 N/A N/A N/A 34912016 

Chemkor True Union Ball Valves with EPDM Seals 

PVC CPVC 

Size Soc/Thd Thd Flange Soc/Thd Thd Flange 

1/2 31913007 N/A 31916007 32913007 N/A 32916007 

3/4 31913008 N/A 31916008 32913008 N/A 32916008 

1 31913009 N/A 31916009 32913009 N/A 32916009 

1 1/4 31913010 N/A 31916010 32913010 N/A 32916010 

1 1/2 31913011 N/A 31916011 32913011 N/A 32916011 

2 31913012 N/A 31916012 32913012 N/A 32916012 

2 1/2 31913013 31914013 31916013 32913013 32914013 32916013 

3 31913014 31914014 31916014 32913014 32914014 32916014 

4 31913016 31914016 31916016 32913016 32914016 32916016 

Notes: 

• 150 psi rating for PVC, CPVC, PVDF 

• 2 1/2” valves are fabricated with 3” valves and bushings. 

• 2 1/2” fl anged valves are nonstock. 

• In PVC, CPVC, and PP, 1/2” to 2” are supplied with both socket and threaded ends. 

• PVDF valves are also available with metric fusion sockets on request. 

• Threaded part numbers apply to 3” and 4” valves only. 

• Vacuum resistant to 29.9” of mercury. 

CHEMKOR SINGLE UNION BALL VALVES 

The Chemkor single union ball valve is manufacturered from white PVC with 

EPDM O-rings and is available in 1 1/2” and 2” with socket ends. It is ideal 

for pool and spa applications and is rated to 140 °F. 

SIZE Part # 

1 1/2 WPSUB015 

2 WPSUB020 

Notes: 

• 150 psi rating for PVC and CPVC. 

• Temperature rated to 140 °F. 

• Vacuum resistant to 29.9” of mercury. 

3-1 

3

3 

3-2 

+GF+ 375 TRUE UNION BALL VALVES 

Notes: 

• 225 psi rating for PVC or CPVC. 

• ASTM 1970-01 compliant end connections. 

• Silicone and oil free versions available. 

• Can be actuated after installation 2½”, 3”, 4”, and 6” have socket ends only; NPT available upon request. 

The +GF+ 375 true union ball valve is a manual, 2-way full port ball valve 

with both solvent cement socket and female threaded end connectors provided 

through 2”. True union permits radial installation or removal. Sizes range 

from 3/8” to 6” (6” venturied from 4”) . It is available in PVC and CPVC 

with solvent cement, threaded, or fl anged end connections. It is available 

with either EPDM or FPM seals and PTFE ball seats. This valve is NSF61 

approved. 

EPDM Seals FPM Seals/Viton 

PVC CPVC PVC CPVC 

Size Soc/Thd Flange Soc/Thd Flange Soc/Thd Flange Soc/Thd Flange 

3/8 161 375 001 161 375 016 

1/2 161 375 002 161 375 062 163 375 002 163 375 062 161 375 017 161 375 077 163 375 017 163 375 077 

3/4 161 375 003 161 375 063 163 375 003 163 375 063 161 375 018 161 375 078 163 375 018 163 375 078 

1 161 375 004 161 375 064 163 375 004 163 375 064 161 375 019 161 375 079 163 375 019 163 375 079 

1 1/4 161 375 005 161 375 065 163 375 005 163 375 065 161 375 020 161 375 080 163 375 020 163 375 080 

1 1/2 161 375 006 161 375 066 163 375 006 163 375 066 161 375 021 161 375 081 163 375 021 163 375 081 

2 161 375 007 161 375 067 163 375 007 163 375 067 161 375 022 161 375 082 163 375 022 163 375 082 

2 1/2 161 375 008 161 375 068 163 375 008 163 375 068 161 375 023 161 375 083 163 375 023 163 375 083 

3 161 375 009 161 375 069 163 375 009 163 375 069 161 375 024 161 375 084 163 375 024 163 375 084 

4 161 375 010 161 375 070 163 375 010 163 375 070 161 375 025 161 375 085 163 375 025 163 375 085 

6 161 375 011 161 375 071 161 375 026 161 375 086 

CHEMTROL TRUE UNION BALL VALVES 

These manually operated valves, with an easy-to-turn handle, indicates open or closed position 

at-a-glance. Also available in pneumatic or electrically operated versions, the Chemtrol True 

Union ball valve meets a wide range of application requirements. Excellent corrosion resistance 

is another advantage of Chemtrol True Union valves. All engineered plastic construction 

assures long life and reliable operation in chemical and fl uid applications such as acids, 

alkalies, salt solutions and DI water. These valves are pressure rated to 150 psi and temperature 

rated to at least 140°F. These valves are available in PVC, CPVC, black and natural PP, 

natural and red PVDF in sizes ranging from 1/2” to 4” with either viton or EPDM Orings. 

Please contact customer service for more details.

+GF+ 546 True Union Ball Valves 

The +GF+ 546 is a manual, 2-way, full port ball valve which provides long working life and 

maintenance-free performance. The True union permits radial installation or removal. Access 

to all components (ball, stem, seats and seals) is provided by removal of the left hand threaded 

seat carrier. The ergonomic handle has a molded-in wrench to engage the seat carrier. It is 

available in sizes ranging from 3/8” to 4” and is available in PVC and CPVC with solvent 

cement, threaded, and fl anged end connections standard and in PP and PVDF with threaded, 

spigot, fusion socket, and fl anged end connections standard. It is available with either EPDM 

and FPM seals and PTFE ball seats. The union nuts have strong buttress threads to reduce the 

likelyhood of backout. 

+GF+ EPDM +GF+ FPM/VITON 

PVC CPVC PVC CPVC 

Size Soc/Thd Flange Soc/Thd Flange Soc/Thd Flange Soc/Thd Flange 

3/8 161 546 341 163 546 341 161 546 351 163 546 351 

1/2 161 546 342 161 546 582 163 546 342 163 546 582 161 546 352 161 546 592 163 546 352 163 546 592 

3/4 161 546 343 161 546 583 163 546 343 163 546 583 161 546 353 161 546 593 163 546 353 163 546 593 

1 161 546 344 161 546 584 163 546 344 163 546 584 161 546 354 161 546 594 163 546 354 163 546 594 

1 1/4 161 546 345 161 546 585 163 546 345 163 546 585 161 546 355 161 546 595 163 546 355 163 546 595 

1 1/2 161 546 346 161 546 586 163 546 346 163 546 586 161 546 356 161 546 596 163 546 356 163 546 596 

2 161 546 347 161 546 587 163 546 347 163 546 587 161 546 357 161 546 597 163 546 357 163 546 597 

2 1/2 161 546 348 161 546 168 163 546 348 163 546 588 161 546 358 161 546 178 163 546 358 163 546 598 

3 161 546 349 161 546 169 163 546 349 163 546 589 161 546 359 161 546 179 163 546 359 163 546 599 

4 161 546 350 161 546 170 163 546 350 163 546 590 161 546 360 161 546 180 163 546 360 163 546 600 

Notes: 

• 232 psi rating for PVC and CPVC. 

• ASTM 1970-01 compliant end connections. 

• Silicone and oil free versions available, can be actuated after installation, and vented ball valves can be supplied for use with Sodium Hypochlorite. 

• 2½”, 3”, and 4” have socket ends only; NPT available upon request. 

• Locking handles can be added to any valve in the fi eld or at the factory. Consult customer service for more details. 

HAYWARD TB SERIES TRUE UNION BALL VALVES 

Hayward True Union Ball Valves can take the day to day abuse of industrial 

service and continue to function. The true union design makes these valves very 

easy to maintain by allowing for easy removal from a piping system without 

breaking down piping connections. A fi ne pitch seal retainer thread allows for accurate 

compensation for seat wear. These valves feature a double O-ring stem seal 

for twice the leakage protection of valves with only a single stem seal. 

These valves will never corrode. This is because of the valves all plastic construction. 

They will never rust or corrode and they can survive corrosive environments 

without the need for painting or expensive epoxy coatings. They are available 

from 1/4” to 6” in PVC, CPVC and PP and with either FPM or EPDM Seals. 

They are available in a Z-ball confi guration specifi cally for Sodium Hypochlorite 

applications. These valves have been designed so that they can be easily converted 

to an automated valve in the fi eld. 

Please contact customer service for more details. 

3-3 

3

3 

3-4 

CHEMKOR BUTTERFLY VALVES 

Chemkor Butterfl y valves have a unique “Triple Seal” design for maximum reliability. 

They have a full face design assuring positive fl ange sealing. These valves are up to 

50% lighter than metal valves and have a PVC disk for optimized strength and reduced 

pressure drop. Chemtrol butterfl y valves have a ten position index plate for precise fl ow 

control and are pressure rated to 150 psi and service temperatures of up to 140°F. 8”, 10”, 

and 12” come complete with a gear box handle. 

Notes: 

• 150 psi rating at 73.4 °F. 


PVC hand Lever 

Size EPDM Viton 

3" 31350014 31351014 

4" 31350016 31351016 

6" 31350018 31351018 

8" 31350019 31351019 

10" 31350020 31351020 

12" 31350022 31351022 

CHEMKOR GEAR BOX BUTTERFLY VALVES 

Chemkor Gear Box Butterfl y Valves are corrosion resistant and exhibit excellent fl ow 

characteristics. They require lower torque and have greater sealing capacity with a clear 

indication of the disc opening. The standard stem is made from 304, 316 or 316L stainless 

steel. They are available in sizes from 3” to 24” upon request. 

Notes: 

• 150 psi rating at 73.4°F(23°C) 


• Pressure rating for 2”~10” is 150 PSI, 

• Pressure rating for 12”~14” is 100 PSI. 

• Pressure rating for 16” is 86 PSI. 

• Pressure rating for 18” is 72 PSI. 

• Pressure rating for 20”~24” is 51 PSI. 

PVC Gear Box 

Size EPDM Viton 

3" 31350014G 31351014G 

4" 31350016G 31351016G 

6" 31350018G 31351018G 

8" 31350019G 31351019G 

10" 31350020G 31351020G 

12" 31350022G 31351022G 

HAYWARD BUTTERFLY VALVES 

Hayward Butterfl y valves are available in PVC, CPVC and PP in a wide variety of sizes. 

They are available with EPDM, Viton or Nitrile liners. Rated at 150 PSI, Options include 

stem extensions, lug body design, gear operators, actuators, titanium shaft, 2˝ square 

operating nut, and PVDF discs. 

Features 

• Rated at 150 PSI 

• Stainless Steel Shaft 

• Fully Supported Flange Bolt Holes 

• Full Body, V-Notch Liner 

• Blowout-Proof Shaft 

• Viton®, EPDM or Nitrile Liners 

• Wafer Body Design 

• Conforms to ANSI B16.10 Face-to-Face Dimensions 

• Also available in sizes from 1 1/2” to 8” 

Size Part No. 

10" 21350100 

12" 21350120 

14" 21350140 

16" 21350160 

18" 21350180 

20” 21350200 

24” 21350240

Notes: 

• 150 psi rating at 73.4°F(23°C). 


• Hole patterns are class 150 to ANSI B16.5. 

• Connecting dimension: ISO 7005 PN 10, EN 1092 PN 10, DIN 2501 PN 10, ANSI B 

16.5 Class 150, BS 1560:1989, JIS B 2220. 

• Overall length according to EN 558-1, ISO 5752. 

• We recommend for the dimensions DN250 and DN300 only 6 bar maximum system 

pressure for the hand lever version. 

Notes: 

• 150 psi rating at 73.4°F(23°C). 


• Hole patterns are class 150 to ANSI B16.5. 

• Outer body in GGG-40.3 epoxy-coated. 

• Connecting dimension ANSI B 16.5 Class 150. 

• Overall length according to EN 558-1, ISO 5752. 

• Interface F07 according to DIN/ISO 5211. 

+GF+ TYPE 567 BUTTERFLY VALVES 

The +GF+ 567 wafer style butterfl y valve is available in lever or gear operated 

versions. Both disc and body are the same material and are exposed to stream for 

maximum material design capabilities. Available in PVC, CPVC, PP, PVDF 

with either EPDM or FPM seals up to 8”. This valve has a rachet handle for 

locking in place (5 increments) and can be actuated after installation. They are 

available with a level handle or gear operator. 

The double eccentric operating principle ensures low torque and long life. They 

have specially engineered disc seal and pipeline installation seals. 

PVC Lever PVC Gear 

Size EPDM FPM EPDM FPM 

2" 161 567 002 161 567 022 161 567 042 161 567 062 

2 1/2" 161 567 003 161 567 023 161 567 043 161 567 063 

3" 161 567 004 161 567 024 161 567 044 161 567 064 

4" 161 567 005 161 567 025 161 567 045 161 567 065 

5" 161 567 006 161 567 026 161 567 046 161 567 066 

6" 161 567 007 161 567 027 161 567 047 161 567 067 

8" 161 567 008 161 567 028 161 567 048 161 567 068 

10" 161 567 009 161 567 029 161 567 049 161 567 069 

12" 161 567 010 161 567 030 161 567 050 161 567 070 

+GF+ 568 BUTTERFLY VALVES 

The +GF+ type 568 Lug-Style Butterfl y Valve is available in manual or gear 

operated. Both disc and body are the same material and are exposed to stream 

for maximum material design capabilities. Available in PVC, CPVC, PP, PVDF 

with either EPDM or FPM seals up to 8”. This valve has a rachet handle for 

locking in place (5 increments) and can be actuated after installation. The 

double eccentric operating principle ensures low torque and long life. They 

have specially engineered disc seal and pipeline installation seals. 

PVC Lever PVC Gear 


2" 161 568102 161 568 122 161 568 142 161 568 162 

2 1/2" 161 568103 161 568 123 161 568 143 161 568 163 

3" 161 568 104 161 568 124 161 568 144 161 568 164 

4" 161 568 105 161 568 125 161 568 145 161 568 165 

5" 161 568 106 161 568 126 161 568 146 161 568 166 

6" 161 568 107 161 568 127 161 568 147 161 568 167 

8" 161 568 108 161 568 128 161 568 148 161 568 168 

3-5 

3

3 

3-6 

SUPER C COMPACT BALL VALVES 

The Super C Compact Ball Valve 

features double O-rings, self-lubricating 

Tefl on seats, full fl ow design. 

It is available in schedule 80 

socket or npt thread and is pressure 

rated to 150 psi @ 73.4°F(23°C). 

COMPACT ECONO BALL VALVES 

The Chemkor Econo Ball Valve is 

cost effective and features a white 

PVC body, santoprene seats, EPDM 

rings, and a short overall length. This 

is a full bore, 150 PSI rated (non 

shock) valve. 

GRAY PVC 

WHITE WHITE 

EPDM GRAY PVC PVC EPDM PVC EPDM 

SIZE SOCKET EPDM SOCKET SOCKET 

1/2 3011005 3012005 3011005W 3012005W 

3/4 3011007 3012007 3011007W 3012007W 

1 3011010 3012010 3011010W 3012010W 

1 1/4 3011012 3012012 3011012W 3012012W 

1 1/2 3011015 3012015 3011015W 3012015W 

2 3011020 3012020 3011020W 3012020W 

METERING BALL VALVES - TYPE 323 

This manual, yet actuatable, metering ball valve provides accurate, low fl ow values. The 

scale on the body indicates degrees of opening (0-180) which can be related to fl ow rate at a 

known pressure. It is available in socket or threaded true union connections with PTFE ball 

seat and with EPDM or VITON seals. 

SIZE 

PVC EPDM 

SOCKET 

PVC EPDM 

THREADED 

LABORATORY BALL COCK VALVE - TYPE 324 

This manual PVC 2-way, full port, laboratory ball cock valve is available in PVC with 

either socket or threaded end connectors EPDM seals and PTFE ball seats. It can be disassembled 

for repair or replacement. It exhibits ideal fl ow characteristics and maintains a 

long, maintenance-free, life. It is pressure rated to 150 psi at 73.4°F(23°C). 

SIZE 

PVC EPDM 

SOCKET 

PVC EPDM 

THREADED 

1/2 3014005W 3013005W 

3/4 3014007W 3013007W 

1 3014010W 3013010W 

1 1/4 3014012W 3013012W 

1 1/2 3014015W 3013015W 

2 3014020W 3013020W 

PVC VITON 

SOCKET 

PVC VITON 

THREADED 

3/8 161 323 521 161 323 541 161 323 531 161 323 551 

1/2 161 323 522 161 323 542 161 323 532 161 323 552 

SIZE 

PVC 

EPDM 

SOCKET 

PVC 

EPDM 

THREADED 

1/4 161 324 200 161 324 454

TYPE 343/543 HORIZONTAL THREE WAY BALL VALVES 

Notes: 

• Maximum pressure rating of 232 psi for PVC and CPVC. 

• Temperature rated to 140 °F for PVC and 200 °F for CPVC. 

• Also available in metric. 

• Also available in PVDF, and PP. 

This manual true union, full port horizontal, 3-way ball valve permits radial installation 

or removal. The “L” port ball provides independent connection of inlets with 

outlet. The “T” port ball provides straight through fl ow and independent connection 

of inlets with outlets or interconnection of all three parts. It is available in PVC, 

CPVC, PP, and PVDF with EPDM or FPM seals and PTFE ball seat. It is available 

with either socket or threaded end connectors. The handle can be used as a tool 

for seat adjustment and the screwed-in seat carrier has left-hand threads to prevent 

unscrewing when threaded valve is removed from the line. 

PVC 

Socket/L-Port 

Type 343 

PVC 

Socket/T-Port 


3/8" 161 343 081 161 343 091 161 343 281 161 343 291 

1/2" 161 343 082 161 343 092 161 343 282 161 343 292 

3/4" 161 343 083 161 343 093 161 343 283 161 343 293 

1" 161 343 084 161 343 094 161 343 284 161 343 294 

1 1/4" 161 343 085 161 343 095 161 343 285 161 343 295 

1 1/2" 161 343 086 161 343 096 161 343 286 161 343 296 

2" 161 343 087 161 343 097 161 343 287 161 343 297 

TYPE 343/543 VERTICAL THREE WAY BALL VALVES 

Notes: 

• maximum pressure rating of 232 psi for PVC and CPVC. 


• Also available in metric. 

• Also available in PVDF, and PP. 

This manual, true union, full port vertical, 3-way ball valve permits radial installation 

or removal. The L-port ball provides independent connection of inlets 

with outlet. The Diverter ball provides interconnections of two inlets with outlet 

for mixing or interconnection of outlet for proportional diverter operation. It is 

available in PVC, CPVC, PP, and PVDF with EPDM or FPM seals and PTFE 

ball seat. The handle can be used as a tool for seat adjustment and the screwedin 

seat carrier has left-hand threads to prevent unscrewing when threaded valve 

is removed from the line. It can be actuated after installation. 

Type 343 

PVC L-Port 

Size EPDM FPM 

3/8" 161 343 661 161 343 671 

1/2" 161 343 662 161 343 672 

3/4" 161 343 663 161 343 673 

1" 161 343 664 161 343 674 

1 1/4" 161 343 665 161 343 675 

1 1/2" 161 343 666 161 343 676 

2" 161 343 667 161 343 677 

PVC 

Socket/L-Port 

Type 543 

Type 543 

PVC L-Port 

Size EPDM FPM 

3/8" 161 543 661 161 543 671 

1/2" 161 543 662 161 543 672 

3/4" 161 543 663 161 543 673 

1" 161 543 664 161 543 674 

1 1/4" 161 543 665 161 543 675 

1 1/2" 161 543 666 161 543 676 

2" 161 543 667 161 543 677 

PVC 

Socket/T-Port 


3/8" 161 543 081 161 543 091 161 543 281 161 543 291 

1/2" 161 543 082 161 543 092 161 543 282 161 543 292 

3/4" 161 543 083 161 543 093 161 543 283 161 543 293 

1" 161 543 084 161 543 094 161 543 284 161 543 294 

1 1/4" 161 543 085 161 543 095 161 543 285 161 543 295 

1 1/2" 161 543 086 161 543 096 161 543 286 161 543 296 

2" 161 543 087 161 543 097 161 543 287 161 543 297 

3-7 

3

3 

3-8 

CALIBRATED NEEDLE VALVES 

The Chemtrol calibrated needle valve is ideally suited to the fi ne regulation of liquid 

fl ow required in instrumentation and laboratory work. The fl ow through the 1/4” valve 

can be accurately adjusted by observing the knob handle exposing numerals molded on 

the valve body. It has a positive stop for safe operation and Tefl on seats to prevent wear 

on needle 

T45CN-V 1/4" FPT x 1/4" FPT 

Knob Position 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 

Flow rate (GPM @50 psi) 0.85 1.41 1.79 2.15 2.42 3.15 4.40 4.50 

CHEMTROL PVC CHEMCOCK VALVES 

The Chemtrol chemcock valve is ideal for laboratories, monitoring systems, sampling, 

and a variety of other applications as original equipment. Its calculated fl uid fl ow coeffi 

cient (Cv) is based on the laying length being equivalent to 1/4” Schedule 80 pipe. It 

opens and closes with only a quarter turn. These valves come complete with replaceable 

FPM O-ring seats and seals and exhibits no sticking or galling. It is rated at 150 psi at 

73.4°F(23°C) water –non-shock–full port. 

Part # Description 

Y PATTERN VALVES 

The Chemtrol Y-pattern globe valve exhibits minimal pressure-drop, even when 

compared with a conventional upright style globe valve. Therefore, it is an excellent 

choice for combination on-off and throttling applications. One of the more common 

applications for this valve is as a pump by-pass control valve. It features malleable 

glass reinforced PTFE (Tefl on) seat disk ensuring long-lasting positive sealing and is 

constructed of PVC and FPM seals. The stub acme thread on stem provides rapid openclose 

operation. 

Size 1/4" 1/2" 3/4" 1" 

Part # 2151204 2151207 2151208 2151209 

ANGLE VALVES 

A45CC-V 1/4" Hose x 1/4" MPT 

M45CC-V 1/4" MPT x 1/4" MPT 

HAYWARD UNIVERSAL STOPCOCKS 

For on/off, restricted fl ow or sampling applications, the Hayward LC12 StopCock is easily 

adaptable to any piping connection. Furnished with the valve is a 1/4˝ NPT female pipe 

thread, 1/4˝ NPT male pipe thread and hose barb end connectors for 1/4˝ through 7/16˝ I.D. 

tubing. These allow the valve to be fi tted with up to six different end connection combinations. 

Simply attach the end connections you need – they are all supplied with each valve. 

The Chemtrol Angle Valve is used where a higher pressure-drop is desirable. 

One of its more common applications is as a pump by-pass control valve. It features malleable glass reinforced 

PTFE (Tefl on) seat disk ensuring long-lasting positive sealing and is constructed of PVC and FPM seals. The 

stub acme thread on stem provides rapid open-close operation. 

Size 1/4" 1/2" 3/4" 1" 

Part # 2151804 2151807 2151808 2151809

Notes: 



• SR nomenclature refers to steel reinforced sockets. 

Notes: 



PVC GATE VALVES 

This PVC Gate Valve is designed with all wetted parts constructed of industrial thermoplastics. 

All Valves are assembled with silicone-free, water soluble lubricant. It is 

available in CPVC upon request. The design allows for straight passage of fl uids with 

very little pressure drop. Corrosion resistant PVC gate valves are ideal for long service 

in harsh, corrosive applications. The thermoplastic body is far lighter in weight than a 

comparable metal valve, saving time on installation as well as the cost of heavier piping 

supports. Sizes up to 14” available upon request. 

PVC Threaded PVC Socket PVC Flanged 

Size Buna-N EPDM Viton® Buna-N EPDM Viton® Buna-N EPDM Viton® 

1/2" 2011-005 2021-005 2031-005 2012-005 2022-005 2032-005 2013-005 2023-005 2033-005 

3/4" 2011-007 2021-007 2031-007 2012-007 2022-007 2032-007 2013-007 2023-007 2033-007 

1" 2011-010 2021-010 2031-010 2012-010 2022-010 2032-010 2013-010 2023-010 2033-010 

1 1/4" 2011-012 2021-012 2031-012 2012-012 2022-012 2032-012 2013-012 2023-012 2033-012 

1 1/2" 2011-015 2021-015 2031-015 2012-015 2022-015 2032-015 2013-015 2023-015 2033-015 

2" 2011-020 2021-020 2031-020 2012-020 2022-020 2032-020 2013-020 2023-020 2033-020 

2 1/2" 2011-025 2021-025 2031-025 2012-025 2022-025 2032-025 2013-025 2023-025 2033-025 

3" 2011-030SR 2021-030SR 2031-030SR 2012-030 2022-030 2032-030 2013-030 2023-030 2033-030 

4" 2011-040SR 2021-040SR 2031-040SR 2012-040 2022-040 2032-040 2013-040 2023-040 2033-040 

PVC GLOBE VALVES 

This PVC Globe Valve is heavy duty, extra strong, and is ideal for throttling 

applications. They are slow closing reducing the likelyhood of water hammer. 

They are available in sizes ranging from 2 1/2” to 6” in PVC and CPVC 

with fl anged ends. All valves are assembled with silicone-free, water soluble 

lubricant and are suitable for vacuum service. 

PVC Flanged Ends CPVC Flanged Ends 

Size Buna-N EPDM Viton® EPDM Viton® Viton® 

2 1/2" 6013-025 6023-025 6033-025 6023-025C 6033-025C 2032-005 

3" 6013-030 6023-030 6033-030 6023-030C 6033-030C 2032-007 

4" 6013-040 6023-040 6033-040 6023-040C 6033-040C 2032-010 

6" 6013-060 6023-060 6033-060 6023-060C 6033-060C 2032-012 

3-9 

3

3 

3-10 

Notes: 

• The 4” valve has a 3” body with end connectors increased to 4”. 


• All foot valve strainer kits require solvent cementing. 

BALL CHECK VALVES/FOOT VALVES 

The Chemkor ball check valve features a thermoplastic corrosion 

resistant design, excellent fl ow characteristics and union end connector 

for simplifi ed valve maintenance. It’s unique design prevents the 

ball from sticking or chattering. It contains a long life Viton® ball 

seat and it can be easily converted to a foot valve with the installation 

of the strainer kit. It is designed for vertical applications. 

PVC/EPDM PVC/Viton CPVC/Viton PP/Viton 

Size Soc Thread Soc Thread Soc Thread Soc Thread 

1/2" 31817007 31818007 31801007 31800007 32801007 32800007 34801007 34800007 

3//4" 31817008 31818008 31801008 31800008 32801008 32800008 34801008 34800008 

1" 31817009 31818009 31801009 31800009 32801009 32800009 34801009 34800009 

1 1/4" 31817010 31818010 31801010 31800010 32801010 32800010 34801010 34800010 

1 1/2" 31817011 31818011 31801011 31800011 32801011 32800011 34801011 34800011 




+GF+ TYPE 304 Y-CHECK VALVES 

This PVC transparent Y-check valve is designed to automatically stop fl ow when 

the fl ow reverses direction. The weighted plunger allows the angle check valve 

to function when mounted in either the horizontal or vertical plane. It has long 

working life and is maintenance-free, light weight, with either EPDM or FPM 

seals. it is available in a size range of 1/2”-3” with IPS spigot end connections. 

It is also available in opaque with either socket, threaded, or fl anged end connectors. 

It is temperature rated for 150 psi @ 70° F, non-shock and is temperature 

rated to 140° F. 

Size PVC/EPDM PVC/Viton 

1/2' 192 304 006 192 304 031 

3/4' 192 304 007 192 304 032 

1" 192 304 008 192 304 033 

1 1/4' 192 304 009 192 304 034 

1 1/2" 192 304 010 192 304 035 

2" 192 304 011 192 304 036 

3" 192 304 013 192 304 038

Notes: 

• Designed for both horizontal or vertical usage. 

• Pressure rated 125 PSI @ 73.4°F(23°C). 

• Clear PVC Swing Check Valves available on 

request. 

SWING CHECK VALVES 

Swing check valves are used in irrigation systems, waste water lines, sump pump disposal 

lines, and sewage lift stations or ejector systems. They are also used where minimum 

heat loss or fl ow resistance is required, as well as in swimming pools, hot tubs, or spa 

applications. The PVC weighted and shielded fl apper will retain backpressure up to 125 

PSI. They have an angled seat and weighted fl apper design for low pressure seal. They 

also feature no metallic parts, full fl ow design, solvent weld or compression ends. These 

valves are ideal for close working areas, easy pipe alignment. 

Size 1/2 3/4 1 1 1/4 1 1/2 2 3 4 

PVC Socket Connection 152007 152007 152010 152012 152015 152020 152030 152040 

PVC Compression Connection 150007 150007 150010 150012 150015 150020 150030 150040 

LARGE DIAMETER SWING CHECK VALVES 

These check valves have up to three times the pressure rating of other valves and can 

replace metal valves in many applications. This valve has Unique Two-In-One Seat 

Design which is ideal for slurry applications. It is available with FPM or EPDM 

seals, fl anged connections, two drain ports and can be installed either horizontally or 

vertically (a counterweight is recommended and available upon request). No fl ange 

gaskets are required. 

Size End Connectors FPM Seals EPDM 

Seals 

PVC CPVC PP 

FPM Seals EPDM 

Seals 

WAFER CHECK VALVE 

FPM Seals EPDM 

Seals 

3' Flanged SW1300V SW1300E SW2300V SW2300E SW4300V SW4300E 

4" Flanged SW1400V SW1400E SW2400V SW2400E SW4400V SW4400E 

6" Flanged SW1600V SW1600E SW2600V SW2600E SW4600V SW4600E 

8" Flanged SW1800V SW1800E SW2800V SW2800E SW4800V SW4800E 

Wafer check valves are economical and lightweight. They are of a space saving design. 

They are available in PVC, PP, and PVDF in sizes from 2” to 20” with Buna N, EPDM, 

Viton or Tefl on O-rings. The spring is available in 316 S.S. standard and in HASTEL- 

LOY C upon request. Spacers are required for installation. 

PVC PP 

SIZE EPDM EPDM/Spring Viton Viton/Spring EPDM EPDM/Spring Viton Viton/Spring 

2" 460-20-E 470-20-E 460-20-V 470-20-V 461-20-E 471-20-E 461-20-V 471-20-V 

2 1/2" 460-25-E 470-25-E 460-25-V 470-25-V 461-25-E 471-25-E 461-25-V 471-25-V 

3" 460-30-E 470-30-E 460-30-V 470-30-V 461-30-E 471-30-E 461-30-V 471-30-V 

4" 460-40-E 470-40-E 460-40-V 470-40-V 461-40-E 471-40-E 461-40-V 471-40-V 

5" 460-50-E 470-50-E 460-50-V 470-50-V 461-50-E 471-50-E 461-50-V 471.50-V 

6" 460-60-E 470-60-E 460-60-V 470-60-V 461-60-E 471-60-E 461-60-V 471-60-V 

8" 460-80-E 470-80-E 460-80-V 470-80-V 461-80-E 471-80-E 461-80-V 471-80-V 

10" 460-100-E 470-100-E 460-100-V 470-100-V 461-100-E 471-100-E 461-100-V 471-100-V 

12" 460-120-E 470-120-E 460-120-V 470-120-V 461-120-E 471-120-E 461-120-V 471-120-V 

14" 460-140-E 470-140-E 460-140-V 470-140-V 461-140-E 471-140-E 461-140-V 471-140-V 

16" 460-160-E 470-160-E 460-160-V 470-160-V 461-160-E 471-160-E 461-160-V 471-160-V 

20" 460-200-E 470-200-E 460-200-V 470-200-V 461-200-E 471-200-E 461-200-V 471-200-V 

3-11 

3

3 

3-12 

PRESSURE REGULATORS 

The pressure regulator comes in two different confi gurations; ½” to 1” is a straight thru 

fl ow design and the 1½” to 2” is an offset port fl ow design. They both feature a top 

entry adjustment knob with lock nut, Viton O-rings (EPDM available on request), Kynar 

covered stainless springs. It will operate with inlet pressures of up to 100 PSI and is 

adjustable from 10 psi to 80 psi. It is designed to reduce and stabilize line pressure. 

Size 1/2" 3/4" 1" 1-1/2" 2" 

PVC FC-PR-50 FC-PR-75 FC-PR-10 FC-PR-15 FC-PR-20 

PP FC-PPR-50 FC-PPR-75 FC-PPR-10 FC-PPR-15 FC-PPR-20 

PVDF FC-KPR-50 FC-KPR-75 FC-KPR-10 

PRESSURE RELIEF VALVES 

These adjustable pressure relief valves are available in PVC and PVDF in two different 

body styles. They feature Viton O-rings for durability and easy adjustment. All models 

are designed to prevent excessive line pressure. 

Part # Size Range Material 

FC-MPR-25-1 1/4" 10-80 PSI PVC 

FC-MPR-25-2 1/4" 60-120 PSI PVC 

FC-MPR-50-3 1/2" 10-120 PSI PVC 

FC-MPR-75 3/4" 10-100 PSI PVC 

PRESSURE BY-PASS VALVES 

These pressure by-pass valve will bypass excess fl uid or air whenever the pressure you 

set with the handle is exceeded. This valve can be controlled from 10 through 100 PSI. 

Our pressure by-pass valve will permit straight through fl ow if mounted in a straight line. 

These valves feature Viton O-rings and adjustment knob and lock nut. 

Material 1/2" 3/4" 1" 1-1/2" 2" 

PVC FC-P-50 FC-P-75 FC-P-10 FC-P-15 FC-P-20 

PP FC-PYP-50 FC-PYP-75 FC-PYP-10 FC-PYP-15 FC-PYP-20 

PVDF FC-KP-50 FC-KP-75 FC-KP-10 

FOOT OPERATED VALVES 

The foot operated valve features a Kynar coated spring, Viton O-rings (EPDM available), 

mounting holes, molded body, and an automatic shut-off. It is extremely easy to mount 

and comes in a normally closed position. The valve is opened by pushing the top with 

your foot and allowing the spring to close it. 

1/2" 3/4" 1" 

PVC FC-FOV-50 FC-FOV-75 FC-FOV-10 

PP FC-PFOV-50 FC-PFOV-75 FC-PFOV-10

Notes: 

• Provides highly accurate and stable pressure control. 

• Size range ½” - 1½”. 

• Available in PVC, PP and PVDF. 

• Diaphragms in EPDM or PTFE. 

• Female NPT is standard. Also available with IR/BCF, socket union and 

fl anged end connections. 

• Spare parts are available for these valves. Contact customer service for 

more information. 

LIQUID DISPENSING ASSEMBLIES 

Liquid dispensing assemblies are ideal for distilled, deionized and demineralized 

water, as well as chemical dispensing. They are available in PVC, Natural PP 

and PVDF. All tips accept 1/8” to 1/2” I.D. tubing. They are frequently used in 

labs, hospitals, and clean rooms. 

Part # Type Material Valve Part # Type Valve 

FC-DA-15D 15 PVC NEEDLE FC-DA-35D 35 T.U. BALL 

FC-DA-15W 15 PVC NEEDLE FC-DA-35W 35 T.U. BALL 

FC-PDA-15D 15 PP NEEDLE FC-PDA-35D 35 T.U. BALL 

FC-PDA-15W 15 PP NEEDLE FC-PDA-35W 35 T.U. BALL 

FC-KDA-15D 15 PVDF NEEDLE FC-KDA-35D 35 T.U. BALL 

FC-KDA-15W 15 PVDF NEEDLE FC-KDA-35W 35 T.U. BALL 

FC-DA-20D 20 PVC BALL 

FC-DA-20W 20 PVC BALL 

FC-DA-30D 30 PVC SNAP 

FC-DA-30W 30 PVC SNAP 

FC-PDA-30D 30 PP SNAP 

FC-PDA-30W 30 PP SNAP 

FC-KDA-30D 30 PVDF SNAP 

+GF+ V786 PRESSURE RETAINING VALVE 

The Pressure Retaining Valve serves to keep the working or system related pressures 

constant, to balance out pressure pulsation, and to reduce pressure peaks 

in chemical process systems. If the inlet pressure rises above the set value, the 

pressurized valve piston is lifted against the spring force. Consequently, the 

valve opens and there is a reduction of pressure through the outlet pipe. The 

valve closes as soon as the inlet pressure sinks below the pre-set spring tension. 

The use of PRVs in upstream (supply side) UPW applications without a pointof-use 

fi lter should be avoided. However, it should be noted that suffi cient fl ow 

is needed to avoid microbial contamination. 

Inch Material Set Range Body Type EPDM Seats PTFE Seats 

½ PVC 7-150 786 199 041 806 199 041 817 

¾ PVC 7-150 786 199 041 807 199 041 818 

1 PVC 7-150 786 199 041 808 199 041 819 

1¼ PVC 7-150 786 199 041 809 199 041 820 

1½ PVC 7-150 786 199 041 810 199 041 821 

3-13 

3

3 

3-14 

Notes: 

• Size range 3/8” -4”. 







Notes: 

• Size range ½” - 1½” 

• Available in PVC, PP and PVDF 

• Diaphragms in EPDM or PTFE 


fl anged end connections 



+GF+ V185/V85 PRESSURE RELIEF VALVE 

The Pressure Relief Valve serves to keep the working or system pressures constant, 

to balance out pressure pulsation, and to reduce pressure peaks in process 

systems. The third pipe spigot fi tted on the valve body means the valve can be 

installed directly in the main pipeline. If the inlet pressure rises above the set 

value, the pressurized valve piston is lifted against the spring force. Consequently, 

the valve opens and there is a reduction of pressure in the outlet pipe. The 

excess pressure can exhaust or be redirected via the third outlet. The valve closes 

as soon as the inlet pressure sinks below the pre-set spring tension. The use of 

PRVs in upstream (supply side) UPW applications without a point-of-use fi lter 

should be avoided. However, it should be noted that suffi cient fl ow is needed to 

avoid microbial contamination. It provides highly accurate and stable pressure 

control . 

Set 

EPDM PTFE 

Inch Material Range Body Type Orings Orings 

½ PVC 7-150 185 199 041 541 199 041 548 

¾ PVC 7-150 185 199 041 542 199 041 549 

1 PVC 7-150 185 199 041 543 199 041 550 

1¼ PVC 7-150 185 199 041 544 199 041 551 

1½ PVC 7-150 185 199 041 545 199 041 552 

2 PVC 7-150 185 199 041 546 199 041 553 

2½ PVC 14-90 85 199 041 785 199 041 788 

3 PVC 14-90 85 199 041 786 199 041 789 

4 PVC 14-60 85 199 041 787 199 041 790 

+GF+ V782 PRESSURE REDUCING VALVE 

The Pressure Reducing Valve reduces the pressure within the system to a pre-set 

value. By using the differential pressure, the pressure reducing valve adjusts 

itself to the set working pressure. The outlet pressure (working pressure) is not 

directly related to the inlet pressure. If the outlet pressure increases or decreases 

above/below the desired value, the diaphragm is lifted against the spring force 

or pressed down by the spring force, as the case may be, by the outlet pressure. 

The pressure reducing valve begins to close/open until a state of equilibrium 

is re-established; in other words, the outlet pressure remains constant irrespective 

of an increasing or decreasing inlet pressure. The use of PRVs in upstream 

(supply side) UPW applications without a point-of-use fi lter should be avoided. 

However, it should be noted that suffi cient fl ow is needed to avoid microbial 

contamination. It provides highly accurate and stable pressure control 

Set 

EPDM PTFE 


½ PVC 7-150 782 199 041 572 199 041 584 

¾ PVC 7-150 782 199 041 573 199 041 585 

1 PVC 7-150 782 199 041 574 199 041 586 

1¼ PVC 7-150 782 199 041 575 199 041 587 

1½ PVC 7-150 782 199 041 576 199 041 588

Notes: 

• Size range ½” - 4”. 


• Diaphragms in EPDM or PTFE for 2” and 4”, V82 design. 

• ½”-1½” V182 body with piston and O-ring design. 





Notes: 

• Provides highly accurate and stable pressure control. 

• Size range ½” - 4”. 

• Available in PVC, PP and PVDF 






+GF+ V182/V82 PRESSURE REGULATING VALVE 

The Pressure Regulating Valve reduces pressure to a given value. By utilizing 

the differential pressure, the valve sets itself to the set working pressure and 

maintains it on the downstream side, irrespective of fl uctuations of inlet pressure 

or changes in fl ow. The valve is adjusted by a set screw and secured with a 

locknut. The use of PRVs in upstream (supply side) UPW applications without a 

point-of-use fi lter should be avoided. However, it should be noted that suffi cient 

fl ow is needed to avoid microbial contamination. This valve provides highly 

accurate and stable pressure control. 

Set 

EPDM FPM 

PTFE 

Inch Material Range Body Type Orings O-Ring Diaphragm 

½ PVC 7-150 182 199 041 745 199 041 750 

¾ PVC 7-150 182 199 041 746 199 041 751 

1 PVC 7-150 182 199 041 747 199 041 752 

1¼ PVC 7-150 182 199 041 748 199 041 753 

1½ PVC 7-150 182 199 041 749 199 041 754 

2 PVC 7-150 82 199 041 307 199 041 308 

2½ PVC 14-90 82 199 041 773 199 041 776 

3 PVC 14-90 82 199 041 774 199 041 777 

4 PVC 14-60 82 199 041 775 199 041 778 

+GF+ V186/V86 PRESSURE RETAINING VALVE 

The Pressure Retaining Valve serves to keep the working or system related pressures 

constant, to balance out pressure pulsation and to reduce pressure peaks in 

process systems. If the inlet pressure rises above the set value, the pressurized 

valve piston is lifted against the spring force. Consequently, the valve opens 

and there is a reduction of pressure through the outlet pipe. The valve closes as 

soon as the inlet pressure sinks below the pre-set spring tension. When used as a 

bypass, it can also function as a relief valve to reduce pressure peaks. The use of 

PRVs in upstream (supply side) UPW applications without a point-of-use fi lter 

should be avoided. However, it should be noted that suffi cient fl ow is needed to 

avoid microbial contamination. It provides highly accurate and stable pressure 

control. 

Set 

EPDM PTFE 


½ PVC 7-150 186 199 041 555 199 041 562 

¾ PVC 7-150 186 199 041 556 199 041 563 

1 PVC 7-150 186 199 041 557 199 041 564 

1¼ PVC 7-150 186 199 041 558 199 041 565 

1½ PVC 7-150 186 199 041 559 199 041 566 

2 PVC 7-150 186 199 041 560 199 041 567 

2½ PVC 14-90 86 199 041 779 199 041 782 

3 PVC 14-90 86 199 041 780 199 041 783 

4 PVC 14-60 86 199 041 781 199 041 784 

3-15 

3

3 

3-16 

+GF+ PNEUMATIC ACTUATED BALL VALVE 

Type 231/233 2-way True Union 

Pneumatically actuated ball valve for aggressive fl uids and industrial applications. Based 

on the new Type 546 ball valve, the Type 231-233 uses the new PA 11/21 pneumatic actuators 

which can be fi tted onto the valve in process. This valve is lightweight, corrosion 

resistant, and maintenance free for over 250,000 cycles. 

• Available in PVC and CPVC sizes 3/8” - 2” 

• Available in PP and SYGEF®-PVDF in sizes 16 mm - 63 mm 

• EPDM and FPM seals 

• Available in fail close, fail open, or double acting 

• Connections: PVC/CPVC (socket, thread, fl anged); PP and PVDF (metric 

socket, IR Plus®, threaded, and fl anged) 

• Options include declutchable manual override, stroke limiter, and position 

indicator 

• NSF approved (Type 233) 


Type 278 3-way True Union 

Pneumatically actuated vertical 3-way ball valve for aggressive fl uids and industrial 

applications. The PA21 actuators may be fi tted onto existing George Fischer Type 343 

ball valves in process. Additional accessories available from position feedback to control 

capabilities. Optional manual override. This valve is lightweight, corrosion resistant, and 

maintenance free for long service life. 

• Available in PVC, sizes 3/8” - 2” (20 mm - 63 mm) 


• L-port provides independent connection of inlets with outlets 

• Diverter ball provides interconnection of two inlets with outlet for mixing or 

interconnection of outlets for proportional diverter operation 

• Connections: Socket or threaded 


Type 275/276/277 3-way True Union 

Pneumatically actuated horizontal 3-way ball valve for aggressive fl uids and industrial 

applications. The PA11/21 actuators may be fi tted onto existing George Fischer Type 

343 ball valves in process. Additional accessories are available from position feedback 

to control capabilities. Optional manual override. This valve is lightweight, corrosion 

resistant, and maintenance free for long service life. 

• Available in PVC, CPVC, PP, and SYGEF®-PVDF, sizes ½”-2” (20 mm - 63 

mm) 



• T-port provides straight through fl ow, independent connections of inlets with outlets or 

interconnections of all three ports 

• Connections: PVC/CPVC (socket, thread), PP/PVDF (socket, thread, IR/butt)

+GF+ ELECTRIC ACTUATED BALL VALVE 

Type 107 

Electrically actuated ball valve for aggressive fl uids and industrial applications. Based 

on the new Type 546 ball valve, the Type 107 uses the new Type EA 11 actuator which 

can be fi tted onto the valve in process. This valve is lightweight, corrosion resistant, and 

maintenance free for over 250,000 cycles. 

• 40% duty cycle 

• Available in PVC and CPVC, sizes 3/8”-2” 


• 115/230 VAC 50/60 Hz or 24VDC(optional) 

• PVC/CPVC (socket, threaded, fl anged) 

• Manual override standard 

• Options include heater, fail safe unit, and position sensing switches 

• IP67, NEMA 4X rated 

• Approvals include CE, CSA, UL, and NSF 


Type 131, 132, 133 

Electrically actuated ball valve for aggressive fl uids and industrial applications. Based 

on the new Type 546 ball valve, the Type 133 uses the new Type EA 21 actuator which 

can be fi tted onto the valve in process. This valve is lightweight, corrosion resistant, and 

maintenance free for over 250,000 cycles. 

• 100% duty cycle 

• Available in PVC, CPVC, PP (sizes 3/8” - 4”) and PVDF (sizes 3/8” - 2”) 

• Available in PP and PVDF, metric sizes 16 mm - 63 mm 


• 115/230 VAC 50/60 Hz or 24 VDC (optional) 

• PVC/CPVC/ PP/PVDF (socket, threaded, fl anged) 

• Manual override standard 

• Options include heater, fail safe unit, positioner PE 25, cycle counter, cycle time 

monitoring and extension 

• Approvals include CE, CSA, UL, NSF (Type 133) 


Type 175 / 176 / 177 

Electrically actuated vertical ball valve for aggressive fl uids and industrial applications. 

The EA21 actuators may be fi tted onto existing Georg Fischer Type 343 ball valves in 

process. Additional accessories available from position feedback to control capabilities. 

Manual override standard. This valve is lightweight, corrosion resistant, and maintenance 

free for long service life. 

• 100% duty cycle (1/2” - 3”) 

• Available in PVC, CPVC, PP, and SYGEF®-PVDF, sizes 1/2”-2” (20 mm - 63 mm) 



• T-port provides straight through fl ow, independent connections of inlets with outlets or 

interconnections of all three ports 

• 110 to 230 VAC, 50/60 Hz, or 24 VDC (optional) 

• Connections are PVC/CPVC (socket, thread), PP/PVDF (socket, thread, IR/butt fusion) 

3-17 

3

3 

3-18 


Type 178 

Electrically actuated vertical 3-way ball valve for aggressive fl uids and industrial applications. The EA21 

actuator may be fi tted onto existing George Fischer Type 343 ball valves in process. Additional accessories 

are available, from position feedback to control capabilities. Manual override is standard. This valve 

is lightweight, corrosion resistant, and maintenance free for long service life. 

• Available in PVC, sizes 3/8” - 2” 



• Diverter ball provides interconnection of two inlets with outlet for mixing or interconnection of outlets 

for proportional diverter operation 

• Available in socket or threaded connections 

+GF+ ELECTRIC ACTUATED BUTTERFLY VALVE 

Type 140 

Electrically actuated Type 140 butterfl y valve for aggressive fl uids and industrial applications. The electric 

actuators may be fi tted onto existing Georg Fischer Type 567 butterfl y valves in process. Additional 

accessories are available, from position feedback to control capabilities. Standard is manual override. 

This valve is corrosion resistant and maintenance free for long service life. 

• 50% duty cycle 2”-6”; 35% duty cycle 8” 

• Available in PVC, CPVC, PP, PVDF in 2” to 8” sizes 

• EPDM or FPM seals 

• 110-230 VAC, 50/60 Hz, or 24 VDC (optional) 

• Short face-to-face dimensions, bi-directional fl ow 

• Double eccentric operating principle for low torque and long life 

• Specially engineered disc seal and pipeline installation seals 

+GF+ ELECTRIC ACTUATED BUTTERFLY VALVE 

Type 142 

Electrically actuated Type 142 butterfl y valve for aggressive fl uids and industrial applications. The electric 


accessories are available, from position feedback to control capabilities. Standard is manual override. 

This valve is corrosion resistant and maintenance free for long service life. 

• 50% duty cycle 2”-6”; 35% duty cycle 8” 

• Available in PVC, CPVC, PP, PVDF in 2” to 8” sizes 


• 110-230 VAC, 50/60 Hz, or 24 VDC (optional) 

• Short face-to-face dimensions, bi-directional fl ow 


• Specially engineered disc seal and pipeline installation seals

+GF+ PNEUMATIC ACTUATED BUTTERFLY VALVE 

Type 240 

Pneumatically actuated Type 240 butterfl y valve for aggressive fl uids and industrial applications. The pneumatic 


accessories are available, from position feedback to control capabilities. This valve has short face-to-face 

dimensions and bi-directional fl ow. 

• Wafer style 

• Corrosion resistant 

• Available in PVC, CPVC, PP, PVDF 


• Hole patterns are class 150 to ANSI B16.5 

• Actuator with Namur/ISO connection standards 

• Available fail close, fail open, or double acting 


+GF+ PNEUMATIC ACTUATED BUTTERFLY VALVE 

Type 242 

Pneumatically actuated Type 242 butterfl y valve for aggressive fl uids and industrial applications. The pneumatic 


accessories are available, from position feedback to control capabilities. This valve has short face-to-face 

dimensions and bi-directional fl ow. 

• Lug style 

• Available in PVC, CPVC, PP, PVDF 


• Hole patterns are class 150 to ANSI B16.5 

• Actuator with Namur/ISO connection standards 



3-19 

3

3 

3-20 

+GF+ PNEUMATIC ACTUATED DIAPHRAGM VALVE 

Type DIASTAR 025 

Pneumatically actuated DIASTAR diaphragm valve for aggressive fl uids and industrial applications. 

The compact actuator is suited to modern, space-saving plant construction. Additional 

accessories are available, from position feedback to control capabilities. This valve is lightweight, 

compact, and corrosion resistant. 

• All plastic actuator made of PP 

• Easy replacement of diaphragm 

• Available in PVC, CPVC, PP, and SYGEF®-PVDF 

• Available in sizes 1/2”-6” (20 mm - 160 mm) 

• Wide variety of connections available 

• It is available with EPDM and PTFE/EPDM seals 


• 150 PSI rating (on both sides) 

+GF+ PNEUMATIC ACTUATED DIAPHRAGM VALVE 

Type DIASTAR 028 

Pneumatically actuated DIASTAR diaphragm valve for aggressive fl uids and industrial applications. 

The compact actuator is suited to modern, space-saving plant construction. Additional accessories 

are available, from position feedback to control capabilities. This valve is lightweight, 

compact, and corrosion resistant. 

• All plastic actuator made of PP 

• Easy replacement of diaphragm 

• Available in PVC, CPVC, PP, PP-N, and SYGEF®-PVDF, 

• Available in sizes 1/2” - 2” (20 mm - 160 mm) 

• Wide variety of connections available 

• It is available with EPDM and PTFE/EPDM seals 

• Available fail close only 

• 150 PSI rating (upstream)

+GF+ MANUAL DIAPHRAGM VALVE 

Type 314 True Union Diaphragm Valve 

• Manual, weir type diaphragm valve, multi-turn, rising stem, with true union ends. 

• Size range 1/2”-2” 

• Diaphragm valves especially suitable for fl ow control, slurries, and abrasive media 

• EPDM or PTFE (EPDM backed) diaphragms; EPDM end connector O-rings with 

EPDM diaphragms; FPM with PTFE diaphragms 

• Available in PVC (solvent cement socket ends), PP (metric socket fusion or butt fusion 

ends), and SYGEF PVDF (metric socket fusion, butt fusion, or BCF fusion ends) 

• Position indicator and optional locking handwheel 


Type 317 Flanged Diaphragm Valve 

• Manual, weir type diaphragm valve, multi-turn, rising stem, with fl anged ends. 

• Diaphragm valves are especially suitable for fl ow control, slurries, and abrasive media 

• Available in PVC, CPVC, Polypropylene, and PVDF with EPDM or PTFE diaphragms 


• Loose ring fl anges 1/2”- 2 1/2”, integrally molded, fi xed fl anges 3”- 6” 

• Flanges are class 150 to ANSI B16.5 

• Threaded mounting inserts in bottom of body 

• 304 SS exposed bolts, nuts, and washers 

• Position indicator and optional locking handwheel 1/2”-2 1/2” 


Type 315 / 315 - HTR True Union Spigot Diaphragm Valve 

• Manual, weir type diaphragm valve, multi-turn, rising stem, with spigot ends. 

• Diaphragm valves are especially suitable for fl ow control, slurries, and abrasive media 

• EPDM or PTFE (EPDM backed) diaphragms (other materials upon - request) 

• Available in CPVC (solvent cement spigot ends), Polypropylene (metric spigot or butt 

fusion ends) and SYGEF PVDF (metric spigot, butt fusion, or BCF fusion ends) 


• Threaded mounting inserts in bottom of body 

• 304 SS exposed bolts, nuts, and washers 

• Position indicator and optional locking handwheel 


Type 319 / 319 - HTR True Union Branched Diaphragm Valve 

• Zero Static PVDF HP 

• Manual, SYGEF-PVDF HP weir type, “Zero static” valve, with multi-turn, rising stem. 

• Shortest possible branch geometry for “zero” dead leg 

• Especially suitable for fl ow control, Can be post-actuated 

• Molded PVDF body with outstanding internal surface characteristics for the ultimate in 

• High purity design 

• Ends for socket, BCF or IR fusion 

• Size range 20 x 20 mm to 110 x 63 mm 

• Position indicator Optional locking handwheel 1/2”-2” (outlet) 

3-21 

3

3 

3-22 

HAYWARD BUS CONTROL SYSTEM 

Specially equipped Hayward actuated valves, as well as numerous other associated 

devices, can be linked via standardized communication networks within plants. While 

conventional communication architecture dictates as many as 8-12 wires run from PLC 

controls to each automated valve, bus architecture allows all actuated valves in the network 

to be controlled via a pair of daisy-chained wires – providing a level of enhanced 

fl exibly and utility while dramatically reducing installation and maintenance costs. Since 

communication protocols are as varied as the 100 or so manufacturers of programmable 

logic controllers (PLCs), Hayward actuated valves are equipped with AS-I modules that 

freely communicate with all PLC brands regardless of protocol. For modulating applications 

that require communication modules compatible with the specifi c PLC used, Hayward 

offers modules compatible with the most popular protocols including Device Net, 

Profi bus, Modbus, Fieldbus, and several others. 

HAYWARD PMD/PMS PNEUMATIC ACTUATOR 

Low cost, heavy duty air-to-air (or air-to-spring) actuator for use with ball valves up to 

2˝ in size. Corrosion-resistant construction is designed to stand up to harsh conditions 

without the need for epoxy coatings. 

Features 

● Two-Piston Rack & Pinion Design 

● Manual Override 

● Position Indicator 

● Permanent Lubrication 

● Light Weight 

● Corrosion resistant 

HAYWARD PAD/PAS PNEUMATIC ACTUATOR 

Air-to-spring (or air-to-air) actuator for use with all ball valves up to 2˝ in size. A modular 

mounting system allows addition of options to meet specifi c application requirements. 

Both PAD and PAS actuators can be operated manually in the event of air or electrical 

failure. 

Features 

● Plastic Housing 

● Proven Vane Design 



● High Torque Output 

● Very Light Weight 

● Permanent Lubrication

HAYWARD PKD/PKS PNEUMATIC ACTUATOR 

Air-to-air (or air-to-spring) quarter-turn actuator for use with all size ball valves and 

butterfl y valves up to 8˝ in size. Only one moving part (a vane) provides highly reliable 

service with minimum maintenance. A modular mounting option makes it easy to add 

options in the fi eld. 

Features 

● Proven Vane Design 



● Epoxy-Coated Housing 


● Lightweight, Compact 


● Adjustable Travel Stops 

HAYWARD PCD/PCS PNEUMATIC ACTUATORS 

Air-to-spring (or air-to-air) quarter-turn actuator is ideal for use with pneumatically-actuated 

true union ball valves, three-way ball valves, and butterfl y valves. Lightweight and 

compact, the actuator provides high torque outputs suitable for valves from 1/4˝ – 24˝ in 

size. 

Features 

● Four Piston Rack & Pinion Design 





● Adjustable Travel Stops 

● NAMUR Solenoid Mounting 

● ISO 5211 Mounting Base 

HAYWARD EVS/EVT ELECTRIC ACTUATOR 

Versatile, quarter-turn actuator is designed for on/off and modulating use with all ball 

and butterfl y valves up to 12˝ in size. The actuator’s specially designed circuit board 

accepts plug-in connectors, and a wide range of options allows confi guration to meet 

virtually any application requirement. 

Features 

● Extended Duty Motor 

● Multi Option Availability 

● Gold Plated Connectors 

● Modular Internal Construction 

● Manual Override and position Indicator 

● UL Listed Motor 

● Nema 4/4X Enclosure 


● 115 VAC Operation 

3-23 

3

3 

3-24 

HAYWARD EAU ELECTRIC ACTUATOR 

The Hayward EAU Actuator is moderately-priced uni-directional quarter-turn actuator 

for Hayward ball valve applications only. In addition to providing ample torque for 1/2˝ 

– 2˝ valve operation, this all plastic actuator offers a molded-in mounting bracket as well 

as several basic features. 

Features 

● Plastic Weather Resistant Enclosure 

● 90° (EAU29 True Union Ball Valve) or 180° (EAU28 Three Way ball Valve) Operation 

● UL/CSA Listed Motor 

● Permanently Lubricated 

● On/Off Applications 

● Nema 4/4X Housing 

● 115 VAC Operation (other voltages available upon request) 

● Auxiliary Limit Switch Standard 

HAYWARD EVR ELECTRIC ACTUATOR 

The Hayward EVR Actuator is an economical, high performance actuator for use with all 

true union ball valves, three-way ball valves, and butterfl y valves up to 4˝ in size. Ideal 

for on/off applications where there is a need to manually override actuator operation, and 

use in limited space areas. 

Features 

● Low Profi le Design 

● Manual Override, Position Indicator, and Mechanical Brake 

● UL Listed Motor and Nema 4/4X Enclosure 


● 115 VAC Operation (other voltages available upon request. 

HAYWARD EJM REVERSING ACTUATOR 

Cost effective, rugged, quarter-turn actuator designed for use with all ball and butterfl y 

valves up to 24˝ in size. Ideal for a wide range of applications without costly options. 

Positioners are available for special throttling or modulating requirements. 

Features 

● Two Auxiliary Limit Switches 

● Heater with Thermostat 

● NEMA 4/4X Enclosure 

● Position Indicator and Manual Override 

● Self-Locking Gear Train and Permanently Lubricated 

● Thermal Overload Protection 

● CE and CSA Approved 

● ISO 5211 Mounting Base

Applications 


• Semiconductor processing equipment 

• Pollution control equipment 

• Machined and fabricated parts 

• Etching and plating tanks 

• Scrubbers, hoods, ducts and other protective 

equipment 

Grey White 

Wt per 

Wt per 

Thickness Sheet 


Part # (inches) (lbs.) Part # (inches) (lbs.) 

S110011* 1/16 15.36 * 1/16 15.36 

S110111* 3/32 23.04 * 3/32 23.04 

S110211 1/8 30.72 * 1/8 30.72 

S110311 3/16 46.08 * 3/16 46.08 

S110411 1/4 61.44 * 1/4 61.44 

S110511 3/8 92.16 * 3/8 92.16 

S110611 1/2 122.88 * 1/2 122.88 

S110711 3/4 184.32 * 3/4 184.32 

S110811 1 245.76 * 1 245.76 

Notes: 

• Meets ASTM D-1784-81 Type I Grade I Class 12454. 

• Meets Federal Specifi cation L-P 535e. 

• Meets UL 94V-0,94-5V Flammability rating. 

• Meets ASTM E 84 Flame Spread Rate 15, Fuel Contribution 0. 

• Maximum application temperature +140°F. 

• Custom lengths, sizes, colors and special requirements available upon request. 

• Gray PVC Sheet has no protective foil. 

• White PVC Sheet has one side protective foil. 

• Blue PVC Sheet is available as a special order with one side embossed or with two 

sides smooth. 

• The * refers to items that are non-stock. Minimum orders and long leadtimes may be 

encountered. 

. 

SIMONA® PVC TYPE I SHEET 

SIMONA® VERSADUR® and CAW PVC Type I sheet is extruded to exacting specifi cation 

for normal impact applications. This type of sheet has excellent corrosion resistance, 

very good dielectric properties, low moisture absorption, high rigidity, good abrasion 

resistance and excellent weathering properties. The material is also self-extinguishing. It 

is available in dark gray, white and blue. It is available in 4’ x 8’ sheets and two metric 

sizes in thickness up to 2”. 

Features 

• Normal Impact 

• Excellent chemical and corrosion resistance 

• Easily to fabricate, weld or machine 

• Showcase quality surface 

• Single- or double-side protective foil 

• Stress relieved, square, fl at sheets 

• Accurate to dimensional tolerances 

• Color consistent 

CAW - 2000mm x 1000mm CAW - 3000mm x 1500mm 

Thickness 

Wt per 

Sheet 

Part # (mm) (lbs.) Part # 

S110012 * 1 6.17 

S110112 * 1.5 9.48 

Thickness 

(mm) 

Wt per 

Sheet 

(lbs.) 

S112012 * 2 12.57 S112013 * 2 28.22 

S110212 * 3 18.74 S110213 * 3 42.33 

S112212 * 4 25.13 S112213 * 4 56.44 

S112512 * 5 31.31 S112513 * 5 70.55 

S110412 * 6 37.48 S110413 * 6 84.43 

S114812 * 7 43.87 S114813 * 7 98.55 

S114612 * 8 50.04 S114613 * 8 112.66 

S114912 * 9 - S114913 * 9 126.74 

S113012 * 10 62.61 S113013 * 10 140.87 

S110612 * 12 75.18 S110613 * 12 169.09 

S113112 * 15 93.92 S113113 * 15 211.42 

S113212 * 20 125.22 S113213 * 20 281.75 

S110812 * 25 156.53 S110813 * 25 352.30 

S110912 * 30 187.83 S110913 * 30 422.62 

S113412 * 35 219.14 

S111012 * 40 250.44 

S111212 50 313.06 

Notes: 

• Custom lengths, sizes, colors and special requirements available upon 

request. 

• Also Available in White, Light Grey, and black without protective foil. 

4-1 

4

4 

4-2 

SIMONA® PVC TYPE I SHEET TECHNICAL DATA 

SIMONA ® VERSADUR ® 

PVC Type I 

Physical 

ASTM 

Test 

Method Unit 

Typical 

Value 

Density D-792 g/cc 1.45 

Water Absorption 

(24 hrs @ 73 °F) 

Mechanical 

D-570 % 0.04 

Tensile Strength D-638 PSI 7,820 

Tensile Modulus D-638 PSI 496,000 

Elongation D-638 % 150 

Izod Impact D-256 ft. lbs./in. 0.8 

Rockwell Hardness D-785 “R” scale 113 

Thermal 

Heat Distortion Temperature D-648 

at 66 psi D-648 °F 172 

at 264 psi D-648 °F 162 

Vicat Softening Temperature D-1525 °F 169 

Coeffi cient of Thermal Expansion D-696 in./in. °C 80 x 10-6 

Temperature Range °F 

Electrical 

+32 to 

+140 

Volume Resistivity D-257 ohm·cm >10 x 10 15 

Flammability 

Flammability D-635 self-extinguishing 

UL 94V-0, 94-5V 

SIMONA ® CAW PVC Type I 

Physical 

ASTM 

Test 

Method Unit 

Typical 

Value 



(24 hrs @ 73 °F) 

Mechanical 

D-570 % NA 






Thermal 


at 66 psi D-648 °F 168 

at 264 psi D-648 °F 154 




Electrical 

+32 to 

+140 

Volume Resistivity D-257 ohm·cm >10 x 10 15 

Flammability 

Flammability self-extinguishing 

94V-0 low fl ammability 

DIN 4102 B1 low fl ammability

SIMONA® VERSADUR® PVC TYPE II SHEET 

Applications 

• Pollution control equipment 



• Scrubbers, hoods, ducts and other protective 

equipment 

Notes: 

• Meets ASTM D-1784-81 Type II Grade I Class 15333-D. 


• Meets UL 94V Standards. 


• Maximum application temperature 140°F. 

• Custom lengths, sizes, colors and special requirements available upon request. 

• Light Grey and white PVC Sheet have no protective foil. 

SIMONA® VERSADUR® and MZ PVC Type II sheet is extruded to exacting specifi cation 

for high impact applications. This type of sheet has excellent corrosion resistance, 

very good dielectric properties, low moisture absorption, high rigidity, good abrasion 

resistance and excellent weathering properties. The material is also self-extinguishing. It 

is also available in 4’ x 8’ sheets in light grey and white. 

Features 

• High Impact (PVC-MZ: Increased Impact Resistance) 

• Minimal shrinkage 

• Good corrosion and chemical resistance 

• Easy to fabricate, weld or machine, hot and cold formable 





Versadur 250 - 4’ x 8’ 

Thickness (mm) Wt per Sheet (lbs.) 

1/16” 15 

1/8” 30 

3/16” 45 

1/4” 60 

3/8” 90 

1/2” 120 

Notes: 


request 

• Light Grey MZ sheet is offered without protective foil. 

4-3 

4

4 

4-4 

SIMONA® PVC TYPE II SHEET TECHNICAL DATA 

SIMONA ® VERSADUR ® 

PVC Type II 

Physical 

ASTM 

Test 

Method Unit 

Typical 

Value 



(24 hrs @ 73 °F) 

Mechanical 

D-570 % 0.05 




Izod Impact D-256 ft. lbs./in. 14 


Thermal 


at 66 psi D-648 °F 165 

at 264 psi D-648 °F 158 




Electrical 

+32 to 

+140 

Volume Resistivity D-257 ohm·cm >1015 

Flammability 



SIMONA ® MZ PVC Type II 

Physical 

ASTM 

Test 

Method Unit 

Typical 

Value 



(24 hrs @ 73 °F) 

Mechanical 

D-570 % NA 






Thermal 

Heat Distortion Temperature D-648 N/A 

at 66 psi D-648 °F 162 

at 264 psi D-648 °F 160 




Electrical 

+32 to 

+140 

Volume Resistivity D-257 Ohm-cm >1015 

Flammability 


DIN 4102 low fl ammability

SIMONA® VERSADUR® CLEAR PVC SHEET 

Applications 




• Work Stations 

Versadur - 4' x 8' sheet 

Part No. Thickness 

(inches) 

Wt. per 

Sheet 

(lbs) 

S110221 1/8 26.90 

S110321 3/16 40.57 

S110421 1/4 54.01 

S110521 3/8 89.72 

S110621 1/2 107.66 

Notes: 

• Meets ASTM D-1784-81 Type I Grade I Class 12454. 


• Meets UL 94V-0 Standards. 


• Maximum application temperature +140°F. 

• Custom lengths, sizes, and special requirements available upon request. 

• Versadur is offered complete with 2 sided protective foil. 

SIMONA® VERSADUR® and PVC/GLAS Type I sheet are extruded to exacting specifi 

cation for normal impact applications requiring transparency. This type of sheet has 

excellent corrosion resistance, very good dielectric properties, low moisture absorption, 

high rigidity, good abrasion resistance and excellent weathering properties. The material 

is also self-extinguishing. It is available in 4’ x 8’ sheets and two metric sizes in thickness 

up to 3/4”. 

Features 

• Normal Impact 


• Easy to fabricate, welded and machined 


• Single- or double-side protective masking 

• Stress relieved, square, fl at sheet 



GLAS - 2000 x 1000 mm GLAS - 3000 x 1500 mm 

Wt. per 

Wt. per 



Part No. (mm) (lbs) Part No. (mm) (lbs) 

S114222 1 5.95 1 - 

S114322 2 12.13 S114323 2 27.12 

S110222 3 18.08 S110223 3 40.79 

S112222 4 24.25 S112223 4 54.45 

S112522 5 30.20 S112523 5 67.90 

S110422 6 36.16 S110423 6 81.57 

S114622 8 48.28 8 

S110522 10 60.41 10 

S110622 12 72.53 12 

S113122 15 90.61 15 

Notes: 


request. 

• GLAS sheet is offered with two side protective foil. 

4-5 

4

4 

4-6 

SIMONA® CLEAR PVC SHEET TECHNICAL DATA 

SIMONA ® Clear PVC Sheet 

Physical 

ASTM 

Test 

Method Unit 

Typical 

Value 



(24 hrs @ 73 °F) 

Mechanical 

D-570 % NA 






Thermal 

Heat Distortion Temperature D-648 - - 

at 66 psi D-648 °F 162 

at 264 psi D-648 °F 160 




Electrical 

+32 to 

+140 


Flammability 


DIN 4102 low fl ammability 

SIMONA ® ASTM 

Test 

PVCGLAS Sheet 

Physical 

Method Unit Typical Value 



(24 hrs @ 73 °F) 

Mechanical 

D-570 % 0.04 






Thermal 


at 66 psi D-648 °F 144 

at 264 psi D-648 °F 138 


Coeffi cient of Thermal Expansion D-696 in./in. °C 80 x 10-6 Temperature Range °F +32 to +140 

Electrical 


Flammability 



DIN 4102 B1 up to 4 mm

Applications 

• Chemical processing where temperatures are up to 200 ° F 

• Machine fl anges 

• Valves 

• Acid tanks 

• Linings 

CPVC - 4' x 8' 

Thickness 

Wt per 

Sheet 

Part No. (inches) (lbs.) 

S180211 1/8 32.50 






S180811 1 260.0 

S180911 1 1/4 325.0 

S181011 1 1/2 390.0 

S181111 2 520.0 

S181211 

Notes: 

3 780.0 

• Meets ASTM D-1784-99 Type IV Grade II Class 

24446-B. 

• Meets ASTM E 84 Flame Spread Rate 20. 

• Maximum application temperature 200°F. 

• Custom lengths, sizes, and special requirements 

available upon request. 

CPVC CORZAN® SHEET 

PVC-C CORZAN® Industrial Grade sheet is a high heat, corrosion resistant chlorinated 

polyvinyl chloride sheet (CPVC). Because of its excellent corrosion resistance at elevated 

temperatures, it is ideally suited for self-supporting constructions where high temperatures 

are a concern. It can be used (depending on chemistry) up to 210° F. It is available in 4’ x 

8’ sheets in thickness up to 3”. 

Features 



• Excellent impact strength, high temperature 


CPVC Sheet Technical Data 

ASTM Test Method Unit Typical Value 

Physical 

Density D-792 g/cm³ 1.47 

Water Absorption (24 hrs @ 73 °F) 

Mechanical 

D-570 % 0.03 


Flexural Modulus D-638 PSI 361,000 

Flexural Strength D-790 psi 14,300 

Compressive Strength D-695 psi 10,100 

Compressive Modulus D-695 psi 196,000 

Izod Impact D-256 ft. lbs./in. 9 


Thermal 


at 264 psi D-648 °F 198 

Coeffi cient of Thermal Expansion D-696 in./in. °F 3.86 x 10-5 Electrical 

Volume Resistivity D-257 ohm·cm 3.4 X 10 15 

Flammability 

Flammability UL94 

V-O, 5VB, 

5VA 

0.062” 

4-7 

4

4 

4-8 

Application 



• Laboratory equipment 

• Wet benches 

• Food grade applications 

• Prosthetics 


• Acid tanks 

• Ducts, fume hoods and other protective equipment 

SIMONA® HOMOPOLYMER PP SHEET 

Polypropylene is a member of the polyolefi n family of the thermoplastics, polypropylene 

exhibits properties that make it an excellent choice for corrosion resistant applications. 

Homopolymer Polypropylene is the most widely utilized. Homopolymer Polypropylene is 

a crystalline material offering a broad range of good physical, mechanical, thermal, chemical, 

and electrical properties. The high degree of crystallinity and low density of 

Hompolymer Polypropylene offers a high strength to weight ratio. Combining the high 

strength to weight ratio with good chemical resistance and weldability of Homopolymer, 

Polypropylene allows the material to be used in many corrosion resistant structures. 

Features 







• Meets established ASTM specifi cations 

Description Size Feature Protection Size range 

500 Natural 48" x 96" Stress Relieved without protective foil 3/4" and 1" 

500 Natural 48" x 96" Stress Relieved 2 side protective foil 1/16 - 2" 

515 Euro grey 48" x 96" High Gloss/Stress Relieved 1 side protective foil 1/8" to 1" 

520 White 48" x 96" High Gloss/Stress Relieved 2 side protective foil 1/8" to 1" 

520 White 48" x 96" High Gloss/Stress Relieved without protective foil 1/16' 

530 Black 48" x 96" High Gloss/Stress Relieved 2 side protective foil 1/8" to 1/2" 

500 Natural 48" x 120" Stress Relieved without protective foil 1/4" to 1/2" 

500 Natural 48" x 120" Stress Relieved 2 side protective foil 3/4" to 1" 

520 White 48" x 120" High Gloss/Stress Relieved 2 side protective foil 1/4" to 1' 







Notes: 

• ASTM D-4101 Group I Class I Grade I. 

• FDA Regulation Title 21 CFR 177.1520 (C1.1). 

• Federal Specifi cation LP-394B Type I (GP) Type III Grade IIIA Class III. 

• USDA Approval for direct contact with meat and poultry products (500 Natural and 520 White) 

• Military Standard D/N/A. 

• California Proposition 65 – Safe Drinking Water and Toxic Enforcement Act – Passes. 

• UV Radiation Exposure 500 hours no visible change (515 European grey). 

• Standards and specifi cations not valid for 581 Grey Polyester backed. 

•For technical data, please contact customer service.

Applications 

• Tanks and linings 

• Lab equipment 

• Etching equipment 

• Fume hoods, duct work 

• Battery cases 

• Machined parts 

• Industrial doors 

Description Size Protection Size range 

570 Natural 48" x 96" without protective foil 1/8" to 1 1/2" 

590 Black 48" x 96" 2 side protective foil 1/4" to 1 1/2" 

570 Natural 48" x 120" without protective foil 1/4" to 1" 

590 Black 48" x 120" 2 side protective foil 1/4" to 1" 

570 Natural 60" x 120" without protective foil 1/4" to 1 1/2" 

590 Black 60" x 120" 2 side protective foil 1/2" to 1 1/2" 

Notes: 

• Call for custom lengths, other sizes, colors or special requirements. 

• Also available in metric sizes in white grey, euro grey, and black. 

SIMONA® COPOLYMER PP SHEET 

Polypropylene is a member of the polyolefi n family of the thermoplastics, polypropylene 

exhibits properties that make it an excellent choice for corrosion resistant applications. 

Homopolymer Polypropylene is the most widely utilized. Copolymer Polypropylene 

involves the introduction of a second monomer to the propylene monomer during the 

polymerization process. The resin manufacture will introduce a small percentage of ethylene 

monomer to the propylene monomer resulting in a product that exhibits better 

impact strength than Homopolymer Polypropylene. When compared to Homopolymer 

Polypropylene rigidity, chemical resistance and temperature resistance properties 

of Copolymer Polypropylene are slightly lower. 

Features 

• High impact resistance 


• Excellent impact strength at low temperatures 

• Lightweight 

• Excellent formability 

• Good abrasion resistance 

• Good electrical properties 

Technical Data 

ASTM 

Test 

Typical 

Method Unit Value 

Physical 



(24 hrs @ 73 °F) 

Mechanical 

D-570 % 0.04 

Tensile Strength D-638 PSI 3,800 




Rockwell Hardness 

Thermal 

D-785 “R” scale 74 

Heat Distortion 

Temperature 

D-648 

at 66 psi D-648 °F 225 

at 264 psi D-648 °F NA 

Vicat Softening 

Temperature 

D-1525 °F 190 

Coeffi cient of 

Thermal Expansion 

D-696 in./in. °C 160 x 10-6 


Electrical 

°F -4 to +176 

Volume Resistivity 

Flammability 

D-257 ohm·cm >1015 

Flammability normal 

fl ammability 

4-9 

4

4 

4-10 

Applications 

• Food processing 

• Tanks and vessels 


• Laboratory equipment 


• Corrosion-resistant wall coverings 

• Wear, skid and defl ector plates 

• Ducts, hoods, chute liners and other protective equipment 

HDPE Natural - 4' x 8' 

Thickness Wt. (lbs/ 

Part No. (inches) sheet) 

S340231 1/8 20.2 

S340331 3/16 30.3 

S340431 1/4 40.4 

S340531 3/8 60.6 

S340631 1/2 80.8 

S340731 3/4 121.2 

S340831 1 161.6 

S340931 1 1/4 202 

S341031 1 1/2 242.4 

S341131 1 3/4 282.8 

S341231 2 323.3 

S341331 2 1/4 363.7 

S341431 2 1/2 404.1 

S341531 2 3/4 444.5 

S341631 3 484.9 

S341731 3 1/4 525.3 

S341831 3 1/2 565.7 

S341931 4 646.5 

Notes: 

• Meets ASTM D 1248-84 Type III, Class A (Natural), Class C (Black). 

• Meets L-P 512C-LP-390, Class H, Type I, Grades 1 and 3. 

• Meets FDA Regulation Title 21 CFR 177.1520 (Natural only). 

• Meets Federal Specifi cation LP-390B Type III, Class H, Grade I. 

• Maximum application temperature +180°F. 

• Also available in 48” x 120” and 60” x 120”. 

• NSF Certifi ed Cutting Board material also available in Size 48” x 96”, 48” x 

120”, and 60” x 120”. 


• Also Available in metric sizes. 

HIGH DENSITY PE SHEET 

Simona Versadur 600 series high density polyethylene has excellent chemical corrosion 

resistance and is abrasion resistance, impact resistance, and easy for fabrication. It can be 

used (depending on chemistry) up to 180° F and is available in 4’ x 8’ sheets in thickness 

up to 4”. This sheet is also available in black upon request. 

Features 


• Excellent impact and abrasion resistance 

• Easily to fabricate, weld, machine or thermoforming 

• High-density, slippery surface, UV-resistant (Black only) 

• Stress relieved 



ASTM* 

test 

Method Unit 

Physical 

Typical 

Value 



(24 hrs @ 73 °F) 

Mechanical 

D-570 % 0.01 




Izod Impact D-256 ft. lbs./ 

in. 

3.2 


Thermal 

D-785 “R” 

scale 

65 


at 66 psi D-648 °F 175 

at 264 psi D-648 °F 118 


Coeffi cient of Thermal Expansion D-696 in./in. 

°C 

7 x 10-5 


Electrical 

°F -58 to 

+176 

Volume Resistivity 

Flammability 

D-257 ohm·cm > 6 

x1016 

Flammability normal fl ammability

Applications 

• Industrial 

• Medical 

• Thermoforming 

• Die Pads 

• Hinges 

• Impact pads 

• Orthotic and Prosthetic devices 

• Thermoformed parts 

Features 

• Light-weight 

• Good impact resistance 

• Extremely fl exible 

• Easily cleaned 

• Thermoforming performance 

• Meets food handling guidelines 

• No moisture absorption 

• Chemical- and corrosion-resistant 

LDPE Natural - 4' x 8' 



S300231 1/8 19.2 

S300331 3/16 28.8 

S300431 1/4 38.4 

S300531 3/8 57.6 

S300631 1/2 76.8 

S300731 3/4 115.2 

S300831 1 153.6 

Notes: 

• Meets ASTM D 1248-84 Type III, Class A (Natu 

ral), Class C (Black). 

• Meets L-P 512C-LP-390, Class H, Type I, Grades 

1 and 3. 

• Meets FDA Regulation Title 21 CFR 177.1520 

(Natural only). 

• Meets Federal Specifi cation LP-390B Type III, 

Class H, Grade I. 


• Custom lengths, sizes, and special requirements 

available upon request. 

• LDPE sheet is offered complete with no 

protective foil. 

LOW DENSITY PE SHEET 

Low density polyethylene (LDPE) is more fl exible than HDPE, which makes it a good 

choice for prosthetic devices, most of which are either drape formed or vacuum formed. 

Its impact resistance makes it a natural for impact pads, while its easy machinability 

makes it a good choice for fabricated parts where chemical and corrosion resistance is 

demanded. LDPE is stress relieved and a “natural” color. It is available in 4’ x 8’ sheets 

in thicknesses up to 1”. 

Physical Properties Metric English Comments 

Specifi c Gravity 0.92 g/cc 0.0332 lb/in³ ASTM D792 

Water Absorption Max 0.01 % Max 0.01 % Immersion, 24hr; ASTM 

D570(2) 

Water Absorption at Saturation 

Mechanical Properties 

Max 0.01 % Max 0.01 % Immersion; ASTM D570(2) 

Hardness, Shore D 45 45 ASTM D2240 

Tensile Strength, Ultimate 9.65 MPa 1400 psi ASTM D638 

Elongation at Break 100 % 100 % ASTM D638 

Tensile Modulus 0.393 GPa 57 ksi ASTM D638 

Flexural Modulus 0.2 GPa 29 ksi ASTM D790 

Flexural Yield Strength 10.3 MPa 1500 psi ASTM D790 

Compressive Strength 9.65 MPa 1400 psi 10% Def., 73°F; ASTM D695 

Compressive Modulus 0.372 GPa 54 ksi ASTM D695 

Izod Impact, Notched 

Electrical Properties 

NB NB ASTM D256 Type A 

Surface Resistivity per Square Min Min 

ASTM D257 

Thermal Properties 

1e+015 ohm 1e+015 ohm 

Melting Point 118 °C 244 °F Crystalline, Peak; ASTM D3418 

Maximum Service Temperature, Air 71.1 °C 160 °F Long Term 

Flammability, UL94 (Estimated Rating) 

Qualitative Processing Properties 

HB HB 1/8 inch 

Compliance - FDA Compliant 

Machinability 3 1-10, 1=Easier to Machine 

Service in Alcohols Unacceptable 

Service in Aliphatic Hydrocarbons Unacceptable 

Service in Aromatic Hydrocarbons Unacceptable 

Service in Chlorinated Solvents Unacceptable 

Service in Ethers Unacceptable 

Service in Ketones Unacceptable 

Service in Strong Acids Unacceptable 

Service in Strong Alkalies Unacceptable 

Service in Sunlight Unacceptable 

Service in Weak Acids Unacceptable 

Service in Weak Alkalies Unacceptable 

4-11 

4

4 

4-12 

ULTRA HIGH MOLECULAR WEIGHT (UHMW) SHEET 

Applications 

• Agriculture 

• Bottling 

• Canning 

• Conveyor manufacturers 

• Food processing 

• Packaging 

• Material handling 

• Waste water treatment 

UHMW Natural - 4' x 8' 



S370231 1/8 20 

S370331 3/16 30 

S370431 1/4 40 

S370531 3/8 60 

S370631 1/2 80 

S370731 3/4 120 

S370831 1 160 

S370931 1 1/4 200 

S371031 1 1/2 240 

S371131 1 3/4 280 

S371231 2 320 

S371331 2 1/4 360 

S371431 2 1/2 400 

S371531 2 3/4 440 

S371631 3 480 

S371731 3 1/4 520 

S371831 3 1/2 560 

S371931 4 640 

UHMW Sheet is resistant to chemical attack and moisture absorption, and retains key physical 

properties to -30° C. UHMW is an excellent general-purpose material and is a cost-effective 

solution for food handling problems, and meets FDA, USDA and 3-A Dairy guidelines 

for food processing and handling. It is also available in custom colours which also meet FDA 

and USDA guidelines for food processing and handling. It is available in 4’ x 8’ , 4’ x 10’ 

and 5’ x 12’ sheets in thicknesses up to 6”. 

Features 

• Meets FDA/USDA guidelines; 3-A Dairy-approved (natural) 

• Reduces noise 

• Self-lubricating 

• Chemical-, corrosion- and wear-resistant 

• No moisture absorption 

• Non-toxic, low-friction surface 

Notes: 

• Meets ASTM-D-4020-81 of 4.0 to 5.4-million molecular weight. 



• UHMW sheet is offered with no protective foil. 

• Also available in 4’ x 10’ and 5’ x 10’.

Part No. Material Designation 

FABCO ROUND WELDING ROD 

Dia. 

mm 

Rod is available in the confi gurations shown below. 

Minimum quantities may be required Welding rod may be available in coils. 

Add “C” to end of part number. Contact Fabco to check for availability. 

Dia. 

IN Colour Part No. Material Designation 

Dia. 

mm 

Dia. 

IN Colour 

W01203 PVC-CAW 3 1/8 Gray W06203 CPVC 3 1/8 Lt. Gray 



W03206 PVC-CAW 5 Triangular TA90 Gray W18603 HDPE - HWST 3 0.118 Natural 

W03206T PVC-CAW 5 3-Core Gray W18604 HDPE - HWST 4 0.157 Natural 

W25403 PVC - MZ 3 0.118 Lt. Gray W18605 HDPE - HWST 5 0.197 Natural 

W25404 PVC - MZ 4 0.157 Lt. Gray W21603 HDPE - SR-IND 3.175 1/8 Natural 

W25405 PVC - MZ 5 0.197 Lt. Gray W21604 HDPE - SR-IND 3.969 5/32 Natural 

W07303 PVC - KD7300 3 0.118 Green W21605 HDPE - SR-IND 4.763 3/16 Natural 

W07604 PVC - KD7300 4 0.157 Clear W18903 HDPE - HWU 3 0.118 Black 

W01603 PVC - GLAS 3 0.118 Clear W18904 HDPE - HWU 4 0.157 Black 

W01604 PVC - GLAS 4 0.157 Clear W18905 HDPE - HWU 5 0.197 Black 

W04603 PVC - FLEXIBLE 3 1/8 Natural W22603 HDPE - HML500 3 0.118 Natural 

W08603 PP -DWST 3 1/8 Natural W22604 HDPE - HML500 4 0.157 Natural 

W08604 PP - DWST 4 5/32 Natural W14603 LDPE 3.175 1/8 Natural 

W08605 PP - DWST 5 3/16 Natural W14604 LDPE 3.969 5/32 Natural 

W11603 PP - SR-IND 3 1/8 Natural W14605 LDPE 4.763 3/16 Natural 

W11604 PP - SR-IND 4 5/32 Natural W50602 ECTFE 3 0.118 Natural 

W11605 PP - SR-IND 5 3/16 Natural W50603 ECTFE 3.18 0.125 Natural 

W08203 PP - DWU 3 1/8 Tan/Gray W50604 ECTFE 3.96 0.156 Natural 

W08204 PP - DWU 4 5/32 Tan/Gray W50605 ECTFE 4 0.157 Natural 

W05205 PP - DWU 5 3/16 Tan/Gray W30603 PVDF 3 0.118 Natural 

W12603 PP - PPS 3 1/8 Gray W30604 PVDF 4 0.157 Natural 

W12604 PP - PPS 4 5/32 Gray W40603 FEP 3.5 0.138 Natural 

W42603 PFA 3.5 0.138 Natural 

4-13 

4

4 

4-14 

Applications 

• Sanitary wear 

• Machine guards 

• Prototypes 

• Furniture 

• Offi ce machines 

• Decorative lighting 

• Displays 

• Glazing 

Applications 

• Machine guards 

• Medical equipment 

• Electrical components 

• Light fi ttings 

• Aircraft parts 

• Safety devices 

• Food equipment 

ACRYLIC SHEET 

Acrylic sheet has been considered the standard of the industry since it was fi rst 

introduced more than 50 years ago because of its unsurpassed quality, ease of 

use and wide range of colors, patterns, thickness and sizes. It is paper masked on 

both sides. 

Part # Thickness (in.) Thickness (mm) Size 

S410221 0.118" 3.0 mm 49" x 97" 

S410321 0.177" 4.5 mm 49" x 97" 

S410421 0.236" 6.0 mm 49" x 97" 

S410521 0.375" 9.5 mm 49" x 97" 

S410421 0.472" 12.0 mm 49" x 97" 

LEXAN/POLYCARBONATE SHEET 

The major advantages of polycarbonate plastic are breakage resistance, clarity, 

class I approval (under all three major model building codes), light weight, high 

temperature, weather resistance and ease of fabrication. It is the only glazing 

material that is guaranteed unbreakable and is listed by U.L. as burglar resistant. 

In addition to clear, Lexan is also available in fi lm and sheet form as transparent, 

opaque and translucent colours, pattern surface textures, mar-resistant 

surface coated, glass reinforced and U.L. listed bullet resistant. Lexan also has 

good electrical insulation properties and low moisture absorption. Resistant to 

both heat and fl ame, polycarbonates are dimensionally stable and are generally 

unaffected by greases, oils and acids. Weatherability is good, but not as good as 

acrylics. Ultraviolet rays cause slight discolouring and embrittlement. Polyfi lm 

masked on both sides. 

Part # Thickness (in.) Thickness (mm) Size 

S430421 0.118" 3.00 mm 48" x 96" 

S430521 0.177" 4.50 mm 48" x 96" 

S430621 0.236" 6.00 mm 48" x 96" 

S430721 0.375" 9.50 mm 48" x 96" 

S430821 0.500" 12.50 mm 48" x 96"

GLASS BACKED SHEET 

Glass backed polypropylene is a unique material, produced by a unique process, which 

enables polypropylene sheet to be strengthened with glass-reinforced polyester resins. This 

material combines interior surfaces having the outstanding anti-corrosion, non-stick and 

hygenic properties of polypropylene with the external rigidity and lightweight strength 

of resin/glass mixtures. Polypropylene is well known for its chemical inertness and low 

coeffi cient of friction which are so useful in the fabrication of storage and process equipment 

for critical environments. These properties, however, also make it virtually impossible 

to bond polypropylene sheet to any of the standard resin/glass mixtures that are used 

for structural reinforcements. On the other hand there is a limit to the size of fabrication economically and physically practicable with 

polypropylene, alone. 

The key for bonding between polypropylene and FRP is provided by a special fabric backing from polyester fi bers / polypropylene 

fi bers. This backing is calendered into the sheet at the extrusion stage and the backing is therefore locked into the extruded sheet, 

giving a mechanical bond between the sheet and the fabric. The backing of the fabric stands out and becomes in effect the fi rst layer of 

the resin/glass reinforcement. 

Fabco PVDF Glass Backed Sheeting has a unique stretchable fabric backing calendered into the sheet at the extrusion stage. This 

stretchable backing allows the most diffi cult thermoforming operations to be performed with great ease – even compound curves such 

as vacuum formed dished heads. 

Part # 

Thickness 

mm IN Size Wt 

PP-DWU-SK with stretch backing, grey RAL 7032 

S210211 2 0.0787 1M x 2M 7.94 

S210212 3 0.118 1M x 2M 12.13 

S210213 3 0.118 1.5M x 3M 27.12 

S212212 4 0.157 1M x 2M 16.98 

S210313 4 0.157 1.5M x 3M 36.16 

S212512 5 0.197 1M x 2M 20.06 

S212513 5 0.197 1.5M x 3M 45.19 

S210412 6 0.236 1M x 2M 24.03 

S210413 6 0.236 1.5M x 3M 54.23 

PP-C-PK (copolymer) with PP backing, grey 

S224312 2 0.0787 1M x 2M 7.94 

S220212 3 0.118 1M x 2M 12.13 

S220213 3 0.118 1.5M x 3M 27.12 

S222212 4 0.157 1M x 2M 16.98 

S222213 4 0.157 1.5M x 3M 36.16 

S222512 5 0.197 1M x 2M 20.06 

S222513 5 0.197 1.5M x 3M 45.19 

S220412 6 0.236 1M x 2M 24.03 

S220413 6 0.236 1.5M x 3M 54.23 

PVDF–SK with Stretch Fabric backing, natural colour 

S280232 3 0.118 1M x 2M 23.59 

S280233 3 0.118 1.5M x 3M 52.91 

S282232 4 0.157 1M x 2M 31.31 

S282233 4 0.157 1.5M x 3M 70.55 

S282532 5 0.197 1M x 2M 39.24 

S280432 6 0.236 1M x 2M 47.18 

Part # 

Thickness 

mm IN Size Wt 

E-CTFE-GK (HALAR), Glass and Fabric backing, natural colour 

S540132 1.5 .060 1M x 2M 14.11 

S540131 1.5 .060 4' x 8' 20.97 

S545032 2.3 .090 1M x 2M 20.06 

S545031 2.3 .090 4' x 8' 29.82 

S540232 3.0 .188 1M x 2M 25.13 

S540231 3.0 .118 4' x 8' 37.35 

S540332 4.5 3/16 4' x 8' 59.26 

Thickness 

Part # mm IN Width 

Max 

Length 

FEP (TEFLON®) with Fabric Backing 

S820134 1.5 .060 39.37 50 ft. 

S820234 2.3 .090 39.37 in. 50 ft. 

Thickness 

Part # mm IN Size Wt 

PFA (TEFLON®) Lining Laminate, with Glass Fabric Backing 

S560134 1.5 .060 1.25m x 15m lengths 

(49.21" x 49.2 ft.) 

160.80 

S565034 2.3 .090 1.25m x 10m lengths 

(49.21" x 32.8 ft.) 

160.52 

Mechanical 

Applications 

Knitted glass fabric 

is easily wettable 

with FRP resins 

(polyester, vinylester 

and epoxy 

resin systems), and 

is also suitable for 

lining of concrete, 

steel and other metal 

structures, etc. with 

commercially available 

adhesives such 

as epoxies. 

Backing Material 

Thermoformable, 

knitted glassfabric, 

hot-pressed into 

surface of FEP/PFA 

Tefl on® sheets. 

4-15 

4

4 

4-16 

PVDF Natural Extruded Sheet 

2000 mm x 1000 mm 

Thickness Wt kg/ 

Part # (mm) sheet 

S264332 2 15.65 

S260232 3 23.59 

S262232 4 31.31 

S262532 5 39.24 

S260432 6 47.18 

Red Kynar PVDF Sheet - 4' x 8' 


Part # (inches) sheet 

S260431 1/4" 33.36 

S260531 3/8" 52.82 

S260631 1/2" 66.72 

S260731 3/4" 105.60 

S260831 1" 138.96 

S260931 1 1/4" 177.92 

S261031 1 1/2" 211.28 

S261231 2" 278.00 

PERFORATED SHEET 

Perforated sheet is available in Natural Homopolymer Polypropylene and PVC. It is ideal 

for tumbling barrels, distributor plates, plating baskets, overfl ow weirs, odd size fi lters, 

scrubber packing, mesh screens, and support plates. The standard sheet size is 1/8” x 4’ x 8’ 

with 1/8” diameter holes on 3/16” staggered centers. These sheets have 40% open area. 

Perforated Sheet - 4' x 8' 

Part No. Material Thickness (in) 

S140211 PVC Gray 1/8 

S240231 Polypro Nat. 1/8 

PVDF NATURAL SHEET 

Simona PVDF Sheet exhibits excellent chemical and corrosion resistance to 

virtually all organic and inorganic media at high temperatures. The service 

temperature ranges from -22°F(-30°C) to +284°F(+140°C). They are fl ame 

retardant and self-extinguishing. This sheet is easy to fabricate, weld, machine 

or thermoform. PVDF is ideal for applications including tanks, vessels, 

chemical industry, machined and fabricated parts, laboratory equipment, 

chemical processing, semiconductor and electroplating industry. 

PVDF Natural Pressed Sheet 

2000 mm x 1000 mm 


Part # (mm) sheet 

S260632 12 94.14 

S262032 15 117.73 

S263232 20 156.97 

S260832 25 196.21 

S263332 30 235.45 

S263432 35 274.69 

S263532 40 313.94 

S261232 50 392.42 

S262132 60 470.90 

S262332 70 549.39 

S262632 80 627.87 

Technical Data 

Physical Properties 

Physical 

Metric English 

Typical 

Values 

Density D-792 g/cm³ 1.78 


(24 hrs @ 73°F) 

Mechanical 

D-570 % 0.02 



Elongation at break D-638 % 30 

Izod Impact D-256 ft. lbs./in. NA 


Thermal 

D-785 “R” scale NA 


at 66 psi D-648 °F NA 

at 264 psi D-648 °F NA 


Coeffi cient of Thermal 

Expansion 

D-696 in./in. °C 130 x 10-6 


Flammability Ratings 

°F -22 to +284 

Flammability FM- 

FM-4910 

4910 

listed

FLEXIBLE PVC DOOR STRIPS AND SHEET 

Flexible PVC door strips protect your employees and goods from adverse environmental 

conditions such as noise, heat, cold, humidity, dust and drafts. This versatile and economical 

solution to managing adverse environmental conditions is available in a number of 

grades. 

The standard grade is typically used in the manufacture of strip doors, dust and spray 

screens, factory partitions, heat barriers and acoustic enclosures. It is available with a 

unique double ribbed design to protect from scratches and abrasions and to reduce static 

build up. 

The anti-static grade should be considered in applications where dust, smoke or spray contaminants might be of concern. The low 

temp (USDA) grade is specifi cally formulated to retain fl exibility in low temperatures. This product is ideal for use in refrigeration 

plants and cold storage facilities. It is also offered with the unique double ribbed design for longer life or reinforced with high 

strength nylon cords embedded longitudinally into the strip. The gold/amber weld grade is a transparent gold/amber coloured PVC 

used extensively in the manufacture of welding booths. It is designed to protect against the effects of ultraviolet light created during 

the arc welding process. Also available in transparent red. 

Part # TYPE WIDTH THICKNESS ROLL LENGTH LBS./ROLL 

600 - 10 R&E Standard Smooth 4" .060" 300' 55 


600 - 14 R&E Standard Smooth 8" .080" 300' 105 



700 - 10 R&E Standard Smooth 48" .080" 60' 133 



700 - 16 WIN Standard Smooth 48" .240" 60' 390 

600 - 11 R&E Low Temp Smooth 4" .060" 300' 55 


600 - 14 R&E Low Temp Smooth 8" .080" 300' 105 



700 - 10 - 1 R&E Low Temp Smooth 48" .080" 60' 194 

600 - 16 R&E Low Temp Smooth - Reinforced 8" .080" 300' 105 

600 - 24 R&E Low Temp Smooth - Reinforced 12" .120" 200' 159 

600 - 14 - 2 R&E Standard Ribbed 8" .072" 150' 60 

600 - 22 R&E Standard Ribbed 12" .110" 150' 124 

600 - 15 - 2 R&E Low Temp Ribbed 8" .072" 150' 60 

600 - 24 - 1 R&E Low Temp Ribbed 12" .110" 150' 124 

600 - 16 - 1 R&E Black Opaque Smooth 8" .080" 300' 105 

600 - 18 R&E Orange Opaque Smooth 8" .080" 300' 105 

600 - 25 - 2 R&E Orange Opaque Smooth 12" .120" 150' 120 

600 - 17 R&E Amber Weld Screen 8" .080" 300' 105 

600 - 17- 1 WIN Red Weld Screen 8" .080" 300' 105 

600 - 25 R&E Amber Weld Screen 12" .120" 200' 159 

600 - 26 - 2 R&E Amber Weld Screen 16" .160" 100' 141 

700 - 12 R&E Amber Weld Screen 48" .080" 60' 133 

4-17 

4

4 

4-18 

Diameter 

(Inches) 

PVC-CAW 150 Series 

(Dark Gray) Type I 

Length 

SIMONA® PLASTIC ROD 

SIMONA® plastic rod is available in a variety of 

sizes and material. Sizes range from 1/4” diameter 

to 14”. This rod is available in PVC, CPVC, 

Homopolymer Polypropylene and High Density 

Polyethylene. Technical data is available upon 

request. Other materials and sizes may be available 

upon request. Please contact customer Service for 


CPVC CORZAN® 

450 series Industrial 

Grade Gray 

Length 

PP-DWST 500 series 

Natural Homopolymer 

Length 

600 Series Natural 

HDPE-HWST 

Length 

1/4 10' 10' 8' 

3/8 10' 10' 8' 8' 

1/2 10' 10' 8' 8' 

5/8 10' 10' 8' 8' 

3/4 10' 10' 8' 8' 

1 10' 10' 8' 8' 

1 1/8 10' 10' 8' 8' 

1 1/4 10' 10' 8' 8' 

1 3/8 10' 10' 8' 8' 

1 1/2 10' 10' 8' 8' 

1 5/8 10' 10' N/A N/A 

1 3/4 10' 10' 8' 8' 

1 7/8 10' 10' N/A N/A 

2 10' 10' 8' 8' 

2 1/4 5' 5' 6' 6' 

2 3/8 5' 5' N/A N/A 

2 1/2 5' 5' 6' 6' 

2 3/4 N/A 5' 6' 6' 

3 5' 5' 6' 6' 

3 1/4 N/A 5' 6' 6' 

3 1/2 5' 5' 6' 6' 

4 5' 5' 6' 6' 

4 1/2 5' N/A 6' 6' 

5 5' N/A 6' 6' 

5 1/2 5' N/A 6' 6' 

6 5' N/A 4' 4' 

6 1/2 N/A N/A 4' 4' 

7 5' N/A 4' 4' 

8 5' N/A 4' 4' 

9 N/A N/A 4' 4' 

10 N/A N/A 4' 4' 

12 N/A N/A 4' 4' 

13 N/A N/A 4' 4' 

14 N/A N/A 4' 4' 

Diameter 

(mm) 

Natural 

Homopolymer 

Polypropylene 

PP-DWU 

Length 

PVDF 

Length 

8 2M 

10 2M 2M 

12 2M 

15 2M 2M 

18 2M 

20 2M 2M 

25 2M 2M 

30 2M 2M 

35 2M 2M 

40 2M 2M 

45 2M 

50 2M 2M 

55 2M 

60 2M 2M 

65 2M 

70 2M 2M 

75 2M 

80 2M 2M 

90 2M 2M 

100 2M 2M 

110 1M 2M 

120 1M 

125 1M 2M 

130 1M 

140 1M 

150 1M 2M 

160 1M 2M 

165 1M 

170 1M 

180 1M 2M 

200 1M 2M 

225 1M 

250 1M 2M 

300 1M 2M 

350 1M 2M 

400 1M 2M 

500 1M 2M 

600 1M 

700 1M 

800 1M

APPLICATIONS 

• Chute, hopper and truck bed liners 

• Wear strips and guide rails 

• Star wheels, sprockets and conveyor tracks 

• Bumpers and dock fenders 

• Bushings, bearings and rollers 

UHMW-PE ROD 

UHMW-PE is a tough, wear resistant plastic that combines an incredibly low 

coeffi cient of friction with outstanding impact strength. This self-lubricating 

polymer has excellent chemical resistance and a broad temperature range making 

it the perfect choice for engineers in a variety of industries such as conveyor 

and bulk material handling. 

Diameter UHMW Rod 

1/2 10' 

3/4 10' 

1 10' 

1 1/4 10' 

1 1/2 10' 

2 10' 

2 1/4 10' 

2 1/2 10' 

2 3/4 10' 

3 10' 

3 1/2 10' 

4 10' 

4 1/2 10' 

5 10' 

6 10' 

OTHER PLASTIC ROD 

Plastic rod is available in a variety of specialty plastics including: 

• Halar (E-CTFE) 

• Moulded and Extruded Tefl on 

• Glass fi lled Moulded and Extruded Tefl on 

• Nylon 6/6 

• Delrin (Acetal) 

• ABS 

• Polycarbonate 

• ULTEM®ROD (polyetherimide) 

• NORYL®ROD (polyphenylene oxide, modifi ed) 

• PSU ROD (polysulfone) 

• PEEK ROD (polyetheretherketone) 

• 6PAL CAST NYLON ROD (Oil-impregnated cast nylon) 

• PET ROD (polyethylene terephthalate) 

Please contact customer service for further information on these specialty plastic 

rod products. 

4-19 

4

4 

4-20 

Hollow PVC and CPVC 

O.D. 

(in.) 

I.D. 

(in.) 

Material 

(Weight Lbs./ft.) 

PVC CPVC 

1.625 0.562 1.154 1.288 

1.9 0.562 1.647 N/A 

1.9 0.906 1.41 N/A 

2 1.25 1.285 N/A 

2.125 0.75 2.01 2.243 

2.25 1.125 2.025 2.26 

2.25 1.5 1.625 N/A 

2.375 1 2.393 2.671 

2.5 1 2.68 N/A 

2.5 1.5 2.209 N/A 

2.625 1.5 2.511 2.802 

2.75 1 3.299 3.682 

2.875 1.5 N/A 3.525 

3 1 3.976 N/A 

3 1.25 3.77 4.207 

3 1.5 3.375 N/A 

3 2 2.798 N/A 

3.25 1.25 4.506 N/A 

3.5 1.5 5.037 N/A 

3.563 1.5 5.245 5.853 

4 2.5 5.153 5.751 

4 3 3.845 N/A 

4.25 1.75 7.452 8.316 

4.25 3 4.948 N/A 

4.5 2 8.099 N/A 

4.75 3 7.069 7.889 

5 3 8.217 9.17 

5.563 4 7.954 N/A 

6 2.437 15.2 N/A 

6 4 11.19 N/A 

6.625 2.875 18.03 20.121 

6.625 4 14.91 16.64 

8.625 5.75 21.4 N/A 

PVC AND CPVC SHAPES 

This product is provided porosity-free, stress-reduced with optimum physical properties 

and exacting tolerances, products that consistently machine with ease, part after 

part. Available products include angle, solid bar, hollow bar, square and hexagonal bar 

in Clear PVC, PVC, and CPVC. These materials offer excellent chemical and corrosion 

resistance, mechanical strength, and good thermal and electrical properties. They are 

noncontaminating for purity applications, and have excellent fl ammability characteristics. 

Other specialty materials such as static dissipative PVC, custom colors, additional sizes 

and special lengths are available upon request. Please contact customer service for more 

details. 

Hexagonal Rod 

Size Tol. Across Material (Weight Lbs./ft.) 

(in.) Flats (in.) 

Gray PVC CPVC 

7/16 ±.030 0.108 0.121 

1/2 ±.030 0.142 0.159 

9/16 ±.030 0.18 0.202 

5/8 ±.030 0.222 0.249 

3/4 ±.030 0.32 0.359 

13/16 ±.030 0.375 0.421 

7/8 ±.030 0.435 0.489 

1 ±.030 0.569 0.639 

1 1/8 ±.030 0.721 0.81 

1 1/4 ±.0625 - 0 0.89 0.999 

1 3/8 ±.0625 - 0 1.08 1.213 

1 1/2 ±.0625 - 0 1.283 1.441 

1 3/4 ±.0625 - 0 1.746 N/A 

2 ±.0125 - 0 2.28 2.56 

Square Rod 

Size Tol. Across Material (Weight Lbs./ft.) 

(in.) Flats (in.) 

Gray PVC CPVC 

1/2 ±.030 0.157 N/A 

5/8 ±.030 0.238 N/A 

3/4 ±.030 0.36 N/A 

1 ±.030 0.629 N/A 

1 1/4 ±.0625 1.033 N/A 

1 1/2 ±.0625 1.464 N/A 

2 0.055 2.452 N/A 

PVC and CPVC Angle 

Size (in.) Material (Weight Lbs./ft.) 

Gray PVC White PVC CPVC Clear 

1" x 1" x 1/8" 0.141 0.141 0.18 0.141 

1-1/4" x 1-1/4" x 3/16" 0.262 0.262 0.325 0.262 

1-1/2" x 1-1/2" x 3/16" 0.316 0.316 0.395 0.316 

1-1/2" x 1-1/2" x 1/4" 0.415 N/A N/A 0.415 

2" x 2" x 1/4" 0.563 0.563 0.645 0.563

Square Mesh Panel Sizes Available 

• Three Heights 1”, 1.5” and 2” 

• 1.5“ Weight: 3.75 lb/ft. sq. 

• 1“ Weight: 2.5 lb/ft. sq. 

• Tolerances: ±1/16” 

• Bar Spacing: 1.5” X 1.5” 

• Most popular pattern 

• 70% open area 

• Load bearing bars in both directions 

• Easy to fabricate 

• Can be used without continuous side support 

• labour savings 

• High material utilization, low waste 

• Uniform appearance 

Rectangular Mesh Panel Sizes 

• 1” HIGH 

• Bar Spacing: 1” X 4” 

• 1” Weight: 2.50 lb/ft. sq. 

• Tolerances: ±1/16” 

• Economical 

• Original pattern 

• 69% open area 

• Widely used for light traffi c and shorter spans 

FABCOGRATE FRP GRATING 

Features 

• Will not rust. 

• Corrosion resistant. 

• Non-sparking. 

• Fire retardant. 

• Non-conductive. 

• Maintenance free. 

• Molded-in color. 

• Light weight. 

• Easy to install. 

• Impact resistant. 

• Quality appearance. 

Grating Selection Process 

1. Select the proper bar spacing and height to meet your load 

requirements. 

2. Select the proper resin to meet your environmental requirements. 

3. Select the proper panel size to meet your requirement. 

4. Determine if you want grit top or plain top. 

Thickness Bar Spacing Panel Size (ft.) WT (lbs) 

1" 1.5" x 1.5" 4 X 12 120 

1" 1.5" x 1.5" 4 X 10 100 

1" 1.5" x 1.5" 4 X 8 80 

1" 1.5" x 1.5" 3 X 12 90 

1" 1.5" x 1.5" 3 X 10 75 

1" 1.5" x 1.5" 5 X 10 125 

1.5" 1.5" x 1.5" 4 X 12 180 

1.5" 1.5" x 1.5" 4 X 10 150 

1.5" 1.5" x 1.5" 4 X 8 120 

1.5" 1.5" x 1.5" 3 X 12 135 

1.5" 1.5" x 1.5" 3 X 10 113 

1.5" 1.5" x 1.5" 5 X 10 187 

1" 1" x 4" 3 X 10 75 

1" 1" x 4" 44" X 8 75 

1" 1" x 4" 4 X 8 80 

1" 1" x 4" 4 X 12 120 

2" 2" x 2" 4 X 12 192 

4-21 

4

4 

4-22 

RESIN 

CODE DESCRIPTION BASE RESIN 

CF CHEMICAL PROOF (standard colour is dark gray) is a vinyl ester system 

specifi cally engineered to provide premium service in highly corrosive 

environments. It utilizes an advanced resin system which delivers outstanding 

resistance to a wide range of harsh corrosive environments ranging from 

acidic to caustic, plus a high degree of solvent resistance. It has a Class I 

fl ame spread rating of 25 or less according to the 

ASTM E-84 Tunnel Test Method. 

CR+CHEMICAL PROOF PLUS (standard colour is black). This is our 

only EF.R.P Grating to offer a fl ame spread rating of 10 or less on ASTM 

E-84 Tunnel Test. It has excellent acid and caustic resistance. 

IF INDUSTRIAL GRADE (standard colour is light gray). This is a premium 

corrosion resistant isophthalic resin system selected for outstanding acid 

resistance. It has moderate resistance to caustic and solvent environments. It 

has a Class I ASTM E-84 Tunnel Test fl ame spread rating of 25 or less. It is 

more economical than types CF and CR+. 

FF FOOD GRADE (standard colour is safety yellow).Agriculture Canada 

approved (all ingredients have been USDA approved) to meet corrosive conditions 

commonly found in meat production, food processing, bottling and 

brewing applications. Made with isophthalic polyester. Flame spread rating is 

30 or less. 

AF ARCHITECTURAL GRADE FIRE RETARDENT (standard colour 

is light gray). This is a resin system designed for mildly corrosive environments. 

Best suited to replace metal gratings that require maintenance to 

maintain an aesthetically pleasing appearance. It has a Class 1, ASTM E-84 

Tunnel Test fl ame spread rating of 25 or less for indoor use. It is more economical 

than type IF. 

AN ARCHITECTURAL GRADE (standard colour is green). Similar resin 

system as type AF but is not fi re retardant or fl ame spread rated. More economical 

than AF. 

Note : All grating types available with or without grit top for slip resistance. 

CORROSION 

RESISTANCE FLAME SPREAD RATING COLOR 

CF 

CHEMICAL PROOF 

FIRE RETARDANT 

CHEMICAL PROOF 

VINYL ESTER EXCELLENT CLASS 1: 25 OR LESS DARK GRAY or ORANGE 

CR+ FIRE RETARDANT PLUS 

INDUSTRIAL GRADE 

VINYL ESTER EXCELLENT CLASS 1: 10 OR LESS BLACK 

IF 

FIRE RETARDANT 

FOOD GRADE 

ISOPHTHALIC VERY GOOD CLASS 1: 25 OR LESS GREEN or GRAY 

FF 

FIRE RETARDANT ISOPHTHALIC VERY GOOD CLASS 2: 30 OR LESS LIGHT GRAY 

AF ARCHITECTURAL GRADE ORTHOPHTHALIC GOOD CLASS 1: 25 OR LESS GREEN 

AN 


ARCHITECTURAL GRADE 

NON FIRE RETARDANT ORTHOPHTHALIC GOOD NOT RATED YELLOW or GREEN

Load Defl ection tables 


Defl ection to Span Ratios 

• For a resilient, non-fatiguing, comfortable feel use the 

STANDARD defl ection to span ratio of 1:120. 

• For an elevated installation, where a solid feeling is desired, 

use a defl ection to span ratio of 1:180 (NBC-85). A defl ection 

to span ratio greater than 1:100 (1%) is not recommended. Do 

not exceed .5” (13mm). 

Panel Selection 

• Determine the type of loading concentrated or uniform. 

• Estimate the load and determine the span. 

• Decide what maximum defl ection is appropriate solid, 

standard or 1%. 

• Enter the appropriate 1” (25mm) table. If the defl ection is less 

than the maximum selected, choose the 1” thickness. It is more 

economical than 1.5” thick panels. 

• If the defl ection or span is too great for 1” thick panels, select 

1.5” thick FRP Grating and design your support system for the 

appropriate span. 

• Select the resin system. 

Panel Installation 

• Panels are designed to be supported on all sides. 

• Use end clips if panel ends cannot be supported. 

• Use hold down clips to prevent panel drift. 

4-23 

4

4 

4-24 

PULTRUDED GRATING 

DURADEK® Standard Pultruded Grating 

DURADEK® is a standard pultruded grating product. It is available with individual 

bearing bars in either 1” or 1-1/2” “I” shapes or a 2” “T” shape. DURADEK® is a fl ame 

retardant product utilizing a polyester or vinyl ester resin. The bearing bars use both 

longitudinal (glass roving) and multidirectional (glass mat) reinforcements as well as a 

synthetic surfacing veil to provide unequaled corrosion resistance. 

The bearing bars are assembled into 12 panel sizes: 3, 4, and 5 foot widths in each of 

8, 10, 12 and 20 foot lengths. Standard panels come with cross-rod spacings of 6” or 

optional 12” on center. Grids can be ordered with or without an anti-skid grit surface. A 

variety of grit material and textures can be ordered. 

DURAGRID® Custom Grating 

DURAGRID® custom grid and grating systems are designed to accommodate specifi c applications 

that cannot effectively be met by a standard fi berglass grating. DURAGRID® 

offers the customer options such as selection of bar spacing (which creates varying open 

space in the grating or grid), bar shape, cross-rod placement, custom fabrication, custom 

resin or color. 

DURAGRID® Heavy Duty Grating 

DURAGRID® Heavy Duty Grating is a pultruded bar type grating that can be designed 

and used like traditional metal grates. The solid individual bearing bars are designed to 

take heavy wheel traffi c such as fork lifts, tow motors and truck traffi c. Heavy duty grating 

is constructed of the same type composite used in the other DURAGRID® products. 

DURAGRID® Phenolic Grating 

DURAGRID® Phenolic grating is a dramatic innovation for markets where fi re safety is a 

major concern; it offers superior resistance to fl ame and high temperature with low emissions 

of smoke and toxic fumes. The nonfl ammable nature of phenolics enable phenolic 

grating to withstand higher temperatures than polyester or vinyl ester for extended periods 

of time without major structural damage. Combined with low thermal conductivity, this 

provides fi re protection not available with alternate materials. DURAGRID® Phenolic 

grating was the fi rst composite grating to receive U.S. Coast Guard approval. It is accepted 

for use in locations and applications as allowed in the U.S.C.G. Policy File Memorandum 

2-98 for fi re retardant grating meeting structural fi re integrity Level 2(L2). 

Please contact customer service for more information on material properties and technical 

information.

GRATING ACCESSORIES 

Fiberglass Covered Grating 

All Fiberglass Grating is availabe 

with an integral cover plate 

to prevent fumes in the work 

area or where high stiffness over 

drainage trenches is required. 

Fiberglass Floor Plate 

Available to cover all panel 

sizes. Easy to clean both top 

and bottom sides. Can be used 

as a splash guard. Available in 

thickness from 1/16” (1.5mm) 

to 1” (25mm). Grit top surface 

is standard for fl oor plate applications. 

Fiberglass Stair Treads 

Fiberglass stair treads come 

complete with contrasting colored 

antislip nosing. Available 

in standard lengths of 24”, 30”, 

36”, or 42”. Available in widths 

of 9”, 10 1/2”, or 12”. 

Fiberglass Concrete Curb 

Angle 

Pultruded fi berglass Curb Angle 

provides a strong, fi rm base for 

bearing bars. Standard Curb 

Angle is produced using a gray, 

fi re retardant vinyl ester resin 

system and is available in three 

sizes. 

Fiberglass Elevated Floor 

Systems 

Fixed and adjustable Fiberglass 

Columns are available to provide 

elevated dry fl oor. Strongwell’s 

pultruded fi berglass 

Curb Angle provides a strong, 

fi rm base for bearing bars. Standard 

Curb Angle is produced 

using a gray, fi re retardant vinyl 

ester resin system and is available 

in three sizes. Floors can 

be designed to support up to 

2,000 pounds per square foot. 

Grating Clips 

Prevent panel drift - bold, nut 

and washer included. Use 2 or 

3 for each side of each full size 

panel; 4 for each Stair Thread. 

18-8 stainless steel. The following 

Types are available: 

Type M Clips 

Restrains movement in all 

directions. Can use self-drilling 

screws when attaching to metal 

supports. 

Type G-G Clips 

Install from top of grating. 

No hole to drill. Galvanized 

available. 

Type J Clips 

For moderate loads. 

Type C 

For joining two unsupported 

ends. 

4-25 

4

4 

4-26 

FIBERGLASS STRUCTURAL SHAPES AND PLATE 

Applications 

• Wastewater Treatment Plants 

• Chemical Plants 

• Pulp and Paper Plants 

• Greenhouses 

• Circuit Board Plating 

• Trade Show Booths 

• Electrical Switch Gear 

• Flue Gas Desulferization and 

Cooling Tower Components 

• Offshore Platforms 

• Structural and miscellaneous 

components near salt water 

• Electrical Equipment Housing 

• Cable Tray Components 

EXTREN® is a proprietary combination of fi berglass reinforcements and 

thermosetting polyester or vinyl ester resin systems. It is produced in more 

than 100 standard shapes and all shapes have a surface veil to protect 

against glass fi bers penetrating the resin surface in service and to increase 

corrosion and UV resistance. EXTREN® is offered in three series designed 

for different environments and applications. 

Series 500 

An all-purpose series utilizing an isophthalic polyester resin system with a 

UV inhibitor. Colour: Olive Green 

Series 525 

An all-purpose series utilizing a fi re retardant isophthalic polyester resin 

system with a UV inhibitor. Colour: Slate Gray (plus certain handrail and 

fi xed ladder components in yellow) 

Series 625 

A premium series both fi re retardant and highly corrosion resistant utilizing 

a vinyl ester resin system with a UV inhibitor. Colour: Beige 

FABRICATING WITH EXTREN® 

JOINING - EXTREN® can be fastened mechanically with screws, bolts 

or rivets. FIBREBOLT® fi berglass studs and hex nuts (available from 

FABCO) can also be used with EXTREN®. EXTREN® can be joined by 

adhesives. The strongest connections can be made by using a combination 

of mechanical fasteners with adhesives. Suggested fabrication techniques 

for EXTREN® are covered in MFG’s EXTREN® Fabrication and Repair 

Manual. 

MATERIAL PREPARATION 

EXTREN® shapes and sheet can be sawed, drilled, routed and turned on a 

lathe or other machine tool. Punching should be limited to thicknesses of 

3/16” and under. Carbide or diamond-tipped saw blades and tool bits are 

recommended for faster speeds and longer tool life. Cut edges should always 

be sealed. EXTREN® cannot be bent, rolled or pressed, as can steel. 

Features 

• Corrosion Resistant 

• Low Conductivity - Thermally and Electrically 

• Non-Magnetic - Electromagnetic 

• Lightweight 

• High Strength 

• Dimensional Stability 

• Low Maintenance


Series Units/ 

Value 

1. This value is determined from full section simple beam bending of EXTREN ® structural shapes. 

2. The shear stress test results will change radically if the notched orientation is altered. The value in this 

chart represents the test confi guration where the notches are machined parallel to the reinforcing mat. For 

notches machined perpendicular to the reinforcing mat, this value would be two to three times larger. 

3. The Shear Modulus value has been determined from tests with full sections of EXTREN ® structural 

shapes. (See Strongwell’s Strongwell Design Manual for further information.) 

4. Value would be 50 if the surfacing veil were not there. 

5. Plate compressive stress/modulus measured edgewise and fl exural stress/modulus measured fl atwise. 

Values apply to Series 525 and 625. 

6. Measured as a percentage maximum by weight. 

7. Span to depth ratio of 3:1; EXTREN ® angles will have a minimum value of 4000 psi and the I/W shapes 

are tested in the web. 

8. Typical values because these are shape and composite dependent tests. 

500/525 

Shapes 

SERIES 

625 

Shapes 1/8" 

SERIES 500/525 PLATE SERIES 625 PLATE 

3/16" - 

1/4" 3/8" - 1" 1/8" 

3/16" - 

1/4" 3/8" - 1" 

Properties ASTM Test Method 

MECHANICAL 

Tensile Stress, LW D638 psi 30,000 30,000 20,000 20,000 20,000 20,000 20,000 20,000 

Tensile Stress, CW D638 psi 7,000 7,000 7,500 10,000 10,000 7,500 10,000 10,000 

Tensile Modulus, LW D638 106 psi 2.5 2.6 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 

Tensile Modulus, CW D638 106 psi 0.8 0.8 0.7 0.9 1.4 1 1 1.4 

Compressive Stress, LW D695 psi 30,000 30,000 24,000 24,000 24,000 24,000 24,000 24,000 

Compressive Stress, CW D695 psi 15,000 16,000 15,500 16,500 20,000 16,500 17,500 17,500 

Compressive Modulus, LW D695 106 psi 2.5 2.6 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 

Compressive Modulus CW D695 106 psi 0.8 0.8 0.7 0.9 1.4 1 1 1.4 

Flexural Stress, LW D790 psi 30,000 30,000 35,000 35,000 30,000 35,000 35,000 30,000 

Flexural Stress, CW D790 psi 10,000 10,000 13,000 15,000 18,000 13,000 15,000 18,000 

Flexural Modulus, LW D790 106 psi 1.6 1.6 1.8 2 2 1.8 2 2 

Flexural Modulus, CW D790 106 psi 0.8 0.8 0.9 1.1 1.4 1 1.1 1.4 

Modulus of Elasticity full section 106 psi 2.6 2.8 

Modulus of Elasticity: W & I shapes > 4" full section 106 psi 2.5 2.5 

Parallel Compressive Shear Stress, LW D3846 psi 3,000 3,000 

Shear Modulus, LW — 106 psi 0.425 0.425 

Short Beam Shear, LW D2344 psi 4,500 4,500 

Bearing Stress, LW D953 psi 30,000 30,000 32,000 32,000 32,000 32,000 32,000 32,000 

Poisson's Ratio, LW D3039 in/in 0.33 0.33 0.31 0.31 0.31 0.32 0.32 0.32 

Notched Izod Impact, LW D256 ft-lbs/in 25 25 15 10 10 15 10 10 

Notched Izod Impact, CW 

PHYSICAL 

D256 ft-lbs/in 4 4 5 5 5 5 5 5 

Barcol Hardness D2583 — 45 45 40 40 40 40 40 40 

24 hr Water Absorption D570 % Max 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 

Density D792 lbs/in3 .062-.070 .062-.070 .060-.068 .060-.068 .060-.068 .060-.068 .060-.068 .060-.068 

Coeffi cient of Thermal Expansion, LW D696 10-6 in/in/ oF 4.4 4.4 4.4 4.4 4.4 4.4 4.4 4.4 

Thermal Conductivity C177 BTU-in/ft2 ELECTRICAL 

Hr/oF 4 4 

Arc Resistance, LW D495 seconds 120 120 

Dielectric Strength, LW D149 KV/in 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 

Dielectric Strength, PF 

FLAMMABILITY 

D149 volts/mil 200 200 200 N.T N.T 250 N.T N.T 

Flammability Classifi cation (1/16") UL 94 VO 

Tunnel Test E-84 25 Max 

NBS Smoke Chamber E-662 650-700 

(Typical) 

Flammability D635 Self Extinguishing 

UL Thermal Index Generic 130oC British Fire Test BS 476-7 Class 1 

ASTM SPECIFICATIONS 

• ASTM D3917 “Standard Specifi cation for Dimensional Tolerance of Thermosetting Glass-Reinforced Plastic 

Pultruded Shapes”. 

• ASTM D3918 “Standard Defi nition of Terms Relating to Reinforced Plastic Pultruded Products”. 

• ASTM D3647 “Standard Practice for Classifying Reinforced Plastic Pultruded Shapes According to 

Composition”. 

• ASTM D4385 “Standard Practice for Classifying Visual Defects in Thermosetting Reinforced Plastic 

Pultruded Products”. 

LW — Lengthwise PF — Perpendicular to laminate face 

CW — Crosswise N.T. — Not Tested 

4-27 

4

4 

4-28 


Equal Leg Angles I-Beams Round Tube Square Tube Channel Foam Core Planks 

1 x 1/8 3 x 1-1/2 x 1/4 1 x 1/8 1 x 1/8 3-1/2 x 2 x 7/32 4 x 2 

1-1/4 x 3/16 4 x 2 x 1/4 1-1/4 x 1/8 1-1/2 x 1/8 16 x 1/4 x 3 x 1/2 5 x 2 

1-1/2 x 3/16 8 x 4 x 3/8 1-1/2 x 1/8 2 x 1/8 Channel (Ladder Rail) 

(Nonstocked items; standard 

color orange) 

6 x 2 

1-1/2 x 1/8 2 x 1 x 1/8 1-1/2 x 1/4 2 x 1/4 1.70 x .100 x 1.100 x .100 8 x 2 

1-1/2 x 1/4 6 x 3 x 1/4 (Stock S-525) 2 x 1/8 2 x 1/4 (Yellow; Series 525) 1.875 x .125 x 1.125 x .188 Framing Angle 

2 x 3/16 6 x 3 x 3/8 2 x 1/4 3 x 1/4 3.150 x .120 x 1.175 x .120 2 x 2 x 1/4 

2 x 1/4 6 x 4 x 1/4 2-1/2 x 1/4 4 x 1/4 3.29 x .128 x 1.180 x .190 Kick Plate 

3 x 1/4 8 x 4 x 1/2 3 x 1/4 1-1/4 x 1/8 3.31 x .135 x 1.187 x .210 4 x 1/2 x 3/16 (Yellow; S-525) 

3 x 3/8 10 x 5 x 3/8 1-1/4 x 3/16 1-1/2 x 1/4 4.0 x .125 x 1.750 x .187 Square Tube 

4 x 1/4 10 x 5 x 1/2 1-3/4 x 1/8 1-3/4 x 1/8 Corner Post w/Round Hole 

4 x 3/8 12 x 6 x 1/2 (Stock S-525, 

S-625) 

1-3/4 x 1/4 1-3/4 x 1/4 3-1/4 x 1/4 1" sq. with 3/4" round hole 

4 x 1/2 18 x 3/8 x 4-1/2 x 1/2 2-3/4 x 1/4 2-1/2 x 1/4(Stock 

Yellow;S-525) 

Curb Angle Stair Riser 

6 x 1/2 24 x 3/8 x 7-1/2 x 3/4 3 x 1/8 3 x 1/8 1 x 1-1/2 8 x 1-1/2 x 1/8 

1-1/4 x 1/8 Wide Flange Beams 3-1/2 x .140 3 x 3/8 1-1/2 x 1-1/2 Slide Guide 

2 x 1/8 3 x 1/4 3-1/2 x 1/2 3-1/2 x 1/4 (Stock S-525) 2 x 1-1/2 2-1/2 x 2-1/4 x 1/4 

5 x 1/2 4 x 1/4 4 x 1/8 4 x 3/8 (stocked at Chatfi eld Division) (White; S-500) 

6 x 1/4 (Stock S-525) 6 x 1/4 4 x 1/4 6 x 3/8 F-Section Square Tube 

6 x 3/8 6 x 3/8 5 x 1/8 Square Bar - Thermal Cure 

Clear** 

5-1/2 x 1 x 1/4 2 x .156 (Yellow; S-525) 

Channels 8 x 3/8 5 x 1/4 1/2 6 x 1-1/2 x 1/4 Strut 

2 x 9/16 x 1/8 10 x 3/8 (32' lg.) 6 x 1/8 5/8 Flat Strips 1-5/8 x 1-5/8 x 5/32 

3 x 7/8 x 1/4 2 x 1/8 6 x 1/4 3/4 1 x 1/4 (Gray; S-525) 

4 x 1-3/8 x 3/16 8 x 1/2 8 x 3/16 1 2 x 3/16 (Stock Yellow; S-525) Top Rail 

4 x 1-1/8 x 1/4 10 x 1/2 10 x 3/16 1 1/4 2 x 1/4 2 x 1/4 modifi ed rd. tube 

5 x 1-3/8 x 1/4 12 x 1/2 Rectangular Tube 1 1/2 3 x 3/16 Unequal Leg Angles 

6 x 1-5/8 x 1/4 Plate* 4 x 1/8 x 2 x 1/4 Rod - Thermal Cure Clear** 3 x 1/4 (Stock S-525) 1-3/4 x 1-1/4 x 1/4 

6 x 1-11/16 x 3/8 (Stock 

S-525) 

1/8 2-1/2 x 1-5/8 x 1/8 1/4 3 x 3/8 Z-Section 

8 x 2-3/16 x 1/4 (Stock S-525) 3/16 3-1/4 x 2-1/2 x .160 5/16 3 x 1/2 (Stock S-525) 1-1/4 x 2-1/2 x 1/8 

8 x 2-3/16 x 3/8 1/4 6-1/2 x 1/4 x 2 x 1/2 3/8 4 x 1/2 (Stock S-525) 6 x 1/4 

10 x 2-3/4 x 1/2 (24' lg.) 3/8 7 x 4 x 1/4 1/2 Flight Channel 

1-1/2 x 1 x 3/16 1/2 9 x 6 x 5/16 5/8 5-1/2 x 1/8 x 2-1/2 x 3/16 

1-1/2 x 1-1/2 x 1/4 (Stock 

S-625) 

3/4 9 x 6 x 7/16 3/4 7-1/8 x 1/8 x 2-1/2 x 3/16 

2 x 7/8 x 1/4 5/8 13/16 Fluted Tube 

2-5/8 x 1/8 x 1-1/4 x 3/16 1 7/8 1 1/4 

3 x 1 x 3/16 1 

3-1/2 x 1-1/2 x 3/16 (Stock 

S-525) 

1 1/8 

4 x 1-1/16 x 1/8 1 1/4 

5-1/2 x 1-1/2 x 3/16 (Stock 

S-525) 

1 1/2 

14 x 3-1/2 x 3/4 2 

18 x 2-3/16 x 3/16 

24 x 3 x .260 

*USDA approved plate available (non-stocked) in all sizes except 1/4” and 3/8”. EXTREN® plate is stocked in 4’ x 8’ sheets. 

**Thermal cure bars and rods were not designed to be machined. 

***Not necessarily EXTREN® specifi cations. 

NOTES: Unless otherwise noted, all dimensions are in inches and stocked lengths are 20’ long. 

All EXTREN® Series 500 products can be produced to meet NSF potable water standards in minimum mill run quantities. Only products bearing the NSF logo are certifi ed.

SAFPLATE® FIBERGLASS GRITTED PLATE 

SAFPLATE® fi berglass gritted plate, is a tough, corrosion resistant fl oor plate. 

SAFPLATE®’s unique combination of pultruded fi berglass plate with an anti-skid grit surface 

creates a textured solid sheet fl ooring that is ideal for both wet and dry environments. 

Used in a variety of applications, such as trench covers to contain vapors and fumes or 

pedestrian bridge walkways for sure footing, SAFPLATE® provides a long-lasting, maintenance-free 

alternative to steel plate for severe, corrosive environments. SAFPLATE® is 

available as solid plate or bonded to DURADEK® or DURAGRID® grating. The standard 

surface is fi ne grit. A medium grit or a coarse grit is also available. SAFPLATE® with 

fi ne grit is stocked in 4’ x 8’ panels in standard EXTREN® plate thicknesses of 1/8” and 

1/4”. Optional plate thicknesses include 3/16”, 3/8”, 1/2”, 5/8”, 3/4” and 1” sizes. Standard 

SAFPLATE® is Series 525, which is a fi berglass reinforced polyester with fi re retardant in 

a gray colour. Other resin systems and custom colours are available upon request. 

SAFRAIL INDUSTRIAL FIBERGLASS HANDRAILS 

SAFRAIL industrial fi berglass handrails are commercial railing systems for 

stair rails, platform/walkway handrails and guardrails. SAFRAIL systems 

are fabricated from pultruded fi berglass components produced by Strongwell 

and molded thermoplastic connectors. The railing systems are particularly 

well-suited to corrosive environments like those found in industrial, chemical 

and wastewater treatment plants as well as commercial structures with urban 

and salt air corrosion. SAFRAIL fi berglass handrail systems are corrosion 

resistant, easy to fi eld fabricate, structurally strong, low in thermal conductivity, 

impact resistant, have low electrical conductivity and are lightweight. 

SAFRAIL systems are the result of more than 40 years of experience in 

the manufacture, design and fabrication of fi berglass handrail systems. The 

systems offer the following advantages: 

• Ease of Assembly — SAFRAIL systems are produced in lightweight standard sections that include both post and rail. Systems can 

be prefabricated in large sections and shipped to the site or they can also be fabricated and installed on site with simple carpenter tools. 

• Internal Connection System — All connections fi t fl ush, resulting in a pleasing, streamlined appearance. The internal connections 

allow the construction of continuous handrail systems around circular tanks without special fi ttings. 

• Safety Features — SAFRAIL systems come in a “safety yellow colour”, feature low electrical conductivity for worker safety and 

exhibit high strength. Systems meet US federal OSHA standards with a 2:1 factor of safety with a 6-foot (1830mm) maximum post 

spacing. SAFRAIL systems also comply with international standard AFNOR NF E 85-101. 

• Low Maintenance — Corrosion resistant fi berglass with molded-in colour will outlast aluminum or steel systems with virtually no 

maintenance. 

• Cost Effective — Fiberglass components and easy-to-assemble design provide savings on labor and maintenance, resulting in longterm 

savings and elimination of the cost and inconvenience of “downtime for repairs” in plant operations. 

SAFRAIL industrial systems can be used in guardrail applications where railing is needed to protect the open side of an elevated 

walkway. SAFRAIL systems meet OSHA requirements for a height of 42” (1067mm) from the top of walkway to the top of the 

guardrail. The OSHA loading requirement for both guardrail and handrail is a 200 pound (890 N) concentrated load at any point or 

direction on the top rail. Other building codes may require different loading conditions. Moulded-in color plus an optional tough polyurethane 

coating will outlast aluminum or steel systems and requires virtually no maintenance. 

4-29 

4

4 

4-30 

SAFRAIL FIBERGLASS LADDERS 

SAFRAIL fi berglass ladders and ladder cages mounted on the sides of tanks and 

buildings are a common sight in a wide range of industries. Even in complete immersion 

applications, fi berglass has outlasted aluminum and steel and required little or no maintenance. 

SAFRAIL ladders are fabricated in a standard 18” (46mm) rung width confi guration 

with 12” (30mm) rung spacings. Various ladder lengths can be produced as practical. 

Standard SAFRAIL ladder and ladder cage systems are designed and fabricated to 

meet the requirements of OSHA 1910.27. Custom colors and custom designed ladders and 

access cages can be fabricated upon request. Ladders can be shipped pre-assembled for 

installation in the fi eld. SAFRAIL ladders and ladder cage systems are produced using 

a premium grade polyester resin system with fl ame retardant and ultraviolet (UV) inhibitor 

additives. A vinyl ester resin system is available upon request for additional corrosion 

resistance. Standard side rails and cages are pigmented OSHA safety yellow. The rungs are 

a pultruded fi berglass polyester tube with a fl uted, non-skid surface. 

COMPOSOLITE® FIBERGLASS BUILDING SYSTEM 

COMPOSOLITE® is an advanced composite building panel system suitable for major 

load bearing structural applications. Features of COMPOSOLITE® include Corrosion 

Resistant, Lightweight, Low Electrical & Thermal Conductivity, Easy To Maintain, Cost 

Effective, and Easy To Install Interlocking Joints. The modular construction system 

consists of six interlocking components. The main component is a 3” thick x 24” wide 

open-ribbed building panel. 3-way and 45° connectors allow the system components to 

turn corners and facilitate the joining of walls or sides. Toggles lock panels and connectors 

together securely. For added fl exibility, the system also includes a hanger and an end 

cap. For permanent structures, joints between panels and connectors are bonded during 

assembly. This uniquely designed system of interlocking components makes it possible to 

design fi berglass structures for a broad range of construction applications with an almost 

unlimited number of confi gurations.COMPOSOLITE® is available in standard polyester 

(green), polyester fi re retardant (gray) or vinyl ester fi re retardant (beige) resin systems. 

The standard fi re retardant resins meet the requirements of Class 1 rating of 25 or less per 

ASTM E-84 and the self-extinguishing requirements of ASTM D-635. The resin contains 

a UV inhibitor and the composite includes a surface veil on all exposed surfaces for enhanced 

corrosion and UV protection. Other resins and colors are available upon request. 

DURASHIELD® FOAM CORE BUILDING PANELS 

DURASHIELD® is a tongue-and-groove fi berglass pultruded panel comprised of a pultruded 

skin over a foam core. Features include integral insulation, lightweight 

corrosion resistance , low electrical & thermal conductivity, strong, fl ame retardance 

and transparency to electromagnetic emissions. The pultruded fi berglass skin is available 

in either an isophthalic polyester or vinyl ester resin. Both resin systems are fl ame 

retardant (UL94 VO). Vinyl ester is utilized in more corrosive applications. A synthetic 

surfacing veil is incorporated into the skin to improve weathering, corrosion resistance and 

resistance to degradation from ultraviolet rays. Resistance to weathering can be further 

enhanced by the application of a polyurethane paint. The core material is rigid closed-cell 

urethane foam. The foam core provides an insulation “R” factor of 7 for the 1” panel and 

21 for the 3” panel. DURASHIELD® panels are available in 1” x 12” and 3” x 24” sizes. 

The panels can be produced in any length that is practical. Typical lengths would be in the 

12’ to 32’ range.

Common applications include welding, 

preheating, forming, and shrinking of thermoplastic 

materials. 

Common applications include 

preheating, forming, and shrinking of 

thermoplastic materials. 

ZINZER UNITHERM WELDING GUN 

Zinzer UNITHERM K5.8 RS / K5.16 RS welding torch has Hot air device has electronic 

temperature control for the professional user. Technical features include an insulated 

outer sleeve, infi nitely variable electronic heat regulation (the adjusted temperature 

remains constant, independent of the cross-section of the used tip), electronic monitoring 

of the heating element, and air volume regulation. 

Type K5.8RS K5.16RS 

Temperature infi nitely variable up to 600°C infi nitely variable up to 600°C 

Output 800 W 1 600 W 

Air volume* approx. 200 l/min approx. 200 l/min 

Supply voltage 230 VAC / 120 VAC 230 VAC / 120 VAC 

Order No. 230VAC 281 0005-201 281 0005-202 

Order No. 120VAC 281 0005-203 281 0005-204 

ZINZER JUMBOTHERM WELDING GUN 

The professional in preheating JUMBOTHERM K25.30 / K25.16 welding gun with electronic 

temperature control for the professional use. Technical features insulated outer 

sleeve, infi nitely variable electronic heat regulation (the adjusted temperature remains 

constant, independent of the cross-section of the used tip), and electronic monitoring of 

the heating element. 

Type K25.30 K25.16 

Temperature infi nitely variable up to 600°C infi nitely variable up to 600°C 

Output 3 000 W 1 600 W 

Air volume* approx 300 l/min with a pres- approx 300 l/min with a pressure 

of 3000Pa 

sure of 3000Pa 

Supply voltage 230 VAC 120 VAC 

Order No. 281 0025-036 281 0025-037 

4-31 

4

4 

4-32 

ZINZER WELDING ACCESSORIES 

Picture Description 

"Standard welding nozzle curved, screw-on type air outlet Ø5mm, conical. Suitable for slip-on: 

•Rapid nozzle283 0198-041 for welding cord Ø 3 and 4mm 

•Rapid nozzle283 0198-042 for welding cord Ø 5mm 

•Super-Rapid nozzle283 0198-039 for welding cord Ø 3 and 4mm 

•Super-Rapid nozzle283 0198-040 for welding cord Ø 5mm 

Part # 

•Welding nozzle with integrated guiding roller 283 0198-032 for welding cord Ø 5mm" 283 0197-001 

"Welding nozzle curved, slip-on type air outlet Ø5mm, conical Suitable for slip-on: 

•Rapid nozzle283 0198-041 for welding cord Ø 3 and 4mm 

•Rapid nozzle283 0198-042 for welding cord Ø 5mm 

•Super-Rapid nozzle283 0198-039 for welding cord Ø 3 and 4mm 

•Super-Rapid nozzle283 0198-040 for welding cord Ø 5mm 

•Welding nozzle with integrated guiding roller 283 0198-032 for welding cord Ø 5mm 

283 0198-033 

Tack welding nozzle especially for pre-fi xing of thermoplastic material 283 0197-002 

Curved welding nozzle with knife for thermoplastic material. air outlet Ø4mm 283 0197-004 

Rapid nozzle, screw-on type for joint welding. With preheating of the welding rod made of plasticized 

PVC, Polyethylene, Polypropylene.Curved welding nozzle with knife for thermoplastic material. air outlet 

Ø5mm 

Rapid nozzle, screw-on type for joint welding. With preheating of the welding rod made of plasticized 

PVC, Polyethylene, Polypropylene. for plastic fi ller rod Ø3mm and Ø4mm 

Rapid nozzle, screw-on type for joint welding . With preheating of the welding rod made of plasticized 

PVC, Polyethylene, Polypropylene. for plastic fi ller rod Ø5mm / also for fusion welding cord 

283 0197-005 

283 0198-021 

283 0198-023

LARAMY 30-10 BASIC HIGH SPEED TORCH 

The basic Model 30-10 torch is a rugged, high-quality production tool. A lightweight, 

compact design makes the Model 30-10 easy on the operator and convenient for tight 

work areas. It is equipped with 12’ of vinyl hose, regulator, gauge, torch rest, Laramy 

combination tip and your choice of ‘Located Heat’ element. Specify 250, 350, 450, or 

550 watt element with order. The Model 30-10 is shipped in a plastic carrying case and 

includes a copy of Laramy’s exclusive 56-page manual “Making Even Better Plastic 

Welds”. Additional elements and accessories can be added at any time. 

LARAMY 30-102 FABRICATING TORCH 

The Model 30-102 is the welding outfi t for production and general shop use. The leading 

choice of fabricators, the Model 30-102 includes the basic torch, a new portable welding 

stand with combination regulator and fi lter, gauge, thermometer, Laramy combination 

tip and your choice of two ‘Located Heat’ elements. Specify 250, 350, 450 or 550 watt 

elements with order. The Model 30-102 is shipped in a plastic carrying case and includes 

a copy of Laramy’s exclusive 56-page manual “Making Even Better Plastic Welds”. Additional 

elements and accessories can be added at any time. 

LARAMY 30-200 TORCH AND COMPRESSOR 

The Model 30-200 is the industry’s fi rst complete, production welding outfi t with its 

own built-in air compressor. All you need is electrical power. The Model 30-200’s 

built-in compressor is constructed of the highest quality components throughout for top 

performance and trouble-free operation with ample air supply for speed welding. The 

high quality, continuous duty, oil-less rotary compressor provides 2 1/2 cfm at 3 psi and 

comes equipped with factory wired ON-OFF switches for compressor and torch, interlocked 

to prevent operation of welder without compressor. The Model 30-200 includes 

the basic torch, intake fi lter/muffl er, Laramy combination tip and your choice of two ‘Located 

Heat’ elements. Specify 250, 350, 450 or 550 watt elements with order. The Model 

30-200 is shipped in a rugged metal tool case with vibration pads and includes a copy 

of Laramy’s exclusive 56-page manual “Making Even Better Plastic Welds”. Additional 

elements and accessories can be added at any time. 

4-33 

4

4 

4-34 

LARAMY ECONOMY COMPRESSOR/TORCH 

The Model 30-400 welder is a good, inexpensive, lightweight portable outfi t suitable for light 

fi eld repair work and some light fabrication jobs. The Model 30-400 comes equipped with a 

good quality, diaphragm compressor which provides 1 3/4 cfm at 3 psi, the basic torch, Laramy 

combination tip and your choice of one ‘Located Heat’ element. Specify 250, 350, 450 or 550 

watt element with order. The Model 30-400 is shipped in a rugged metal tool case and includes 

a copy of Laramy’s exclusive 56-page manual “Making Even Better Plastic Welds”. Additional 

elements and accessories can be added any time. 

LARAMY VARI-FT/RS SELF CONTAINED TORCH 

The Model VARI-FT/RS provides its own air supply from the ambient atmosphere 

making it ideal for installation, repair and fi eld work on hard and soft PVC and similar 

thermoplastics including plexiglass, polycarbonate, polyisobutylene, polystyrene, etc. 

The temperature can be steplessly regulated with an electronic controller and the selfcontained 

supply of air comes from a built-in blower/motor. The Model VARI-FT/RS is 

equipped with an ON/OFF switch and comes with a universal round tip--ideal for work 

in tight corners and for short and tack welds. Laramy’s exclusive 56-page manual “Making 

Even Better Plastic Welds” is included and additional welding tips and accessories 

can be added at any time.

LARAMY UNIVERSAL HIGH-SPEED TIP 

A one-hand welding tip that is 6 to 8 times faster than conventional tips. Cuts off rod as 

desired. Exclusive Laramy design pre-heats work and rod simultaneously. These tips save a 

great deal of welding time and should be used for any extensive work on maintenance and 

fabrication projects. Laramy has Universal High Speed Tips available for both round and 

triangular rod in the following sizes: 

NHS-1 - 1/8” and 5/32” diameter welding rod 

NHS-2 - 3/16” diameter welding rod 

NHS-3 - 1/4” diameter welding rod 

NST-1 - 1/8” triangular rod 



The triangular rod tips are available in different profi les. Please contact us for details. 

LARAMY CUSTOM WELDING TIPS 

Laramy Custom Welding Tips are engineered stainless steel tips for all hot-air welding 

requirements. Choose from the most complete selection of tips in the plastics welding 

industry. 

NCT-1 Combination Welding & Tacking Tip -A dual purpose design that eliminates the 

need for separate tips on maintenance and light fabrication work. Cuts the rod at the end of 

the weld. 

NR-1 Universal Round Tip -A tip for tight-corner welding. 

NT-1 Universal Tacking Tip -A tip used exclusively for tacking your plastic together before 

welding. 

WEGENER SPARK TESTERS 

The AC spark testers are typically used for testing the quality of plastic welds. A 

variety of “test kits” are available to suit most applications. AC powered units are also 

available for use within production processes for the automatic testing of porosity in 

non-conductive coatings. A wide assortment of electrodes and accessories are available 

for just about every need. Please contact customer service for assistance in selecting the 

most appropriate tester for your application. 

WEG20 - High frequency spark tester to check welds, joints and surfaces for leaks and 

air holes in tanks and pipes made of plastics or rubber. 

WEG21 - The WEG 21 high frequency spark tester is designed for the detection of fl aws 

or “holidays” in joints or welds, heavy duty glass, rubber or anti-corrosive coatings of 

tanks, pipes, etc. 

4-35 

4

4 

4-36 

WEGENER AIRTHERM HOT AIR WELDING GUN 

Model Airtherm hot air welding gun with self-contained blower. Standard features 

include: electronically controlled temperature system which is adjustable from ambient 

to 1200°F in order to accommodate all types of thermoplastic materials, control board 

with built-in sensor to prevent heating element burn-outs, plug-in type heating element 

for easy replacement, motor brushes can be easily checked or changed without opening 

the gun. 

Includes a 110V/1300W heating element. Suitable for connection to a standard 110V AC 

electrical outlet. Unit is supplied with adaptor nozzle to accommodate WEGENER welding 

tips. Nozzles for overlap welding also available. 

WEGENER DURATHERM HOT AIR WELDING GUN 

Model Duratherm hot air welding gun with electronic output control incorporated in the 

handle to ensure continuous adjustment of the welding air temperature without alteration 

of air volume. 

Standard features include: control board with built-in sensor to prevent heating element 

burn-outs, temperature adjustable from ambient to 1200°F to accommodate all types 

of thermoplastic materials, insulating tube for protection of element, back plate can be 

rotated 360°. 

Includes 120V/1000W heating element. Suitable for connection to blower model DT 1 or 

DT 2. 

AUTOTHERM TEMPERATURE REGULATED WELDING GUN 

The Autotherm is an electronically controlled temperature regulated welding gun for the 

highest quality welding. At the very back of the handle is an adjustment of the welding 

temperature by press buttons and digital display of the actual and set temperature. 

Electrical and thermal infl uences such as power surges, air volume changes and intake air 

temperature variations are automatically compensated for. The electronics quickly adjust 

the set welding temperature to offset any such changes. Features automatic shut-off in 

case of air loss. 

The heating element life is vastly extended since thermal overload is no longer possible. 

The dual wall of the barrel keeps the outside surface cool to a touch. Back plate can be 

rotated 360º. Supplied with a 110V, 800W heating element, the Autotherm is suitable for 

use with clean air blowers model DT 1 or DT 2.

• Power Supply: 120V AC 

• Power Consumption: 1680W MAX 

• Maximum Output: 0.7 Kg/hr (1.5 lbs/hr) 

• Weight: 3 Kg (approx 6.5 lbs) ‘ 

• Length: 19” 

• Rod Size: 4mm (5/32”) 

• Power Supply: 230V Single-Phase 

• Power Consumption: 3960W max. 

• Maximum Output: PE -(5.7 lbs/hr), PP 

-2.2 Kg/hr (4.8lbs/hr) 

• Weight: 5.9 Kg (approx. 13 lbs) 

• Rod Size: PP/PE 3, 4 or 5mm (1/8”, 

5/32”or 3/16”) 

• Power Supply: 230V Single-Phase 

• Power Consumption: 5360W MAX 

• Maximum Output: PE 4.31 Kg/hr (9.5 

lbs/hr), PP 4.08 Kg.hr (9.0 lbs/hr) 

• Weight: 8.9 Kg (approx 20 lbs) excl. 

cable/hose 

• Rod Size: up to 5mm (3/16”) 

• Main Supply: 230V Single-Phase 

• Power Consumption: 5760W MAX 

• Maximum Output: PE 6.2 Kg/hr (13 lbs/ 

hr), PP 5.6 Kg/hr (8.8 lbs/hr) 

• Weight: 9.2 Kg (approx 22 lbs) – excl. 

cable/hose 

• Rod Size: PE/PP 4 or 5mm (5/32” or 

3/16” 

WEGENER EXWELD MINI-F EXTRUSION WELDER 

• Suitable for welding PE and PP up to 3/8” thick (Mini SHF/SHF-C required for UHMW or PVDF) 

• Barrel temperature controlled by state-of-the-art temperature regulator 

• Electronically controlled drive motor with variable welding speed 

• Self-contained preheater eliminates need for external air supply 

• Solid, durable construction 

• Easy to operate 

• Exchangeable PTFE welding shoes can be easily machined to determine weld size and confi guration 

• Optional heavy-duty shipping case available 

WEGENER EXWELD ALPHA2 EC EXTRUSION WELDER 

• Suitable for welding PE, PP, PVDF and other thermoplastic materials 

• Dual channel temperature controller for extrudate and preheat, cold start protection 

• Unmatched relation between welding capacity, weight and price 

• Electronically-controlled drive motor with variable welding speed 

• Patented, trouble-free rod intake system 

• Adjustable preheat extension, solid, durable construction, easy operation 

• Exchangeable PTFE welding shoes can be easily machined to determine weld size and confi guration 

• Optional heavy-duty shipping/transport case with rollers 

• Special model, ALPHA-P with corrosion-resistant components for PVC/CPVC 

WEGENER EXWELD BETA2 EC EXTRUSION WELDER 

• Suitable for welding PE, PP, PVDF and other thermoplastic materials. PVC optional. 

• Temperature controller for extrudate with cold start protection and monitoring of set-point/actual 

temperatures 

• Quick material changeover, lockable drive motor, and multi-position handle 

• Sophisticated extrusion screw and aluminum melting chamber with cartridge/band heating system 

allows for smooth and optimum processing of extrudate 

• Trouble-free rod intake system Distance from end of preheat nozzle and material is fully adjustable 

• Streamline design with solid, durable construction Exchangeable PTFE welding shoes are easily 

machineable to determine weld size and confi guration 

WEGENER EXWELD GAMMA2 EC EXTRUSION WELDER 

• Suitable for welding PE, PP, PVDF and other thermoplastic materials. PVC optional 

• Temperature controller for extrudate with cold start protection and monitoring of set-point/actual 

temperatures 

• Quick material changeover, lockable drive motor, and multi-position handle 

• Sophisticated extrusion screw and aluminum melting chamber with cartridge/band heating system 

allows for smooth and optimum processing of extrudate 

• Patented, trouble-free rod intake system 

• Distance between end of preheat nozzle and base material is fully adjustable 

• Exchangeable PTFE welding shoes are easily machineable to determine weld size and confi guration 

4-37 

4

4 

4-38 

FIBERGLASS THREADED ROD AND NUTS 

Fiberglas threaded rod and and nuts are ideal for applications requiring mechanical fasteners 

that must be strong, non-corrosive and/or non–conductive. They are widely used as a 

replacement for steel or other metal fasteners in chemical process equipment, air pollution 

and water pollution control equipment, marine applications and in applications requiring 

all non–metallic materials. The threaded rod is stocked in 4 foot lengths but is available in 

other lengths by request. 

APPLICATIONS 

• Scrubber units for chlorine plants 

• Marine applications 

• replacement for 316 stainless steel fasteners 

• Applications requiring non-conductivity 

• Wastewater treatment facilities 

• Packaging 

• Chemical manufacturing facilities 

Description 3/8"-16 1/2"-13 5/8"-11 3/4"-10 1"-8 

Threaded Rod Part # UNC-16 UNC-13 UNC-11 UNC-10 UNC-8 

Square Nut Part # UNC-16N UNC-13N UNC-11N UNC-10N UNC-8N 

Threaded Rod Length 4’ 4’ 4’ 4’ 4’ 

Notes: 

Technical information available upon request. 

Features 

• Corrosion resistant 

• Easy to fabricate 

• Structurally strong 

• Low maintenance 

• Non–conductive 

• Can use standard six point socket wrench 

• Color blends with most structural materials

Machined Hex Head Bolts Machined Hex Head Bolts 

Dia. And 

Length (IN) 

PVC Part # Dia. And 

Length (IN) 

PVC Part # 

1/4-20 x 1/2 211100 1/2-13 x 1 211119 

1/4-20 x 3/4 211101 1/2-13 x 1-1/2 211120 

1/4-20 x 1 211102 1/2-13 x 2 211121 

1/4-20 x 1-1/4 2111021 1/2-13 x 2-1/2 211122 

1/4-20 x 1-1/2 211103 1/2-13 x 3 211123 

1/4-20 x 2 211104 1/2-13 x 3-1/2 211124 

1/4-20 x 2-1/2 2111041 1/2-13 x 4 2111241 

1/4-20 x 3 211105 5/8-11 x 1-1/2 211126B 

5/16-18 x 1/2 211108 5/8-11 x 2 211127 

5/16-18 x 3/4 211109 5/8-11 x 2-1/2 211128 

5/16-18 x 1 211110 5/8-11 x 3 211129 

5/16-18 x 1-1/4 2111101 5/8-11 x 3-1/2 2111291 

5/16-18 x 1-1/2 2111102 5/8-11 x 4 211130 

5/16-18 x 2 211111 3/4-10 x 1-1/2 211132A 

5/16-18 x 2-1/2 2111111 3/4-10 x 2 211133 

5/16-18 x 3 211112 3/4-10 x 2-1/2 2111331 

3/8-16 x 1/2 2111121 3/4-10 x 3 211134 

3/8-16 x 3/4 2111122 3/4-10 x 3-1/2 2111341 

3/8-16 x 1 2111123 3/4-10 x 4 211135 

3/8-16 x 1-1/4 2111124 3/4-10 x 4-1/2 2111351 

3/8-16 x 1-1/2 211113 3/4-10 x 5 2111352 

3/8-16 x 2 211114 

3/8-16 x 2-1/2 211114A 

3/8-16 x 3 211115 

PLASTIC BOLTS, NUTS AND WASHERS 

Thermoplastic fasteners can be used in a variety of applications that require 

resistance to chemicals and corrosive environments. When used to join dissimilar 

metal parts, they help eliminate cathodic corrosion problems. Caution 

should be exercised during assembly 

since thermoplastic bolts can break by over-tightening. These fasteners are 

stocked in PVC and CPVC but are also available in polypropylene, Tefl on, 

nylon, Kynar, Lexan, Kel-f and Polyethylene. 

PVC Threaded Rod 

SIZE PVC Part # CPVC Part # PP Part # Nylon Part # 

1/4-20 3001020 3002020 3003020 3004020 

5/16-18 3001018 3002018 3003018 3004018 

3/8-16 3001016 3002016 3003016 3004016 

1/2-13 3001013 3002013 3003013 3004013 

5/8-11 3001011 3002011 3003011 3004011 

3/4-10 3001010 3002010 3003010 3004010 

PVC Machine Hex Nuts and washers 

Size (IN) Nut Part # Washer Part # 

1/4 -20 211401 211301 

5/16 -18 211402 211302 

3/8 -16 211403 211303 

1/2 -13 211404 211304 

5/8 -11 211405 211305 

3/4 -10 211406 211306 

Notes: 

• Technical information available upon request. 

• Bolts, Nuts and Washers also available in sizes 7/8” and 1” in lengths from 1/2” to 6”. 

• PVC and CPVC Rod available in 5 foot lengths, PP and Nylon available in 4 foot lengths. Threaded rods also available in sizes 7/8” and 1”. 

4-39 

4

AQUAMETRIX SHARK 120/240 CONTROLLER 

The Aquametrix Shark 120 and Shark 240 are ideal for pH, ORP, Conductivity/Resistivity 

and Flow. It comes complete with a 1/4 DIN, NEMA 4X, Polycarbonate Enclosure. 

It has a user-friendly design with an interior LCD menu making it quick and 

easy to calibrate. It is able to reduce chemical consumption with cycle timed relays. It 

has two control relays, two 4-20mA outputs with range expandability and High/Low 

alarm relay. The SHARK is designed to be the most fl exible, easy to use, and easy to 

see multi-parameter analyzer/controller on the market. You can select the parameter 

you wish to measure from the easy-to-use LCD menu on the inside front cover. It is 

ideal for a variety of applications including process control, industrial and municipal 

water treatment, industrial and municipal waste treatment and neutralization, fume 

scrubbers, plating, circuit board manufacturing, food and beverage, chemical processing, 

pulp & paper, mining, nuclear energy and pharmaceutical industries. 

AQUAMETRIX SHARK TX/TXP TRANSMITTER 

SHARK TX Transmitters are ideal for pH, ORP, Conductivity, Resistivity and Flow. 

it is constructed of 1/4 DIN, NEMA 4X polycarbonate enclosure. It is powered by 24 

VDC or 24 VDC Loop. It has easy to read 2 X 16 character LCD display and is quick 

and easy to calibrate. It is capable of a single 4-20mA output with range expandability. 

SHARK TX comes complete with a universal mounting kit for surface, panel and 

pipe-mount applications (Panel and DIN rail mounting only for the Shark TXP). It is 

ideal for a variety of applications including process control, industrial and municipal 

water treatment, industrial and municipal waste treatment and neutralization, fume 

scrubbers, plating, circuit board manufacturing, food and beverage, chemical processing, 

pulp & paper, mining, nuclear energy and pharmaceutical industries. 

AQUAMETRIX 2200P CONTROLLER 

The Aquametrix 2200P is back. The simple step-through menu design allows for 

quick & easy setup. It allows for bidirectional control through two control relays with 

independent setpoints for Relay On and Relay Off as well as high/low alarm relay. 

The cycle-time option minimizes chemical overshoot. It accepts P60 Series differential 

pH probes with replaceable salt bridge or standard combination pH probes. 

The output signal is fi eld-scalable for maximum resolution. The test feature allows 

simulation of pH readings to test relay setpoints and analog settings and the password 

protection and watchdog timer provide security. It is extremely easy to operate with 

a large bright LED display and intuitive user interface, the 2200P microprocessorbased 

analyzer/controller is packaged in a NEMA 4X fi berglass reinforced polyester 

enclosure and used in a wide variety of industrial and municipal applications. It is also 

available for conductivity (2200C) and ORP (2200R). 

5-1 

5

5 

5-2 

APPLICATIONS 

• Municipal Water and Sewage Treatment 

• Industrial Waste Water Treatment and Neutralization 

• Plating 

• Food and Beverage Processing and Manufacturing 

• Pulp and Paper 

• Chemical Manufacturing 

• Automotive Manufacturing 

AQUAMETRIX 60 SERIES PH /ORP SENSORS 

The 60 series fi xed insertion differential pH and ORP Sensors are Great Lakes replacement 

probes. They have a built-in amplifi er which allows the 60 series probes to transmit 

a signal up to 3000 feet eliminating the need for the added expense of an amplifi er. They 

have replaceable salt bridges which increase the life and value of the sensor. They come 

complete with a standard 15ft cable but can be supplied with a cable of virtually any 

length. The cable is available in 5 wire or with a two wire 4-20 mA output built-in. Due 

to the quality of this product, the manufacturer offers a 30 month warranty. 

Features 

• Accurate differential measurement 

• Eliminates ground loop interference 

• Transmits up to 3000 ft (900 m) 

• Platinum electrodes are standard 

• Replaceable salt bridge 

• Flow thru or submersible 

• Temperature sensing device in all sensors 

Parameter 

Enhanced 

performance 

Part # Measured Electronics Body Type 

Options 

P-60C-8 pH Standard 5 wire sensor 1-1/2" NPT threaded ends, GLI LCP replacement probe None 

P-60C-4 pH Standard 5 wire sensor GLI 605IP0 replacement (sensor only) None 

P-60C-S pH Standard 5 wire sensor Fixed insertion with sanitary 2-1/2" tri-clover fi tting None 

P-65C-8 pH Two wire transmitter, 4-20mA output 1-1/2" NPT threaded ends, GLI LCP replacement probe None 

P-65C-4 pH Two wire transmitter, 4-20mA output GLI 605IP0 replacement (sensor only) None 

P-65C-4 pH Two wire transmitter, 4-20mA output Fixed insertion with sanitary 2-1/2" tri-clover fi tting None 

P-60C-8-H pH Standard 5 wire sensor 1-1/2" NPT threaded ends, GLI LCP replacement probe Hardened glass 

P-60C-4-H pH Standard 5 wire sensor GLI 605IP0 replacement (sensor only) Hardened glass 

P-60C-S-H pH Standard 5 wire sensor Fixed insertion with sanitary 2-1/2" tri-clover fi tting Hardened glass 

P-65C-8-H pH Two wire transmitter, 4-20mA output 1-1/2" NPT threaded ends, GLI LCP replacement probe Hardened glass 

P-65C-4-H pH Two wire transmitter, 4-20mA output GLI 605IP0 replacement (sensor only) Hardened glass 

P-65C-4-H pH Two wire transmitter, 4-20mA output Fixed insertion with sanitary 2-1/2" tri-clover fi tting Hardened glass 

R-60C-8 ORP Standard 5 wire sensor 1-1/2" NPT threaded ends, GLI LCP replacement probe None 

R-60C-4 ORP Standard 5 wire sensor GLI 605IP0 replacement (sensor only) None 

R-60C-S ORP Standard 5 wire sensor Fixed insertion with sanitary 2-1/2" tri-clover fi tting None 

R-65C-8 ORP Two wire transmitter, 4-20mA output 1-1/2" NPT threaded ends, GLI LCP replacement probe None 

R-65C-4 ORP Two wire transmitter, 4-20mA output GLI 605IP0 replacement (sensor only) None 

R-65C-4 ORP Two wire transmitter, 4-20mA output Fixed insertion with sanitary 2-1/2" tri-clover fi tting None 

R-60C-8-H ORP Standard 5 wire sensor 1-1/2" NPT threaded ends, GLI LCP replacement probe Hardened glass 

R-60C-4-H ORP Standard 5 wire sensor GLI 605IP0 replacement (sensor only) Hardened glass 

R-60C-S-H ORP Standard 5 wire sensor Fixed insertion with sanitary 2-1/2" tri-clover fi tting Hardened glass 

R-65C-8-H ORP Two wire transmitter, 4-20mA output 1-1/2" NPT threaded ends, GLI LCP replacement probe Hardened glass 

R-65C-4-H ORP Two wire transmitter, 4-20mA output GLI 605IP0 replacement (sensor only) Hardened glass 

R-65C-4-H ORP Two wire transmitter, 4-20mA output Fixed insertion with sanitary 2-1/2" tri-clover fi tting Hardened glass 

Notes: 

• Standard cable length is 15 ft (5m) . For other lengths, please specify. 

• Antimony electrode, used in hydrofl oric acid (pH sensors only), add an “A” to the end of the part number. 

• Hardened glass electrodes available, add an “H” to the end of the part number. 

• Flat faced glass electrode are available for S body types only, add an “F” to the end of the part number. 

• Gold electrodes are available for ORP sensors only, add a “G” to the end of the part number.

Applications 



• Plating 





60 SERIES HOT TAP PH /ORP SENSORS 

The 60 series Variable Insertion (Hot Tap) Differential pH and ORP Sensors have a 

built-in pre-amplifi er which allows the 60 series probes to transmit a signal up to 3000 

feet eliminating the need for the added expense of an amplifi er. They have replaceable 

salt bridges which increase the life and value of the sensor. They come complete with a 

standard 15ft cable but can be supplied with a cable of virtually any length. The cable is 

available in 5 wire or with a two wire 4-20 mA output built-in. Due to the quality of this 

product, the manufacturer offers a 30 month warranty. 

Features 


• Transmits up to 3000 ft (900 m) 




• 1-1/4” NPT CPVC compression fi tting 

• Semi fl ushed face 

Parameter 

Enhanced 


Electrode Options 

P-60C-6 pH Standard 5 wire sensor Standard, 7/8" to 5" variable insertion None 

P-60C-7 pH Standard 5 wire sensor Hot Tap, Extended Length, 7/8" to 14" variable insertion None 

P-65C-6 pH Two wire transmitter, 4-20mA output Standard, 7/8" to 5" variable insertion None 

P-65C-7 pH Two wire transmitter, 4-20mA output Hot Tap, Extended Length, 7/8" to 14" variable insertion None 

P-60C-6-H pH Standard 5 wire sensor Standard, 7/8" to 5" variable insertion Hardened glass 

P-60C-7-H pH Standard 5 wire sensor Hot Tap, Extended Length, 7/8" to 14" variable insertion Hardened glass 

P-65C-6-H pH Two wire transmitter, 4-20mA output Standard, 7/8" to 5" variable insertion Hardened glass 

P-65C-7-H pH Two wire transmitter, 4-20mA output Hot Tap, Extended Length, 7/8" to 14" variable insertion Hardened glass 

R-60C-6 ORP Standard 5 wire sensor Standard, 7/8" to 5" variable insertion None 

R-60C-7 ORP Standard 5 wire sensor Hot Tap, Extended Length, 7/8" to 14" variable insertion None 

R-65C-6 ORP Two wire transmitter, 4-20mA output Standard, 7/8" to 5" variable insertion None 

R-65C-7 ORP Two wire transmitter, 4-20mA output Hot Tap, Extended Length, 7/8" to 14" variable insertion None 

R-60C-6-H ORP Standard 5 wire sensor Standard, 7/8" to 5" variable insertion Hardened glass 

R-60C-7-H ORP Standard 5 wire sensor Hot Tap, Extended Length, 7/8" to 14" variable insertion Hardened glass 

R-65C-6-H ORP Two wire transmitter, 4-20mA output Standard, 7/8" to 5" variable insertion Hardened glass 

R-65C-7-H ORP Two wire transmitter, 4-20mA output Hot Tap, Extended Length, 7/8" to 14" variable insertion Hardened glass 

Notes: 


• Flat faced glass electrodes are available for pH sensor only, add an F to the end of the part number. 

• Gold electrode are available for ORP sensor only, add a “G” to the end of the part number. 

• Also available with HTC hot tap assembly which contains a true union ball valve, add an “HTC” to the end of the part number. 

5-3 

5

5 

5-4 

Applications 



• Plating 





AM SERIES HOT TAP PH /ORP SENSORS 

The AM Series - Hot Tap Sensors Differential pH and ORP Sensor have a temperature 

sensing device in all sensors to allow for compensation. They have a built-in 

amplifi er which allows the AM series probes to transmit a signal up to 3000 feet 

eliminating the need for the added expense of an amplifi er. They have replaceable 

salt bridges which increase the life and value of the sensor. They come complete 

with a standard 15ft cable but can be supplied with a cable of virtually any length. 

The cable is available in 5 wire or with a two wire 4-20 mA output built-in. Due 

to the high quality of this product, the manufacturer offers a 30 month warranty. 

Features 


• Built-in pre amplifi er 


• Insertion - Hot Tap 


• Semi fl ushed face 

• 30-month warranty 

Parameter 

Enhanced 

performance 


Options 

AM-60-10 pH 5 wire differential Ball valve insertion sensor None 

AM-64-10 pH Two wire transmitter, 4-20mA differential Ball valve insertion sensor None 

AM-60-70 pH 5 wire differential Ball valve insertion with wiper and process seal sensor None 

AM-64-70 pH Two wire transmitter, 4-20mA differential Ball valve insertion with wiper and process seal sensor None 

AM-20-10 ORP 5 wire differential Ball valve insertion sensor None 

AM-24-10 ORP Two wire transmitter, 4-20mA differential Ball valve insertion sensor None 

AM-20-10 ORP 5 wire differential Ball valve insertion with wiper and process seal sensor None 

AM-24-10 ORP Two wire transmitter, 4-20mA differential Ball valve insertion with wiper and process seal sensor None 

Notes: 


• P0 Standard pH glass electrode is available, add a “P0” to the end of the part number. 

• R0 Standard platinum ORP glass electrode is available, add a R0 to the end of the part number. 

• R1 Gold ORP glass electrodes are available, add a R! to the end of the part number.

Applications 



• Plating 





500 SERIES COMBINATION PH /ORP SENSORS 

The 500 Series Combination pH and ORP probes are inexpensive so they provide exceptional 

value for those non-challenging applications. They come complete with a standard 

10ft cable but can be supplied with a cable of virtually any length. It comes complete with 

tinned wire leads and a single junction. The cable is available in 5 wire or with a two wire 

4-20 mA output built-in. Due to the quality of this product, the manufacturer offers a 1 

year limited warranty. 

Features 

• Inexpensive 

• 10 ft (3.3m) cable length 

• Flow thru or submersion 

• Industrial strength 

• Tinned wire leads 

• Single junction 

• 1 year limited warranty 

Parameter 

Enhanced 

Performance 

Part # Measured Body Type 

Options 

P-525 pH CPVC body, 1/2" MNPT threaded front end None 

P-575 pH CPVC body, 1" MNPT threaded ends None 

P-585 pH Epoxy body, variable insertion - includes 3/4" CPVC compression fi tting None 

R-525 pH CPVC body, 1/2" MNPT threaded front end None 

R-575 pH CPVC body, 1" MNPT threaded ends None 

R-585 pH Epoxy body, variable insertion - includes 3/4" CPVC compression fi tting None 

Notes: 


• For automatic temperature compensation on the pH probes, add a “K” to the end of the part number. 

• BNC For a nMBNC connector, add a “BNC” to the end of the part number. 

• For a GLI Temperature compensation device, PT1000 RTD, add a “1” to the end of the part number. 

• For an AquaMetrix Temperature compensation device, 300 ohm thermister, add a “2” to the end of the part number. 

5-5 

5

5 

5-6 

MS SERIES CONDUCTIVITY SENSORS 

• Epoxy body 

• Fits 3/4” installations 

• Graphite electrodes 


• Automatic temperature compensation 

• Variable insertion 


• Available in cell constant of 0.01(resistivity), 0.05. 0.1, 0.5, 1, 10, 20 and 50 

• Available with mounting options of low temperature (3/4” MNPT CPVC compression 

fi tting), high temperature (3/4” MNPT SS compression fi tting), and extended length cell 

for use with hot tap ball valve MS-HTC, and extended cable length 

• Available with GLI Temperature compensation device, PT1000 RTD or AquaMetrix 

temperature compensation device, 3KΩ thermistor 

• Available with a variety of accessories, contact customer service for more information. 

ES SERIES CONDUCTIVITY SENSORS 

• Electrodeless Conductivity Sensors 

• Polypropylene body 

• Convertible style fi tting 

• Temperature compensation: PT1000 RTD 

• 20 ft (6.6 m) Cable 


• Used in processes where conventional contacting sensors may foul or corrode. 

• Each sensors can be mounted in fl ow through applications or submersion mounted in 

tanks or open vessels. 

8760CLP CHLORINE & PH ANALYZER 

• Unique, new galvanic chlorine sensor, no reagents required 

• Includes two separate loops: total free chlorine and pH 

• Two chlorine readouts: total free chlorine and free available chlorine 

• Displays ppm chlorine, pH, temperature, alarm setpoints, and calibration status 

• Durable NEMA 4X (IP65) enclosure , two 4-20 mA outputs, two 10 amp SPDT relays 

• This is ideal for samples with fl uctuating pH values 

• Temperature compensation is obtained via a temperature sensor in the chlorine sensor. 

• Uses a unique galvanic sensor with a replaceable membrane cartridge that measures 

• Total Free Available Chlorine and Free Available Chlorine. 

• Temperature compensation is automatic or manual. The advantage of the galvanic cell 

is that an absolute zero measurement can be obtained 

• The 8760CLP analyzer has two isolated and assignable 4-20mA outputs, two 10Amp 

SPDT relays, and an RS485 port. 

• Pre-mounted on a panel for ease of installation. 

• Replacement membranes, pH probes and chlorine sensors are also available.

IP80 SERIES PADDLE WHEEL FLOW SENSORS 

• Will fi t 1/2”-8” pipes 

• Sensors are available in brass, 316 stainless steel, PVC, PVDF, and Polypropylene. 

• Choices of materials for compatibility with variety of chemicals 

• Fixed depth in fi tting ensures proper placement in pipe 

• High level signal can be sent up to 2000 feet 

• Six bladed impeller design 

• High-quality jewel bearings and nickel-bound tungsten carbide shafts are used for 

extreme low friction and long life. 

• Each fi tting individually calibrated and marked with K-factor (Pulses per Gallon) 

• Available with Tee or Saddle fi ttings 

IP100 SERIES PADDLE WHEEL FLOW SENSORS 

• Wide fl ow range 

• Pulsed output 

• Single moving part 

• Six bladed impeller 

• Rugged cast aluminum housing 

• Removable jewel bearings & rotor 

• Easy depth adjustment 3” to 48” pipe sizes 

• Available in brass or 316 stainless models to fi t 3” to 48” pipe 

• Installation fi ttings are standard 1-1/2” (101/201) NPT 

• Fittings such as saddles and weldolets are also available 

• EPDM O-rings 

• KYNAR impeller 

• Ruby jewel bearing 

• Tungsten carbide shaft 

SPX SERIES PADDLE WHEEL FLOW SENSORS 

• Accurate at low fl ows 

• Simple and durable 

• Compatible with a variety of chemicals 

• Visual fl ow monitoring 

• Inexpensive 

• Six blade impeller 

• For small pipe sizes (3/8” to 1”) 

• Available in 3/8”, 1/2”, 3/4”, and 1” nominal pipe sizes with female NPT threads 

• They employ jewel bearings to allow for very low minimum fl ow rates and superior 

life. 

5-7 

5

5 

5-8 

3200U ULTRASONIC FLOW/LEVEL MONITOR 

• Displays, transmits, totalizes and controls 

• User friendly, 3 key calibration 

• Password protected 

• Isolated 4-20 mA output 

• Three fully programmable relays 

• Dual digital display and optional data logger 

• Automatic temperature compensation 

• Watertight, dusttight NEMA 4X (IP66) polycarbonate enclosure 

• Sensor ranges from 8 inches to 52 feet 

• Easy set up with preprogrammed sizes for weirs, fl umes, and tanks 

• Panel mount kit must be ordered separately 

• Available with power supply of 100-160 VAC 50/60 Hz (Standard), 180-260 

VAC 50/60 Hz, 24 VDC, 12 VDC (Battery Power) 

• Available with Standard NEMA 4X (IP66) fi berglass enclosure or optional 

CXJ8106 - Explosion proof NEMA 7 enclosure 

• Available with a heater and thermostat as an option for AC models only 

DFM-4.0 DOPPLER FLOW MONITOR 


• Large, 4-digit LCD display 

• 10-Digit Totalizer 



• Isolated 4-20 mA output 

• 3 programmable control relays 

• Optional data logger & intrinsic safety barriers 


• Digital signal processing system 

• RFI rejection fi lters 

• Measure fl ow from outside a pipe. 

• Ideal for “diffi cult liquids” that would damage regular fl ow meters - waste 

water, slurries, sludge, chemicals, viscous liquids and abrasives. 

• There is no obstruction to fl ow and no pressure drop. 

• The standard, strap-on ultrasonic sensor fi ts any pipe 1/2” (12.5 mm) inside 

diameter or larger. 

• Available with power supply of 100-160 VAC 50/60 Hz (Standard), 180-260 

VAC 50/60 Hz, 24 VDC C, 12 VDC (Battery Power) 

• Available with Standard NEMA 4X (IP66) fi berglass enclosure or optional 

CXJ8106 - Explosion proof NEMA 7 enclosure 

• Available with a heater and thermostat as an option for AC models only 

• Available with a variety of sensors.

AVFM-II AREA VELOCITY FLOW LEVEL MONITOR 


• Measures Velocity + Level to calculate Flow 

• Large, 4-digit LCD display 

• 16-Digit Totalizer/Menu/Status 



• 3 Isolated 4-20 mA outputs 

• 2 programmable control relays 

• Optional data logger & intrinsic safety barriers 


• RFI rejection fi lters 

• Measures fl ow in pipes, rectangular, trapezoid and egg-shaped channels 

• Monitors fl ow through open channels, partially full sewer pipes and surcharged 

pipes without a fl ume or weir. 

STINGRAY LEVEL & VELOCITY LOGGER 

• Portable and compact 

• Watertight, airtight, dust proof (IP67) polycarbonate enclosure 

• Runs on 4 alkaline ‘D’ cell batteries 

• Measures level, velocity and temperature in open pipes, channels, partially full 

sewer pipes, and surcharge pipes without a fl ume or weir for extended periods 

• Includes Windows software for Flow analysis and reporting 

• designed for municipal storm water, combined effl uent, raw sewage, irrigation 

water and stream fl ow. 

5-9 

5

5 

5-10 

2200D DISSOLVED OXYGEN CONTROLLER 

• Microprocessor based analyzer & controller for Dissolved Oxygen 

• User-friendly design with menu on the front panel 

• Easy to read with large, bright LED display 

• Quick and easy to calibrate 

• 0 – 20 ppm and 0 – 100% ranges 

• Altitude compensation 

• Membrane perforation alarm 

• Two control relays with adjustable deadband and a third relay for high/low 

alarm 

• NEMA 4X enclosure 

• 0-1 mA and 0-5 VDC non-isolated outputs 

• 4-20 mA isolated output with range expand, cycling on/off control 

• Standard enclosure is surface mount, panel and pipe mounting optional 

• Dissolved oxygen probe P91 sold separately. 

P91 DISSOLVED OXYGEN PROBE 

• Supports up to a 12-foot boom 

• Replaceable sensor 

• Ball fl oat minimizes membrane fouling 

• The sensor consists of a probe (P91) to which is fi tted a cartridge that contains 

a precisely stretched permeable membrane, electrodes and electrolyte (p/n 

P91D) 

• The inexpensive cartridge (P/n P91C) will provide continuous service for 6 to 

12 months and is easily replaced in minutes. 

• The cartridge is supplied hermetically sealed for longer shelf life.

SIGNET 8900 MULTI-PARAMETER CONTROLLER 

The Signet 8900 Multi-Parameter Controller takes the concept of modularity to the extreme. 

Each 8900 is fi eld commissioned with the users specifi ed combination of inputs, 

outputs, and relays using simple-to-install modular boards into the base unit. To assemble 

a controller, there is a choice of two base units offered with a choice of back-lit LCD or 

vacuum fl uorescent display. Then, continue building with a selection of plug-in modules 

for either two, four, or six input channels which accepts any of the Signet sensors listed 

below, and/or other manufacturer’s sensors via a 4 to 20 mA signal converter (Signet 

Model 8058). To complete your unit, choose a power module with universal AC line 

voltage or 12 to 24 VDC ±10%, regulated. Analog output and relay modules are available 

and easily installed. Plus, the 8900 will support up to four additional relays via an 

external relay module. Digital input to the 8900 enables longer cable runs and simplifi ed 

wiring with minimal noise interference. Advanced relay logic allows users to select up to 

3 measurement sources to trigger 1 relay. Derived measurements include difference, sum, 

ratio, percent recovery, percent rejection, percent passage and BTU. 

SIGNET 2724-2726 PH/ORP ELECTRODES 

The Signet 2724-2726 pH and ORP Electrodes features a patented reference electrode 

design and uses the unique foul-proof patented DryLoc® connector. The large area PE 

reference junction and pathway is constructed to increase the total reference effectiveness 

and ensures long service life. 

The robust Ryton® threaded sensor body and choice of fl at pH, bulb pH, or fl at ORP 

sensing elements provides broad range of chemical compatibility for a wide variety of 

applications. There are two optional sensing versions, HF and LC, available. The quick 

temperature response is available in either a PT-1000 or 3KΩ temperature sensor and 

allows compatibility with all Signet pH/ORP instruments. The 2724-2726 electrodes are 

general-purpose sensors ideal for a wide range of applications. The sensors incorporate 

¾” NPT or ISO 7/1 R¾ threads for installing into standard pipe-tees. They can also be 

mounted directly into Signet standard fi ttings. 

SIGNET 2754-2757 PH/ORP ELECTRODES 

The Signet 2754-2757 pH and ORP Electrodes feature a unique foul-proof DryLoc® 

connector with gold-plated contacts designed specifi cally for use with the Signet 2750 

and 2760 Sensor Electronics and preamplifi ers. These dependable and highly responsive 

electrodes feature a large reference chamber volume and intelligent positioning 

of internal elements that combine to extend the service life. The electrodes are offered 

with either fl at or bulb sensing elements. The fl at versions allow sediment and particles 

to sweep past the measurement surface, minimizing the risks of abrasion, breakage and 

coating. The bulb versions can be used for general purpose applications and are also offered 

with a glass or plastic body for use with the 3719 Wet-Tap assembly. 

The choice of a PT-1000 or 3KO temperature sensor allows compatibility with all Signet 

pH/ORP instruments. The 2754-2757 electrodes are the fl agship sensors of the Signet 

pH/ORP product line. They are all-purpose sensors ideal for a wide range of universal 

applications. 

5-11 

5

5 

5-12 

SIGNET 2819-2823 CONDUCTIVITY ELECTRODES 

Signet 2819-2823 Conductivity/Resistivity Electrodes are designed to provide versatile 

installation and accurate sensing across a very broad dynamic range. These electrodes are 

built with a controlled surface fi nish to ensure accuracy and repeatability. The standard 

electrode is constructed 316 SS or Titanium, but there are other materials available for 

maximum chemical compatibility. Reversible threads or sanitary fl anges allow for maximum 

installation versatility. Sanitary fl ange versions are available with an optional NIST 

Traceability Certifi cate to meet USP requirements. Coupled with Signet patented measuring 

circuitry, a three decade measurement range is achieved without the need for troublesome 

electrode platinization. A platinum RTD (PT1000) located within the electrode 

allows optimal temperature sensing. 

2850 CONDUCTIVITY SENSOR 

The Signet 2850 Conductivity/Resistivity Sensor Electronics are available in various 

confi gurations for maximum installation fl exibility. The universal mount version is for 

pipe, wall, or tank mounting and enables single or dual (digital versions only) inputs 

using any standard Signet conductivity / resistivity sensor. The threaded j-box version 

can be used with these same Signet sensors for submersible sensor mounting. It is also 

available as a combined integral system confi guration for in-line mounting and includes 

a conductivity electrode in a choice of 0.01, 0.1, 1.0, or 10.0 cm-1 cell constants. 

The 2850 is ideal for applications with a conductivity range of 0.055 to 400,000 μS or a 

resistivity range of 18.2 MΩ to 10 kΩ. All 2850 units are available with a choice of 

two outputs, digital (S3L) or 4 to 20 mA. The digital (S3L) output version allows for up 

to six sensor inputs directly into the Signet 8900 Multi-Parameter Controller. The twowire 

4 to 20 mA output version is available with eight 4 to 20 mA output ranges for each 

electrode cell constant. 

SIGNET 8450 PRESSURE TRANSMITTER 

The Signet 8450 Pressure Transmitter is a unique instrument that offers local or remote 

display with current and relay outputs. This model offers exceptional repeatability and 

accuracy over a wide operating pressure range. The instrument is available in fi eld and 

panel mount confi gurations, single or dual channel input and is equipped with a 4 to 20 

mA output, fully scaleable and reversible for each input channel. 

Confi gurations include open collector outputs or relays with status indicators for process 

control or alarming. The unit also has the ability to accept other sensors with 4 to 20 mA 

output, via the Signet 8058 Signal Converter. The chemical resistant NEMA 4X/IP65 

front face is found in both the highly visible fi eld mount or black panel mount instrument, 

both featuring a self healing window, a standard ¼ DIN cutout and large push 

buttons for easy navigation. Programming capabilities are available for single point 

calibration, setting of relays and outputs, and output simulation function for complete 

system testing.

SIGNET 2450 PRESSURE SENSOR 

The 2450 Pressure Sensor has a onepiece injection molded PVDF body and ceramic 

diaphragm for superior compatibility in corrosive liquids. Three pressure versions allow 

for optimal resolution matched to your sensing needs. Solid state circuitry eliminates 

drift (no internal potentiometers). Built-in temperature compensation provides outstanding 

accuracy over wide temperature ranges. 

These sensors are available with a proprietary digital output (S3L), or fi eld scaleable 4 to 

20 mA output. Dual threaded ends allow submersion in process vessels, or in-line installation 

with conduit connection. Integral adapters (sold separately) may be used to create 

a compact assembly with a fi eld mount version of the Signet 8250 

Level or 8450 Pressure Transmitter. 

SIGNET 8350 TEMPERATURE TRANSMITTERS 

The Signet 8350 Temperature Transmitter offers local or remote display with current and 

relay outputs. This model offers exceptional repeatability and accuracy over a wide operating 

temperature range. Confi gurations include open collector outputs or mechanical 

relays with status indicators for process control or alarming. The unit also has the ability 

to accept other temperature sensors which have 4 to 20 mA output via the Signet 8058 

Signal Converter. 

The chemical resistant NEMA 4X/IP65 front face is found on both the highly visible 

fi eld mount or black panel mount instruments with a self-healing window and a standard 

1/4 DIN cutout. Dual input version allows difference calculation (ΔT) and offers cost 

savings with independent dual outputs. All models offer an output simulation function 

for complete system testing. 

SIGNET 2350 TEMPERATURE SENSOR 

The Signet 2350 Temperature Sensor has a one piece injection molded PVDF body that 

is ideal for use in high purity applications. It also outlasts metal sensors in aggressive liquids 

and eliminates the need for costly custom thermowells. These sensors are available 

with a proprietary digital output (S3L) or fi eld-scaleable 4 to 20 mA output. 

Dual threaded ends (¾ in. NPT) allow submersion in process vessels, or in-line installation 

with conduit connection. An integral adapter kit (sold separately) may be used to 

create a compact assembly with fi eld mount versions of the Signet 8350 Temperature 

Transmitter. 

5-13 

5

5 

5-14 

SIGNET 8250 LEVEL TRANSMITTER 

Signet 8250 Level Transmitters are compatible with the Signet 2250 Level sensor and 

2450 Pressure Sensor. The instrument is available in fi eld and panel mount confi gurations, 

single or dual-channel input and equipped with one 4 to 20 mA output, fully 

scaleable and reversible for each input channel. The unit also features two relays, plus 

the ability to support two additional externally mounted relays (for a total of four). Relay 

operation is selectable for High, Low, Window or Off, and includes fully adjustable hysteresis 

and trigger time delay. 

The unit also has the ability to accept other level sensors with 4 to 20 mA output via the 

Signet 8058 Signal Converter. Automatic level-to-volume conversion allows display and 

control of tank volume and/or level in units such as gallons, kilograms, feet or meters. 

Simply enter the dimensions of your tank or vessel, and the instrument will calculate 

volume from the level measurement. 

SIGNET 2250 HYDROSTRATIC LEVEL SENSOR 

The Signet 2250 Hydrostatic Level Sensor for level and depth control has a one-piece 

injection molded PVDF body and ceramic diaphragm for superior compatibility in 

corrosive liquids. Utilizing hydrostatic pressure, the 2250 disregards false level signals 

from steam vapors, foam or any other debris on the liquid surface. Two pressure ranges 

allow for optimal resolution matched to your sensing needs. Solid state circuitry eliminates 

drift (no internal potentiometers) 

Built-in temperature compensation provides outstanding accuracy over wide temperature 

ranges. These sensors are available with a proprietary digital output (S3L), or 4 to 20 mA 

output. The extended cable and capillary tubing with the union connection and a customer 

supplied conduit, allow submersion in process vessels. 

Fabco carries a complete line of Signet 

Flow sensors including: 

• 515 Paddlewheel Rotor-X Flow Sensor 

• 2536 Paddlewheel Rotor-X Flow Sensor 

• 2537 Rotor-X Paddlewheel Flowmeter 

• 3519 Flow Wet-Tap Valve 

• 525 Metalex Flow Sensor 

• 2000 Micro Flow Sensor 

• 2100 Turbine Flow Sensor 

• 2507 Mini Flow Sensor 

• 2517 Brass Paddlewheel Flow Sensor 

SIGNET FLOW SENSORS 

• 2540 High Performance Flow Sensor 

• 2551 Magmeter Flow Sensor 

• 2552 Metal Magmeter Flow Sensor 

• 7000/7001 Vortex Flow Sensor 

• 8150 Battery Powered Flow Totalizer 

• 8550 ProcessPro® Flow Transmitter 

• 5075 ProPoint® Totalizing Flow Monitor 

• 5090 ProPoint® Sensor Flow Monitor 

• 5500 ProPoint® Flow Monitor 

• 5600 ProPoint® Batch Controller

FLOWLINE ECHOPOD 

The Flowline EchoPod is an innovative level sensor that replaces fl oats, conductance and 

pressure sensors that fail due to dirty, sticking and scaling media in small tanks 49.2” 

(1.25m) or less. EchoPod, a general purpose sensor, combines non-contact switch, controller 

and transmitter capabilities in one multi-function sensor. Combining 4 relays, 4-20 

mA output and pump/valve control in one small sensor allows EchoPod to be your total 

solution. Maintenance free, EchoPod reduces tank system hardware through simplicity 

and consolidation. Additionally, EchoPod is well suited for corrosive and dirty applications 

with its non-metallic housing and transducer. EchoPod provides a total solution for 

fl uid handling and automation. The time to “Think Small and Win Big” is now, and it’s 

with EchoPod. It incorporates WebCal, an innovative PC user inter-face that provides 

fast and accurate confi guration of your EchoPod. The EchoPod enclosure is made of 

fl ame retardant Polycarbonate (PC/ABS FR). The transducer (black bottom) is made of 

Polyvinylidene Fluoride (PVDF) for maximum corrosion resistance. it is available with 

metric or imperial thread and with or without computer connection FOB. 

FLOWLINE ECHOSAFE 

The Flowline EchoSafe is an ultrasonic level transmitter designed for hazardous applications, 

where an agency certifi ed sensor is needed. A 2-wire (loop-powered) ultrasonic 

level transmitter that provides non-contact level measurement up to 10 m (32.8’) in 

hazardous (classifi ed) bulk storage, day tank, waste treatment and sump applications, 

and is well suited for challenging corrosive, slurry or waste media. EchoSafe utilizes 

Flowline’s patented digital surface processing (DSP) technology, enabling surface imaging 

that provides adaptive technology for obstructions that may enter the beam column. 

This allows for greater dependability and accuracy in installations where obstructions 

below the sensor can’t be avoided. It features accuracy of +/- 0.2% span in air, measurement 

range from 8” to 32.8’ , narrow beam diameter and minimum dead band. It is ideal 

for municipal water treatment, fuel oil storage, petrochemical refi nery, industrial waste 

treatment, bio-diesel process monitoring, chemical storage tanks, pharmaceutical and 

laboratory waste storage. 

FLOWLINE ECHOTOUCH 

The Flowline EchoTouch is offered in CSA and Cenelec approved intrinsically safe or 

general purpose confi gurations. The two-wire ultrasonic transmitter provides noncontact 

level measurement up to 18’ or 5.4m, and is ideally suited for challenging corrosive, 

slurry or waste liquids. The transmitter is typically selected for atmospheric bulk storage, 

day tank and waste sump applications located within a classifi ed hazardous area. Media 

examples include diesel fuel and hydrochloric acid. The transmitter is calibrated in less 

than a minute using the LCD display, 4-button interface and intuitive calibration menu. 

All user set points are held in non-volatile memory. In the event of acoustic signal loss, 

the transmitter will hold the current output at the user designated safe state. It is available 

in either metric or imperial mount thread. 

5-15 

5

5 

5-16 

FLOWLINE ECHOSPAN 

This general purpose two-wire ultrasonic transmitter provides non-contact level measurement 

up to 32’ or 10m, and is ideally suited for challenging ultrapure, corrosive or 

waste liquids. Push button calibrated, the transmitter is broadly selected for atmospheric 

bulk storage, day tank and waste sump applications. Media examples include wastewater 

and sodium hydroxide. Setup is fast and simple with push button calibration and LCD 

display. Features include three measurement ranges up to 10m, 2” transducer, 6-segment 

LCD display indicating level in inch or centimeter values, 7.6 cm minimum beam width 

for applications with restricted space, selectable display indicating level in air gap or 

liquid height, and PVC/ABS enclosure rated NEMA 4X with rugged PVDF transducer. 

It is available with either metric or imperial mounting thread. 

FLOWLINE ECHOSWITCH II 

This general purpose ultrasonic switch and controller provides non-contact level detection 

up to 24.6’ (7.5 m) with 3 SPDT 60 VA 1A relays. EchoSwitch II features digital 

push button confi guration, eliminating target calibration. Each relay can be confi gured 

on a single set point to control pumps, valves or alarms. In addition, all 3 relays can be 

simplexed, duplexed or triplexed. EchoSwitch II now features an integrated timer with 

pump/valve delay and timed pump alternation. The switch is well suited for a broad 

range of corrosive, waste and slurry type media. EchoSwitch II is broadly selected for 

atmospheric day tanks, pump lift stations and waste sump applications. It features noncontact 

level detection with integral 3-channel relay control, simple digital push button 

confi guration, pump simplex, duplex and triplex options. It is available in 2.5m (8.2’) or 

7.5m (24.6’) range with metric or imperial mount thread. It is constructed of a polycarbonate 

NEMA 4X rated enclosure with a rugged PVDF transducer. 

FLOWLINE CONTACT LEVEL SENSORS 

Flowline contact sensors are available in buoyancy, ultrasonic, and vibration form. They 

are intrinsically safe for use in general purpose or hazardous applications, these switches 

are broadly applied in chemical, waste, hydrocarbon and petroleum based liquids. Media 

examples include sulfuric acid, diesel fuel and wastewater. These submersible sensors 

are universally mounted through the wall or inside the tank. They are available in a variety 

of corrosion resistant materials making them suitable for a wide variety of applications 

and fl uids.

Part # Material 

FC-MT-1 CPVC/POLYPRO Mini-Stat Switch 

FC-KMT-1 PVDF Mini-Stat Switch 

FC-MTMB Mounting Bracket 

FC-MTR-6 6" Extension with coupling 

MINI-MAX LEVEL CONTROL 

MINI-MAX will control high or low levels of most all liquids. It is designed for use in 

corrosive atmospheres. This controller is ideal for high or low level alarm service and is 

compact and easy to install requiring no adjustments. The MINI-MAX is constructed of 

PVC with a Polyethylene fl oat and contains a built-in mounting adapter and conduit connector. 

It is rated at 20 Amps, 115/120 VAC. it is available to open/contact on rising (Part 

# FC-MM-MR) or to close/break on rising (Part # FC-MM-BR) 

FILTERCHEM MINI-STAT LEVEL CONTROL 

The Mini-Stat is an all plastic miniature level limit control. It is compact and uses mnimum 

space. It is available in a CPVC/PP combination as well as an all PVDF design. 

The CPVC/PP product is ideal for applications up to 200°F and the PVDF version is 

ideal for applications up to 285°F. The height is adjustable by means of an extension 

pipe and mounting bracket. It requires a 115 VAC - 20 Amp service and comes complete 

with 3 feet of wire. A water-tight conduit should be used on all installations. The 

Mini-Stat uses a magnetically actuated single pole, double throw switch. The Mini-Stat 

can be used in the following modes: Switch opens when fl oat rises and closes when fl oat 

falls. Switch closes when fl oat rises and opens when fl oat falls. One switch opens when 

fl oat rises and one switch closes when fl oat rises. 

FILTERCHEM LEVEL & PUMP CONTROLS 

Our compact, easy-mounting Flow-Control level is designed for trouble-free handling of corrosive liquids. 

The polypropylene tube and fl oat operate without metallic contact or electric current in solution. Flow- 

Control will maintain high-low liquid levels in your tanks, empty sumps when full, and fi ll tanks automatically. 

Other uses include actuating pumps, triggering solenoid valves, plus turning off heaters if fl uid is 

lost from tanks. High or low level alarms or secondary pump starts are also available for any model. Conduit 

connection is standard. Prevention of running pumps dry is a great cost saving for most companies. 

Part # Load Material 

FC-LLC-120P 115V to 20 Amps. (1 HP. or under) POLYPRO 

FC-LLC-24P 24 VAC (1 HP. or under) POLYPRO 

FC-LLC-120HT 115V to 20 Amps. (1 H.P. or under) CPVC 

FC-LLC-24HT 24 VAC (1 HP. or under) CPVC 

FC-LLC-120K 115V to 20 Amps. (1 H.P. or under) PVDF 

FC-LLC-24K 24 VAC (1 HP. or under) PVDF 

5-17 

5

5 

5-18 

HANNA HI504 PH/ORP CONTROLLER 

HI 504 introduces an innovative means of pH and ORP control which enhances the 

entire line of process controllers. This technology supplies the means to control, from 

any distance and in real time, one or more installations, allowing the user to optimize 

operations such as maintenance cycles. RS485 and Windows® compatible software 

provides for two-way communication where the user can control the complete regulation 

process from the convenience of a PC or through his cellular phone with SMS. A battery 

of self-diagnostic and troubleshooting functions, such as our innovative “sensor check” 

feature, guarantees reliability. Any type of industrial probe with a BNC connector can be 

used with this controller. The exclusive fail-safe alarm system protects against problems 

caused by power supply failure or signal interruption. HI 504 Process Controller Series 

complies with the production standards required by the Underwriters Laboratories (UL). 

It is available with single setpoint, dual setpoint, single setpoint & advanced cleaning, or 

dual setpoint & advanced cleaning. It is available with single or dual analog output. It is 

available with 115VAC, 230 VAC and 100VAC power supply. 

HANNA HI700 EC CONTROLLER 

The HI 700 series of regulators offer state-of-the-art specifi cations for your process control. 

They can be confi gured for ON/OFF, Proportional, PI or PID control. They can be 

customized to best fi t your application. A menu-driven display aids the user throughout 

the operations with running messages and clear prompts. All relevant parameters can be 

simply adjusted and will remain memorized until overwritten. Bright LED’s show the 

current status even from a distance. With self-diagnostic features and extractable terminals, 

installation and maintenance are rapid and simple. Password protection guarantees 

that the calibration and predetermined parameters cannot be altered unnecessarily. The 

controllers can operate with 4-ring probe or 4-20 mA signal. They accept probes with or 

without a built-in Pt100 temperature sensor. HI 710 monitors and controls both conductivity 

and TDS. It is available with 115VAC or 230 VAC power supply. 

HANNA PH, ORP, FREE/TOTAL CHLORINE ANALYSER 

The PCA 310 series of analyzers check chlorine levels in applications such as pools and 

spas, drinking water and infl uent and effl uent discharge of water to ensure public safety, 

prevent waste and protect the environment by reducing over dosage. Features include 

alarms that can be set for chlorine control, parameters that can be sent through SMS, 

large graphical display with backlight, user-friendly interface, and it can store up to 3500 

pieces of data, that can be displayed or downloaded to a PC. PCA 320 also measures pH 

and temperature. PCA330 also measures pH, temperature and ORP.

Notes: 

• For the sensor type of pH electrodes specify 1 for LT series(-10 to 80°C / 23 to 156°F; 0 to 

12 pH), 2 for GP series (General Purpose), 3 for HT series (0 to 100°C / 32 to 212°F; 0 to 

14 pH) and 4 for HF (Fluoride-resistant) 

• For the sensor type of ORP electrodes specify 1 for Platinum and 2 for Gold. 

• Available with BNC connector, wire direct connection, BNC + Pt100 temperature sensor, 

direct wire + Pt 100 temperature sensor, BNC + Pt 1000 temperature sensor, direct wire + 

Pt1000 temperature sensor, BNC connector, amplifi ed, and BNC + Pt 100 sensor, amplifi ed 

• Available cable length include 5, 10, 15 m for non-amplifi ed electrodes and 15, 25, 50, 75 

m for amplifi ed electrodes 

HANNA INDUSTRIAL PROBES 

HANNA instruments® presents a new series of combination pH and ORP electrodes, 

including more than 300 models, incorporating over 20 years of electrode 

manufacturing experience. The most advanced feature of this series is the electrode 

shape with fl at tip, which virtually eliminates deposits that can foul the 

electrode, signifi cantly reducing necessary maintenance. This characteristic 

makes fl at tip electrodes ideal for continuous in-line monitoring, and with solutions 

containing aggressive chemicals. The PVDF body offers a higher level of 

mechanical and temperature resistance. Moreover, the PVDF material is nontoxic 

and compatible with food applications. Each pH and ORP electrode is provided 

with an internal matching pin that can avoid typical problems caused by 

grounding loop current, such as, progressive damage of the electrode, fl uctuating 

measurements, and poor process regulation 

HANNA POCKET TESTERS 

With these powerful waterproof testers, you can easily measure pH, EC/TDS, 

temperature, and ORP. These instruments feature replaceable electrode technology 

and stainless steel temperature probes for faster, more precise measurements. 

The EC/TDS meters have graphite probes for fast response and contamination 

resistance. At startup, each tester performs a self check then displays the 

remaining battery level assuring proper working condition. A stability indicator 

tells you when to take the reading and a hold button freezes the display for easy 

and accurate recording. All information is displayed on a redesigned LCD 

that gives you the complete picture at a glance. Features include Replaceable 

Electrodes, Rejuvenating pH Junctions, Contamination Resistance, and Close 

Proximity Temperature Probe. 

Model Number HI 98120 HI 98121 HI 98127 HI 98128 HI 98129 HI 98130 HI 98311 HI 98312 

measures ORP pH/ORP pHep®4 pHep®5 Combo pH/EC Combo DiST®5 DiST®6 

pH 2.0-16.0 2.00 - 16.00 2.00-16.00 0.00 - 14.00 0.00 - 14.00 

EC 0 to 3999 μS/cm 0.00 to 20.00 mS/cm 0 to 3999 μS/cm 0.00 to 20.00 mS/cm 

TDS 0 to 2000 ppm 0.00 to 10.00 ppt 0 to 2000 ppm 0.00 to 10.00 ppt 

ORP ±1000 mV ±1000 mV 

Part # Measures Junction 

HI1006 pH PTFE 

HI1016 pH Ceramic 

HI1026 pH Open 

HI2004 ORP PTFE 

HI2014 ORP Ceramic 

HI2024 ORP Open 

Temp. 0.0 to 60.0°C 0.0 to 60.0°C 0.0 to 60.0°C 0.0 to 60.0°C 0.0 to 60.0°C 0.0 to 60.0°C 0.0 to 60.0°C 0.0 to 60.0°C 

Battery Life (hrs) 300 250 300 300 100 100 100 100 

5-19 

5

5 

5-20 

HANNA MULTI PARAMETER METER 

The HANNA HI 98280 multiparameter portable meter with GPS receiver monitors 

up to 13 different water quality parameters (6 measured, 7 calculated) including 

pH, ORP, conductivity, temperature, DO and many more. Measurements 

from specifi c locations are tracked with detailed coordinate information that can 

be viewed immediately on the display. GPS information can be transferred to a 

PC using HANNA’s HI 929828 software. GPS information can also be viewed 

by GPS mapping software such as Google maps. Clicking on visited locations 

using mapping software such as Google Maps displays measurement information. 

The built-in 12 channel GPS receiver and antenna guarantees a position accuracy 

of 30 ft (10 m). For measuring points within a 30 ft range or where GPS 

signals are not available, HI 98280’s Fast Tracker is invaluable for associating 

measurements with their locations. HANNA’s exclusive Fast Tracker—Tag 

I.D. System monitors and records data using iButton®s that can be installed at 

any number of sampling sites. The HI 98280 has a graphic, backlit display that 

automatically sizes the digits to fi t the screen and allows full confi guration of 

each parameter measured along with on-screen graphing capability. The meter 

incorporates comprehensive GLP features and the downloading of data via USB 

connection. Each parameter is supported by on-screen context sensitive help, 

both in the calibration mode and during measurement. Designed for outdoor 

environments, the meter is impact resistant and waterproof. 

CALIBRATION AND BUFFER SOLUTIONS 

Calibration and buffer solutions are available for ph, ORP, sodium, sodium chloride, 

total dissolved solids EC, fl uoride, conductivity, dissolved Oxygen in 20 ml pouches 

as well as 230 ml and 460 ml bottles. A wide variety of electrode cleaning solutions 

are also available.

Part # Pipe Size GPM LPM 

Flow 

Direction 

U-30150P 1-1/2” 20 to 100 75 to 375 UP 

D-30150P 1-1/2” 20 to 100 75 to 375 DOWN 

U-30150PR 1-1/2” 9 to 30 30 to 120 UP 

D-30150PR 1-1/2” 9 to 30 30 to 120 DOWN 

U-30200P 2” 40 to 150 150 to 550 UP 

D-30200P 2” 40 to 150 150 to 550 DOWN 

U-30200PR 2” 18 to 70 70 to 280 UP 

D-30200PR 2” 18 to 70 70 to 280 DOWN 

F300 - PITOT TUBE ACRYLIC FLOWMETERS 

The F-300 series fl owmeter has been a pool industry standard for more than 30 years. 

It is also well suited to irrigation and municipal water system applications. The F-300 series 

has a tough, one piece machined acrylic meter body, 316 SS or Tefl on fl oat, permanent screen 

printed scale, and a calibrated pitot tube. Standard F-300 series fl owmeters are designed to 

mount on a horizontal pipe, however, should your system lack the room required for this 

type of installation, the D & U (downstream or upstream fl ow) series, for vertical mount, is 

offered. 

Part # Pipe Size GPM LPM 

F-30100T 1” 5 to 35 20 to 160 

F-30100TR 1” 2 to 10 8 to 38 

F-30125T 1 1/4 15 to 75 60 to 280 

F-30125TR 1 1/4" 5 to 35 30 to 130 

F-30150T 1 1/2 20 to 100 75 to 375 

F-30150TR 1 1/2" 9 to 30 30 to 110 

F-30200T 2” 40 to 150 150 to 550 

F-30200TR 2” 15 to 70 60 to 260 

F-30250T 2-1/2” 60 to 240 225 to 900 

F-30300T 3” 80 to 300 300 to 1125 

F-30300TR 3” 40 to 140 160 to 520 

F-30400T 4” 125 to 500 550 to 2000 

F-30600T 6” 250 to 1050 900 to 3900 

F-30800T 8” 500 to 1900 2000 to 7200 

5-21 

5

5 

5-22 

F-400N MACHINED ACRYLIC TUBE FLOWMETER 

Features 

• Tough machined acrylic meter body, highly polished to a clear fi nish. 

• Direct reading permanent scale and 316 stainless steel or Hastelloy rod guided fl oats. 

• White back refl ector for easy reading. 

• F/NPT adapters with Viton o-ring seals and aluminum “stress ring” thread supports. 

• 316 stainless steel or Hastelloy rod guided fl oats and white back for easy reading. 

• Acceptable in direct sunlight applications 

• Maximum pressure drop: 2 PSI and approximate shipping wt: 0.5 lbs (0.23 kg) 

For Liquid 

Range 

Adapter 

Size Adapter Float 

Part # Range (GPM) (LPM) ( F/NPT) Material Material 

316 SS Guide Rod material 

F-40250LN-4 0.025 to 0.250 0.1 to 1.0 1/4” PVC PVC 

F-40250LN-6 0.025 to 0.250 0.1 to 1.0 3/8” PP PVC 

F-40050LN-4 0.050 to 0.500 0.2 to 2.0 1/4” PVC 316 SS 

F-40050LN-6 0.050 to 0.500 0.2 to 2.0 3/8” PP 316 SS 

F-40375LN-6 0.1 to 1.0 0.4 to 4.0 3/8” PP PVC 

F-40375LN-8 0.1 to 1.0 0.4 to 4.0 1/2” PP PVC 

F-40376LN-6 0.2 to 2.0 1.0 to 7.5 3/8” PP 316 SS 

F-40376LN-8 0.2 to 2.0 1.0 to 7.5 1/2” PP 316 SS 

F-40377LN-6 0.3 to 3.0 1.5 to 11 3/8” PP 316 SS 

F-40377LN-8 0.3 to 3.0 1.5 to 11 1/2” PP 316 SS 

F-40500LN-6 0.5 to 5.0 2.0 to 20 3/8” PP 316 SS 

F-40500LN-8 0.5 to 5.0 2.0 to 20 1/2” PP 316 SS 

Hastelloy Guide Rod Material 

F-40250LK-4 0.025 to 0.250 0.1 to 1.0 1/4” PVC PVC 

F-40250LK-6 0.025 to 0.250 0.1 to 1.0 3/8” PP PVC 

F-40050LK-4 0.050 to 0.500 0.2 to 2.0 1/4” PVC Hastelloy 

F-40050LK-6 0.050 to 0.500 0.2 to 2.0 3/8” PP Hastelloy 

F-40375LK-6 0.1 to 1.0 0.4 to 4.0 3/8” PP PVC 

F-40375LK-8 0.1 to 1.0 0.4 to 4.0 1/2” PP PVC 



F-40377LK-6 0.3 to 3.0 1.5 to 11 3/8” PP Hastelloy 




Materials of Construction 

Meter Body: Cast Acrylic Rod\Adapters: Polypropylene or 

PVC (varies per model) 

O-ring seals:Viton (optional EPDM) 

Float:Standard Series, 316SS or PVC (varies per model) 

K- Series, Hastelloy or PVC (varies per model) 

Guide Rod: Standard Series, 316SS and K- Series, Hastelloy 

Specifi cations 

Max. working pressure: 150 PSI (10.3 bar) @ 70 °F (21 °C) 

Max. Fluid Temperature: 

Polypropylene adapters: 150 °F (65 °C) @ 0 PSI 

PVC adapters and fl oats: 120 °F (49 °C) @ 0 PSI 

Full scale accuracy: +/- 5% 

Calibration fl uid: water with specifi c gravity of 1.0 

Scale length: 4” (100mm) 

For Air 

Range Range 

Adapter 


Part # (SCFM) (CMPH) ( F/NPT) Material Material 

F-40250GN-4 0.20 to 2.0 0.4 to 3.2 1/4” PVC PVC 

F-40250GN-6 0.20 to 2.0 0.4 to 3.2 3/8” PP PVC 

F-40376GN-6 0.75 to 7.5 1.0 to 10 3/8” PP 316 SS 

F-40376GN-8 0.75 to 7.5 1.0 to 10 1/2” PP 316 SS 

F-40377GN-6 1.0 to 12 2.0 to 20 3/8” PP 316 SS 

F-40377GN-8 1.0 to 12 2.0 to 20 1/2” PP 316 SS 

F-40500GN-6 2.0 to 20 4.0 to 34 3/8” PP 316 SS 

F-40500GN-8 2.0 to 20 4.0 to 34 1/2” PP 316 SS 


F-40500LK-8 0.5 to 5.0 2.0 to 20 1/2” PP Hastelloy


Features 


• Direct reading permanent scale. 


• F/NPT adapters with Viton o-ring seals and aluminum “stress ring” thread supports. 

• 316 stainless steel or Hastelloy rod guided fl oats. 

• Acceptable in direct sunlight applications. 


Meter Body: Cast Acrylic Rod 

Adapters: Polypropylene 

Guide Rod Holder: Polypropylene 

O-ring seals: Viton (optional EPDM) 

Float: Standard Series is 316SS and K- Series, Hastelloy 


For Liquid 

Range 

Adapter 


Part # 

316 SS Guide Rod 

Range (GPM) (LPM) ( F/NPT) Material Material 

F-40750LN-12 1 to 10 4 to 38 3/4” PP 316 SS 

F-40750LN-16 1 to 10 4 to 38 1” PP 316 SS 

F-41017LN-12 1 to 17 4 to 64 3/4” PP 316 SS 

F-41017LN-16 1 to 17 4 to 64 1” PP 316 SS 

F-41000LN-12 2 to 20 8 to 80 3/4” PP 316 SS 

F-41000LN-16 2 to 20 8 to 80 1” PP 316 SS 

Hastelloy Guide Rod 

F-40750LK-12 1 to 10 4 to 38 3/4” PP Hastelloy 

F-40750LK-16 1 to 10 4 to 38 1” PP Hastelloy 

F-41017LK-12 1 to 17 4 to 64 3/4” PP Hastelloy 

F-41017LK-16 1 to 17 4 to 64 1” PP Hastelloy 

F-41000LK-12 2 to 20 8 to 80 3/4” PP Hastelloy 

F-41000LK-16 2 to 20 8 to 80 1” PP Hastelloy 



Max. Fluid Temperature: 150 °F (65 °C) @ 0 PSI 


Calibration fl uid: Water with specifi c gravity of 1.0 


Maximum pressure drop: 2 PSI 

Approximate shipping wt: 2 lb. (.91 kg) 

For Air 

Range Range 

Adapter 


Part # (SCFM) (CMPH) ( F/NPT) Material Material 

F-40750GN-12 4 to 45 8 to 80 3/4” PP 316 SS 

F-40750GN-16 4 to 45 8 to 80 1” PP 316 SS 

F-41017GN-12 5 to 75 10 to 125 3/4” PP 316 SS 

F-41017GN-16 5 to 75 10 to 125 1” PP 316 SS 

F-41000GN-12 10 to 80 20 to 140 3/4” PP 316 SS 

F-41000GN-16 10 to 80 20 to 140 1” PP 316 SS 

F-40500GN-8 2.0 to 20 4.0 to 34 1/2” PP 316 SS 



5-23 

5

5 

5-24 


Features 


• Direct reading permanent scale with white back refl ector for easy reading. 

• 1” F/NPT or 1-1/2” M/NPT adapters with high grade Viton o-ring seals . 


• Acceptable in direct sunlight applications. 



Adapters: PVC 

Guide Rod Holder: Polysulfone 

O-ring seals:Viton (optional EPDM) 

Float: Standard Series, 316SS and K-Series, Hastelloy 


For Liquid 

Range Adapter Size Adapter Float 



F-42025LN-16 5 to 25 20 to 100 1” F/NPT PVC 316 SS 

F-42025LN 5 to 25 20 to 100 1-1/2” M/NPT PVC 316 SS 





Hastelloy Guide Rod material 

F-42025LK-16 5 to 25 20 to 100 1” F/NPT PVC 316 SS 

F-42025LK 5 to 25 20 to 100 1-1/2” M/NPT PVC 316 SS 









Calibration fl uid: Water with specifi c gravity of 1.0 



Approximate shipping wt: 2 lb. (.91 kg)


Features 




• 1-1/2” or 2” F/NPT adapters with high grade Viton O-ring seals and aluminum “stress 

ring” thread supports. 


• Acceptable for direct sunlight applications. 



Adapters: PVC 



Float:Standard Series, 316SS and K-Series, Hastelloy 


For Liquid 

Range Adapter Size Adapter Float 



F-43040LNS 4 to 40 15 to 150 2” PVC 316 SS 

F-43040LNS-24 4 to 40 15 to 150 1-1/2” PVC 316 SS 



F-43080LNS 8 to 80 30 to 300 2” PVC 316 SS 

F-43080LNS-24 8 to 80 30 to 300 1-1/2” PVC 316 SS 



Hastelloy Guide Rod material 

F-43040LNK 4 to 40 15 to 150 2” PVC Hastelloy 

F-43040LNK-24 4 to 40 15 to 150 1-1/2” PVC Hastelloy 



F-43080LNK 8 to 80 30 to 300 2” PVC Hastelloy 

F-43080LNK-24 8 to 80 30 to 300 1-1/2” PVC Hastelloy 










Approximate shipping wt: 6 lb. (2.7 kg) 

5-25 

5

5 

5-26 


Temperature: 200°F/93°C @ 0 pressure 

Pressure: 250 psig/17.2 Bar @70°F/21°C 

Full scale accuracy: ± 5% 

Meter Body material: Machined acrylic 

Adapter material: Polypropylene 

O-rings: Viton 

Float material: #316 SS 

Approximate shipping wt.: 0.2 lbs. (.907 kg.) 

F-550 MACHINED ACRYLIC BLOCK FLOWMETER 

Features 

• Durable, highly polished, one piece meter body. 

• 316 Stainless steel fl oats and fl oat guides. 

• Sturdy adapters with Viton® O-ring seals. 

• Bulkhead nuts attach directly to inside panel. 

• Separate mounting screws are not required. 

• Adjustable Flow Control Valve (F-550A only) easy to disassemble. No special tools. 

required, ALL FIELD REPLACEABLE. 

• Acceptable for direct sunlight applications. 

For Liquid 

Range Adapter Size Float Float 


F-55250L 0.025 to 0.250 0.1 to 1 1/4” M/NPT #316 SS 

F-55375L 0.1 to 1 0.4 to 4 3/8” M/NPT #316 SS 316 SS 

F-55376L 0.2 to 2 0.75 to 7.5 3/8” M/NPT #316 SS 316 SS 

F-55500L 0.5 to 5 2 to 20 1/2” M/NPT #316 SS 316 SS 

F-55750L 1 to 10 4 to 40 3/4” M/NPT #316 SS 316 SS 

F-55005L 1 to 5 3 to 18 1” M/NPT Tefl on 316 SS 

F-55010L 1 to 10 4 to 40 1” M/NPT #316 SS 316 SS 

F-55015L 1 to 15 5 to 60 1” M/NPT #316 SS 316 SS 

F-55200L 2 to 20 7.5 to 75 1" M/NPT #316 SS 316 SS 


For Air 

Range Adapter Size Float mate- Adapter Float 

Part # (SCFM) ( F/NPT) rial material material 

F-55250G 0.1 to 1.2 1/4” M/NPT #316 SS 

F-55375G 0.5 to 4.5 3/8” M/NPT #316 SS PVC 316 SS 

F-55376G 1 to 7 3/8” M/NPT #316 SS PVC 316 SS 

F-55500G 2 to 20 1/2” M/NPT #316 SS PVC 316 SS 

F-55750G 4 to 45 3/4” M/NPT #316 SS PVC 316 SS


Meter Body: Polysulfone 

Adapters: 

Standard Series: Polysulfone M/NPT 

Solarmeter Series: Brass F/NPT, M/NPT, or Sweat 



Union Nuts (non wetted): 

Standard Series: Polysulfone 

Solarmeter Series: Anodized Aluminum 

Float: 316SS, PVC or Tefl on (varies per model) 


Pipe 

M/NPT 

Range 

(GPM) 

F-440 POLYSULFONE FLOWMETER 

Features 

• Polysulfone meter body resists high temperatures and pressures. 

• Compact size for tight installation spaces. 

• 316SS or Hastelloy rod guided fl oat. 

• Union connections for easy installation and maintenance. 


Range 

(LPM) 

Float 

Material 

For Liquid 


Max. working pressure:150 PSI (10.3 bar) @ 70 °F (21 °C) 

Max. fl uid temperature: 

Standard units: 212 °F (100 °C) @ 0 PSI 

Units with PVC fl oats: 130 °F (54 °C) @ 0 PSI 

Solarmeter units: 240 °F (115 °C) @ 0 PSI 

Full scale accuracy:+/- 5% 



Environment: Not for direct sunlight exposure. 


Approximate shipping wt: 0.5 lbs (0.23 kg) 

In-Line Mount 

Part # 

Panel Mount 

Part # 

Panel Mount Adjustable 

Part # 


3/8” .025 to .250 0.1 to 1.0 PVC F-44250LH-6 F-44250LHE-6 F-44250LEA-6 

1/2” .025 to .250 0.1 to 1.0 PVC F-44250LH-8 F-44250LHE-8 F-44250LEA-8 

3/8” 0.1 to 1.0 0.4 to 4.0 316 SS F-44375LH-6 F-44375LHE-6 F-44375LEA-6 









3/8” .025 to .250 0.1 to 1.0 PVC F-44250LHK-6 F-44250LHKE-6 F-44250LKEA-6 

1/2” .025 to .250 0.1 to 1.0 PVC F-44250LHK-8 F-44250LHKE-8 F-44250LKEA-8 

3/8” 0.1 to 1.0 0.4 to 4.0 Tefl on F-44375LHK-6 F-44375LHKE-6 F-44375LKEA-6 

1/2” 0.1 to 1.0 0.4 to 4.0 Tefl on F-44375LHK-8 F-44375LHKE-8 F-44375LKEA-8 

3/8” 0.2 to 2.0 0.75 to 7.5 Hastelloy F-44376LHK-6 F-44376LHKE-6 F-44376LKEA-6 






5-27 

5

5 

5-28 


Meter Body: Polysulfone 

Adapters: 

Standard Series: Polysulfone F/NPT or M/NPT 

Solarmeter Series: Brass M/NPT or Sweat 



Union Nuts (non wetted): 

Standard Series: Polysulfone 

Solarmeter Series: Anodized Aluminum 

Guide Rod: 

Standard Series: 16SS 

K- Series: Hastelloy 

F-450 POLYSULFONE FLOWMETER 

Features 

• Polysulfone meter body resists high temperatures and pressures. 

• Taller size for easier reading. 

• 316SS or Hastelloy rod guided fl oat. 

• Union connections for easy installation and maintenance. 


For Liquid 



Max. fl uid temperature: 

Standard units: 212 °F (100 °C) @ 0 PSI 

Solarmeter units: 240 °F (115 °C) @ 0 PSI 


Calibration fl uid: water, specifi c gravity 1.0 


Environment: Not for direct sunlight exposure. 


Approximate shipping wt: 0.5 lb. (.23 kg) 

Also available in 1”, 1 1/2”, and 2” sizes 

Pipe Size Range (GPM) Range (LPM) Float Material In-Line Mount Part # Panel Mount Part # 

Panel Mount 

Adjustable Part # 

3/8” F/NPT 0.1 to 1.0 0.4 to 4.0 Tefl on 


F-45375LHN-6 F-45375LHNE-6 F-45375LEA-6 

1/2” M/NPT 0.1 to 1.0 0.4 to 4.0 Tefl on F-45375LHN-8 F-45375LHNE-8 F-45375LEA-8 

3/8” F/NPT 0.2 to 2.0 1.0 to 7.5 316 SS F-45376LHN-6 F-45376LHNE-6 F-45376LEA-6 

1/2” M/NPT 0.2 to 2.0 1.0 to 7.5 316 SS F-45376LHN-8 F-45376LHNE-8 F-45376LEA-8 

3/8” F/NPT 0.5 to 5.0 2.0 to 20.0 316 SS F-45500LHN-6 F-45500LHNE-6 F-45500LEA-6 




3/8” F/NPT 0.1 to 1.0 0.4 to 4.0 Tefl on 


F-45375LHKN-6 F-45375LHKNE-6 F-45375LKEA-6 

1/2” M/NPT 0.1 to 1.0 0.4 to 4.0 Tefl on F-45375LHKN-8 F-45375LHKNE-8 F-45375LKEA-8 

3/8” F/NPT 0.2 to 2.0 1.0 to 7.5 Hastelloy F-45376LHKN-6 F-45376LHKNE-6 F-45376LKEA-6 

1/2” M/NPT 0.2 to 2.0 1.0 to 7.5 Hastelloy F-45376LHKN-8 F-45376LHKNE-8 F-45376LKEA-8 

3/8” F/NPT 0.5 to 5.0 2.0 to 20.0 Hastelloy F-45500LHKN-6 F-45500LHKNE-6 F-45500LKEA-6 



Pipe Size Range SCFM Range 

CMPH 

For Air 

Float Material In-Line Mount 

Part # 

Panel Mount 

Part # 

Panel Mount 

Adjustable Part # 

3/8” F/NPT 1.0 to 12.0 2.0 to 20.0 316 SS F-45376GHN-6 F-45376GHNE-6 F-45376GEA-6 

1/2” M/NPT 1.0 to 12.0 2.0 to 20.0 316 SS F-45376GHN-8 F-45376GHNE-8 F-45376GEA-8 

3/4” M/NPT 4.0 to 48.0 8.0 to 80.0 316 SS F-45750GHN-12 F-45750GHNE-12 F-45750GEA-12



Pipe fi tting body: Polypropylene (PVDF optional) 

Adapter Connections: Polypropylene, PVDF, or PVC-U 

Unions: Anodized Aluminum 

Sensor, paddlewheel, axle: PVDF 

Sensor O-ring seals: Viton (optional EPDM) 

Enclosure: ABS 

Pipe Size 

F/NPT 

F-1000 DIGITAL PADDLEWHEEL FLOWMETER 

F1000 with Machined In-line Fitting 

Features 

• High accuracy digital paddlewheel technology with very low pressure drop. 

• 3/8”, 1/2”, 3/4”, 1”, 1-1/2”, and 2” female pipe threads. 

• Flow rate from .4 to 300 GPM 

• Tamper proof factory programming and the total reset function can be disabled. 

• Easy to read 6 digit LCD display, up to 4 decimal places. 

• Battery operated (2 AAA batteries included). 

Flow Ranfge 

(GPM) Rate Only Part # Total Only Part # 

For Liquid 

Rate and Total 

Part # 


Max. working pressure: 300 PSI (20 bar) @ 70 °F (21 °C) 

Max. fl uid temperature: 200 °F (93 °C) @ 0 PSI (for PP, 

PVDF adapters) and 140 F (60 C) 

@ 0 PSI (for PVC-U adapters) 

Max. ambient temperature: 14 to 110 °F / -10 to 43 °C 


Power requirement: 2 AAA batteries (included) 

Enclosure: NEMA 4X (IP56) 

Maximum pressure drop: 8 PSI (0.5 bar) 

Approximate shipping wt: 5 lbs (2.3 kg) 

Flow Range 

LPM Rate Only Part # Total Only Part # 


Part # 

Models with Polypropylene Pipe Fitting material 

3/8” .8 to 8 RB-375PI-GPM1 TB-375PI-GPM1 RT-375PI-GPM1 3 to 30 RB-375PI-LPM1 TB-375PI-LPM1 RT-375PI-LPM1 


1/2” 2 to 20 RB-500PI-GPM1 TB-500PI-GPM1 RT-500PI-GPM1 7 to 70 RB-500PI-LPM1 TB-500PI-LPM1 RT-500PI-LPM1 


3/4” 4 to 40 RB-750PI-GPM1 TB-750PI-GPM1 RT-750PI-GPM1 15 to 150 RB-750PI-LPM1 TB-750PI-LPM1 RT-750PI-LPM1 


1” 6 to 60 RB-100PI-GPM1 TB-100PI-GPM1 RT-100PI-GPM1 25 to 250 RB-100PI-LPM1 TB-100PI-LPM1 RT-100PI-LPM1 


1-1/2” 15 to 150 RB-150PI-GPM1 TB-150PI-GPM1 RT-150PI-GPM1 60 to 600 RB-150PI-LPM1 TB-150PI-LPM1 RT-150PI-LPM1 











5-29 

5

5 

5-30 



Pipe fi tting: Polypropylene (options: PVDF) 




Pipe Size 

F/NPT 

Flow Range 

(GPM) Rate Only Part # Total Only Part # 


F1000 with Molded In-line Fitting 

Features 

• High accuracy digital paddlewheel technology. 

• 3/8”, 1/2”, 3/4”, 1”, 1-1/2”, and 2” male pipe threads. 

• Flow rate from .4 to 200 GPM 

• Tamper proof factory programming and very low pressure drop. 

• Easy to read 6 digit LCD display, up to 4 decimal places. 

• Battery operated (2 AAA batteries included). 

• The total reset function can be disabled. 

For Liquid 


Part # 



Max. fl uid temperature: 200 °F (93 °C) @ 0 PSI 

Max. ambient temperature: 14 to 110 °F/ -10 to 43 °C 




Maximum pressure drop: 8 PSI (varies per model) 


Flow Range 

LPM Rate Only Part # Total Only Part # 


Part # 

Models with Polypropylene Pipe Fitting material 

3/8” .8 to 8 RB-375MI-GPM1 TB-375MI-GPM1 RT-375MI-GPM1 3 to 30 RB-375MI-LPM1 TB-375MI-LPM1 RT-375MI-LPM1 


1/2” 2 to 20 RB-500MI-GPM1 TB-500MI-GPM1 RT-500MI-GPM1 7 to 70 RB-500MI-LPM1 TB-500MI-LPM1 RT-500MI-LPM1 


3/4” 3 to 30 RB-750MI-GPM1 TB-750MI-GPM1 RT-750MI-GPM1 11 to 110 RB-750MI-LPM1 TB-750MI-LPM1 RT-750MI-LPM1 


1” 5 to 50 RB-100MI-GPM1 TB-100MI-GPM1 RT-100MI-GPM1 20 to 200 RB-100MI-LPM1 TB-100MI-LPM1 RT-100MI-LPM1 


1-1/2” 4 to 40 RB-150MI-GPM1 TB-150MI-GPM1 RT-150MI-GPM1 15 to 150 RB-150MI-LPM1 TB-150MI-LPM1 RT-150MI-LPM1 










2” 2 to 20 RB-200PI-GPM6 TB-200PI-GPM6 RT-200PI-GPM6 7 to 70 RB-200PI-LPM6 TB-200PI-LPM6 RT-200PI-LPM6


Pipe fi tting body: Polypropylene (options: PVDF) 

Pipe fi tting adapters: Polypropylene (options: PVDF, PVC) 

Union Nuts: Anodized Aluminum 



Pipe 

Size 

F/NPT 

Flow 

Range 

(GPM) 


Display Part # 


F2000 with Machined In-line Fitting 

Features 


• 3/8”, 1/2”, 3/4”, 1”, 1-1/2”, and 2” female pipe threads. 

• Flow rate from .4 to 300 GPM (1 to 1000 LPM) 

• Rate and total fl ow display with very low pressure drop. 

• Optional Process Control alarm or batch processing relay. 

• Optional 4-20mA or 0-10VDC output with front panel security lock-out. 

• Large, 8 digit LCD display, up to 4 decimal places. 

• Total reset function can be disabled and is fi eld programmable. 

Analog Output 

Part # 

Process Control 

Part # 

For Liquid 






Power requirement: 16-24VDC 

Model RT units only: 4 AA batteries or AC/DC transformer 

Signal Distance: AC sine wave sensor = 200 ft (60 m) 

Optional Hall Effect sensor = 1 mile (1.6 km) 

Signal Cable: 3 conductor shielded. Included 25 ft. (7.6 m) 

Max pressure drop: 8 PSI (varies per model) 


Flow 

Range 

LPM 

115v AC Models with Polypropylene Pipe Fitting 



Analog Output 

Part # 


Part # 

3/8” .8 to 8 RTP138PG1GM1 AOP138M1GM1 PCP138M1GM1 3 to 30 RTP138M1LM1 AOP138M1LM1 PCP138M1LM1 


1/2” 2 to 20 RTP150PG1GM1 AOP150M1GM1 PCP150M1GM1 7 to 70 RTP150M1LM1 AOP150M1LM1 PCP150M1LM1 


3/4” 3 to 30 RTP175PG1GM1 AOP175M1GM1 PCP175M1GM1 11 to 110 RTP175M1LM1 AOP175M1LM1 PCP175M1LM1 


1” 5 to 50 RTP110PG1GM1 AOP110M1GM1 PCP110M1GM1 20 to 200 RTP110M1LM1 AOP110M1LM1 PCP110M1LM1 


1-1/2” 4 to 40 RTP115PG1GM1 AOP115M1GM1 PCP115M1GM1 15 to 150 RTP115M1LM1 AOP115M1LM1 PCP115M1LM1 












5-31 

5

5 

5-32 



Pipe fi tting: Polypropylene (options: PVDF) 




Pipe Size 

F/NPT 

Flow Range 

(GPM) 




F2000 with Molded In-line Fitting 

Features 


• 3/8”, 1/2”, 3/4”, 1”, 1-1/2”, and 2” male pipe threads. 

• Flow rate from .4 to 200 GPM (1 to 700 LPM) 

• Rate and total fl ow display, front panel security lock-out, and fi eld programmable. 

• Optional Process Control alarm or batch processing relay. 

• Optional 4-20mA or 0-10VDC output. 

• Large, 8 digit LCD display, up to 4 decimal places. 

• Remote mount display on panel, pipe or wall. 

• Very low pressure drop and front panel security lock-out. 

• Total reset function can be disabled. 

Analog Output 

Part # 

For Liquid 


Part # 








Maximum pressure drop: 8 PSI (varies per model) 


Flow Range 

LPM 



Analog Output 

Part # 


Part # 

115v AC Models with Polypropylene Pipe Fitting 

3/8” .8 to 8 RTP138M1GM1 AOP138M1GM1 PCP138M1GM1 3 to 30 RTP138M1LM1 AOP138M1LM1 PCP138M1LM1 


1/2” 2 to 20 RTP150M1GM1 AOP150M1GM1 PCP150M1GM1 7 to 70 RTP150M1LM1 AOP150M1LM1 PCP150M1LM1 


3/4” 3 to 30 RTP175M1GM1 AOP175M1GM1 PCP175M1GM1 11 to 110 RTP175M1LM1 AOP175M1LM1 PCP175M1LM1 


1” 5 to 50 RTP110M1GM1 AOP110M1GM1 PCP110M1GM1 20 to 200 RTP110M1LM1 AOP110M1LM1 PCP110M1LM1 


1-1/2” 4 to 40 RTP115M1GM1 AOP115M1GM1 PCP115M1GM1 15 to 150 RTP115M1LM1 AOP115M1LM1 PCP115M1LM1 










2” 2 to 20 RB-200PI-GPM6 TB-200PI-GPM6 RT-200PI-GPM6 7 to 70 RB-200PI-LPM6 TB-200PI-LPM6 RT-200PI-LPM6


Max. Working Pressure: 

PVC lens: 130 psig (9 bar) @ 70 °F (21 °C) 

PVDF lens: 150 psig (10 bar) @ 70 °F (21 °C) 

Max. Fluid Temperature: 

PVC lens, F/NPT connectors: 130 °F (54 °C) @ 0 PSI 

PVDF lens, tubing connectors:200 °F (93 °C) @ 0 PSI 

MICRO-FLO DIGITAL FLOWMETER 

Features 


• 1/8” F/NPT, 1/4” F/NPT, 1/4”OD Tubing & 3/8”OD Tubing sizes. 

• 6 digit LCD, up to 4 decimal positions and displays both rate of fl ow and total fl ow. 

• Volumetric fi eld calibration programming system. 

• Non-volatile programming and accumulated fl ow memory. 

• Total reset function can be disabled. 

• Clear PVC viewing lens or PVDF chemical resistant lens. 

• 4 model variations: FS (Sensor mounted display), FP (Panel mounted display includes 25’ cable), FV (No display. Sensor only. 5vdc 

current sinking output), and FX (No electronic sensor. Visual indicator only.) 

• Open collector alarm setpoint. 

• User selectable or custom programmable scale factors. 

• Flow units: Gallons, Liters, Ounces, milliliters and time units: Minutes, Hours, Days 

• Weather resistant Valox PBT enclosure. NEMA 4X 

Operating Flow 

Range (oz/min) 

Operating 

Flow Range 

(ml/min) 

Sensor Mount 

Part # 

For Liquid 

Panel Mount 

Part # 

115V Models with 1/4” F/NPT connections and clear PVC lens 


Input Power requirement: 9 - 28 VDC (Optional AC/DC transformers) 

available 

Sensor type: Infra-red light beam 

Sensor only output: 5V DC digital square wave (3-wire) 

Sensor output cable: 3-wire shielded cable, 6ft 

Enclosure: NEMA type 4X, (IP56) 

Sensor Only 

Part # Indicator Only Part # 

1 to 10 30 to 300 FS1-100-7V FP1-100-7V FV1-100-7V FX-100-7V 

3.5 to 35 100 to 1000 FS1-200-7V FP1-200-7V FV1-200-7V FX-200-7V 




















Body, Paddle, Axle material: 

PVDF 

Connector material: F/NPT is 

PVC and tubing is PVDF 

Viewing lens material option: 

Clear see through: PVC 

Opaque chemical resistant: 

PVDF 

O-ring seals: Viton (Optional 

EPDM) 

Compression seal to pump: 

PVC 

5-33 

5

5 

5-34 

UNI-SPRAY HEADERS 

Using all the components available, Uni-Spray is able to design and build a full array 

of headers to meet your needs. Whether your header is 1-1/2” diameter or 8”, we have 

the parts and components to build exactly the header you need. Whether you require 

saddles, quick disconnects on the ends or multiple outlets, our design is user friendly and 

maintainable. Building headers out of all of the current materials allows us to provide 

you with a quality product at competitive prices. Custom header systems from Uni-Spray 

are available in PVC, CPVC, Polypropylene, PVDF, Black Iron and various grades of 

Stainless steel. This ability allows us to evaluate your system requirements and provide 

the system that suits your needs the best. Using our custom design form will allow you to 

give us the needed information to generate a quote for your requirements. 

UNI-SPRAY RISERS 

With Uni-Sprays track record of building quality custom riser systems you know your 

system has the capabilities to perform at its peak effi ciency. Uni-Spray’s designs make 

use of their full compliment of components to create a functional yet cost effective wash 

system. Our ability to bend and form riser pipes in a number of materials allows us to 

eliminate a number of fi ttings during construction. This also makes a system that works 

effi ciently with the pumping system. 

Custom riser systems from Uni-Spray are available in PVC, CPVC, Polypropylene, 

PVDF, Black Iron and various grades of Stainless steel. This ability allows us to evaluate 

your system requirements and provide the system that suits your needs the best. From 

our listing of basic designs select the confi guration that best represents your system or 

your plan. We can then send you a work sheet that allows you to fi ll in the pertinent 

details for quoting purposes 

UNI-SPRAY RISER SUPPORTS 

Riser supports are a value added component when setting up a pipe system that can be 

fully maintained. Each riser support is color coded for pipe size and supplied with stai 

less steel hardware for mounting. The supports, available in the standard design as well 

as the new mini, can also be confi gured with either a single or a double spring format and 

in either polypropylene or PVDF. These brackets create a solid support structure for the 

pipe and yet, with a simple fl ip of the spring the pie is free for fast removal.

UNI-SPRAY NOZZLES 

Uni-Spray Nozzles are injection molded from custom blended polypropylene, a 

cost effective material that is corrosion and heat resistant and is impervious to 

most chemicals. The Uni-Mix Tip design resists clogging and buildup due to its 

smooth shape and low coecient of friction. A wide variety of Uni-Spray Clamp- 

On Nozzles are available to suit your application and are colour coded for easy 

identication (see table below). All nozzles are available with a Single Spring or 

an optional Double Spring conguration for pressures over 60 psi (4.0 bar). All of 

the nozzles are available in three spigot sizes to t 21/32”, 9/16” or 19mm 

diameter holes in the riser. 

Features: 

• Injection molded from custom blended polypropylene 

• Standard with Single Spring Clamp 

• Optional Double Spring Clamps for pressures over 60 psi 

• Directional adjustment of nozzle tip anywhere within 45° 

• Tips available in Full Cone, Hollow Cone or Flat Spray 

• Tips available with threaded ball Connection in 1/8, 1/4, 3/8 and 

1/2 inch NPT or BSP threads 

• Nozzle bodies available in three spigot sizes to t either 21/32”, 

9/16” or 19mm diameter holes on the riser. 

Capacity (US) GPM at PSI Spray Angle 

Nozzle Tip Tip 

Spray 

10 20 30 

Item # Part Number Colour 

Pattern 5 10 15 20 30 35 40 60 psi psi psi 

026 UNI 0030QC DK Green 0° Spray 2.83 4 4.9 5.6 6.9 7.5 8 9.8 0° 0° 0° 

027 UNI 1550QC Pink 15° Flat Spray 1.7 2.5 3 3.5 4.3 4.7 5 6.1 14° 15° 15° 

028 UNI 50100QC Gray 50° Flat Spray 3.5 5 6.1 7 8.7 9.5 10 12.2 44° 49° 50° 

029 UNI 5070QC Blue 50° Flat Spray 2.5 3.5 4.3 4.9 6.1 6.6 7 8.6 44° 49° 50° 

030 UNI 5060QC Orange 50° Flat Spray 2.1 3 3.7 4.2 5.2 5.6 6 7.3 44° 48° 50° 

031 UNI 5050QC Pink 50° Flat Spray 1.8 2.5 3.1 3.5 4.3 4.7 5 6.1 44° 48° 50° 

032 UNI 65100QC Lt Green 65° Flat Spray 3.5 5 6.1 7 8.7 9.5 10 12.2 54° 60° 65° 

033 UNI 6570QC Red 65° Flat Spray 2.5 3.5 4.3 4.9 6.1 6.6 7 8.6 54° 60° 65° 

034 UNI 6560QC Green 65° Flat Spray 2.1 3 3.7 4.2 5.2 5.6 6 7.3 54° 60° 65° 

035 UNI 6550QC Red 65° Flat Spray 1.8 2.5 3.1 3.5 4.3 4.7 5 6.1 54° 60° 65° 

036 UNI 6540QC Yellow 65° Flat Spray 1.4 2 2.5 2.8 3.5 3.8 4 4.9 54° 60° 65° 

037 UNI 6530QC Purple 65° Flat Spray 1.1 1.5 1.8 2.1 2.6 2.8 3 3.7 54° 60° 65° 

038 UNI 8070QC Beige 80° Flat Spray 2.5 3.5 4.3 4.9 6.1 6.6 7 8.6 75° 78° 80° 

039 UNI 8040QC Beige 80° Flat Spray 1.4 2 2.4 2.8 35 3.8 4 4.9 75° 78° 80° 

040 UNI 8020QC Yellow 80° Flat Spray 0.7 1 1.2 1.4 1.7 1.8 2 2.5 65° 70° 80° 

041 UNI 8010QC Black 80° Flat Spray 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.9 1 1 1.2 65° 70° 80° 

042 UNI 8006QC Lt Green 80° Flat Spray 0.2 0.3 0.37 0.4 0.5 0.55 0.6 0.65 65° 70° 80° 

043 UNI 9540QC Black 95° Flat Spray 1.4 2 2.4 2.8 3.4 3.7 4 4.9 85° 90° 95° 

044 UNI 9530QC Grey 95° Flat Spray 1 1.5 1.8 2.1 2.6 2.8 3 3.7 85° 90° 95° 

45 UNI 9503QC Orange 95° Fine Mist 0.1 0.15 0.18 0.2 0.26 0.28 0.3 0.37 85° 90° 95° 

046 UNI 12010QC Grey 120° Flat Spray 0.3 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.9 0.95 1 1.2 100° 120° 120° 

047 UNI 12070QC Black 120° Flat Spray 2.5 3.5 4.3 4.9 6.1 6.6 7 8.6 100° 120° 120° 

048 UNI 29HCQC DK Green Hollow Cone 2 2.9 3.5 4.1 5.1 5.5 5.9 7.2 50° 50° 50° 

049 UNI 50HCQQC Black Hollow Cone 3.5 5 6 7.1 8.6 9.3 10 12.2 65° 65° 65° 

5-35 

5

APPLICATIONS 

WEBSTER S SERIES IMMERSIBLE PUMPS 

These rugged, chemical duty pumps are available in CPVC (Corzan®), fi berglass reinforced 

Polypropylene, and PVDF. Precision moulded, dynamically balanced, “enclosed” 

impellers allow pumping of abrasive solutions and operating against closed discharge 

valves. The pump is quickly and easily serviced since the body stays in-line while the 

pump core is removed. Optimum chemical resistance is provided with your choice of 

CPVC (Corzan®) or Fiberglass Reinforced Polypropylene construction. Washdown and 

Explosion-proof motors are available as well as inlet screens & extended shafts. Viton® 

“O” ring end cover seal allows for mounting in liquid, or with inlet extension. 

• Pumping for aeration, agitation, 

fi ltration, recirculation, spraying, 

transfer in the following industries: 

• Plating 

• Electronics 

• Photo processing 

• Pollution control 


• Water treatment 

(FNPT) (MNPT) 

Item Number Material H.P. Volts Phase Suction Discharge 

1S1GX0008 CPVC 1/15 115 1 3/4" 1/2" 

1S2GX0008 CPVC 1/3 115/230 1 1" 3/4" 

1S2HX0008 CPVC 1/3 208-230/575 3 1" 3/4" 

1S4GX0008 CPVC 1/2 115/230 1 1 1/4" 1" 

1S4HX0008 CPVC 3/4 208-230/575 3 1 1/4" 1" 

1S5GX0008 CPVC 3/4 115/230 1 1 1/4" 1" 

1SS6GX008 CPVC 3/4 115/230 1 1 1/2" 1 1/4" 

1SS6HX008 CPVC 3/4 208-230/575 3 1 1/2" 1 1/4" 

1S5HX0008 CPVC 1 208-230/575 3 1 1/4" 1" 

1SS7GX008 CPVC 1 115/230 1 1 1/2" 1 1/4" 

1SS7HX008 CPVC 1 208-230/575 3 1 1/2" 1 1/4" 

1S8GX0008 CPVC 1 1/2 115/230 1 1 1/2" 1 1/4" 

1S8HX0008 CPVC 1 1/2 208-230/575 3 1 1/2" 1 1/4" 

1S1GX0006 PP 1/15 115 1 3/4" 1/2" 

1 S2GX0003 FRPP 1/3 115/230 1 1" 3/4" 

1 S2HX0003 FRPP 1/3 208-230/575 3 1" 3/4" 

1S4GX0003 FRPP 1/2 115/230 1 1 1/4" 1" 

1S5GX0003 FRPP 3/4 115/230 1 1 1/4" 1" 

1SS6GX003 FRPP 3/4 115/230 1 1 1/2" 1 1/4" 

Features 

• Seal-less vertical pump 

• Virtually maintenance-free 

• HP: 1/15, 1/3, 1/2, 3/4, 1 and 1-1/2 

• Two-Year Warranty 

• No metal in contact with fl uid being pumped 

• Seal-less design eliminates leaking, costly seal replacement 

and down time 

• Non-overloading, continuous duty totally enclosed motors 

• Tefl on® fume barrier protects motor end bell & bearings 

from corrosion caused by vapor or fumes 

(FNPT) (MNPT) 


1SS6HX003 FRPP 3/4 208-230/575 3 1 1/2" 1 1/4" 

1S4HX0003 FRPP 3/4 208-230/575 3 1 1/4" 1" 

1SS7GX003 FRPP 1 115/230 1 1 1/2" 1 1/4" 

1SS7HX003 FRPP 1 208-230/575 3 1 1/2" 1 1/4" 

1S5HX0003 FRPP 1 208-230/575 3 1 1/4" 1" 

1S8GX0003 FRPP 1 1/2 115/230 1 1 1/2" 1 1/4" 

1S8HX0003 FRPP 1 1/2 208-230/575 3 1 1/2" 1 1/4" 

1S1GX0009 PVDF 1/15 115 1 3/4" 1/2" 

1S2GX0009 PVDF 1/3 115/230 1 1" 3/4" 

1 S2HX0009 PVDF 1/3 208-230/575 3 1" 3/4" 

1S4GX0009 PVDF 1/2 115/230 1 1 1/4" 1" 

1S5GX0009 PVDF 3/4 115/230 1 1 1/4" 1" 

1SS6GX009 PVDF 3/4 115/230 1 1 1/2" 1 1/4" 

1SS6HX009 PVDF 3/4 208-230/460 3 1 1/2" 1 1/4" 

1S4HX0009 PVDF 3/4 208-230/460 3 1 1/4" 1" 

1SS7GX009 PVDF 1 115/230 1 1 1/2" 1 1/4" 

1S5HX0009 PVDF 1 208-230/575 3 1 1/4" 1" 

1S8GX0009 PVDF 1 1/2 115/230 1 1 1/2" 1 1/4" 

1S8HX0009 PVDF 1 1/2 208-230/575 3 1 1/2" 1 1/4" 

1SS7HX009 PVDF 1 1/2 208-230/575 3 1 1/2" 1 1/4" 

6-1 

6

6 

6-2 

APPLICATIONS 

• Pumping for aeration, agitation, 

fi ltration, spraying, transfer in the 

following industries: 





APPLICATIONS 

• Pumping for aeration, agitation, fi ltration 

spraying, transfer in the following industries: 





WEBSTER S12/S16 IMMERSIBLE PUMPS 

The S12 and S16 Series are rugged, chemical duty pumps available in CPVC (Corzan®). The 

precision moulded, dynamically balanced, enclosed impellers with unique “tandem” design 

allows for pumping of abrasive solutions, the ability to run dry indefi nitely, and to operate 

against closed discharge valves. Available in ratings of 3 and 5 horsepower for continuous 

duty operation. The FPM o-ring end cover seal allows mounting in liquid These pumps come 

complete with non-overloading, continuous duty TEFC motors and include mounting bracket, 

discharge support and discharge piping to top of mounting bracket. 

Features 

• HP: 3 & 5 

• CPVC (Corzan®) construction for optimum chemical resistance 


• Seal-less design eliminates leaking, costly seal replacement and downtime 

• FPM o-ring end cover seal allows mounting in liquid 

• No pump bearings allows pump to run dry 

• Includes mounting bracket & discharge support and discharge piping 

(FNPT) (MNPT) Shipping 

Item Number Material H.P. Volts Phase Suction Discharge Weight 

1SOHX0008 CPVC 3 208-230/575 3 3" SLIP 1 1/2" 75 

1SOHX0100 CPVC 3 208-230/575 3 3" SLIP 1 1/2" 75 

1 S9HX0008 CPVC 5 208-230/575 3 3" SLIP 2" 135 

WEBSTER S SERIES QUICK SERVICE PUMPS 

The S8 Series are rugged, chemical duty pumps available in CPVC (Corzan®). They are 

precision molded, dynamically balanced, and have “enclosed” impellers allowing pumping 

of abrasive solutions, and operation against closed discharge valves. The pump can 

handle fl ow rates up to 80GPM and up to 45 TDH. These pumps feature a special teardrop 

locking design that allows the operator to quickly remove the pump core for service 

while the pump body stays connected to the piping system. Just loosen the four mounting 

bolts, turn the pump motor slightly and lift it out of the body for service. Spillage of the 

process media is eliminated because the pump body stays connected to the piping system. 

Features 


• Seal-less design eliminates leaking, costly seal replacement and down time 

• FPM o-ring end cover seal allows mounting in liquid, or with inlet extension 

• Non-overloading, continuous duty totally enclosed motors 

• Viton fume barrier protects motor end bell and bearings from corrosion 

caused by vapor or fumes. 

Part No. Material H.P. Cycle (Hz) Volts Phase Inlet (FNPT) Outlet (MNPT) Ship Weight 

1SS6GX8 CPVC 3/4 50/60 115/230 1 1 1/2" 1 1/4" 50 Ibs 

1SS8HX8 CPVC 3/4 50/60 208-230/575 3 1 1/2" 1 1/4" 50 Ibs 

1SS7GX8 CPVC 1 50/60 115/230 1 1 1/2" 1 1/4" 51 Ibs 

1SS7HX8 CPVC 1 50/60 208-230/575 3 1 1/2" 1 1/4" 51 Ibs 

1SS8GX8 CPVC 1 1/2 50/60 115/230 1 1 1/2" 1 1/4" 52 Ibs 

1SS8HX8 CPVC 1 1/2 50/60 208-230/575 3 1 1/2" 1 1/4" 52 Ibs

Notes: 

WEBSTER C5, C7, C8 AND C10 CENTRIFUGAL PUMPS 

APPLICATIONS 

• Pumping for aeration, agitation, fi ltration, recirculation, 

spraying, transfer in the following industries: 

• Plating 






• 575 Volt motors available upon request. 

• Standard impeller diameters are C5(2.7”), C7(3.7”), C8(4.2”), 3hp C10(5.2”), 

&5hp C10(5.7). 

• For variations on impellers, contact customer service. 

• Carbon/ceramic seals are standard. special seals( PTFE/ceramic, PTFE/pink 

ceramic, 

PTFE/carpenter 20) are available upon request. 

• Water fl ushed seals available upon request. 

• FPM is standard elastomer. EPDM available upon request. 

The C5, C7 and C8 Series pumps are designed specifi cally for continuous 

chemical duty service. They are rugged, precision molded, and feature dynamically 

balanced, enclosed impellers. Units are available in CPVC (Corzan®), 

fi berglass reinforced Polypropylene, and PVDF (Solef® ) with ratings 

of 1/3, 1, 1-1/2, 3 and 5 horsepower. The standard mechanical seal is a John 

Crane Type 21 single seal, carbon/ceramic. Other seal materials are available 

depending on the process fl uid. And, water-wash seals are available for especially 

aggressive or “crystallizing” liquids. Pump models are also available 

with a rugged cast iron bearing frame for belt-drive or other coupled drivers. 

Features 


• Viton seal elastomers and o-rings standard, EPDM available 

300 series stainless steel shaft with belt-drive or direct 

coupled drivers 

• Dynamically balanced, enclosed impellers 

• Totally enclosed motors 

• Available with bearing frame for belt drive or direct coupled 

driver 

(FNPT) (MNPT) 


1C5GX0200 CPVC 1/3 115/230 1 3/4" 1/2" 

1C5HX0200 CPVC 1/3 208-230/575 3 3/4" 1/2" 

1C7GX0400 CPVC 1 115/230 1 1" 3/4" 

1C7HX0400 CPVC 1 208-230/575 3 r 3/4" 

1C8GX0600 CPVC 1 1/2 115/230 1 1 1/4" 1" 

1C8HX0600 CPVC 1 1/2 208-230/575 3 1 1/4" 1" 

1C5GX0203 FRPP 1/3 115/230 1 3/4" 1/2" 

1C5HX0203 FRPP 1/3 208-230/575 3 3/4" 1/2" 

1C7GX0403 FRPP 1 115/230 1 1" 3/4" 

1C7HX0403 FRPP 1 208-230/575 3 1" 3/4" 

1C8GX0603 FRPP 1 1/2 115/230 1 1 1/4" 1" 

1C8HX0603 FRPP 1 1/2 208-230/575 3 1 1/4 1" 

1C1HX0500 FRPP 3 208-230/575 3 1 1/2 1" 

1C4HX0700 FRPP 5 208-230/575 3 1 1/2 1" 

1C5GX0209 PVDF 1/3 115/230 1 3/4" 1/2" 

1C5HX0209 PVDF 1/3 208-230/575 3 3/4" 1/2" 

1C7GX0409 PVDF 1 115/230 1 1" 3/4" 

1 C7HX0409 PVDF 1 208-230/575 3 1" 3/4" 

1C8GX0609 PVDF 1 1/2 115/230 1 1 1/4" 1" 

1C8HX0609 PVDF 1 1/2 208-230/575 3 1 1/4" 1" 

6-3 

6

6 

Features 

• Leak-proof, seal-less magnetic drive 

• Friction free operation/reduced energy consumption 

• Easy maintenance without special tools 

• All-Plastic pump construction, no rust or corrosion and anti-air lock mechanism 

• Double supported large diameter non-cantilevered shaft, PTFE bushing and ceramic shafts 

• Unique Rifl ed Impeller Bushing dissipates heat build-up 

6-4 

WEBSTER D SERIES IMMERSIBLE PUMPS 

The D1 and DD1 are enhanced replacements for the durable SS1 series pump. The 1/8 HP motor with 1/2” diameter 

extended shaft and 4 precision machined pump mounting pads ensure trouble free performance for the more 

demanding industrial applications. This pump is precision moulded, dynamically balanced, and is constructed 

with semi-open impellers with a unique “tandem” design allowing for its ability to operate against closed discharge 

valves. It is available in your choice of CPVC (Corzan®), natural Polypropylene, or PVDF for optimum chemical 

resistance 

Features 

• Increased end bell motor protection 

• Larger motor bearings than the SS1 for 

tighter control 

• Improved capacitor protection 

• Seal-less design eliminates leaking, costly 

seal replacement and downtime 

• Viton® o-ring end cover seal allows 

mounting in liquid, or with inlet extension 

• Non-overloading, continuous duty TEFC 

motors and body has Integral fl ange 

(FNPT) (MNPT) 


1D1GX0008 CPVC 1/8 115/230 1 1" 1/2" 

1DD1GX008 CPVC 1/8 115/230 1 1" 1/2" 

1D1GX0006 PP 1/8 115/230 1 1" 1/2" 

1DD1GX006 PP 1/8 115/230 1 1" 1/2" 

1D1GX0009 PVDF 1/8 115/230 1 1" 1/2" 

1DD1GX009 PVDF 1/8 115/230 1 1" 1/2" 

WEBSTER R SERIES MAG DRIVE PUMPS 

Using the latest, patented pump technology, Hayward’s Series R all-plastic, corrosion 

resistant pumps will stand up to the most aggressive, demanding industrial and commercial 

applications year in and year out. Constructed of ETFE with rugged epoxy painted 

motors. With horsepower ratings from 1/3 to 5 HP, applications requiring fl ow rates from 

5 to 140 GPM and with maximum total dynamic head discharges up to 141 feet, you will 

fi nd a Webster Magnetic Drive Pump to meet your requirements. Because the process 

media never contacts metal, there is never a danger of pump failure due to corrosion. 

Because they are magnetically driven, they have no seals, thus no emissions, leaks or 

expensive seal replacements. 

Model No. Material Item No. H.P. Volts Phase Inlet (FNPT) vs. Outlet (MNPT) 

RC03 CARBON REINFORCED ETFE 1 M035TVT1 1 1/3 115 1 1"X 1" 

RX05 CARBON REINFORCED ETFE 1M045TVT12 1/2 115/230 1 1-1/2"X 1-1/2" 

RX07 CARBON REINFORCED ETFE 1M055TVT13 3/4 1 1 5/230 1 1-1/2"X 1-1/2" 

RX10 CARBON REINFORCED ETFE 1M085TVT14 1 115/230 1 1 -1/2" X 1-1/2" 

RX15 CARBON REINFORCED ETFE 1M105TVT35 1/2 230/575 3 2"X 1-1/2" 

RX20 CARBON REINFORCED ETFE 1M105TVT36 2 230/575 3 2"X 1-1/2" 

RX30 CARBON REINFORCED ETFE 1M125TVT37 3 230/575 3 2"X 1-1/2" 

RX50 CARBON REINFORCED ETFE 1M145TVT38 5 230/575 3 2"X 1-1/2"

HAYWARD FLT SERIES CARTRIDGE FILTERS 

APPLICATIONS 

• For 1 to 100 micron fi ltration in the following industries: 

• Plating 






Designed for the most demanding applications these all plastic cartridge fi lters are 

used to fi lter fi ne particles from the process fl uid. Models are available to accommodate 

10”, 20” and 30” wound or pleated polypropylene fi lter cartridges. The 

fi lters are designed so that compression seals the fi lter unit eliminating the need 

for a center rod. An integral plug on the hand removable fi lter cover makes for 

easy bleeding of the unit. 

The fi lters feature a 3/4” NPT (female) inlet connection to eliminate the chance 

for broken NPT (male) connections. An optional mounting base is available for 

mounting the fi lter to the fl oor or work surface. All wound cartridges have a 1” 

I.D. and 2 1/2” O.D. The pleated cartridges have a 1” I.D. and 2-5/8” O.D. Maximum 

fl ow rates for both are 5 GPM per 10” of fi lter cartridge length. Cartridges 

are sold separately. Hayward FLT Cartridge Filters are small, compact, and a 

perfect partner to any Webster chemical duty, corrosion resistant pump. 

Features 

• All Plastic CPVC Construction Will Never Rust or Corrode 

• Compact, Easy to Install 

• No Metal in Contact with the Process Fluid 

• Quick and Easy Filter Cartridge Changes 

• FPM O-Ring Seal 

6-5 

6

6 

6-6 

WEBSTER IN-TANK FILTRATION SYSTEMS 

Designed to fi lter process fl uid within a tank; eliminating the time and expense needed to 

install a stand alone fi lter and pump. Changing fi lter cartridges is quick and easy. A simple 

quick disconnect union is used to connect the fi lter cartridge to the pump. Simply unscrew 

the union (no tools are required) and remove the fi lter cartridge and assembly. 

The In-Tank Filtration unit comes standard with one 50 micron wound, polypropylene 

fi lter cartridge. Cartridges are also available in 1, 5, 10, 30, 75 and 100 micron ratings and 

have a 1” I.D. and a 2 1/2” O.D. Single or double cartridge confi gurations are available 

in either 10” or 20” lengths. In-Tank Filtration Systems are available with Series S and D 

pumps that are seal-less and can be run dry. These heavy duty, reliable pumps come with 

Hayward’s unique two year warranty. 

Features 

• For use with S and D-Series Pumps 

• CPVC Corrosion-Resistant Construction 

• Compact and Easy to Install 

• Immersible, Seal-Less, Bearing Free Pump 

• Can Run Dry 

• Quick and Easy Filter Change 

• Single or Double Filter 

• 1/15 HP Model Features a Built-in Power Cord 

APPLICATIONS 

• For 1 to 100 micron fi ltration in the following industries: 

• Plating 





• Water treatment

APPLICATIONS 

• Chemical process 

• Sump pumping 

• Fume scrubbing 

• Recirculation pumping 

• Waste treatment 

• Plating solution fi ltering 

• Transfer pumping 

PENGUIN SEALLESS VERTICAL PUMPS 

Penguin sealless vertical pumps are designed to handle a wide range of chemicals without 

diffi culty. Completely constructed of CPVC, polypropylene, or PVDF where in contact 

with the solution being pumped. Series P pumps have an upper working temperature of 

180/150/280°F, respectively, and thus can handle most corrosive, slurries, and abrasive 

solutions. Series P pumps are easy to install and operate. They have no seals or bushings, 

can run dry, and are virtually maintenance-free. Available options include: 

Horsepower: 1/15, 1/6, 1/3, 1/2, 3/4, 1, 1 1/2, 2, 3, 5, 7 1/2, 10, 15 

Construction Material/O-Ring: CPVC/EPR, PP/EPDM, PVDF/Viton 

Impeller/Housing Construction: Standard or High Pressure 

Shaft Construction: Threaded or Keyway 

Shaft Material: 316SS or Titanium 

Please contact customer service for assistance in sizing your pump. 

Features 

• Choice of CPVC, PVDF, or Polypropylene 

• Runs dry without damage 

• Self-priming when immersed 

• No metal contact 

• Chemical resistant 

PENGUIN HORIZONTAL CENTRIFUGAL PUMPS 

Penguin horizontal centrifugal pumps are designed to handle a wide range of chemicals 

without diffi culty. Completely constructed of CPVC where in contact with the solution 

being pumped, Series HV pumps have an upper working temperature of 180°F, and thus 

can handle most corrosive, slurries, and abrasive solutions. For high temperatures and very 

corrosive abrasive solutions, a double mechanical seal and water fl ush are supplied. For 

higher suction pressure, a single diplo internal seal is supplied. Available options include: 

Horsepower: 1/4, 1/2, 3/4, 3, 5 

Seal Type: Single Mechanical, Single Diplo, D = Double Mechanical 

Seal Material: Ethylene/Propylene, Carbon/Ceramic, Viton Carbon/Ceramic,Viton Silicon 

Carbide / Silicon Carbide 


APPLICATIONS 

• Plating, Anodizing, and Electropolishing 

• Fume Scrubbing, Pollution Control, and Evaporators 

• Recirculation, Agitation, Spray/Rinse, and Filtering 

• Water and Waste Treatment 

• Photographic Processing and Developers 

• PCB Manufacturing 

• Chemical Processing 

Features 

• True Volute Design 

• High Effi ciency 

• Energy Saving 

• Higher Flow vs. Pressure 

• No Metal Contact 

6-7 

6

6 

6-8 

APPLICATIONS 

• Transferring 

• Filtering 

• Recirculation 

• Mixing 

• Replenishment 

APPLICATIONS 

• Plating Solution Filtration 

• Circuit Etching 

• Recirculation Pumps/ Water Treatment 

• Fume Scrubbing/ Pollution Control 

PENGUIN MAGNETIC DRIVE PUMP 

Penguin magnetic-driven pumps are designed to handle a wide range of chemicals without 

diffi culty. Constructed of polypropylene, Kynar, or stainless steel, Series M pumps have 

an upper working temperature of 190/220/250°F, respectively, and thus can handle highly 

corrosive or mild chemicals, acids, or solvents. Series M pumps eliminate the conventional 

shaft seal found in most pumps. This means that there is no rotating seal to wear out 

and allow the liquid being pumped to leak out. The pumping action may eventually fail, 

however, the liquid can never leak out. Series M pumps are easy to install and operate, and 

are virtually maintenance-free. Available options include: 

Horsepower: 1/15, 1/10, 1/5, 1/3, 1/2, 3/4, 2, 3, 5 

Construction Material/ O-Ring: Polypropylene, PVDF/Kynar, 316SS, Hastelloy 

Self Primer: Self Priming Pump and 1 HP Motor 


Features 

• Sealless 


• Bearing-Free 

• Chemical-Resistant 

• Leak-Resistant 

• Available in 316SS, Kynar, and Hastelloy 

PENGUIN HORIZONTAL VOLUTE PUMP 

Penguin horizontal volute pumps are designed for larger volume than the Series 

HV and are able to handle a wide range of chemicals without diffi culty. Completely 

constructed of CPVC where in contact with the solution being pumped, Series HN 

pumps have an upper working temperature of 180°F, and thus can handle most corrosive, 

slurries, and abrasive solutions. For high temperatures and very corrosive 

abrasive solutions, a double mechanical seal and water fl ush are supplied. Available 

options include: 

Horsepower: 3, 5, 7 1/2 

Seal: Single Seal or Double Seal 

Seal Material: Ethylene/Propylene Carbon/Ceramic, Viton Carbon/Ceramic, Viton 

Silicon Carbide / Silicon Carbide 


Features 

• Corrosion Resistant 

• Very High Effi ciency 

• True Volute Design with Center Discharge 


• High Flow Rates

PENGUIN MIXERS 

Penguin mixers are designed to handle a wide range of chemicals for both tanks and 

drums without diffi culty. Series PM propeller mixers are completely constructed of 316SS 

shafts, couplings, and propellers. Series PM turbine mixers utilize the same 316SS shaft 

and coupling, but are only available with a polypropylene turbine. For a mixer where no 

metal is in contact with the solution, a polypropylene propeller and sleeved shaft are supplied. 

Series PM mixers are available in four different mounting styles including bracket 

mount, clamp mount, fl ange mount, and thread mount. Available options include: 

Dual Propellers: Polypropylene, 316SS 

Polypropylene Sleeves: Polypropylene Sleeved Shaft 

Air Motors: 1/20, 1/4, 1/3, 1/2, and 1 hp 

Propeller/ Turbine: 3” Propeller, 2” Turbine, 4” Propeller, 5” Propeller 

Please contact customer service for assistance in sizing your mixer. 

PENGUIN PGG PRESSURE GAUGES AND GUARDS 

Penguin pressure gauge guards have a unique, compact, moulded design. This low profi le design fi ts 

well in tight spaces such as reel to reel systems or other automatic systems. Consisting of two threaded 

fl uid chambers, there is no possibility of leakage due to uneven screwed components in the Series 

PGG gauge guards. Each piece contains a matching groove, which confi nes the true O-ring incorporated 

on the O.D. of the impermeable diaphragm. The internal parts of the Series PGG gauge guards 

in contact with the diaphragm have a large radius, thus preventing any damage to or shearing of the 

diaphragm. The choice of materials permits these gauge guards to be utilized on highly corrosive and 

ultra-pure solutions. Guards can also be purchased separately from gauges. You have a choice of 

material with either CPVC, Polypropylene or PVDF for the body with a Viton Diaphragm 

Features 

• Maintains System Purity 


• Molded Thread Connections Between Joints 

• No Metals Utilized Internally or Externally 

• Confi ned O-ring Seal and Impermeable Diaphragm 

• Bleed for Filling/No Air Entrapment for Most Accuracy 

6-9 

6

6 

6-10 

Features 


• Corrosion-Resistant 

• No Liquid Bypass/No External 

Frame Rods 

• Removes Solid Dirt Particles 

• Quick Change Cartridge 

• Choice of Construction Materials 

• Uses Filter Cartridges, Submicronic 

Pleated Cartridges, or Filter 

Sleeves 

Features 




Frame Rods 

• Removes Organic Contaminants 

and Solid Dirt Particles 

• Easy Conversion to Filter Chamber 

• Choice of Disposables Carbon 

Cartridge or Bagged Granular Carbon 

PENGUIN SERIES C FILTER CHAMBERS 

Penguin fi lter chambers are offered in CPVC, polypropylene, and PVDF. The construction 

of the Series C chambers contains no fragile lucite or glass. There is no metal to liquid 

contact, no springs to lose or break, and no crushed tubes. Penguin CPVC and polypropylene 

chambers are recommended for most acid and alkaline solutions. PVDF chambers 

are recommended for high temperature acids and alkalies, HF, and electroless nickel. All 

Series C chambers can be mounted on a common polypropylene base and manifolded 

together for greater capacities or space saving requirements. For portability, casters can 

be added as an option. Penguin Series C double open end (D.O.E.) chambers are available 

in single tube, three tube, fi ve tube, and twelve tube vessels. The Series C single open end 

(S.O.E.) chambers are available in single tube, two tube, four tube and nine tube vessels. 

Each D.O.E fi lter chamber is equipped with an initial Penguin 15 micron fi lter cartridge or 

set of fi lter cartridges. Filters for S.O.E chambers are purchased separately. Because of the 

unique Penguin design, these cartridges ensure maximum particle retention and no liquid 

bypass. Available options include: 

Chamber Diameter: 3” , 4”, 6”, 8”, 12” 

Construction Material / O-Ring Material: CPVC/EPR , Polypropylene/EPR, PVDF/Viton 

End Cap Confi guration: Double Open End or Single Open End 

Please contact customer service for assistance in sizing your Filter Chamber. 

PENGUIN CN IN-TANK FILTER CHAMBERS 

Penguin in-tank fi lter chambers allow for depth fi ltration that is completely limited to 

inside the tank. Thus, there is no possibility of solution loss in the Series CN chambers. 

The 3CN chambers are completely constructed of CPVC, polypropylene, and PVDF while 

the 6CN chambers are constructed of CPVC or polypropylene. This includes the rugged 

mounting bracket. Penguin models include single and three cartridge vessels in 10”, 20”, 

and 30” cartridge lengths. The Series CN chambers incorporate all of the unique construction 

advantages of our style 3C and 6C chambers. The cartridge compressor design in the 

style 3C chamber and the double labyrinth o-ring sealing, along with the long-sleeved 

fl ange on the top of style 6C, are also incorporated into our Series CN chambers. Available 


Chamber Diameter: 3”, 4”, 6” 

Construction Material / O-Ring Material: CPVC/EPR, Polypropylene/EPR, PVDF/Viton 

End Cap Confi guration: Double Open End 

Please contact customer service for assistance in sizing your Filter Chamber.

Features 




Frame Rods 

• Removes Solid Dirt Particles 

• Quick Change Cartridge 

• Rugged CPVC Construction 

including Mounting Bracket 

• Complete In-Tank Filtration 

Features 



Frame Rods 

• CPVC Construction 

• Filtration Down to 1 Micron 

• Simple Filter Bag Replacement 

• High Volume Surface Filtration 

• Lower Initial Cost/Reusable Filter 

Media 

PENGUIN CT CARBON TREATMENT CHAMBERS 

Penguin fi lter chambers are offered in CPVC, polypropylene, and PVDF. The construction 

of the Series C chambers contains no fragile lucite or glass. There is no metal to liquid 

contact, no springs to lose or break, and no crushed tubes. Penguin CPVC and polypropylene 

chambers are recommended for most acid and alkaline solutions. PVDF chambers 

are recommended for high temperature acids and alkalies, HF, and electroless nickel. All 

Series C chambers can be mounted on a common polypropylene base and manifolded 

together for greater capacities or space saving requirements. For portability, casters can 

be added as an option. Penguin Series C double open end (D.O.E.) chambers are available 

in single tube, three tube, fi ve tube, and twelve tube vessels. The Series C single open end 

(S.O.E.) chambers are available in single tube, two tube, four tube and nine tube vessels. 

Each D.O.E fi lter chamber is equipped with an initial Penguin 15 micron fi lter cartridge or 

set of fi lter cartridges. Filters for S.O.E chambers are purchased separately. Because of the 

unique Penguin design, these cartridges ensure maximum particle retention and no liquid 

bypass. Available options include: 

Chamber Diameter: 3” , 4”, 6”, 8”, 12” 

Construction Material / O-Ring Material: CPVC/EPR , Polypropylene/EPR 


PENGUIN CB FILTER BAG CHAMBERS 

Penguin fi lter bag chambers are designed for high volume surface fi ltration. Completely 

constructed of CPVC, the Series CB fi lter bag chambers allow for fi ltration down to 1 

micron. Filter bag replacement is easy with the removal of one snap ring. There are four 

sizes incorporating all of the construction advantages of our style 6C and 8C chambers. 

The double labyrinth o-ring sealing and the long-sleeved fl anges, top and bottom, allow 

these chambers to operate at higher pressures and/or temperatures while eliminating the 

use of external frame rods. Available options include: 

Chamber Diameter: 6”, 8” 

Construction Material/O-Ring Material: CPVC/EPR 


6-11 

6

6 

6-12 

Features 

• True Depth Filtration 

• Various Core and Media Material 

• Combinations including Preleached 

Fibrillated Polypropylene 

• Chemical and Temperature 

Compatibility 

• Wide Choice of Porosities 

Features 

• Economical 

• Reuseable 

• Effi cient 

• Long Lasting 

PENGUIN PF WOUND FILTER CARTRIDGES 

Penguin wound fi lter cartridges provide true depth fi ltration and are available in a wide 

selection of media and cores, including pre-leached fi brillated polypropylene, to ensure 

temperature and chemical compatibility. The Series PF cartridges feature porosities from 

0.5 micron to 150 micron, lengths from 3” to 40”, and a variety of diameters. Available 


Filter Media: polypropylene, fi brillated polypropylene, utility grade polypropylene, natural 

cotton, bleached cotton, rayon, polyester, nylon, modacrylic (dynel), glass 

Mircron Rating: 0.5, 1, 3, 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 40, 50, 75, 100, 150 

Tube O.D.: 2 1/2”, 2”, 2 3/8”, 2 3/4”, special 

Length: 4”, 6”, 9 3/4”, 9 7/8”, 10”, 12”, 19 1/2”, 20”, 29 1/4”, 30”, 39 1/4”, 40” 

Core Type: polypropylene, tin steel, 304 SS, 316 SS, special 

Core Cover: none or cover compatible with media 

End Treatment: none or treatment compatible with media 

Extended Core: none or compatible to core 

Please contact customer service for assistance in sizing your Filter Cartridges. 

PENGUIN SERIES PS FILTER SLEEVES 

Penguin fi lter sleeves are an alternative to standard wound fi lter cartridges. The Series 

PS fi lter sleeves are economical, reusable, and effi cient when placed over its one-time 

purchased polypropylene core and caps. These sleeves can be precoated and backwashed 

several times before the retention of the sleeve is reduced. Series PS fi lter sleeves are 

available in porosities from 2 micron to 100 micron and in lengths from 10” to 40”. Available 


Mircron Rating: 2, 10, 25, 50 

Length: 10”, 20”, 30” , 40” 

Sleeve Media: P = polypropylene 

Core Material: P = polypropylene 

Core Length: 10”, 20”, 30”, 40” 


HAYWARD FILTER BAGS 

Hayward Filter Bags are available polypropylene felt fi lter bags - sewn construction, 

polypropylene monofi lament fi lter bags - sewn construction, or polypropylene felt fi lter 

bags - welded construction. 

Mircron Rating: 1, 5, 10, 25, 50, 100, 150, 200, 400, 600, 800 

Lengths: 16” and 32” 

Please contact customer service for assistance in sizing your Filter Bag.

Features 

• Nominal and Absolute Particle 

Retention Ratings 

• Superior Flow Characteristics 

• High Dirt Holding Capacity 

• Many Lengths and Cartridge Styles 

PENGUIN SERIES PC CARBON FILTER CARTRIDGES 

Penguin carbon fi lter cartridges are a one-step carbon and fi ltration treatment. These Series 

PC carbon cartridges eliminate the problems associated with loose carbon treatment and 

the need for a separate fi ltration system. The standard cartridge measures 2 3/4” O.D. with 

lengths varying from 4” to 40” and fl ow rates up to 2 1/2 gpm. These Series PC carbon 

cartridges are designed to be used in either single or multi-tubed vessels. These cartridges 

are available in 4 different styles. Style GC is an outer wound cartridge which utilizes a 

special high grade activated granular carbon with a very low sulfur content. Style CP is 

also an outer wound cartridge which features layers of paper impregnated with activated 

powdered carbon. Style C is a porous polyethylene shell containing high grade activated 

granular carbon. Style M features an outer layer of polyolefi n webbing with an impregnated 

carbon powder interior. Available options include: 

Carbon Style: Granular Carbon/Outer Wound, Carbon Paper/Outer Wound, Granular 

Carbon/Porous Shell, Impregnated Carbon/Outer Wound 

Length: 4”, 6”, 9 3/4”, 9 7/8”, 10”, 20”, 30”, 40” 

Core Material: Polypropylene, 304SS 

Fiber Material/Shell: porous polyethylene/stand. poly. outer wound, fi brillated FDA 

outer wound, polypropylene FDA outer wound, bleached cotton 

FDA outer wound 


PENGUIN PP PLEATED FILTER CARTRIDGES 

Penguin pleated fi lter cartridges are an alternative to string wound or spun moulded fi lters. 

These Series PP pleated cartridges are economical, multi-use, premium quality products 

that are available in various micron ratings ranging from 50 micron nominal down to .10 

micron absolute. End cap confi gurations include D.O.E. (double open end, fl at gasket) 

and S.O.E. (single open end, external double 222 0-ring/button end cap). Filter medias 

available include self-bonded fi ne diameter polypropylene fi bers as well as membranes 

constructed of polypropylene, nylon, or PTFE. Series PP pleated cartridges contain no 

surfactants or binders that can break down, leach out, or permit the typical problems of 

channeling and media migration. Maximum effective open surface areas allow for high 

fl ow rates at reduced pressure losses, as well as high dirt holding capacity, long service 

life, large throughputs, and lower operating costs. Available options include: 

Filter Media: nylon, nominal polypropylene, nominal submicronic polypropylene, absolute 

polypropylene, absolute submicronic polypropylene, absolute Tefl on 

Mircron Rating: 0.1A, 0.1, 0.2A, 0.2, 0.4A, 0.45A, 0.4, 0.8A, 1, 3, 5, 10, 15, 25, 30, 50 

Length: 9 3/4”, 10”, 19 1/2”, 20”, 29 1/4”, 30”, 39”, 40” 

End Cap: black industrial grade vinyl (style D only), blue FDA acceptable (style D only) 

DOE fl at gasket, SOE external double 222 O-ring/ button end cap, DOE internal single 

120 O-ring, SOE internal 020 O-ring/ button end cap 

Gasket or O-Ring Material: Style D, Buna-N, EPR, viton, silicon, 


6-13 

6

6 

6-14 

Features 

• Recovers 99% of Precious Metals 

• Improves Purity of Rinse 

• Low Initial Cost 

• Pays for Itself During Normal 

Plating Sequence 

• Selection of Sizes to Fit All Plating 

Tanks 

• Longer Life Before Resin Changes 

• Depth Filtration Available 

Features 

• Recovers 99% of Precious Metals 

• Improves Purity of Rinse 

• Low Initial Cost 

• Pays for Itself During Normal 

Plating Sequence 

• Selection of Sizes to Fit All Plating 

• Tanks 

• Longer Life Before Resin Changes 

• Depth Filtration Available 

PENGUIN SR PRECIOUS METAL RECOVERY SYSTEM 

Penguin precious metal recovery systems are a simple and economical method for reclaiming 

gold and other precious metals from processing rinse water and drag out tanks. 

The exchange resin of standard porosity extracts precious metals as well as all positive 

and negative charged ions from processing wastes. The Series SR systems are used with 

rinse capacity tanks of 50 gallons and smaller. Up to three troy ounces of precious metal 

can be recovered per pound, meaning it pays for itself after its initial use. Recommended 

Applications include Acid and Alkaline Rinse Tanks, Drag out Tanks, Recovery of All Precious 

Metals (Gold, Silver, and Platinum) , Water Demineralization. 

Please contact customer service for assistance in sizing your precious metal recovery 

system. 

PENGUIN MR PRECIOUS METAL RECOVERY SYSTEM 

Penguin precious metal recovery systems are a simple and economical method for reclaiming 

gold and other precious metals from processing rinse water and drag out tanks. 

The exchange resin of standard porosity extracts precious metals as well as all positive and 

negative charged ions from processing wastes. The Series MR systems are used with rinse 

capacity tanks of 50 gallons or larger. Up to three troy ounces of precious metal can be 

recovered per pound, meaning it pays for itself after its initial use. Series P pumps are also 

available in conjunction with the resin beds, thus eliminating the magnetic driven pump. 

Recommended Applications include Acid and Alkaline Rinse Tanks, Drag out Tanks, Recovery 

of All Precious Metals (Gold, Silver, and Platinum), Water Demineralization 

Please contact customer service for assistance in sizing your precious metal recovery 

system.

PENGUIN A-A IN-TANK FILTRATION SYSTEMS 

Series A-A - Penguin in-tank fi lter systems are all purpose, compact, fully portable, corrosion 

resistant, and require no fl oor space. They are constructed so no metal is in contact 

with the solution. The Series A-A fi lter systems are available in CPVC, polypropylene, and 

PVDF. These systems incorporate an in-tank pump and a tank lip-mounted fi lter chamber. 

The Series A-A fi lter systems need not be removed from the tank for cleaning or replacing 

fi lter cartridges. These systems are available in 6 sizes to serve all small and medium 

volume tanks. 

PENGUIN A-B IN-TANK FILTRATION SYSTEMS 

Series A-B: Penguin in-tank fi lter systems are all purpose, compact, fully portable, corrosion 

resistant, and require no fl oor space. They are constructed so no metal is in contact 

with the solution. The Series A-B fi lter systems are available in CPVC and polypropylene, 

and certain models in PVDF. These systems are designed to be mounted entirely in-tank, 

which is especially recommended for precious metal fi ltration. The Series A-B fi lter systems 

need not be removed from the tank for cleaning or replacing fi lter cartridges. These 

systems are available in 11 sizes to accommodate larger volume tanks. 

PENGUIN A IN-TANK FILTRATION SYSTEMS 

Series A: Penguin in-tank pump/outside fi lter systems are ruggedly constructed and corrosion 

resistant. The Series A fi lter systems are designed for continuous operation with 

no metal to liquid contact and are versatile and easy to install, since both pump and fi lter 

chamber are independent units. Series A fi lter systems are available in CPVC and certain 

models in polypropylene and PVDF. Simple in design and effi cient in performance, the 

Series A fi lter systems are recommended for all precious metal plating baths, electroless 

nickel and copper, as well as many acid and alkaline solutions. These systems are simple 

to clean and are designed for easy fi lter cartridge replacement. 

6-15 

6

6 

6-16 

PENGUIN HF IN-TANK FILTRATION SYSTEMS 

Series HF - Penguin horizontal pump/fi lter systems are constructed of high temperature 

CPVC, and thus are excellent for most corrosive chemicals and capable of pumping solution 

to 180°F. Equipped with the Penguin Series HV horizontal volute pump or on larger 

systems, the Series HN centrifugal pump, and the rugged Penguin CPVC fi lter chamber, 

Series HF fi lter systems are designed for continuous high temperature operation. Series 

HF systems provide excellent fi ltration for electroless nickel and copper solutions. These 

systems are simple to clean and are designed for easy fi lter cartridge replacement. 

PENGUIN MF IN-TANK FILTRATION SYSTEMS 

Series MF: Penguin magnetic-driven pump/fi lter systems are specifi cally designed with 

sealless pumps for fi ltering and circulating without the worries of mechanical seal leakage. 

Equipped with the Penguin Series M & MT polypropylene magnetic-driven pump and the 

rugged Penguin CPVC or polypropylene fi lter chamber, Series MF fi lter systems are designed 

for continuous trouble-free service. The smaller compact Series MF fi lter systems 

are excellent for complete corrosion resistant fi ltration in laboratories, pilot plants, and 

production applications. The larger fi lter systems provide a high volume, high pressure 

fi lter system to which casters can be added for portability. Simple in design and effi cient in 

performance, these systems are recommended for acid and alkaline solutions. 

PENGUIN SM IN-TANK FILTRATION SYSTEMS 

Series SM: Penguin spacemaker fi lter systems are designed with sealless pumps to provide 

a complete, ultra compact, portable fi lter system without the worries of mechanical seal 

leakage. Equipped with the Penguin Series M polypropylene magnetic drive pump and 

the rugged Penguin CPVC or polypropylene fi lter chamber, Series SM fi lter systems are a 

simple, economical, and effi cient method for fi ltering and circulating acid and alkaline solutions. 

The smaller compact Series SM fi lter systems are excellent for complete corrosion 

resistant fi ltration in laboratories, pilot plants, and production applications. These systems 

are simple to clean and are designed for easy fi lter cartridge replacement.

PENGUIN VF IN-TANK FILTRATION SYSTEMS 

Penguin sealless polypropylene fi lter systems are designed for fi ltering critical solutions 

where all metal contact and mechanical seals must be eliminated. Series VF fi lter systems 

are equipped with a sealless self-priming pump and heavy duty CPVC or polypropylene 

fi lter chamber. These systems are recommended for continuous fi ltration to 180°F for most 

acid and alkaline solutions. Penguin Series VF fi lter systems are maintenance free, simple 

to clean, and are designed for easy fi lter cartridge replacement. 

PENGUIN BF IN-TANK FILTRATION SYSTEMS 

Series BF: Penguin bag fi ltration systems are designed to provide rapid, high velocity 

solution turnover, while removing contaminants that tend to “surface load” In the Series 

BF fi ltration systems, the larger surface area of the single layered polypropylene fi lter 

bag provides signifi cant longer life when compared to a graded density, string wound 

cartridge fi lter. Disposable bags are economical to use and may be easily discarded when 

spent or cleaned for reuse. Traditionally, bag fi ltration systems have been used with air 

sparging systems to constantly renew the plating solution that is coming in contact with 

the parts. A Penductor sparging system does the same thing, but refreshes the chemistry 

much faster, while giving you other benefi ts such as keeping solids in suspension for 

easier removal, more uniform temperature, thickness, and brightness. Since the Series 

BF bag fi ltration system is basically an open system, uniform agitation can be achieved 

without the need of a dedicated sparging pump. 

PENGUIN A-SF IN-TANK FILTRATION SYSTEMS 

Series A-SF: Penguin suction fi lter systems are ruggedly constructed and corrosion 

resistant. The Series A-SF fi lter systems are designed for continuous duty operation and 

trouble-free service. These systems are easy to install and maintain since there is only one 

moving part. Series A-SF suction fi lter systems offer fi ltration rates up to 3400 GPH. They 

are constructed completely of CPVC, eliminating any metal contact. 

6-17 

6

6 

6-18 

Options 

• Flanged connections 

• EPDM seals 

• Pressure differential gauge and switch 

• Manifolded housings 

• 1/4” NPT pressure differential gauge tap 

• Metric connections 

Features 

• All-plastic construction 

• FPM seals 

• Hand-removable cover 

• Integral mounting base 

• True union connections 

• Vent valve on cover 

• In-line or loop fl ow 


HAYWARD PVC/CPVC SIMPLEX BAG FILTER 

For application versatility, these all plastic housings will accept most standard 7” diameter 

fi lter bags. The single length vessel uses Size 01 bags, 7” x 16”, while the double length 

vessel uses Size 02 bags, 7” x 32”. This permits the vessel to be used with thousands of 

different types of fi lter bags to exactly match the application requirements. 

This all plastic housing is designed to stand up to the most demanding industrial and commercial 

applications around. The rugged, thick wall construction ensures years of trouble 

free service and the housing is rated at a full 150 PSI. The built-in true union piping and 

drain connections makes installation and operation quick and easy. With this feature the 

fi lter housing can be removed without having to break down the piping system. The integral 

mounting base also makes for an easy installation and eliminates the need for extra 

cost support legs. The housing has two bottom outlet connections so that either can be 

used as a drain connection. This makes possible both in-line or loop piping installations. 

The one-piece, corrosion resistant plastic body has an extremely smooth interior surface 

that is very easy to clean. The housing comes standard with a plastic cover vent valve. 

The hand-removable, no tools required, spin-off cover makes fi lter bag changing quick 

and easy. There are no swing bolts to deal with as on a metal fi lter housing. 

Part # Material Size End Conn. 

FLT1201 PVC Single 2˝ Socket/Thread 

FLT1201F PVC Single 2˝ Flanged 

FLT1202 PVC Double 2˝ Socket/Thread 

FLT1202F PVC Double 2˝ Flanged 

FLT2201 CPVC Single 2˝ Socket/Thread 

FLT2201F CPVC Single 2˝ Flanged 

FLT2202 CPVC Double 2˝ Socket/Thread 

FLT2202F CPVC Double 2˝ Flanged 

Notes: 

• All bag fi lters feature a one piece, seamless, moulded plastic body, have Viton seals and are assembled with silicone free lubricant. 

• Simplex bag fi lters use single length 7˝ x 16˝ No.1 bags or double length 7˝ x 32˝ No. 2 bags. 

• Polypropylene felt fi lter bags are available in 1, 5, 10, 25, 50, 100 and 200 microns and in either welded or sewn construction. 

• Polypropylene monofi lament fi lter bags are available in sewn construction in 150, 400, and 800 microns.

Options 

• Vent gauge with gauge guard 

• Pressure differential gauge 

• Pressure differential switch 

• PPL fi lter bags 

• Flanged connections 

• EPDM seals 

HAYWARD PP/PVDF SIMPLEX BAG FILTER 

A metal fi lter housing will ultimately rust or corrode and contaminate the process media. There 

is no danger of this happening with a Hayward All Plastic Simplex Bag Filter. It will never rust 

or corrode and never compromise the quality of the process fl uid. 

Standard features on all models include an integral mounting fl ange, and on the polypropylene 

model, a vent/bleed valve is installed on the cover. These fi lters are designed for easy service. 

A hand-removable cover and a built-in restrainer basket handle makes bag change-outs fast and 

easy, reducing expensive downtime. No tools are needed and the fi lter is back in service in a 

matter of minutes. The external cover threads are not in contact with the process media, thus 

eliminating the need for cleaning each time the bag is changed. For extra strength the cover 

features specially designed buttress style threads. 

Features 

• Hand-removable cover 

• Integral mounting fl ange 

• Integral basket handle 

• External cover threads 


• Vent valve on cover 


Note: 


• Polypropylene monofi lament fi lter bags are available in sewn construction in 150, 400, and 800 microns. 

Features 

• No line shutdown for bag changeout 

• Built-in mounting platform 




FLT4201 PP Single 2˝ Threaded 

FLT4201F PP Single 2˝ Flanged 

FLT4202 PP Double 2˝ Threaded 

FLT4202F PP Double 2˝ Flanged 

FLT5202F PVDF Double 2˝ Flanged 

HAYWARD PVC/CPVC/PP DUPLEX BAG FILTER 

With an all-plastic, corrosion-resistant Hayward Duplex Bag Filter, there is never a need 

to shut down the line and there is never any downtime necessary when changing fi lter 

bags. Just turn the lever handle to divert fl ow from one fi lter housing to the other, then 

spin off the hand-removable cover, remove the dirty bag and install a new one. 

Features such as a rugged, lightweight fi berglass mounting platform and a vent/bleed 

valve installed on both fi lter housing covers are standard with every Hayward All-Plastic 

Duplex Bag Filter. The retaining basket that holds the bag has a unique, universal seat 

that works with almost any single or double length fi lter bag. 

Options 

• Vent gauge with gauge guards 

• Pressure Differential Gauges 

• Pressure Differential Switches 

• Automated Operation - Electric or Pneumatic 

Part # Housing 

Diverter 

Valve Size End Conn. 

FLT2DUPA PP CPVC Double 2˝ Flanged 

FLT2DUP1 PVC PVC Double 2˝ Flanged 

FLT2DUP2 CPVC CPVC Double 2˝ Flanged 

Note: 


• Polypropylene monofi lament fi lter bags are available in sewn construction in 150, 400, and 800 microns. 

6-19 

6

6 

6-20 

Features 

• PPL or PVDF Construction 

• High Pressure Ratings 

• Threaded or Flanged Connec 

tions 

• FPM or EPDM Seals 

• Inline or Loop Flow 

• Hand-Removable Cover 

• Simplex or Duplex Designs 

• Two -Year Warranty 

• Large Filtration Area 

• High Dirt Holding Capacity 

HAYWARD 4200 CARTRIDGE FILTERS 

An Important Advance in Cartridge Filtration: Now you can have all the benefi ts of cartridge 

fi ltration for industrial and commercial applications – while getting complete corrosion 

resistance. Hayward’s one-piece, seamless, plastic-body cartridge fi lters will never 

rust or corrode, nor will they contaminate the process fl uid. 

Thousands of Applications: Hayward’s Series 4200 all-plastic cartridge fi lters have been 

designed to work in the most demanding of applications – whether for high purity water 

or aggressive chemical fi ltration. These heavy-wall-housing fi lters will withstand operating 

pressures of up to 150 PSI with no problem. Series 4200 fi lters will work in corrosive 

atmospheres and harsh environments, places where a metal housing would have to be 

painted or epoxy-coated just to survive. 

The Right Confi guration for Your Application: Series 4200 cartridge fi lter housings are 

offered in three sizes – making it easier to choose the exact fi lter for your application requirements. 

And you can choose between two types of Hayward cartridges. Hayward HC 

cellulose cartridges are perfect for all types of water fi ltration up to 165°F. Their special 

design packs 47 sq ft of fi lter media into a 16˝ tall cartridge. Hayward PF polypropylene 

cartridges are silicone-free and feature graded density construction. 

Duplex Models: Choose a Hayward Series 4200 duplex cartridge fi lter for those applications 

where the pipeline fl ow cannot be shut down to change out fi lter cartridges. Duplex 

fi lters allow the pipeline fl ow to be diverted to one of the two fi lter housings. This permits 

the off-line housing to be serviced without fl ow shutdown. 

Part # Material Size End Conn. Part # Material Size End Conn. 

SB1050ST PVC 1/2˝ Skt/Thd SB2050ST CPVC 1/2˝ Skt/Thd 

SB1050SF PVC 1/2˝ Flanged SB2050SF CPVC 1/2˝ Flanged 



SB1100ST PVC 1˝ Skt/Thd SB2100ST CPVC 1˝ Skt/Thd 

SB1100F PVC 1˝ Flanged SB2100F CPVC 1˝ Flanged 

SB1125ST PVC 1-1/4˝ Skt/Thd SB2125ST CPVC 1-1/4˝ Skt/Thd 

SB1125F PVC 1-1/4˝ Flanged SB2125F CPVC 1-1/4˝ Flanged 





SB1250T PVC 2-1/2˝ Threaded SB2250T CPVC 2-1/2˝ Threaded 

SB1250S PVC 2-1/2˝ Socket SB2250S CPVC 2-1/2˝ Socket 


SB1300T PVC 3˝ Threaded SB2300T CPVC 3˝ Threaded 

SB1300S PVC 3˝ Socket SB2300S CPVC 3˝ Socket 





SB1600FT PVC 6˝ Flanged SB2600FT CPVC 6˝ Flanged 

SB1800FT PVC 8˝ Flanged SB2800FT CPVC 8˝ Flanged 

Note: 


• Polypropylene monofi lament fi lter bags are available in sewn construction in 150, 400, and 800 microns.


YS10050T PVC 1/2˝ Thread 

YS10050S PVC 1/2˝ Socket 

YS10075T PVC 3/4˝ Thread 

YS10075S PVC 3/4˝ Socket 

YS10100T PVC 1˝ Thread 

YS10100S PVC 1˝ Socket 

YS10125T PVC 1-1/4˝ Thread 

YS10125S PVC 1-1/4˝ Socket 





YS10200F PVC 2˝ Flanged 



YS10250F PVC 2-1/2˝ Flanged 







HAYWARD PLASTIC Y-STRAINERS 

Hayward® Y-Strainers protect piping system components from damage caused by dirt 

or debris in the process media. They cost less than other types of strainers and are light 

weight and very compact. Because they can often be supported by the pipeline alone, they 

work in applications where other types of strainers cannot. 

Hayward® Y-Strainers are supplied with a 1/32” perforated plastic screen. This screen is 

ultrasonically welded, not glued, for superior strength. Screens fabricated from Type 316 

stainless steel are also available in openings from 1/2” down to a super fi ne 325 mesh. All 

screens have an open area at least twice that of the equivalent pipe size cross-sectional 

area to minimize pressure drop. 

All sizes of Hayward® Y-Strainers feature a heavy-duty hex cap that permits quick 

and easy removal of the strainer screen when cleanout becomes necessary. Hayward® 

Y-Strainers work equally well in the horizontal or vertical position, simplifying piping system 

layout. This strainer is available in clear PVC which permits viewing of the strainer 

screen in operation. This helps determine when it needs cleaning based on a visual check 

of the amount of debris retained by the screen. These Y- Strainers are available in sizes 

from 1/2” to 2” with socket or threaded pipe connections. 


YS20050T CPVC 1/2˝ Thread 

YS20050S CPVC 1/2˝ Socket 

YS20075T CPVC 3/4˝ Thread 

YS20075S CPVC 3/4˝ Socket 

YS20100T CPVC 1˝ Thread 

YS20100S CPVC 1˝ Socket 

YS20125T CPVC 1-1/4˝ Thread 

YS20125S CPVC 1-1/4˝ Socket 





YS20200F CPVC 2˝ Flanged 



YS20250F CPVC 2-1/2˝ Flanged 








YS00050T Clear PVC 1/2˝ Thread 

YS00050S Clear PVC 1/2˝ Socket 

YS00075T Clear PVC 3/4˝ Thread 

YS00075S Clear PVC 3/4˝ Socket 

YS00100T Clear PVC 1˝ Thread 

YS00100S Clear PVC 1˝ Socket 

YS00125T Clear PVC 1-1/4˝ Thread 

YS00125S Clear PVC 1-1/4˝ Socket 

YS00150T Clear PVC 1-1/2˝ Thread 

YS00150S Clear PVC 1-1/2˝ Socket 

YS00200T Clear PVC 2˝ Thread 

YS00200S Clear PVC 2˝ Socket 

Options 

• Stainless Steel Strainer Screens 

Features 

• Horizontal or Vertical Installation 

• 2:1 Open Air Ratio 

• Hex Cap for Easy Access to Screen 

• Plastic Screen has 1/32” Perforation 


Notes: 

• All Y-Strainers have an FPM o-ring seal and are assembled with silicone free lubricant. Each Y-Strainer includes one 1/32˝ perforated plastic screen. 

• Y-strainers are available with Stainless steel screens. To replace the plastic screen with an all stainless one, there will be a price adder. Screens have some plastic 

components. 

• Stainless steel screens are available in perforations of 1/32˝, 1/16˝, 1/8˝, 3/16˝, & 1/2˝. 1/2˝ perf offered only on 1-1/2˝ and larger Y-strainers. 

• Stainless steel mesh screens come in sizes 20, 40, 60, 80, 100, 200 and 325 

6-21 

6

6 

6-22 

Options 

• Stainless steel strainer baskets 

• Pressure differential gauge and 

switch 

• Clear, see-through model made 

of Eastar ® 

• EPDM seals (add an “E” to end 

of part #) 

• Polypropylene and Food-Grade 

FRP also available 

Features 

• External Body Threads 

• Low Pressure Drop 

• In-Line or Loop Piping Design 

• True Union Connections 

• Ergonomic Hand-Removable 

Cover 

• FPM Seals 

• Integral, Flat Mounting Base 

• Liquid Displacing Cover 


Basket Selection 

• The 1/2˝ to 1˝ strainers can be 

ordered with either a 1/32˝ or 1/16˝ 

perf plastic basket. 

• The 11/2˝ and 2˝ with a 1/32˝, 

1/16˝, 1/8˝, or 3/16˝ perf plastic 

basket. 

• The 3˝ and 4˝ with a 1/16˝, 1/8˝ or 

3/16˝ perf plastic basket. 

• The 6˝ and 8˝ with a 1/8˝ or 3/16˝ 


• Stainless steel baskets for all size 

strainers are available in these 

perfs: 

1/32˝, 3/64˝, 1/16˝, 5/64˝, 7/64˝, 

1/8˝, 5/32˝, 3/16˝, 1/4˝, 3/8˝, 1/2˝; 

and in mesh sizes: 20, 40, 60, 80, 

100, 200, 325 

HAYWARD SIMPLEX PLASTIC BASKET STRAINERS 

When pipeline system components require protection from dirt and debris and the line can 

be shut down for basket cleaning, a Hayward® All Plastic Simplex Basket Strainer is the 

ideal choice. Unwanted particles are removed as the process media passes through a perforated 

strainer basket contained inside the strainer body. The basket traps the unwanted 

material while allowing the process media to fl ow freely. 

Changing or cleaning the strainer basket is quick and easy. The hand-removable, spin-off 

cover features two angled handles for easy access to the strainer basket. The housing features 

external cover threads that do not contact the process media and never need cleaning. 

Venting and draining are made possible by two hand-removable, threaded plugs - one on 

the top of the cover and the other on the housing side. 

Hayward® Simplex Basket Strainers can be installed either in-line or with loop piping 

confi gurations. This is made possible by a unique design that incorporates three piping 

connections on the strainer body that are used as inlets and outlets. The unused connection 

is plugged using a blind fi tting (included). True Union connections make it possible to 

remove the strainer from the piping system without disassembling the piping connections. 

Plastic Baskets in perforation sizes from 1/32” to 3/16” are available. Stainless steel perforated 

baskets are available from 1/2” to 1/32”. Mesh stainless steel baskets for very fi ne 

straining applications are available in sizes from 20 mesh down to 325 mesh. 














SB1250T PVC 2-1/2˝ Threaded SB2250T CPVC 2-1/2˝ Threaded 

SB1250S PVC 2-1/2˝ Socket SB2250S CPVC 2-1/2˝ Socket 








SB1600FT PVC 6˝ Flanged SB2600FT CPVC 6˝ Flanged 

SB1800FT PVC 8˝ Flanged SB2800FT CPVC 8˝ Flanged

Options 

• Stainless steel strainer baskets 

• Pressure differential gauge and switch 

• Clear, see-through model made of Eastar ® 

• EPDM seals (add an “E” to end of part #) 

• Polypropylene also available 

Features 

• External Body Threads 

• Low Pressure Drop 

• Operates Continuously, No Shut Down 

For Basket Cleaning or Changing 

• True Union Connections and FPM Seals 

• Ergonomic Hand-Removable Cover 

• Hand-Removable Vent and Drain 

• Liquid Displacing Cover 


Notes: 

• 1/2˝ thru 2˝ Strainers are 

supplied with both socket and 

threaded end connectors. 

• For 1/2˝, 3/4˝ and 1˝ Basket 

Strainers, standard perforation is 

1/32˝. 

• For 1-1/2˝ thru 8˝ Basket Strain 

ers, standard perforation is 1/8˝. 

• All Simplex Basket Strainers 

are assembled with silicone free 

lubricant. 

• Each Simplex Basket Strainer 

includes one plastic basket. If 

perforation is not specifi ed, then 

standard basket perforation will be 

supplied. 

• The 1/2˝ to 1˝ strainers can be 

ordered with either a 1/32˝ or 


• The 1-1/2˝ and 2˝ with a 1/32˝, 

1/16˝, 1/8˝, or 3/16˝ perf plastic 

basket. 

• The 3˝ and 4˝ with a 1/16˝, 1/8˝ or 


• The 6˝ and 8˝ with a 1/8˝ or 3/16˝ 


• Stainless steel baskets for all 

size strainers are available in these 

perfs: 1/32˝, 3/64˝, 1/16˝, 5/64˝, 

7/64˝, 1/8˝, 5/32˝, 3/16˝, 1/4˝, 3/8˝, 

1/2˝; and in mesh sizes: 20, 40, 60, 

80, 100, 200, 325 

HAYWARD DUPLEX BASKET STRAINERS 

When pipeline system components require protection from dirt and debris 

and the line cannot be shut down for basket cleaning, a Hayward® All Plastic 

Duplex Basket Strainer is the ideal choice. Unwanted particles are removed 

as the process media passes through a perforated strainer basket contained 

inside the strainer body. The basket traps the unwanted material while allowing 

the process media to fl ow freely. And the fl ow never has to be shut off 

for basket cleaning or changing. 

Changing or cleaning the strainer basket is quick and easy. Turning the 

operating handle on the diverter valve assembly switches the fl ow from one 

strainer housing to the other. Then, the out of service housing can be serviced 

by opening the hand-removable, spin-off cover that features two angled 

handles for easy access to the strainer basket. The housings have external 

cover threads that do not contact the process media and never need cleaning. 

Venting and draining are made possible by two hand-removable, threaded 

plugs on the cover and side of the housings. 

Hayward® Duplex Basket Strainers can be installed either in-line or with 

loop piping confi gurations. This is made possible by changing the orientation 

of the bottom outlet connection. 


DB1050ST PVC 1/2˝ Skt/Thd DB2050ST CPVC 1/2˝ Skt/Thd 

DB1050SF PVC 1/2˝ Flanged DB2050SF CPVC 1/2˝ Flanged 

DB1075ST PVC 3/4˝ Skt/Thd DB2075ST CPVC 3/4˝ Skt/Thd 

DB1075SF PVC 3/4˝ Flanged DB2075SF CPVC 3/4˝ Flanged 

DB1100ST PVC 1˝ Skt/Thd DB2100ST CPVC 1˝ Skt/Thd 

DB1100F PVC 1˝ Flanged DB2100F CPVC 1˝ Flanged 

DB1125ST PVC 1-1/4˝ Skt/Thd DB2125ST CPVC 1-1/4˝ Skt/Thd 

DB1125F PVC 1-1/4˝ Flanged DB2125F CPVC 1-1/4˝ Flanged 

DB1150ST PVC 1-1/2˝ Skt/Thd DB2150ST CPVC 1-1/2˝ Skt/Thd 


DB1200ST PVC 2˝ Skt/Thd DB2200ST CPVC 2˝ Skt/Thd 


DB1250T PVC 2-1/2˝ Threaded DB2250T CPVC 2-1/2˝ Threaded 

DB1250S PVC 2-1/2˝ Socket DB2250S CPVC 2-1/2˝ Socket 


DB1300T PVC 3˝ Threaded DB2300T CPVC 3˝ Threaded 

DB1300S PVC 3˝ Socket DB2300S CPVC 3˝ Socket 


DB1400T PVC 4˝ Threaded DB2400T CPVC 4˝ Threaded 

DB1400S PVC 4˝ Socket DB2400S CPVC 4˝ Socket 


DB1600FT PVC 6˝ Flanged DB2600FT CPVC 6˝ Flanged 

DB1800FT PVC 8˝ Flanged DB2800FT CPVC 8˝ Flanged 

6-23 

6

6 

Notes: 

• Other perforations may be available upon request. 

6-24 

HAYWARD STRAINERS BASKETS 

It is recommended that one spare basket per strainer be kept on hand at all times. The old 

style baskets are available upon request, while supplies last. An adapter is required when 

using 316 Stainless Steel baskets. 

FOR 1/2˝, 3/4˝, AND 1˝ 

PVC 316 SS Corzan ® CPVC 316 SS 

Perf PART # MESH PART # Perf PART # Perf PART # 

1/32˝ BS11001/32 20 BS710020 1/32˝ BS21001/32 1/32˝ BS71001/32 

1/16˝ BS11001/16 40 BS710040 1/16˝ BS21001/16 1/16˝ BS71001/16 

1/8˝ BS11001/8 60 BS710060 1/8˝ BS21001/8 1/8˝ BS71001/8 

3/16˝ BS11003/16 80 BS710080 3/16˝ BS21003/16 3/16˝ BS71003/16 

100 BS7100100 

FOR 1-1/4˝, 1-1/2˝, AND 2˝ 



1/32˝ BS12001/32 20 BS720020 1/32˝ BS22001/32 1/32˝ BS72001/32 

1/16˝ BS12001/16 40 BS720040 1/16˝ BS22001/16 1/16˝ BS72001/16 

1/8˝ BS12001/8 60 BS720060 1/8˝ BS22001/8 1/8˝ BS72001/8 


100 BS7200100 

FOR 2-1/2˝, 3˝, AND 4˝ 



1/32˝ BS14001/32 20 BS740020 1/32˝ BS24001/32 1/32˝ BS74001/32 

1/16˝ BS14001/16 40 BS740040 1/16˝ BS24001/16 1/16˝ BS74001/16 

1/8˝ BS14001/8 60 BS740060 1/8˝ BS24001/8 1/8˝ BS74001/8 


100 BS7400100 

FOR 6˝ 



1/32˝ BS16001/32 20 BS76001420 1/32˝ BS26001/32 1/32˝ BS76001/32 

1/16˝ BS16001/16 40 BS76001440 1/16˝ BS26001/16 1/16˝ BS76001/16 

1/8˝ BS16001/8 60 BS76001460 1/8˝ BS26001/8 1/8˝ BS76001/8 


100 BS760014100 

FOR 8˝ 



1/32˝ BS18001/32 20 BS78001420 1/32˝ BS28001/32 1/32˝ BS78001/32 



3/16˝ BS18003/16 80 BS78001480 3/16˝ BS28003/16 3/16˝ BS78003/16 

100 BS780014100

Features 

• Flows Comparable with Conventional 3/8” 

Tank Mixing Eductors 

• Lower Profi le Helps Save Valuable Tank 

Space and Makes for Easier Retrofi ts 

• Larger Connection Sizes Eliminate Need 

for Multiple Bushings When Using Standard 

Fittings or P-Series Pump 

• Larger Plume Dispersion Angle Helps 

Eliminate Dead Spots Between Eductors 

• Maximum Temperature 280° F 

Features 

• Available as systems with pumps, 

kits or nozzles sold separately 

• Deluxe model features adjustable 

nozzles 

• No metal to solution contact 

• Perfect solution for large tanks 

• Induces 4 gallons extra for every 

gallon passing through nozzle 

PENGUIN PE PENDUCTOR SPARGING EDUCTORS 

Penguin Penductor sparging eductors offer a new twist to the current eductor craze. Based 

on established eductor principles, the Series PE Penductor was designed especially for 

industrial sparging applications. The nozzle was designed utilizing the same orifi ce size as 

a typical 3/8” NPT tank mixing eductor, with a larger connection size, thus giving you the 

same fl ow characteristics with less pressure drop. This can reduce the horsepower required 

on larger systems. The larger connection size allows you to use standard PVC reducing 

tees without extra bushings or reducing couplings, thus saving you valuable tank space. 

The diffuser was designed with a larger plume dispersion angle for more uniform agitation 

and a lower profi le to allow you to utilize your tank space more effi ciently. The result, the 

Penductor, a more effi cient space-saving eductor made specifi cally for the surface fi nishing 

industry. 

Part # IPS Size Material 

PE-3/4B 3/4" FPT PP 

PE-3/4C 3/4" FPT PVDF 

PE-1B 1" MPT PP 

PE-1C 1" MPT PVDF 

PENGUIN SERIES PES PENDUCTOR SYSTEMS 

Penguin Penductor systems are designed for in-tank mixing using the tank fl uid as the 

mixing medium for solution agitation. Simple in design, the Series PES Penductor systems 

are easy to install, operate, and maintain. Penductors utilize the fl uid inside the tank reservoir 

as the “motive” fl uid, which is defi ned as the fl uid fl owing through the Penductor 

nozzle. The high velocity motive fl uid entrains the liquid near the suction openings of the 

Penductor, and mixes this liquid thoroughly as it passes through the diffuser. The resulting 

plume of mixed fl uid, fl owing at an intermediate velocity, now proceeds to mix and agitate 

the remaining tank liquid. The Series PES Penductor systems are completely piped and 

ready to be attached to the discharge of the motive driving pump. Recommended Applications 

include Cleaning Tanks, Phosphating Tanks, Anodizing Tanks, Cooling Towers, and 

Fertilizer Tanks 

Please contact customer service for assistance in sizing your Penductor System. 

6-25 

6

6 

6-26 

MAZZEI INJECTORS 

Mazzei® Injectors are high effi ciency, Venturi-type, differential pressure injectors. A pressure difference between the inlet and outlet 

ports of the injector creates a vacuum inside the injector body, which initiates suction through the suction port. 

How a Mazzei® Injector Works 

When a pressurized operating (motive) fl uid enters the injector inlet, it is constricted toward the injection chamber and changes into 

a high velocity jet stream. The increase in velocity through the injection chamber results in a decrease in pressure, thereby enabling 

an additive material to be drawn through the suction port and entrained into the motive stream. As the jet stream is diffused toward 

the injector outlet its velocity is reduced and it is reconverted into pressure energy (but at a pressure lower than injector inlet pressure). 

Mazzei® Injectors are extremely effi cient. They operate over a wide range of pressures and require only a minimal pressure 

differential between inlet and outlet sides to initiate a vacuum at the suction for either liquid or gas. 

Applications 

• Chemical 

• Wastewater treatment 

• Chlorination 

• Pulp & Paper Slurries 

• Printing inks 

• Oil based fl uids 

• Gaseous fl uids 

• Shear sensitive fl uids 

• Caustics 

• Chemical Slurries 

• Food and Beverage 

Special Features: 

• Considerable cost savings versus other injection methods 

• Single unit construction-Trouble free operation with no moving 

parts 

• No electrical connections needed 

• Can run dry with no problems 

• Molded of: Polypropylene, PVDF (KYNAR) or 316 L Stainless 

Steel 

• Flow ranges of 1/2 GPM (2 liters/min.) through 4,000 GPM 

(15 m3 per min) 

• ISO-R (BSPT) threads available in Kynar models 

• Proven Performance 

Mazzei® Injectors are available in High Performance PVDF 

(Kynar®) 

• PVDF is an advanced thermoplastic that is superior to other 

types including PVC, Polypropylene & Polyethylene 

• Stronger/Higher pressure and temperature-handling capabilities 

• Resistant to ozone 

• Greater chemical resistance / Resistant to Chlorine, Sulfuric and 

Nitric Acids 

• Abrasion and wear resistant 

• Sunlight (UV) resistant 

Things you need to know 

1. What do you want to inject (i.e. liquid or gas?) 

2. How much do you want to inject (i.e. liquid in GPH or gas in 

scfh?) 

3. Motive Flow Rate (i.e. how much water needs to run through 

the injector?) 

4. Inlet Pressure in psi (i.e. what is the pressure upstream from 

the injector?)** 

5. Outlet Pressure in psi (i.e. what pressure will the injector see 

downstream?)** 

Mazzei® Injectors are of very high quality and are technically designed 

for exact performance. In order to select the right injector 

for your application please contact Fabco so that we can match 

your requirement to the Mazzei® performance tables. 

**Remember, for the injector to operate it must experience a 

higher inlet pressure than outlet pressure (called the differential 

pressure). Our injectors are very effi cient and begin to operate 

with as little as 20% differential pressure!

Applications 

• Chemical 


• Chlorination 


• Printing inks 




• Caustics 



FLEX-PRO TM PERISTALTIC PUMPS 

• Peristaltic pump design does not have valves that can clog requiring maintenance. 

• Self priming - even against maximum line pressure. 

• By-pass valves are not required. 

• Cannot vapour lock or lose prime. 

• Output volume is not effected by changes in back pressure. 

• Two pump tubes supplied with each pump. No extra tubing required. 

• Inputs include: 4-20mA, 0-10VDC, and Pulse inputs for external speed control and 0-30 

VDC contact closure remote start/stop. 

• Operator friendly digital touch pad with menu driven software. 

• VGA Graphic backlit LCD displays motor speed, input signal values, service and alarm 

status. 

• Outputs include: Scalable 4-20mA and pulse, One 10 amp relay and three 30 VDC 

contact closures assignable to monitor TFD, FVS, motor on, operating mode error. 

• Two CNC machined squeeze rollers and two alignment rollers for optimum squeeze, 

unparalleled accuracy, and tube life. 

• Heavy duty rotor - single piece rotor design means no fl exing and increased accuracy 

• Pump can handle same maximum PSI in either direction . 

• Output rates to: 33.3 GPH (126 LPH) @ 125 PSI (8.6 Bar). 

• No maintenance, brushless variable speed motor. 

• Specially engineered tubing for long life at high pressures. 

• Motor reverse feature to increase tube life. 

• Patented Tube Failure Detection (TFD) system. Senses tube failure by detecting chemical 

in the pump head. 

Feed rate Part Numbers 

GPH LPH ML/Min 

Max 

Speed 

RPM tube type 115V AC 230V AC 220V AC 

.01 - 1.0 .03 - 3.9 .63 - 63.1 62 Norprene A3V14-SND A3V15-SND A3V16-SND 

.02 - 2.1 .07 - 7.8 1.32 - 132.5 125 Norprene A3V24-SND A3V25-SND A3V26-SND 

.04 - 4.0 .15 - 15.0 2.52 - 252.4 62 Norprene A3V14-SNF A3V15-SNF A3V16-SNF 

.07 - 7.9 .30 - 30.0 4.98 - 498.4 125 Norprene A3V24-SNF A3V25-SNF A3V26-SNF 

.09 - 9.0 .34 - 34.1 5.67 - 567.8 62 Norprene A3V14-SNH A3V15-SNH A3V16-SNH 

.12 - 12.7 .48 - 48.0 8.01 - 801.2 62 Norprene A3V14-SNJ A3V15-SNJ A3V16-SNJ 

.16 - 16.6 .63 - 63.0 10.47 - 1047.3 125 Norprene A3V24-SND A3V25-SND A3V26-SND 

.17 - 17.4 .66 - 66.0 10.97 - 1097.8 125 Norprene A3V24-SNH A3V25-SNH A3V26-SNH 

.25 - 25.3 .96 - 96.0 15.96 - 1596.2 125 Norprene A3V24-SNJ A3V25-SNJ A3V26-SNJ 

.33 - 33.3 1.2 - 126.0 21.00 - 2100.9 125 Norprene A3V24-SNK A3V25-SNK A3V26-SNK 

.02 - 2.4 .09 - 9.0 1.51 - 151.41 62 Tygothane A3V14-SGE A3V15-SGE A3V16-SGE 

.04 - 4.6 .17 - 17.4 2.90 - 290.2 125 Tygothane A3V24-SGE A3V25-SGE A3V26-SGE 

.05 - 5.0 .18 - 18.9 3.15 - 315.45 62 Tygothane A3V14-SGG A3V15-SGG A3V16-SGG 

.10 - 10.1 .38 - 38.4 6.37 - 637.2 125 Tygothane A3V24-SGG A3V25-SGG A3V26-SGG 

.12 - 12.0 .45 - 45.6 7.57 - 757.1 62 Tygothane A3V14-SGH A3V15-SGH A3V16-SGH 

.24 - 24.9 .94 - 94.2 15.70 - 1570.9 125 Tygothane A3V24-SGH A3V25-SGH A3V26-SGH 

6-27 

6

6 

Applications 

• Chemical 


• Chlorination and Caustics 







Selection Process 

1. Select Maximum Motor RPM (See Below) 

0 = 14 RPM 

1 = 30 RPM 

2 = 45 RPM 

3 = 60 RPM 

2. Select Power Supply 

0 = 115V60Hz 

1 = 220V50Hz 

2 = 230V60Hz 

8 = 240V50Hz 

3. Select Pump Tube Size and Material (see below) 

1 = 1/4” OD Tygothane 



4 = 1/4” OD Norprene 

5 = 5/16” OD Viton 



4. Select Tubing Connection Type 

T = Compression tube nuts 

Q = Push-on quick connect 

5. Select Miscellaneous Options if required 

6-28 

A-100N PERISTALTIC PUMPS 

• Peristaltic pump design does not have valves that can clog requiring maintenance. 

• Self priming - even against maximum line pressure. By-pass valves are not required. 

• Cannot vapour lock or lose prime. 

• Outputs to 250 ml/min (95.1 GPD). 

• Output pressures to 100 PSI. 

• Output volume is not effected by changes in back pressure. 

• Patented pump tube design installs easily and stays centered on the rollers without 

manual adjustment. 

• Two pump tubes supplied with each pump. No extra tubing required. 

• Easy to use dial knob speed adjustment. 

• Built-in Tube Failure Detection system (TFD). Senses chemical in the pump head, shuts 

off the pump and activates an NPN open collector output. 

• Compatible with Blue-White’s output fl ow verifi cation sensor system. 

• Durable housing of chemical resistant Valox (PBT) thermoplastic. 


Max. working pressure: 100 psig (6.9 bar) 

Max. fl uid temperature:130 °F (54 °C) 

Max. ambient temperature: 14 to 110 °F/-10 to 43 °C 

Output adjustment range: 5-100% in 1% increments 

Duty cycle: Continuous 

Maximum viscosity: 5,000 Centipoise 

Maximum suction lift: 30 ft. Water 0 psig 

Maximum Solids: 50% by volume 

Enclosure: NEMA type 2, (IP21) 

Voltage (amp draw): 

115VAC/60Hz, 1ph (.513 amp max) 




Power Cord Plug Type: 

115V60Hz = NEMA 5/15 (USA) 

230V60Hz = NEMA 6/15 (USA) 

220V50Hz = CEE 7/VII (EUROPE) 

240V50Hz = CEE 7/VII (U.K) 


14 RPM Model 30 RPM Model 45 RPM Model 60 RPM Model 

Tubing Material GPH GPD psi GPH GPD psi GPH GPD psi GPH GPD psi 

1 = 1/4” OD Tygothane 0.24 5.7 65 0.55 13.3 65 0.86 20.5 65 1.06 25.5 65 

2 = 3/8” OD Tygothane 0.51 12.2 65 1.19 28.5 65 1.82 43.7 65 2.22 53.2 65 

3 = 7/16” OD Tygothane 1.16 27.8 50 2.74 65.8 50 4.14 99.2 50 5.17 124 50 

4 = 1/4” OD Norprene 0.1 2.3 100 0.21 4.9 100 0.1 8 100 0.4 9.5 75 

5 = 5/16” OD Viton 0.17 4.2 25 0.41 9.9 25 0.62 14.8 25 0.76 18.3 25 

6 = 3/8” OD Norprene 0.29 6.8 100 0.67 16 100 1 24 100 1.25 30 75 

7 = 7/16” OD Norprene 0.9 21.7 50 2.19 52.5 50 3.17 76.1 50 3.96 95.1 50


Maximum feed rate: 112 GPD 

Maximum PSI: 25 

Maximum fl uid temperature: 130 °F 

Maximum viscosity: 500 Centipoise 

Maximum suction lift: 10 ft. water at 0 PSI 

Turn down ratio: non adjustable 


Power Requirements: 

Standard: 115V / 60Hz 

Optional: 230V / 60Hz or 24V / 60Hz 

Amperage draw: 

115V / 60Hz, starting .74 / running .45 

230V / 60Hz, starting .36 / running .21 

24V / 60Hz, starting 3.4 / running 2.0 

Dimensions: 4-3/4” H x 10” W x 6-1/4” D 

Shipping weight: 8 lbs. 


Max. working pressure: 150 psig 

Max. fl uid temperature: 130 F (54 °C) 

Max. Ambient temperature: 14 to 110 °F/-10 to 43 °C 



Output adjustment range: 400:1 

Stroke length and motor speed: 5-100% 


Enclosure: NEMA 3R, (IP23) 

Voltage (amp draw): 115VAC/60Hz 

230VAC/60Hz 

Power Cord Plug Type: 

115V60Hz = NEMA 5/15 (USA) 

230V60Hz = NEMA 6/15 (USA) 

Approximate shipping wt: ...12 lb. (5.4 kg) 

A-1600 FLEXFLO ® PERISTALTIC PUMPS 

• Economical and versatile. 

• OEM design modifi cations. 

• Compact housing. 

• Fixed output rate depending on the selected RPM. 

Part # P.S.I ML/MIN OZ/MIN G.P.H G.P.D 

A-1614-3N 25 3 .1 .04 1 

A-1614-4 25 17 .5 .26 6 

A-1614-6 25 60 2.0 .95 22 

A-1614-7 25 75 2.5 1.18 28 

A-1630-3N 25 11 .3 .17 4 

A-1630-4 25 40 1.3 .63 15 

A-1630-6 25 130 4.4 2.05 49 

A-1630-7 25 195 6.5 3.08 74 

A-1645-3n 25 14 .4 .22 5 

A-1645-4 25 54 1.8 .85 20 

A-1645-6 25 195 6.5 3.08 74 

A-1645-7 25 295 9.9 4.67 112 

C-1100 CHEM-FEED Diaphragm Metering Pumps 

• Double-ball inlet and outlet cartridge type ceramic check valves. 

• Chemical resistant PVDF valve body and fi tting, ceramic balls, Viton 

static seals and TFE/P ball seat O-rings. 

• No metal springs are used. 

• Stroke length & speed adjustment for accurate small injections at a 

high rate per minute. 400:1 turndown ratio. 

• PVDF suction (foot) valve with Viton and TFE/P O-rings, ceramic 

check ball and removable polypropylene fi lter screen. 

GPD LPH Strokes/MIN Max PSI 115V/60Hz Part # 230V/60Hz Part # 

57.7 9.1 60 150 C11V344X000V00 C11V364X000V00 

119.7 18.9 125 150 C11V444X000V00 C11V464X000V00 

155.9 24.6 125 150 C11V441X000V00 C11V461X000V00 

260.8 41.1 250 100 C11V544X000V00 C11V564X000V00 

360 56.8 250 25 C11V543X000V00 C11V563X000V00 

6-29 

6

6 

6-30 

C-1500N CHEM-FEED DIAPHRAGM METERING PUMPS 

Selection Process 

1. Maximum Motor RPM 

0 = 14 RPM 3 = 60 RPM 

1 = 30 RPM 4 = 125 RPM 

2 = 45 RPM 

2. Select Power Supply (motor protection) 

0 = 115V60Hz (IP) 4 = 115V60Hz (TP) 

1 = 220V50Hz (IP) 5 = 220V50Hz (TP) 

2 = 230V60Hz (IP) 6 = 230V60Hz (TP) 

3 = 24V60Hz (IP) 7 = 24V50Hz (none)* 

8 = 240V50Hz (TP) 

IP = impedance protection, P = Thermal protection 

* intermittent duty only 

3. Select Cam Stroke Length 

1 = .125” 3 = .187” 

2 = .055” 4 = .100” 

4. Select Output Control & Electrical 

X = Standard Equipment 

I = Analog timer, 5 sec. Cycle - 100% duty 

K = Analog timer, 60 sec. Cycle - 100% duty 

A = Junction box replaces power cord 

C = On/Off switch and junction box 

P = Power cord and junction box 

R = 230V Power cord w/NEMA 6/15 plug 

T = 230V Power cord and on/off switch 

Z = Proportional feed system - JBox/Cord 

5. Select Pump Head Material 

0 = Injection molded Polypropylene 

4 = Machined Tefl on 

5 = Machined Acrylic 

6. Select Pump Head Style 

0 = Large Diaphragm 4 = Large Diaphragm Carwash 

2 = Small Diaphragm 6 = Small Diaphragm Carwash 

5 = Large Pressure release 

7. Select Diaphragm Style 

0 = Large Tefl on/EP 6 = Small Tefl on / EP 

1 = Large Tefl on/Viton 7 = Small Tefl on / EP 

8. Select Elastomer Material 

V = Viton E = EP 

9. Select Injection Fitting 

0 = A-014HD (Polypropylene - ½ lb spring) 

1 = C-395HD (Polypropylene - 6 lb spring) 

A = A-014-6T (Tefl on - ½ lb spring) 

B = C-395-6T (Tefl on - 6 lb spring) 

C = A-014HDK (PVDF - ½ lb spring) 

D = C-395HDK (PVDF - 6 lb spring) 

10. Select Footvalve 

0 = C-340 (PVDF/PP) 

1 = C-345 (PVDF/PP - bulkhead mount) 

2 = C-340-6T (Tefl on) 

• All ball bearing, permanently lubricated gear motor for smooth 

and quiet operation. 


• Chemical resistant PVDF valve body and fi tting, ceramic balls, 

Viton static seals and FEP ball seat o-rings. 

• No metal springs are used. 

• Stroke adjustment 5-100% permits accurate small injections at a 

high rate per minute. 

• Tefl on coated EP diaphragm and outdoor rated enclosure. 

• Includes visual fl ow indicator on the suction line tubing. 

• Durable housing of chemical resistant Valox (PBT) thermoplastic 

• PVDF suction valve with Viton and TFE/P o-rings, ceramic check 

ball and removable PP fi lter screen. 

• Includes 3/8” OD suction and discharge tubing, Injection fi tting 

with spring-loaded check valve and all mounting hardware. 


Max. working pressure: 125 psig (8.6 bar) 

Max. fl uid temperature: 130 °F (54 °C) 





Enclosure: NEMA type 3R, (IP23) 


Max Output at 0 PSI 

GPD GPH LPM Strokes 

per Min 

Max 

PSI 

115V/60Hz Part # 230V/60HZ Part # 

Standard models with Stroke Adjustment (20:1 turndown) 

3.4 0.2 0.5 14 125 C15N002X026V00 C15N022X026V00 

8.3 0.3 1.3 30 125 C15N102X026V00 C15N122X026V00 

16.3 0.6 2.5 60 125 C15N302X026V00 C15N322X026V00 

26.6 1.1 4.2 45 125 C15N202X000V00 C15N222X000V00 

34.2 1.4 5.4 125 125 C15N402X026V00 C15N422X026V00 

68.4 2.8 10.8 125 125 C15N402X000V00 C15N422X000V00 

119.7 4.9 18.9 125 70 C15N404X000V00 C15N424X000V00 

155.9 6.4 24.6 125 20 C15N401X000V00 C15N421X000V00 

228.1 9.5 36.0 125 10 C15N443X000V00 C15N463X000V00 

Deluxe models with Stroke & Time Interval Adjustment (400:1 turndown) 

34.2 1.4 5.4 125 125 C15N402I026V00 C15N422I026V00 

68.4 2.8 10.8 125 125 C15N402I000V00 C15N422I000V00 

155.9 6.4 24.6 125 20 C15N401I000V00 C15N421I000V00

max Output 

at 0 psi 

Max Output at 

Max PSI 

C-600P CHEM-FEED DIAPHRAGM PUMPS 

• All ball bearing, permanently lubricated gear motor for smooth and quiet operation. 


• Chemical resistant PVDF valve body and fi tting, ceramic balls, Viton static seals and 

TFE/P ball seat O-rings, no metal springs are used. 

• Outputs to 516 GPD and output pressures to 125 PSI. 

• Stroke adjustment 4-100% permits accurate small injections at a high rate per min. 

• Tefl on coated EP diaphragm and durable metal epoxy coated construction. 

• PVDF suction valve, Viton and TFE/P O-rings, ceramic check ball and PP fi lter screen. 

• Includes 3/8” OD suction and discharge tubing, Injection fi tting with spring-loaded 

check valve and all mounting 

OZ/ Strokes/ Max 

GPD GPH LPH MIN MIN PSI 115V/60Hz Part # 230V/60Hz Part # 

24 1.0 3.8 2.7 14 125 C-614P-115VAC C-614P-230VAC 

58 2.4 9.3 5.2 30 125 C-630P-115VAC C-630P-230VAC 

91 3.8 14.9 8.1 45 80 C-645P-115VAC C-645P-230VAC 

110 4.6 17.4 9.8 60 60 C-660P-115VAC C-660P-230VAC 

237 9.9 37.0 21.1 125 30 C-6125P-115VAC C-6125P-230VAC 

389 16.2 61.4 34.6 250 10 C-6250P-115VAC C-6250P-230VAC 

C3 SERIES CHEM-PRO TM DIAPHRAGM PUMPS 

• Output, Feed Rate (dosing) up to: 42 GPH, 1,004 GPD, 158 

LPH, 3,802 LPD 

• Output pressures to 150 PSI. 

• Operator friendly digital touch pad with easy to read Back 

Lit LCD display and failure alarm 

• Oversized PVDF double ball valves. 

• DFD, Built-in Diaphragm Failure Detection system. Senses 

chemical in the pump head, shuts off the pump. 

• Priming/degassing valve built into the pumphead 

• Suction tube (8 ft), priming tube (6 ft), injection fi tting, foot 

valve, and mounting brackets supplied with each pump. 

• NEMA 4X and IP66 rated enclosure 

Standard Model Deluxe Model 

Strokes 

230V/60Hz part # 

GPH LPH Max PSI GPH LPH per Min 115V/60Hz Part # 230V/60Hz Part # 115V/60Hz Part # 

19.7 74.6 150 11.3 42.6 130 C3F241XVA C3F251XVA C3V241XVA C3V251XVA 

42 159 100 34.7 131.4 130 C3F242XVA C3F252XVA C3V242XVA C3V252XVA 

6-31 

6

6 

CENTRIFUGAL PUMPS 

Ideal type for recirculating or transferring large 

volumes of liquid against modest discharge 

pressures. Centrifugals are generally quiet and 

vibration-free while operating. Most must be 

located below the liquid level of the reservoir 

so that the pump cavity is fi lled by gravity fl ow 

(fl ooded suction). 

6-32 

Company Name_____________________________ Date ________________________ 

Contact____________________________ Telephone______________________ 

Address___________________________ Fax___________________________ 

City_______________________________ Prov_________ Postal_____________ 

Classification End User Dealer Export 

Liquid Data 

Liquid to be pumped_____________________________ Concentration %____________________________ 

Pumping Temp_____________________ Specific Gravity_________________ 

Vapor Pressure________________ Viscosity______________________ 

Solids?___________ If So, What %_____________ Type_________________________ 

Temperature (°F, °C) ________ Normal ________ Maximum ________ Minimum _________ 

Performance Data 

Flow Rate _________ Normal _________ Minimum _______ Maximum _______ 

GPM M3/HR LPM Other 

Discharge Pressure__________________ Total Dynamic Head__________FEET 

Suction or Static Pressure____________________ 

Diff. Pressure__________0 PSIG Suction Lift?__________ 

Any Special Requirements? 

Specified Materials__________________________ Testing_______ Special Data Or Drawings_______ 

Electric Air Other 

PUMP SELECTION GUIDE 

SELF-PRIMING PUMPS 

Usually these are positive-displacement pumps 

of relatively low fl ow rates against reasonably 

high discharge pressures. Self-priming pumps 

normally have higher noise and vibration levels 

than centrifugals. As the name implies, these 

pumps have varying abilities to lift liquids from 

reservoirs below the pump levels and prime 

themselves. 

Motor Data 

SPECIAL SERVICE PUMPS 

Many pumps are designed for specifi c applications 

even though they may be either centrifugal 

or self-priming. Included in this are pumps for 

metering small fl ows, injecting chemicals into 

fl uid lines, transferring from drums or barrels, 

partially or completely submersible. These 

pumps are usually the best options for the types 

of applications described. 

Power AC DC Air Press._____PSI Enclosure TEFC ODP EXP 

Voltage __________ Phase Single Three N/A Hertz 60 50

ID H 

Litres IG USG (IN) (IN) Code 

19 4 5 11 14 C 

22 5 6 11 18 A 

23 5 6 11 15 R 

26 6 7 10 21 C 

30 7 8 13 16 C 

38 8 10 13 21 C 

40 9 11 15 16 A 

45 10 12 15 16 C 

55 12 14 13 27 R 

61 13 16 14 27 C 

64 14 17 18 15 C 

68 15 18 16 24 R 

68 15 18 17 18 R 

77 17 20 18 21 A 

91 20 24 17 24 R 

95 21 25 14 40 C 

106 23 28 22 18 C 

110 25 29 16 36 A 

114 25 30 16 34 R 

114 25 30 17 30 R 

136 30 36 18 37 A 

136 30 36 18 33 R 

136 30 36 22 22 R 

136 30 36 15 48 C 

151 33 40 18 40 C 

160 36 42 18 39 A 

200 45 53 22 36 A 

205 45 54 22 33 R 

OPEN TOP CYLINDRICAL TANKS 

Rugged, natural colour cylindrical tanks are available in a wide range of sizes. All are 

rotationally moulded of tough polyethylene for years of trouble-free use. Acceptable up to 

500 imperial gallon capacity without external support for specifi c gravity of 1.5 or less at 

temperatures up to150°F constant, 170°F intermittent. Tanks larger than 500 gallons need 

external support if temperature exceeds 100°F or specifi c gravity exceeds 1.2. All tanks 

regardless of load or temperature must be fully supported on the base, with no overhang. 

Covers available upon request. Standard material of construction is High Density Linear 

Poyethylene (HDLPE), Medium Density Linear Polyethylene (MDLPE) or Low Density 

Linear Polyethylene (LDLPE). Other Materials like XLPE black HDLPE may be 

available. Some tanks are U.V. stablized for sunlight protection in outdoor applications. 

Moulded covers and hinged covers are available for some sizes upon request. 

ID H 


208 46 55 22 36 C 

220 50 58 22 49 A 

227 50 60 22 37 R 

246 54 65 22 40 C 

265 58 70 24 36 C 

273 60 72 22 45 R 

276 61 73 30 24 C 

300 66 79 26 38 A 

322 71 85 28 32 C 

340 75 90 24 47 A 

341 75 90 24 48 C 

341 75 90 26 42 R 

379 83 100 28 42 C 

386 85 102 27 45 C 

397 87 105 36 24 C 

416 92 110 30 36 C 

435 96 115 32 36 S 

450 100 119 30 45 A 

455 100 120 30 40 R 

473 104 125 36 30 C 

560 125 148 30 49 A 

568 125 150 31 48 C 

568 125 150 33 42 S 

568 125 150 30 50 R 

568 125 150 36 35 R 

587 129 155 36 36 C 

625 137 165 31 56 C 

680 150 180 37 45 A 

Notes: 

• Tanks must be placed on fl oor or solid base. 

• Standard colour is natural. 

• Capacities and dimensions are approximate. 

• Tank drawings are available upon request. 

•Some tanks are U.V. stablized for sunlight protection. Please specify if tank is to be stored outdoors. 

ID H 


681 150 180 30 60 C 

682 150 180 36 42 R 

719 158 190 42 30 S 

757 167 200 36 48 C 

796 175 210 36 48 R 

800 178 211 30 73 A 

909 200 240 36 56 R 

984 217 260 36 60 C 

984 217 260 39 53 C 

1000 220 264 55 34 A 

1041 229 275 42 48 C 

1080 240 285 43 50 A 

1098 241 290 42 47 S 

1137 250 300 42 52 R 

1192 262 315 48 42 C 

1230 271 325 36 74 C 

1249 275 330 45 48 C 

1306 287 345 48 46 S 

1360 300 359 48 50 A 

1360 300 359 55 41 A 

1364 300 360 48 49 R 

1665 366 440 52 48 C 

1800 400 476 55 50 A 

1818 400 480 48 62 R 

1893 416 500 52 60 C 

2082 458 550 48 72 C 

2176 479 575 60 46 C 

2176 479 575 42 96 C 

7-1 

7

7 

Notes: 

• Tanks must be placed on fl oor or solid base. 




• some tanks are U.V. stablized for sunlight protection. Please specify if tank is to be stored outdoors. 

7-2 

ID H 


2273 500 600 48 84 R 

2273 500 600 60 51 R 

2460 541 650 48 84 C 

2460 541 650 60 58 S 

2555 562 675 66 46 C 

2650 583 700 55 70 C 

2650 583 700 64 54 S 

2728 600 720 60 62 R 

2933 645 775 72 44 S 

3028 666 800 72 46 C 

3028 666 800 60 66 C 

3410 750 900 72 54 R 

3596 791 950 78 46 C 

3690 812 975 60 80 S 

3785 833 1000 66 72 C 

3785 833 1000 84 46 C 

3785 833 1000 64 80 S 

4164 916 1100 60 90 C 

4500 1000 1189 70 78 A 

4546 1000 1200 72 70 R 

4731 1041 1250 69 84 C 

4731 1041 1250 86 55 S 

5110 1124 1350 82 59 C 

5110 1124 1350 72 76 S 

5488 1207 1450 60 120 S 

5600 1250 1480 70 93 A 

5678 1249 1500 73 84 C 

5867 1291 1550 96 51 S 

OPEN TOP CYLINDRICAL TANKS 

Rugged, natural colour cylindrical tanks are available in a wide range of sizes. All are 

rotationally moulded of tough polyethylene for years of trouble-free use. Acceptable up to 

500 imperial gallon capacity without external support for specifi c gravity of 1.5 or less at 

temperatures up to150°F constant, 170°F intermittent. Tanks larger than 500 gallons need 

external support if temperature exceeds 100°F or specifi c gravity exceeds 1.2. All tanks 

regardless of load or temperature must be fully supported on the base, with no overhang. 

Covers available upon request. Standard material of construction is High Density Linear 

Polyethylene (HDLPE), Medium Density Linear Polyethylene (MDLPE) or Low Density 

Linear Polyethylene (LDLPE). Other Materials like XLPE black HDLPE may be 

available. Some tanks are U.V. stablized for sunlight protection in outdoor applications. 

Moulded covers and hinged covers are available for some sizes upon request. 

ID H 


6800 1500 1800 86 76 R 

6813 1499 1800 86 76 S 

7002 1540 1850 72 109 S 

7192 1582 1900 96 62 S 

7570 1665 2000 84 84 C 

7570 1665 2000 82 90 C 

9000 2000 2500 102 76 R 

9273 2040 2450 95 84 C 

9463 2082 2500 102 76 S 

9463 2082 2500 96 78 S 

9841 2165 2600 120 65 S 

10787 2373 2850 96 90 S 

11260 2477 2975 95 97 C 

13620 3000 3600 102 108 R 

13626 2998 3600 102 108 S 

15140 3331 4000 120 83 S 

17600 3872 4650 120 98 C 

18547 4080 4900 143 72 S 

21800 4800 5800 120 125 R 

21953 4830 5800 120 125 S 

23089 5079 6100 120 126 S 

25425 5600 6900 120 146 R 

25738 5662 6800 120 142 C 

26117 5746 6900 120 146 S 

26117 5746 6900 120 141 S 

26874 5912 7100 143 103 S 

32173 7078 8500 149 130 S 

41067 9035 10,850 143 157 S

Notes: 

• Tanks must be placed on fl oor or solid 

base. 

• Capacities and dimensions are ap 

proximate. 

• Rectangular tanks are not self support 

ing , a frame should be used to support 

the side wall when full of liquid. 

• Covers are available upon request. 


• Some tanks available in Polypropylene 

• See Tank Fittings and Accessories page 

for more information on accessories. 

• Tank drawings are available upon 

request. 

OPEN TOP RECTANGULAR TANKS 

Tough and durable, these rectangular containers are available in a broad range of sizes. 

Sizes up to 50 gallons can be used free-standing. Optional stands are available for added 

support and versatility. All rectangular tanks containing liquid loads require side support. 

Tanks up to 50 gallons without support will bulge but will remain structurally sound. 

Tanks over 50 gallons without support are NOT structurally sound. All tanks, regardless 

of load or temperature must be fully supported on the base, with no overhang. See Tank 

Fittings and Accessories page for more information on accessories. Covers available upon 

request. 

Code USG IG litres W L H 

C 1 1 4 6 12 6 

C 2 2 8 8 8 8 

C 3 2 11 6 12 12 

C 3 2 11 6 18 8 

C 5 4 19 10 16 8 

C 5 4 19 12 15 6 

C 6 5 23 4 18 18 

C 6 5 23 10 14 10 

C 7 6 26 8 18 12 

C 7 6 26 12 12 12 

R 7 6 27 12 12 12 

C 9 7 34 6 18 24 

C 9 7 34 12 15 12 

C 9 7 34 12 18 9 

C 10 8 38 7 16 21 

C 10 8 38 8 18 16 

C 11 9 42 6 24 18 

C 11 9 42 8 18 18 

C 12 10 45 5 24 30 

C 12 10 45 12 18 12 

C 14 12 53 8 18 24 

C 14 12 53 12 12 24 

C 14 12 53 12 18 15 

R 14 12 55 12 24 12 

C 15 12 57 12 24 12 

C 16 13 61 15 19 13 

C 17 14 64 18 18 12 

R 17 14 64 18 18 12 

R 17 14 64 12 18 18 

C 18 15 68 12 12 30 

C 18 15 68 12 18 18 

C 18 15 68 12 30 12 

C 19 16 72 14 16 18 

C 22 18 83 12 12 36 

C 22 18 83 12 19 23 


C 22 18 83 12 24 18 

R 22 18 82 12 18 24 

C 23 19 87 18 24 12 

C 24 20 91 12 18 24 

C 25 21 95 8 24 30 

C 25 21 95 18 18 18 

C 27 22 102 12 30 18 

C 28 23 106 18 24 15 

C 28 23 106 18 30 12 

C 30 25 114 12 18 30 

C 30 25 114 12 22 30 

C 30 25 114 12 24 24 

C 30 25 114 24 24 12 

R 30 25 114 12 24 24 

C 31 26 117 8 30 30 

C 31 26 117 12 12 18 

C 33 27 125 14 24 24 

C 34 28 129 18 18 24 

R 34 28 127 18 18 24 

R 34 28 127 18 24 18 

C 36 30 136 12 30 24 

C 36 30 136 16 16 24 

C 37 31 140 12 24 30 

C 37 31 140 18 24 18 

C 37 31 140 24 30 12 

C 39 32 148 16 24 24 

C 40 33 151 18 18 30 

C 40 33 151 18 30 18 

C 42 35 159 15 24 30 

R 43 36 164 24 24 18 

C 44 37 167 18 24 24 

C 45 37 170 12 30 30 

C 45 37 170 20 20 20 

C 45 37 170 24 24 18 

C 45 37 170 24 36 12 

7-3 

7

7 

Notes: 

• Tanks must be placed on fl oor or solid 

base. 

• Capacities and dimensions are ap 

proximate. 

• Rectangular tanks are not self support 

ing , a frame should be used to support 

the side wall when full of liquid. 

• Covers are available upon request. 


• Some tanks available in Polypropylene 

• See Tank Fittings and Accessories page 

for more information on accessories. 

• Tank drawings are available upon 

request. 

7-4 

OPEN TOP RECTANGULAR TANKS 


C 46 38 174 30 30 12 

C 50 42 189 18 18 36 

C 50 42 189 18 36 18 

C 56 47 212 18 24 30 

C 56 47 212 18 30 24 

C 56 47 212 24 30 18 

C 58 48 220 15 30 30 

C 60 50 227 18 18 42 

C 60 50 227 24 24 24 

C 60 50 227 24 48 12 

R 60 50 227 24 24 24 

R 60 50 227 12 48 24 

C 61 51 231 36 36 12 

C 62 52 235 20 36 20 

C 67 56 254 12 36 36 

C 67 56 254 18 24 36 

C 67 56 254 24 36 18 

R 67 56 255 18 24 36 

C 70 58 265 18 30 30 

C 70 58 265 30 30 18 

R 74 62 282 24 24 30 

R 74 62 282 24 30 25 

C 75 62 284 24 24 30 

C 75 62 284 24 30 24 

C 78 65 295 18 24 42 

C 84 70 318 18 30 36 

C 90 75 341 18 24 48 

C 90 75 341 24 24 36 

C 90 75 341 24 36 24 

C 90 75 341 24 48 18 

C 92 77 348 36 36 18 

C 94 78 356 24 30 30 

C 94 78 356 30 30 24 

R 94 78 355 30 30 24 

C 95 79 360 18 30 42 

C 100 83 379 18 36 36 

C 105 87 397 24 24 42 

C 112 93 424 24 30 36 

C 112 93 424 24 36 30 


C 112 93 424 36 60 12 

C 115 96 435 30 30 30 

C 120 100 454 24 24 48 

C 120 100 454 24 48 24 

C 120 100 454 24 48 42 

C 130 108 492 24 30 42 

C 135 112 511 24 36 36 

C 135 112 511 34 52 18 

C 138 115 522 30 30 36 

C 150 125 568 24 30 48 

C 150 125 568 24 48 30 

C 153 127 579 36 36 30 

C 157 131 594 24 36 42 

C 161 134 609 30 30 42 

C 167 139 632 24 30 54 

R 168 140 636 30 36 36 

R 174 145 659 39 45 23 

C 180 150 681 24 36 48 


C 184 153 696 30 30 48 

C 185 154 700 36 36 36 

C 210 175 795 40 44 33 

R 223 186 846 36 60 24 

C 225 187 852 24 60 36 

C 230 192 871 40 45 30 

C 260 217 984 36 36 48 

C 265 221 1003 36 72 24 

C 270 225 1022 24 48 54 

C 270 225 1022 36 48 36 


C 350 291 1325 36 36 63 

R 360 300 1364 66 66 24 

C 390 325 1476 42 66 33 

C 400 333 1514 36 72 36 

C 470 391 1779 48 48 48 

C 530 441 2006 54 54 42 

C 540 450 2044 36 72 48 

C 670 558 2536 36 72 60

VERTICAL CLOSED TOP TANKS 

Fabco’s self-supporting vertical closed-top tanks are ideal for short or long term storage 

of a wide variety of liquids. The seamless one-piece, stress-free construction and large 

fi ller openings combine strength with versatility of use. All closed top tanks are rated 

self supporting for 1.5 S.G. at 100°F. All tanks regardless of load or temperature must be 

fully supported on the base, with no overhang. See Tank Fittings and Accessories page 

for more information on accessories. Other sizes are available, please contact customer 

service for more details. 

USG L Dia. Ht MW USG L Dia. Ht MW USG L Dia. Ht MW 

22 83 18” 23” 2” 550 2082 64” 49” 10” 4300 16276 120” 104” 18” 

30 114 23” 23” 10” 550 2082 48” 75” 18” 4400 16654 90” 182” 18” 

35 132 22” 36” 6” 550 2082 64” 47” 18” 4500 17033 102” 142” 18” 

50 189 23” 38” 10” 550 2082 64” 46” 18” 4500 17033 143” 91” 18” 

60 227 26” 40” 14” 700 2650 48” 99” 18” 4600 17411 120” 116” 18” 

65 246 23” 46” 6” 710 2687 60” 68” 18” 4650 17600 102” 154” 18” 

90 341 34” 36” 14” 850 3217 48” 117” 18” 4900 18547 90” 202” 18” 

110 416 33” 41” 10” 1000 3785 60” 89” 18” 5000 18925 102” 154” 18” 

120 454 34” 50” 14” 1100 4164 64” 90” 18” 5500 20818 90” 221” 18” 

120 454 32” 39” 8” 1100 4164 86” 55” 18” 5500 20818 120” 132” 18” 

150 568 34” 60” 14” 1200 4542 60” 109” 18” 5600 21196 142” 102” 18” 

190 719 42” 47” 10” 1300 4921 72” 87” 18” 6000 22710 102” 188” 18” 

200 757 40” 56” 14” 1400 5299 60” 128” 18” 6000 22710 120” 145” 18” 

200 757 40” 48” 6” 1500 5678 86” 72” 18” 6200 23467 120” 140” 18” 

200 757 36” 59” 10” 1550 5867 64” 124” 18” 6500 24603 120” 153” 18” 

200 757 33” 69” 10” 1900 7192 72” 119” 18” 6600 24981 120” 158” 18” 

250 946 40” 67” 14” 1900 7192 64” 147” 18” 6600 24981 143” 123” 18” 

275 1041 47” 56” 14” 2000 7570 96” 84” 18” 7000 26495 142” 122” 18” 

300 1136 35” 80” 18” 2000 7570 90” 88” 18” 7500 28388 102” 234” 18” 

290 1098 42” 59” 8” 2500 9463 90” 107” 18” 8000 30280 143” 144” 18” 

300 1136 36” 82” 10” 2600 9841 96” 98” 18” 8100 30659 120” 186” 18” 

300 1136 33” 94” 10” 2650 10030 102” 97” 18” 8500 32173 120” 194” 18” 

300 1136 46” 51” 10” 3000 11355 96” 111” 18” 8750 33119 142” 143” 18” 

330 1249 47” 66” 14” 3000 11355 90” 127” 18” 9500 35958 120” 215” 18” 

330 1249 48” 55” 10” 3000 11355 102” 96” 18” 10,500 39743 142” 169” 18” 

360 1363 53” 56” 14” 3200 12112 86” 138” 18” 10,500 39743 143” 177” 18” 

400 1514 45” 62” 18” 3650 13815 102” 126” 18” 12,500 47313 142” 198” 18” 

440 1665 53” 67” 14” 3900 14762 90” 163” 18” 15,000 56775 142” 235” 18” 

500 1893 53” 74” 14” 4100 15519 102” 130” 18” 16,500 62453 142” 258” 18” 

525 1987 48” 74” 18” 4100 15519 120” 100” 18” 

Notes: 

• Tanks must be placed on fl oor or solid base. Standard colour is natural. 

• See Tank Fittings and Accessories page for more information on accessories. 

• Industrial (ASTM D-1998-06) and Commercial design standards available. 

• Material options for a diverse range of application requirements: 

- High-density linear polyethylene (HDLPE)-black and natural white color - Complies with FDA Regulation 177.1520 and NSF standard 61. 

- Cross-linked, high-density polyethylene (XLPE) - black and natural white color. 

• Available with seismic zone 4 and UBC 110 mph wind restraint tie-down systems. Systems meet UBC-1997, CBC 2001 and IBC 2003 codes. 

• Specifi c gravity ratings are based on the industry’s most severe calculation. 

• Standard specifi c gravity choices are 1.5 and 1.9, other ratings are available upon request. 

• Some tanks are UV stabilized for long- term outdoor service. 

• Tank shop drawings are available upon request. 

7-5 

7

7 

7-6 

DOUBLE WALL CONTAINMENT TANKS 

Smaller dual-containment tanks provide added safety and environmental protection in 

more confi ned or remote storage locations. The advanced double-wall tank design is 

enclosed to prohibit foreign matter from entering the secondary containment tank, and a 

unique octagonal shape provides optimal spacing and sealing surface for the industry’s 

most reliable transition fi tting. The revolutionary Captor Containment System 

is designed to alleviate the ever-changing environmental and safety concerns regarding 

bulk chemical storage and containment for the 21st century. Captor’s unique tank-in-atank 

design enables users and specifi ers to incorporate advanced performance and safety 

features on a bulk-handling system, which provides total containment protection. Captor’s 

double-wall construction is completely enclosed so that external matter, such as dust, rain 

and snow is prevented from collecting in the outer containment tank. Besides delivering 

unparalleled performance benefi ts, Captor Containment Systems also contribute to your 

company’s bottom line by signifi cantly reducing installation and procurement cost. Captors 

are shipped fully assembled on either a standard or wide-load fl atbed trailer, which 

reduces comparable costs by an average of 35 percent. Ladders, fi ttings, mixer mounts 

and other accessories must be specifi ed when ordering. 

USG L Dia. Ht MW 

35 132.475 22” 36” 6” 

60 227.1 26” 41” 14” 

120 454.2 34” 49” 14” 

150 567.75 34” 60” 14” 

275 1040.875 47” 60” 14” 

360 1362.6 53” 60” 14” 

500 1892.5 53” 79” 14” 

550 2081.75 76” 65” 18” 

1100 4163.5 76” 104” 18” 

1550 5866.75 76” 136” 18” 

2000 7570 102” 103” 18” 

2500 9462.5 102” 122” 18” 

3000 11355 102” 142” 18” 

3500 13247.5 102” 158” 18” 

4000 15140 102” 178” 18” 

4500 17032.5 102” 197” 18” 

5000 18925 102” 216” 18” 

5500 20817.5 120” 172” 18” 

6500 24602.5 120” 199” 18”

Notes: 

• Tanks must be placed on fl oor or solid base. Standard colour is natural. 

• See Tank Fittings and Accessories page for more information on accessories. 

• Low-profi le designs increase safety factors. 

• Available in a wide variety of styles, 25 - 13,000 gallons. 

• Horizontal products are available in specifi c gravities up to 1.9. 

• All materials are UV stabilized for long-term outdoor service. 

• Specifi c gravity ratings are based on the industry’s most severe calculation. 

• Tank shop drawings are available upon request. 

HORIZONTAL CLOSED TOP TANKS 

These tanks are available in skids, saddles, cradles and side mounts for a wide range 

of applications. Many material options are available for a diverse range of application 

requirements including high-density linear polyethylene (HDLPE)-black and natural 

white color (Complies with FDA Regulation 177.1520 and NSF standard 61) and crosslinked, 

high-density polyethylene (XLPE) - black and natural white color. The low-profi 

le designs increase safety factors. They are available in a wide variety of styles from 

25 to 13,000 gallons. The horizontal products are available in specifi c gravities up to 

1.9. Some tanks are UV stabilized for long-term outdoor service. See Tank Fittings and 

Accessories page for more information on accessories. Other sizes are available, please 

contact customer service for more details. 

USG L Dia. Angle Ht MW 

15 57 17” 45 38” 17” 

17 64 19” 60 34” 10” 

35 132 30” 30 34” 10” 

65 246 30” 30 41” 10” 

70 265 32” 60 54” 8” 

110 416 30” 30 56” 10” 

225 852 48” 30 55” 18” 

325 1230 48” 30 66” 18” 

475 1798 60” 30 69” 18” 

500 1893 60” 45 60” 18” 

500 1893 64” 45 80” 18” 

500 1893 86” 30 60” 10” 

1000 3785 86” 30 66” 10” 

1000 3785 64” 45 117” 18” 

1250 4731 95” 30 91” 18” 

1400 5299 86” 30 94” 10” 

1500 5678 64” 45 158” 18” 

1600 6056 95” 30 95” 18” 

1650 6245 86” 30 110” 10” 

2000 7570 90” 30 125” 18” 

2500 9463 90” 30 148” 18” 

2500 9463 95” 30 125” 18” 

2600 9841 90” 45 160” 18” 

3000 11355 90” 30 167” 18” 

3000 11355 95” 30 141” 18” 

3900 14762 90” 30 203” 18” 

4100 15519 90” 45 216” 18” 

4400 16654 90” 30 222” 18” 

5500 20818 90” 30 255” 18” 

6000 22710 142” 30 159” 18” 

6500 24603 90” 30 296” 18” 

7400 28009 142” 30 179” 18” 

11,500 43528 142” 30 238” 18” 

13,000 49205 142” 30 260” 18” 

7-7 

7

7 

Notes: 


• See Tank Fittings and Accessories page for more information on 

accessories. 


• Dimensions are for tank only, over all height as per tank drawings. 


• Available in 30, 45 and 60-degree slopes, sizes range from 

15-13,000 gallons. 

• Material options for a diverse range of application requirements. 

• High-density linear polyethylene (HDLPE)-black and natural 

white color - Complies with FDA Regulation 177.1520 and 

NSF standard 61. 

• Cross-linked, high-density polyethylene (XLPE) - black and 

natural white color. 

• Opaque white sodium hypochlorite resin #880059. 

• Sulfuric acid HDLPE resin #880046. 

• Available with seismic zone 4 and UBC 110 mph wind restraint 

tie- down systems. 

• Specifi c gravity ratings are based on the industry’s most severe 

calculation. 

• Standard specifi c gravity choices are 1.5 and 1.9, other ratings are 

available upon request. Maximum operating temperature is 100º F. 

• All materials are UV stabilized for long-term outdoor service. 

7-8 

CONICAL BOTTOM TANKS 

These cylindrical tanks are designed for vertical mounting, and feature a 

conical bottom for complete drainage and contaminant settlement. The 

standard material is High Density Linear Polyethylene or Cross Linked 

Polyethylene. Smaller cone bottom tanks are ideal for small mix or batch 

applications. Other Materials are available upon request. See Tank Fittings 

and Accessories page for details. 

Part # USG L Dia. Angle Ht MW 

152 15 57 17” 45 38” 17” 

185 17 64 19” 60 34” 10” 

158 35 132 30” 30 34” 10” 

156 65 246 30” 30 41” 10” 

H15601 70 265 32” 60 54” 8” 

607 110 416 30” 30 56” 10” 

H15604 225 852 48” 30 55” 18” 

H15605 325 1230 48” 30 66” 18” 

H15603 475 1798 60” 30 69” 18” 

H18801 500 1893 60” 45 60” 18” 

619 500 1893 64” 45 80” 18” 

188 500 1893 86” 30 60” 10” 

189 1000 3785 86” 30 66” 10” 

5000 1000 3785 64” 45 117” 18” 

8310 1250 4731 95” 30 91” 18” 

190 1400 5299 86” 30 94” 10” 

5010 1500 5678 64” 45 158” 18” 

8330 1600 6056 95” 30 95” 18” 

191 1650 6245 86” 30 110” 10” 

5070 2000 7570 90” 30 125” 18” 

5110 2500 9463 90” 30 148” 18” 

8350 2500 9463 95” 30 125” 18” 

5100 2600 9841 90” 45 160” 18” 

5150 3000 11355 90” 30 167” 18” 

8360 3000 11355 95” 30 141” 18” 

5440 3900 14762 90” 30 203” 18” 

5180 4100 15519 90” 45 216” 18” 

5200 4400 16654 90” 30 222” 18” 

7040 5500 20818 90” 30 255” 18” 

5280 6000 22710 142” 30 159” 18” 

7180 6500 24603 90” 30 296” 18” 

5320 7400 28009 142” 30 179” 18” 

5340 11,500 43528 142” 30 238” 18” 

7490 13,000 49205 142” 30 260” 18” 

•

CHEMICAL RESISTANCE CHART FOR SNYDER TANKS 

Chemical Conc. Resin Design Info Fitting Material Gasket Material Bolt Material 

Acetic Acid 60 HDLPE & XLPE 1.5/600 PP EPDM Hastelloy 

Acetic Acid 80 HDLPE 1.9/600 PP EPDM Hastelloy 

Acrylic Emulsions 50 XLPE 1.9/600 PVC EPDM 316SS 

Aluminum Sulfate 50 HDLPE & XLPE 1.5/600 PVC EPDM Hastelloy 

Ammonium Sulfate 40 HDLPE & XLPE 1.5/600 PVC EPDM Titanium 

Calcium Carbonate Saturated HDLPE & XLPE 1.9/600 PVC EPDM 316SS 

Calcium Chloride 40 HDLPE & XLPE 1.5/600 PVC EPDM Hastelloy 

DEF (Diesel Exhaust Fluid) 32.5 HDLPE & XLPE 1.35/600 PP/PVC EPDM 316SS 

Deionized Water 5 Megohm HDLPE & XLPE 1.5/600 PVC EPDM 316SS 

Ethyl Alcohol 100 HDLPE & XLPE 1.5/600 PVC EPDM 316SS 

Ethylene Glycol 100 HDLPE & XLPE 1.9/600 PVC EPDM 316SS 

Ferric Chloride 50 HDLPE & XLPE 1.9/600 PVC EPDM Hastelloy 

Ferric Sulfate 60 HDLPE & XLPE 1.9/600 PVC EPDM Hastelloy 

Ferrous Chloride Saturated HDLPE & XLPE 1.9/600 PVC EPDM Hastelloy 

Ferrous Sulfate 20 HDLPE & XLPE 1.5/600 PVC EPDM Hastelloy 

Hydrochloric Acid 37 HDLPE 1.9/600 PVC Viton Hastelloy 

Hydrofl uoric Acid 48 HDLPE 1.9/600 PP/PVC Viton Hastelloy 

Hydrofl uosilicic Acid 26 HDLPE/XLPE* 1.9/600 PP Viton Hastelloy 

Hydrogen Peroxide 50 HDLPE 1.9/600 PVC Viton Hastelloy 

Isopropyl Alcohol 100 HDLPE & XLPE 1.5/600 PVC EPDM 316SS 

Magnesium Chloride 30 HDLPE & XLPE 1.5/600 PVC EPDM Hastelloy 

Methyl Alcohol 100 HDLPE & XLPE 1.5/600 PVC EPDM 316SS 

Motor Oil 100 HDLPE & XLPE 1.9/600 316SS Viton 316SS 

Phosphoric Acid 85 HDLPE 1.9/600 PVC Viton 316SS 

Phosphoric Acid 50 HDLPE 1.9/600 PVC Viton 316SS 

Polymers (Deposition) XLPE 1.5/600 PVC EPDM 316SS 

Potable Water HDLPE 1.5/600 PVC EPDM 316SS 

Potassium Carbonate 50 HDLPE & XLPE 1.9/600 PVC EPDM 316SS 

Potassium Hydroxide Saturated HDLPE & XLPE 1.9/600 PVC EPDM 316SS 

Sodium Carbonate 30 HDLPE & XLPE 1.5/600 PVC EPDM Hastelloy 

Sodium Carbonate Saturated HDLPE & XLPE 1.9/600 PVC EPDM Hastelloy 

Sodium Hydroxide 50 HDLPE & XLPE 1.9/600 PVC EPDM 316SS 

Sodium Hypochlorite-in(Non-UV)

7 

7-10 

Chemical 

resistance 

(general) 

Stress-crack 

resistance1 

Linear low-density polyethylene (LLDPE) 

Maximum 

service temperature 

Brittleness 

temperature2 

Impact 

resistance2 

Abrasion 

resistance Rigidity 

Cleanability 

Translucence 

Weldability 

(hot gas) 

FDA acceptance 

Colour 

(natural, 

un-pigmented) 

Liquid level 

Very Good Very Good 140°F/60°C -94°F/-70°C Good Good Fair Very Good observable Weldable Yes3 White No 

Advantages: Lightweight. Easy to clean. Corrosion resistant; no painting/maintenance. Less expensive than stainless steel or fi berglass. 

Applications: Storage of foodstuffs/liquids/beverages, inorganic chemicals/compounds, or organic/inorganic acids. Plating. Water treatment. 

Brine storage. Storage of laboratory and photographic chemicals. 

Not Generally Recommended for: Strong oxidizing agents, aromatic hydrocarbons, halogenated aliphatic hydrocarbons, liquefi ed petroleum gas, solvents. 

High-density polyethylene (HDPE) 

Liquid level 

Very Good Good 150°F/65°C -94°F/-70°C Good Good Good Very Good observable Weldable Yes3 White No 

"Advantages: Hard, smooth surface. Easy to clean. Less expensive than stainless steel or fi berglass. 

Applications: Storage of caustics or organic/inorganic acids. Metal fi nishing. Water treatment. Storage of laboratory and photographic chemicals. Plating. 

Not Generally Recommended for: Strong oxidizing agents, aromatic hydrocarbons, halogenated aliphatic hydrocarbons, liquefi ed petroleum gas, solvents." 

Cross-linked high-density polyethylene (XLPE) 

Very Good Excellent 150°F/65°C 

TANK RESIN SELECTION GUIDE 

. 

• Both operating conditions and type of chemical can decrease maximum service temperatures. 

• Some fi ttings of these resins are FDA–acceptable. 

• Regardless of resin, black–pigmented tanks are strongly recommended for outdoor use. 

• Continuous service temperatures in ranges above ambient can affect tanks in at least two ways: 1) the useful life of the tank may be 

shortened; and 2) the ability of the container to maintain its shape may decrease, perhaps resulting in distortion. 

-180°F/ 

-118°C Excellent Good Good Very Good 

Liquid level 

observable 

Advantages: Excellent impact resistance. Suitable for many corrosives not handled by fi berglass-reinforced polyester (FRP). Outstanding weatherability. 

Applications: Storage of many corrosives, including sulfuric, hydrochloric, and hydrofl uoric acids, and sodium hydroxide. Storage of organic/inorganic 

chemicals/compounds. Storage of sodium hypochlorite. Storage of boiler treatment chemicals. Water/sewage treatment. Outdoor use. 

Not Generally Recommended for: Strong oxidizing agents, aromatic hydrocarbons, halogenated aliphatic hydrocarbons, liquefi ed petroleum gas, solvents. 

Oudoor 

use 

Not Weldable 

No Off-White No 

Notes: 

1 XLPE is recommended for use with stress-cracking agents. 

2 Brittleness temperature per ASTM test D-746. The impact resistance of most rotomolded tanks declines at freezing temperatures. XLPE tanks are well-suited for 

outdoor storage in winter. 

3 LLDPE and HDPE tanks comply with FDA Regulation 177.1520; PVDF tanks comply with FDA Regulation 121.2593. 

4 Open-top tanks should be black for outdoor use. Only tanks which are UV-stabilized may be used outdoors.

HEAVY DUTY BULK HEAD FITTINGS 

SIZE BLACK PPG NATURAL PP PVC CPVC RED PVDF 

NATURAL 

PVDF 

1/2" PG7025807DT PP7025807DT P7025807DT CP7025807DT PVR7025807DT PV7025807DT 

3/4" PG7025808DT PP7025808DT P7025808DT CP7025808DT PVR7025808DT PV7025808DT 

1" PG7025809DT PP7025809DT P7025809DT CP7025809DT PVR7025809DT PV7025809DT 

1-1/4" PG7025810DT PP7025810DT P7025810DT CP7025810DT PVR7025810DT PV7025810DT 

1-1/2" PG7025811DT PP7025811DT P7025811DT CP7025811DT PVR7025811DT PV7025811DT 

2" PG7025812DT PP7025812DT P7025812DT CP7025812DT PVR7025812DT PV7025812DT 



Notes: 

• Moulded, with double tapped NPT internal threads. 

• Heavy duty bulkhead fi ttings feature double tapped internal NPT threads and a unique left hand self tightening nut. 

• Complete with one (1) EPDM gasket (Buna-N and Viton gasketing materials available upon request). Gasket effectively seals against curved or irregular surfaces. 

VALVES AND FITTINGS 

FITTINGS: The Standard threaded fi ttings recommended for our 

polyethylene tanks are the welded polyethylene female Boss and 

the removable PVC Bulkhead fi tting. Half and full welded couplings 

are also available. All threaded fi ttings are standard NTA. 

VALVES: PVC True Union ball valves and polypropylene gate 

valves are available. The PVC TU ball valve permits easy disconnect 

without disturbing plumbing and has replaceable seats and 

seals. An economy tap is available for small tank applications and 

is used with either a threaded boss or bulkhead fi tting. 

TANK FITTINGS AND ADAPTERS 

To add to the versatility of your shipping, storage and material handling 

containers, Fabco offers a complete range of accessories. Each is engineered 

and manufactured to work precisely with the container it’s designed 

for. Accessories include bulkhead fi ttings with gaskets, welded 

bosses, ball valves, covers, tank stands and fl exible connectors. 

Notes: 

• Identify fi tting and specify its exact location. If installing your own fi ttings, cut holes at least 1/16 in. larger in 

diameter than piece to be installed. Care must be taken to allow clearance of inside fl ange. 

• The standard threaded fi tting recommended for polyethylene tanks is a removable P.V.C. Adaptor (Bulkhead or 

Compression Fitting) with FEMALE N.P.T. and Neoprene Gaskets. Where chemical reaction does not permit 

P.V.C. and Neoprene Fittings, Polyethylene welded Boss with FEMALE N.P.T. can be used as an alternative. 

• Welded poly bosses full and half couplings, and gusseted fl anged nozzles are available for installation on all 

containers. 

• Fabricated options such as baffl es, interior piping, welded covers and tank extensions are available. 

• Special and custom sizes available on request. 

CUSTOM PLACEMENT OF VALVES AND FITTINGS: 

FABCO is ready to help with your specifi c requirements and can 

assemble a tank-accessory package that will uniquely meet your 

storage, mixing or dispensing application. 

ORDER INFORMATION: When ordering a tank with fi tting(s) 

installed, identify the connection, type, size, and exact location. If 

positioning is critical to the installation, it is recommended that a 

dimensional drawing accompany the order. If installing your own 

fi ttings, cut holes at least 1/16” (1.59 mm) larger in diameter than 

piece to be installed. Care must be taken to allow clearance of 

inside fl ange or bottom inside radius of tank. 

7-11 

7

7 

7-12 

BOLTED FLANGE FITTINGS 

Bolted Flange Fittings are available in PVC and CPVC. Bolt heads are encapsulated in polyethylene 

providing chemical resistance. Available bolt materials are 316 Stainless Steel, Titanium, 

C-276 and Alloy 400. Available in a variety of diameters. 

BOLTED FLANGE BULKHEAD FITTINGS 

Bolted Flange Bulkhead Fittings are used in strong oxidizing chemical applications such as Sodium 

Hypochlorite and Sulfuric Acid where the OR-1000 Systems are used. It is designed to 

protect the cross-section of the tank against chemical attack. Available in a variety of diameters. 

UNIVERSAL BALL DOME FITTINGS 

The Universal Ball Dome Fittings are “self-aligning” which allow for vertical plumbing on the 

dome of the tank and available in PVC or CPVC. It allows piping to be plumbed vertically and 

is a economical alternative to UBD fl ange style (no additional bolts required). Available in a 

variety of diameters. 

SELF ALIGNING BALL DOME FITTING 

The Universal Ball Dome Fittings are “self-aligning” which allow for vertical plumbing on the 

dome of the tank and available in PVC or CPVC. It also allows piping to be plumbed vertically 

and the fi tting can be repaired and maintained externally without tank entry. Available in a 

variety of diameters. 

FLEXI-JOINT CONNECTIONS 

This unique product is a built-in shock absorber. It can absorb movement & stress, accommodate 

pipe misalignment, surge force protection, and isolate pump vibration. It allows you to 

install direct to a tank with confi dence. Available in a variety of diameters.

GUIDELINES FOR FACTORY-INSTALLED FITTINGS 

Before ordering a FABCO Tank with factory installed welded fi ttings, consider: 

space constraints, tank elevation, whether indoor or outdoor use, location, 

building codes, safety regulations, piping and all other equipment that will be 

attached to the tank. 

1. When a fi tting is welded onto the side of a tank that is not elevated, complete 

drainage is impossible. This applies to fl anges, spigots, and bulkheads. 

Specify that the fi tting’s centreline must be as close as possible to the bottom 

of the tank. For maximum drainage, see descriptions below. 

2. Fittings welded to tank bottoms will drain to within 1/8 in. of the bottom 

(bulkheads vary by size). The tank’s foundation must have a cut-out or channel 

for the fi tting and its piping. 

3. When tanks are elevated, welded fi ttings can be installed low on the tank 

wall, providing drainage to within 1/4 in. of the bottom (bulkheads vary with 

size). The bulkhead must not interfere with the support. 

4. Welded fi ttings are not fl ush with tank bottom. This prevents 

complete drainage. 

How To Specify Fittings And Their Locations 

When you order factory-installed fi ttings on your FABCO 

Tanks, you must provide detailed installation information. 

You must provide Fabco with: 

1. The catalogue number for each fi tting. 

2. The catalogue number for each tank. 

3. Two complete views of each tank with its fi tting(s). Large 

clear, freehand drawings - as shown - are acceptable. 

NOTE: On cylindrical tanks, fi ttings will be installed 6 inches to 

the left of the calibration marks, unless otherwise specifi ed. 

On conical-bottom tanks, fi ttings will be center-bottom drains 

installed at the cone tip, unless otherwise specifi ed. 

SPECIFY ALL “X” DIMENSIONS IN INCHES OR DEGREES 

7-13 

7

Applications 

• Swimming Pools 

• Spas 

• Hot Tubs 

• Filters 

• Heaters 

Part # OD 

TIGER-FLEX ® POOL AND SPA HOSE 

The Tiger-Flex ® brand of Pool and Spa hose is assurance to your customers 

that you care about quality installations. In addition to substantially 

reducing time on each job, you also save up to 50% of the fi ttings required 

when compared to using rigid PVC pipe. Tiger-Flex ® Pool and Spa Hose 

is designed for use with PVC schedule 40 solvent weld fi ttings only. The 

temperature range is from -4°F to 150°F. Tiger-Flex ® Pool and Spa Hose 

is the world’s leading and original fl exible PVC hose. When making pool 

and spa installations, be sure to apply primer before using solvent cement 

on the outside of the hose. 

This hose is very fl exible so it is ideal for working in confi ned areas and 

permits installer to make smooth, tight turns which saves time and labor. 

The smooth bore construction allows unrestricted fl ow. 

Features 

• Very fl exible. Ideal for working in confi ned areas, it allows 

installer to make smooth turns. 

• Unbeatable for labor saving. 

• Smooth bore interior for effi cient transfer of water. 

• Cost savings – requires less fi ttings than rigid pipe when 

plumbing a normal spa or hot tub. 

• Standard packages are either 50 feet or 100 feet. 

Max. Working 

Pressure (PSI) 

Vacuum Rating 

(IN HG) 

Clear Flex/ IPS 

Minimum 

Bend 

Diameter 

Approx. 

Burgundy Size 

@ 68 F Std Weight 

Solid Cream Helix (IN) (IN) (MM) @68F @104F @68F @104F (IN) Length (lbs/ft) 

PFH050 F16MBT 1/2 " 0.850 21.50 100 70 28 26 2 100/50 0.14 

PFH075 F20MBT 3/4" 1.053 26.75 100 70 28 26 2 100/50 0.21 

PFH100 F27MBT 1" 1.320 33.52 100 70 28 24 3 100/50 0.28 

F36MCR F36MBT 1 1/4 " 1.663 42.25 80 55 28 24 4 100/50 0.37 

PFH150 F42MBT 1 1/2 " 1.904 48.35 70 50 28 24 4 100/50 0.44 

PFH200 F52MBT 2" 2.381 60.48 70 50 28 24 6 100/50 0.58 

PFH300 — 3" 3.500 89.00 65 40 28 22 8 50 1.20 

Notes: 

• Inside diameter is nominal. 

• Tolerance on outside diameters are ±0.20”. 

• Vacuum rating on sizes 1” thru 2” is 29.8” HG @ 72 °F 


• Like other materials, Spa Hoses can be damaged by rodents or insects, including termites. Our warranty does not cover damages caused by them. Spa 

Hose should not be used underground in areas infested by termites. This product warning shall be given to every purchaser of Spa Hose. 

• Use with recommended primers and PVC cements; consult with glue supplier for recommendations. 

• Coils of Tigerfl ex® Spa Hose should not be stacked more than fi ve coils high. Hose which has been stacked high may be damaged over time. 

8-1 

8

8 

8-2 

Features 

• High gloss crystal clear appearance with 

glass smooth interior to reduce sediment 

buildup. 

• Non-toxic blue tint to enhance clarity. 

• NSF-51 and NSF-61 certifi ed material. 

• Self-extinguishing. 

• Compound hardness 73 ±3 Shore “A”. 

APPLICATIONS 

• Tubing for laboratories. 

• Water distillation lines. 

• Deionized water systems. 

• Air conditioning and refrigeration drainage. 

• Air lines and bottling plants. 

• Beverage dispensing units 

• Ice making machines. 

• High effi ciency furnace drainage. 

• Transfer of weak chemicals & acids. 

Notes: 

• Working Pressure decreases as temperature increases. 

• Pressure ratings can only be obtained with proper coupling 

procedures. 

• Use of compression fi ttings with non-reinforced PVC tubing 

is not recommended. Hose claims involving use of these fi t 

tings will be disallowed. 

KURI-TEC CLEAR PVC HOSE 

Fabco clear vinyl tubing is constructed of a Clear non-toxic food and crystal 

clear PVC compound which makes it ideal for beverage grade PVC tubing. 

It is formulated with ingredients in compliance with applicable FDA(03) 

requirements, meets USDA(17), 3A(01), NSF(13), UL(16), RoHS(15) and 

USP(18) Class VI criteria. The service temperature Range: is between +25°F 

(-4°C) and +150°F (+65°C). Hose clamps and fi ttings are also available. See 

index for types and locations. 

STAN- APPROX. 

WALL WP/PSI DARD WT PER 

THICK- 68° F LENGTH ROLL 

Part # NOM. I.D. NOM. O.D. NESS (20° C) (FT) (LBS.) 

CVT037 1/8" 1/4" 1/16" 65 100 2.0 

K0100304 3/16" 1/4" 1/32" 50 100 1.2 

CVT051 3/16" 5/16" 1/16" 55 100 2.7 

K0100306 3/16" 3/8" 3/32" 60 100 4.5 

CVT071 1/4" 3/8" 1/16" 55 100 3.4 

CVT073 1/4" 7/16" 3/32" 58 100 5.5 

CVT074 1/4" 1/2" 1/8" 60 100 8.0 

CVT092 5/16" 7/16" 1/16" 50 100 4.0 

K0100508 5/16" 1/2” 3/32" 55 100 6.5 

K0100509 5/16" 9/16" 1/8" 60 100 9.4 

CVT107 3/8" 1/2" 1/16" 45 100 4.7 

CVT108 3/8" 9/16" 3/32" 50 100 7.5 

K0100610 3/8" 5/8" 1/8" 55 100 10.7 

K0100709 7/16" 9/16" 1/16" 35 100 6.0 

CVT135 1/2" 5/8" 1/16" 30 100 6.0 

CVT137 1/2" 11/16" 3/32" 40 100 9.5 

CVT138 1/2" 3/4" 1/8" 45 100 13.4 

K0101012 5/8" 3/4" 1/16" 26 100 8.2 

CVT164 5/8" 13/16" 3/32" 35 100 11.6 

CVT165 5/8" 7/8" 1/8" 40 100 16.1 

CVT180 3/4" 1" 1/8" 35 100 18.8 

K0101218 3/4" 1 1/8" 3/16" 40 100 30.0 

CVT185 3/4" 1-1/4" 1/4" 45 100 42.9 

K0101418 7/8" 1 1/8" 1/8" 30 100 21.4 

K0101420 7/8" 1 1/4" 3/16" 35 100 34.1 

CVT210 1" 1-1/4" 1/8" 25 100 24.1 

CVT213 1" 1-3/8" 3/16" 30 100 38.2 

K0101624 1" 1 1/2" 1/4" 35 100 53.6 

K0102024 1-1/4" 1 1/2" 1/8" 20 50 14.8 

CVT241 1-1/4" 1-5/8" 3/16" 30 50 23.1 

K0102028 1-1/4" 1 3/4" 1/4" 40 50 32.2 

K0102430 1 1/2" 1 7/8" 3/16" 30 50 27.1 

K0102432 1 1/2" 2" 1/4" 35 50 37.5 

K0103240 2" 2 1/2" 1/4" 35 50 48.2

APPLICATIONS 

• Food & beverage dispensing. 

• Deionized water. 

• Liquid food products. 

• Air and water lines. 

• Powdered food products. 

• Potable water transfer. 

• Air breathing lines. 

• Pneumatic lines. 

• Packaging machines. 

Notes: 

• Working Pressure decreases as temperature 

increases. 

• Pressure ratings can only be obtained with 

proper coupling procedures. 

• Use of compression fi ttings with braided 

hose is not recommended. Hose claims 

involving use of these fi ttings will be 

disallowed. 

KURI-TEC CLEAR BRAIDED PVC HOSE 

Kuri-Tec clear braided PVC hose is a lightweight standard wall crystal 

clear yarn reinforced hose suitable for a wide variety of food and beverage 

applications. It is constructed of crystal clear PVC compound, 

formulated with ingredients in compliance with applicable FDA(03) 

requirements, meets USDA(17), 3A(01), NSF(13), UL(16), RoHS(15) 

and USP(18) Class VI criteria. It is reinforced with spiraled polyester 

yarn and longitudinal orange tracer yarns for identifi cation. The service 

temperature Range: is between +25°F (-4°C) and +150°F (+65°C). 

Hose clamps and fi ttings are also available. See index for types and 

locations. 

Features 

• Constructed with non-toxic compounds. 


• Crystal clear — allows visual confi rmation of product fl ow. 

• Longitudinally-reinforced to reduce elongation under pressure. 



• Non-marking. 

• Silicone-free. 

• Non-conductive. 

• One-piece lengths. 

• Resistant to chemicals 


WALL WP/PSI WP/PSI STAN- 

APPROX. 

WT PER 

NOMINAL NOMINAL THICK- 70°F / 122°F / DARD ROLL 

Part # I.D. O.D. NESS (20°C) (50°C) LENGTH (LBS.) 

NYR-050 3/16" 0.375" 3/16" 250 150 300 13 

NYR-055 1/4" 0.438" 1/16" 250 150 300 17 

NYR-060 5/16" 0.531" 1/16" 250 135 300 24 

NYR-072 3/8" 0.594" 1/16" 225 125 300 27 

NYR-080 1/2" 0.750" 3/32" 200 100 300 40 

NYR-090 5/8" 0.891" 1/8" 200 100 200 35 

NYR-100 3/4" 1.031" 1/16" 150 85 200 43 

NYR-110 1" 1.300" 3/32" 125 75 200 59 

NYR-120 1-1/4" 1.620" 1/16" 100 55 100 45 

NYR-130 1-1/2" 1.938" 3/32" 100 50 100 64 

NYR-150 2" 2.490" 1/8" 75 35 100 94 

K3150MM04 4 mm 9 mm 2.5 mm 250 150 100 4 

k3150MM06 6 mm 11 mm 2.5 mm 250 150 100 6 

K3150MM08 8 mm 13.5 mm 2.75 mm 250 135 100 8 

K3150MM10 10 mm 16 mm 3 mm 225 125 100 10 

K3150MM12 12 mm 18 mm 3 mm 200 100 100 12 

k3150MM19 19 mm 26 mm 3.5 mm 150 85 100 21 

8-3 

8

8 

Applications 

• Industrial vacuum pumps and lines 


• Car wash applications. 

• Coolant and air breathing lines. 


Notes: 

• The service temperature range is from 

+25°F (-4°C) to +150°F (+65°C). 

• NSF 51 certifi ed 

8-4 

Applications 

• Industrial vacuum pumps and lines 


• Car wash applications. 



Notes: 


+25°F (-4°C) to +150°F (+65°C). 


SERIES K7130 HEAVY WALL PVC TRANSFER HOSE 

Series K7130 Heavy Wall PVC Food & Beverage Vacuum/ Transfer Hose is made from crystal clear 

PVC compound, formulated in compliance with applicable FDA(03) requirements, meets USDA(17), 

3A(01), NSF(13), UL(16), USP(18) and RoHS(15) criteria. It is reinforced with helically-wound spring 

steel wire. Hose clamps and fi ttings are also available. 

Features 

• 29.9” HG vacuum rating. 

• Spiral wire reinforcement prevents kinking or collapsing, hose 

diameter will not expand under normal rated working pressures. 


• Glass-smooth interior — reduces material buildup. 

Features 

• Electrogalvanized helical steel wire can be used for static 

dissipation. 



• Non-marking, non-toxic and silicone-free. 

Size Nominal Nominal WP/PSI WP/PSI Standard Approx. Wt Min. Bend 

Series # Code ID (IN) OD (IN) 70°F 122°F Length of Coil per Roll Radius @ 70°F 

K7130 04 1/4 0.500 250 80 100 ft. 10 lbs. 1" 

K7130 06 3/8 0.625 150 80 100 ft. 13 lbs. 1 1/2" 

K7130 08 1/2 0.813 150 80 100 ft. 21 lbs. 2" 

K7130 10 5/8 1.000 150 65 100 ft. 30 lbs. 2 

K7130 12 3/4 1.125 150 65 100 ft. 36 lbs. 3" 

K7130 16 1 1.375 100 50 100 ft. 44 lbs. 4" 

K7130 20 1 1/4 1.750 100 50 50 ft. 37 lbs. 5" 

K7130 24 1 1/2 2.000 100 35 50 ft. 42 lbs. 6" 

K7130 32 2 2.500 100 35 50 ft. 56 lbs. 8" 

SERIES K7160 STANDARD WALL PVC HOSE 

Series K7160 Standard Wall PVC Food & Beverage Vacuum/ Transfer Hose is made from crystal clear 

PVC compound, formulated with ingredients in compliance with applicable FDA(03) requirements, meets 

USDA(17), 3A(01), NSF(13) and RoHS(15) criteria. It is reinforced with a helically-wound spring steel 

wire. 

Features 

• 29.9” HG vacuum rating. 

• Spiral wire reinforcement prevents kinking or collapsing, hose 

diameter will not expand under normal rated working pressures. 


• Glass-smooth interior — reduces material buildup. 

Features 

• Electrogalvanized helical steel wire can be used for static 

dissipation. 


• Non-marking, non-toxic and silicone-free. 

Size Nominal Nominal WP/PSI WP/PSI Standard Approx. Wt Min. Bend 

Series # Code ID (IN) OD (IN) 70°F 122°F Length of Coil per Roll Radius @ 70°F 

K7160 04 1/4 .460 150 70 100 ft. 7 lbs. 1" 

K7160 06 3/8 .600 100 70 100 ft. 11 lbs. 1 1/2" 

K7160 08 1/2 .750 100 70 100 ft. 15 lbs. 2" 

K7160 10 5/8 .891 100 50 100 ft. 19 lbs. 2 

K7160 12 3/4 1.031 70 50 100 ft. 24 lbs. 3" 

K7160 16 1 1.297 70 35 100 ft. 33 lbs. 4" 

K7160 20 1 1/4 1.609 70 35 50 ft. 25 lbs. 5" 

K7160 24 1 1/2 1.860 50 30 50 ft. 29 lbs. 6" 

K7160 32 2 2.391 50 30 50 ft. 42 lbs. 8" 

K7160 36 2 1/4 2.750 50 30 50 ft. 58 lbs. 9" 

K7160 40 2 1/2 3.000 50 30 50 ft. 69 lbs. 10" 

K7160 48 3 3.500 50 30 50 ft. 81 lbs. 12"

Applications 




• Liquid food products. 

• Powdered food products. 

• Potable water transfer. 

• Pneumatic lines. 

• Packaging machines. 

Notes: 


+25°F (-4°C) to +150°F (+65°C). 


• Working Pressure decreases as temperature 

increases. Pressure ratings can only be 

obtained with proper coupling procedures. 

• Use of compression fi ttings with yarnreinforced 

hose is not recommended. Hose 

claims involving use of these fi ttings will 

be disallowed. 

Applications 

• Roof rock cleaning 

• Abrasive material transfer 

• Sand/shot blast recovery line. 

Notes: 


-40°F to +150°F. 

• Actual service temperature range is 

application-dependent. 

• Spiral Double Bolt Clamps 

• Service life may vary depending 

on operating conditions and type of 

material being conveyed. 

K3130 SERIES BF HEAVY WALL PVC HOSE 

A heavier walled crystal clear yarn reinforced hose suitable for a wide variety of food and beverage 

applications. It is constructed of crystal clear PVC compound, formulated in compliance with applicable 

FDA(03) requirements, meets USDA(17), 3A(01), NSF(13), UL(16), RoHS(15) and USP(18) Class VI criteria. 

It is reinforced with spiraled polyester yarn and longitudinal blue tracer yarns for identifi cation. 

Features 

• Constructed with non-toxic compounds. 



• Longitudinally-reinforced to reduce elongation under pressure. 


Features 


• Non-marking and Silicone-free. 

• One-piece lengths. 


Size Nominal Nominal WP/PSI WP/PSI Standard Approx. Wt 

Series # Code ID (IN) OD (IN) 70°F 122°F Length of Coil per Roll 

K3130 02 1/8 .328 350 200 300 ft. 12 lbs. 

K3130 03 3/16 .406 350 200 300 ft. 17 lbs. 

K3130 04 1/4 .500 350 200 300 ft. 24 lbs. 

K3130 05 5/16 .563 275 160 300 ft. 28 lbs. 

K3130 06 3/8 .625 275 145 300 ft. 32 lbs. 

K3130 08 1/2 .813 250 130 300 ft. 52 lbs. 

K3130 10 5/8 1.000 225 125 200 ft. 52 lbs. 

K3130 12 3/4 1.125 200 120 200 ft. 60 lbs. 

K3130 16 1 1.375 150 85 200 ft. 76 lbs. 

K3130 20 1 1/4 1.750 125 75 100 ft. 64 lbs. 

K3130 24 1 1/2 2.000 100 65 100 ft. 75 lbs. 

K3130 32 2 2.500 75 55 100 ft. 96 lbs. 

SERIES SE 

UBK ABRASION-RESISTANT PVC HOSE 

Series UBK Polyurethane-lined abrasion-resistant PVC material handling hose is ideal for dry applications. 

The smooth polyurethane lining provides resistance to abrasion and eliminates material build up. 

The black HMW PVC is fl exible provides sub-zero fl exibility and light weight for easy handling. 

It is formulated with static-dissipative compounds. Exposed black rigid PVC helix is abrasionresistant 

and allows hose to slide easily and makes it easier handle. 

Approx. 

Liner 

Vacuum Min. 

Thick- WP/ WP/ Standard Approx. Vacuum/ / (IN Bend 

Nominal Nominal ness PSI PSI Length Wt (IN of of HG) Radius 

Part # ID (IN) OD (IN) (IN) 68 °F 104°F of Coil (lbs./ft) HG) 68 °F 104 °F @ 70°F 

UBK200 2 2.40 0.7 15 40 100/50 0.59 Full 28 2" 

UBK250 2 1/2 3.07 0.9 15 40 100/50 0.79 Full 28 4" 

UBK300 3 3.64 1.0 15 40 100/50 0.83 Full 28 4" 

UBK400 4 4.76 1.2 13 35 100/50 1.37 Full 28 6" 

UBK500 5 5.69 1.2 10 30 100/50/20 2.28 28 15 10" 

UBK600 6 6.81 1.5 10 30 100/50/20 3.10 28 15 12" 

UBK800 8 9.02 2.0 10 30 50/20 4.51 28 15 15" 

8-5 

8

8 

8-6 

SERIES E INSTRUMENT GRADE PE TUBING 

Parfl ex fl exible polyethylene thermoplastic tubing is extruded from high molecular weight resin for increased 

dimensional stability, uniformity and long-term strength. Its resistance to environmental stress 

cracking greatly exceeds that of ordinary polyethylene tubing as measured by ASTM D-1693. (10% IG- 

EPAL).Parfl ex polyethylene tubing is available in black as well as seven coding colours as recommended 

by the Instrument Society of America. Black (EB) tubing contains an ultra-violet inhibitor which is 

recommended for use in sunlit areas. Ingredients of natural and colour tubing (except black) listed below 

meet F.D.A. requirements for food contact applications. All tubing conforms to ASTM D-1248, Type 

I, Class A, Category 4, Grade E5. Parker Fast & Tite fi ttings or Parker Brass fi ttings are recommended for 

this type of Tubing. The suggested operating temperature -80F (-62C) to +150F (+66C). 

Wall Length 

Min. Burst Min. Bend Weight per 

Part No. Colour OD (IN) ID (IN) Thickness (FT) WO @73°F psi @ 73°F Radius (IN) 100 FT 

E-43-0100 Natural 1/4 0.170 0.040 100 120 625 1 1.17 

E-43-0500 Natural 1/4 0.170 0.040 500 120 625 1 0.74 

E-43-1000 Natural 1/4 0.170 0.040 1000 120 625 1 0.32 

EB-43-0100 Black 1/4 0.170 0.040 100 120 625 1 1.28 

EB-43-0500 Black 1/4 0.170 0.040 500 120 625 1 0.78 

EB-43-1000 Black 1/4 0.170 0.040 1000 120 625 1 0.66 

E-43-R-0100 Red 1/4 0.170 0.040 100 120 625 1 0.99 

E-43-R-0500 Red 1/4 0.170 0.040 500 120 625 1 0.78 

E-43-B-0100 Blue 1/4 0.170 0.040 100 120 625 1 1.02 

E-43-B-0500 Blue 1/4 0.170 0.040 500 120 625 1 0.78 

E-43-O-0500 Orange 1/4 0.170 0.040 500 120 625 1 0.93 

E-43-Y-0500 Yellow 1/4 0.170 0.040 500 120 625 1 0.74 

E-43-P-0500 Purple 1/4 0.170 0.040 500 120 625 1 0.74 

E-43-G-0500 Green 1/4 0.170 0.040 500 120 625 1 0.74 

E-53-0500 Natural 5/16 0.187 0.062 500 145 800 1 1/8 1.02 

EB-53-0500 Black 5/16 0.187 0.062 500 145 800 1 1/8 1.03 

E-64-0100 Natural 3/8 0.250 0.062 100 125 675 1 1/4 1.10 

E-64-0500 Natural 3/8 0.250 0.062 500 125 675 1 1/4 0.62 

EB-64-0100 Black 3/8 0.250 0.062 100 125 675 1 1/4 1.93 

EB-64-0500 Black 3/8 0.250 0.062 500 125 675 1 1/4 1.28 

E-64-R-0500 Red 3/8 0.250 0.062 500 125 675 1 1/4 1.35 

E-64-B-0500 Blue 3/8 0.250 0.062 500 125 675 1 1/4 1.40 

E-64-O-0500 Orange 3/8 0.250 0.062 500 125 675 1 1/4 1.38 

E-64-Y-0500 Yellow 3/8 0.250 0.062 500 125 675 1 1/4 1.42 

E-64-P-0500 Purple 3/8 0.250 0.062 500 125 675 1 1/4 1.38 

E-64-G-0500 Green 3/8 0.250 0.062 500 125 675 1 1/4 1.38 

E-86-0100 Natural 1/2 0.375 0.062 100 90 425 2 1/2 1.78 

EB-86-0100 Black 1/2 0.375 0.062 100 90 425 2 1/2 2.44 

E-108-0100 Natural 5/8 0.500 0.062 100 70 325 4 3.35 

EB-108-0100 Black 5/8 0.500 0.062 100 70 325 4 3.27 

E-108-0500 Natural 5/8 0.500 0.062 500 70 325 4 1.20 

EB-108-0500 Black 5/8 0.500 0.062 500 70 325 4 1.99

Notes: 

• Suggested operating 

temperatures, depending 

upon conditions are 0°F 

(–18°C) to +200°F (+93°C). 

• The recommended fi ttings 

for this pipe are the Parfl ex 

Fast & Tite fi ttings or the 

Parker Brass fi tting. 

LABORATORY GRADE PP TUBING 

Parfl ex polypropylene tubing may be used at higher temperatures and working pressures than polyethylene 

tubing. Resistance to hot water and hot corrosive acids is excellent. Polypropylene tubing will last many 

times longer than nylon tubing in hot water service. Parfl ex polypropylene tubing is available in 

white or ultra-violet resistant black. Good resistance to vegetable oils. Water absorption is less than .01% 

and it’s resistance to environmental stress cracking is excellent. It meets FDA requirements for food contact. 

It is fl exible and dimensionally stable. The recommended fi ttings for this pipe are the Parfl ex Fast & 

Tite fi ttings or the Parker Brass fi tting. Other sizes available upon request. 

Coil Working Min. Burst 

O.D. I.D. Wall Length Pressure at at 73°F Min. Bend Weight Per 

Part # Colour (IN) (IN) (IN) (FT) 73°F (PSI) (PSI) Radius (IN) 100 Feet 

PP-21-1000 White 1/8 .080 .023 1000 300 1400 1/2 .30 

PPB-21-1000 Black 1/8 .080 .023 1000 300 1400 1/2 .30 

PP-32-0500 White 3/16 .120 .034 500 300 1400 3/4 .70 

PPB-32-0500 Black 3/16 .120 .034 500 300 1400 3/4 .70 

PP-43-0500 White 1/4 .170 .040 500 300 1200 1 1.1 

PPB-43-0500 Black 1/4 .170 .040 500 300 1200 1 1.1 

PP-53-0500 White 5/16 .187 .062 500 300 1400 1 1/4 2.1 

PPB-53-0500 Black 5/16 .187 .062 500 300 1400 1 1/4 2.1 

PP-64-0500 White 3/8 .250 .062 500 300 1200 1 1/4 2.4 

PPB-64-0500 Black 3/8 .250 .062 500 300 1200 1 1/4 2.4 

PP-86-0250 White 1/2 .375 .062 250 200 900 2 1/2 3.5 

PPB-86-0250 Black 1/2 .375 .062 250 200 900 2 1/2 3.5 

8-7 

8

8 

8-8 

Fabco Material 

Norton Company 

ClearFlex 

60/V60/M60 

Tygon® 

R-3603 1) 

FABCO SPECIALTY TUBING 

ClearFlex 

70 

Tygon® 

B-44-3 2) 

B-44-4X 3) 

S-50-HL 4) 

Resin PVC PVC 

FuelFlex 

65 

Tygon® F- 

4040-A 5) 

PVC, 

FUEL 

BraidFlex 

70 

Tygon® B- 

44-4X I.B./ 

NT-80 6) 

PVC 

REIN- 

FORCED 

Acutech 

FEP 

Chemfl uor® 

FEP 

TEFLON 

FEP 

Acutech 

PFA 

Acutech 

PVDF 

Chemfl uor® 

PFA - 

TEFLON 

PFA 

KYNAR- 

PVDF 

PurFlex 

85 

PurFlex 

75 

PolyFlex 

50 

Tygothane® 

- - 

PUR, 

ESTER 

PUR, 

ETHER 

Available Sizes 1/4” - 2 1/2” 1/8” - 2” 1/8” - 3/4” 3/16 - 2” 1/16” - 1/2” 1/16” - 1/2” 1/8” - 1” 1/8” - 1” 1/8” - 1” 1/8” - 1” 

Certifi cations 

USDA, 

FDA, USP 

VI 

USDA, 

FDA, 3-A 

NSF-51 

USP VI 

USDA, 

FDA, 

NSF-51 

USDA, 

FDA 

USDA, 

FDA 

USDA, 

FDA, 3-A 

USP VI 

- - 

Durometer (Shore) 55 (A) 65 (A) 60 (A) 65 (A) 58 (D) 60 (D) 67 (D) 85 (A) 75 (A) 50 (D) 

Specifi c Gravity 1.19 1.20 1.23 1.20 2.17 2.15 1.78 1.18 1.13 0.92 

Operating Temp. 

Range (°F) 

-25 to 160 -10 to 175 -15 to 165 -5 to 180 

-103 to 

400 

-454 to 

500 

-25 to 255 -70 to 185 -70 to 175 

-100 to 

175 

Operating Temp. 

Range (°C) 

-35 to 71 -23 to 79 -26 to 74 -21 to 82 -75 to 205 

-268 to 

260 

-32 to 124 -56 to 85 -56 to 79 -73 to 79 

Sterilization* 

Autoclave 

Gas† Chemical† 

Autoclave 

Gas† 

Chemical† 

N/A 

Gas 

Chemical 

Autoclave 

Gas 

Chemical 

Autoclave 

Gas 

Chemical 

Autoclave 

Gas 

Chemical 

LLDPE 

USDA, 

FDA 

Gas Gas Chemical 

Tensile Strength, psi 1650 2200 1900 2000 3000 3000 4300 6000 3500 1700 

Colour Crystal Clear 

Crystal 

Clear 

Transparent 

Yellow 

Clear Transparent Transparent Translucent Transparent Transparent Translucent 

Odor Slight Slight Slight Slight None None None Slight None Slight 

Taste Imparted None None N/A None None None None None None None 

Tear Strength Good Good Good Very Good Good Good Excellent Excellent Excellent Very Good 

Bend Radius 4 x O.D. 5 x O.D. 4 x O.D. 6 x O.D. 8 x O.D. 10 x O.D. 10 x O.D. 6 x O.D. 6 x O.D. 8 x O.D. 

Elongation, (%) 450 400 425 350 300 300 375 550 700 600 

Flame Resistance Self-ext. Self-ext. Self-ext. Self-ext. Self-ext. Self-ext. Self-ext. Burns Burns Burns 

Abrasion Resistance Very Good Very Good Very Good Good Very Good Very Good Very Good Excellent Excellent Good 

Corrosion Resistance Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent 

Permeability** N2 

O2 CO2 

TYPE: 

0.5-2 1-6 

10-35 

0.5-2 1-6 

10-35 

0.5-2 1-6 

10-35 

0.5-2 1-6 

10-35 

20 60 135 18 65 150 0.6 0.4 2 

0.3-5 1-10 

4-25 

1-10 1-20 

10-40 

20 60 280 

1) Laboratory tubing 2) Beverage tubing 3) Food, Milk and Dairy Products tubing 4) Surgical and Hospital tubing 5) Fuel and Lubricant tubing 

6) Pressure-rated food, milk and dairy products tubing 

*STERILIZATION GUIDELINES: 

• Autoclaving (121°C, 15 psig for 20 minutes) – Clean and rinse item with distilled water before autoclaving. Certain chemicals which have no appreciable effects on 

resins at room temperature may cause deterioration at autoclaving temperatures unless removed with distilled water beforehand. 

• Gas – ethylene oxide formaldehyde. • Disinfectants – benzalkonium chloride, formalin, ethanol, etc. • Dry Heat – 170°C (338°F). 

• Radiation – gamma irradiation at 2.5 Mrad with unstabilized plastic. For additional information, contact FABCO PLASTICS 

† Preferred method of sterilization 

Polyethylene, Polypropylene, Polyurethane, and Nylon Tubing also available upon request.

Notes: 

• Dimensions in brackets in 

millimeters. 

HOSE CLAMPS 

Fabco tubing and hose clamps are available in two confi gurations. Type 1 is constructed 

of 301 stainless steel band with 5/16” Slotted carbon steel hex head screw. Type 2 is constructed 

of 301 stainless steel bands with 5/16” Slotted 305 stainless steel hex head screw. 

Chart indicates standard sizes. Contact Fabco for availability of non-standard sizes. 

Nominal Size Min. Diameter Max. Diameter Standard pack Type 1 Part # Type 2 Part # 

1/4" (6.35) 1/4" (6.35) 5/8" (15.87) 10 SCL04 SSCL04 

5/16" (7.94) 5/16" (7.94) 7/8" (22.23) 10 SCL05 SSCL05 

3/8" (9.52) 3/8" (9.52) 25/32" (19.81) 10 SCL06 SSCL06 

1/2" (12.70) 1/2" (12.70) 1" (25.40) 10 SCL08 SSCL08 

5/8" (15.87) 9/16" (14.27) 1 1/8" (28.57) 10 SCL10 SSCL10 

3/4" (19.05) 11/16" (17.47) 1 1/4" (31.75) 10 SCL12 SSCL12 

1" (25.40) 5/8" (15.87) 1 1/2" (38.10) 10 SCL16 SSCL16 

1 1/4" (31.75) 13/16" (20.62) 1 3/4" (44.45) 10 SCL20 SSCL20 

1 1/2" (38.10) 1 1/16" (27.00) 2" (50.80) 10 SCL24 SSCL24 

1 3/4" (44.45) 1 7/16" (36.50) 2 3/8" (60.32) 10 SCL28 SSCL28 

2" (50.80) 1 9/16" (39.70) 2 1/2" (63.50) 10 SCL32 SSCL32 

2 1/4" (57.15) 1 13/16" (46.05) 2 3/4" (69.85) 10 SCL36 SSCL36 

2 1/2" (63.50) 2 1/16" (52.40) 3" (76.20) 10 SCL40 SSCL40 

2 3/4" (69.85) 2 5/16" (58.75) 3 1/4" (82.55) 10 SCL44 SSCL44 

3" (76.20) 2 9/16" (65.10) 3 1/2" (88.90) 10 SCL48 SSCL48 

3 1/4" (82.55) 2 13/16" (71.45) 3 3/4" (95.25) 10 SCL52 SSCL52 

3 1/2" (88.90) 3" (76.20) 3 13/16" (96.85) 10 SCL54 SSCL54 

3 1/2" (88.90) 3" (76.20) 4" (101.60) 10 SCL56 SSCL56 

3 3/4" (95.25) 3 5/16" (84.15) 4 1/4" (107.95) 10 SCL60 SSCL60 

4" (101.60) 3 9/16" (90.50) 4 1/2" (114.30) 10 SCL64 SSCL64 

4 1/2" (114.30) 4 1/8" (104.77) 5" (127.00) 10 SCL72 SSCL72 

5" (127.00) 4 5/8" (117.47) 5 1/2" (139.70) 10 SCL80 SSCL80 

5 1/4" (133.35) 4 3/8" (111.12) 5 11/16" (144.46) 10 SCL84 SSCL84 

5 1/2" (139.70) 5 1/8" (130.17) 6" (152.40) 10 SCL88 SSCL88 

6" (152.40) 5 5/8" (142.81) 6 1/2" (165.10) 10 SCL96 SSCL96 

6 1/2" (165.10) 6 1/8" (155.57) 7" (177.80) 10 SCL104 SSCL104 

7 1/4" (184.00) 6 7/8" (174.63) 7 3/4" (196.85) - SCL116 SSCL116 

7 1/2" (190.50) 6 5/8" (168.27) 7 7/8" (200.02) - SCL120 SSCL120 

7 3/4" (196.85) 6 7/8" (174.63) 8 1/4" (209.55) - SCL124 SSCL124 

8" (203.20) 7 5/8" (193.68) 8 1/2" (215.90) - SCL128 SSCL128 

8 3/4" (222.25) 7 7/8" (200.03) 9 1/4" (234.95) - SCL140 SSCL140 

9 1/2" (241.30) 9 1/8" (231.78) 10" (254.00) - SCL152 SSCL152 

9 3/4" (247.65) 8 7/8" (225.43) 10 1/4" (260.35) - SCL156 SSCL156 

10" (254.00) 9 1/8" (231.79) 10 1/2" (266.70) - SCL160 SSCL160 

11 1/4" (285.75) 10 7/8" (276.23) 11 3/4" (298.45) - SCL180 SSCL180 

11 3/4" (298.45) 10 7/8" (276.23) 12 1/4" (311.15) - SCL190 SSCL190 

13 1/8" (333.38) 12 5/16" (312.74) 13 5/8" (346.08) - SCL212 SSCL212 

14" (355.60) 13 1/4" (336.55) 14 1/2" (368.30) - SCL224 SSCL224 

8-9 

8

8 

8-10 

FLEXIBLE TUBING 

ECONOMICAL FLEXIBLE TUBING GENERAL PURPOSE FLEXIBLE TUBING 

Type TDS TD-HS FLEXFLYTE VF BLUE MAX 2CN BLUE MAX 2NN SLP-10 

Single Ply Vinyl Coated Two Ply Vinyl Coated 

Polyester 

Polyester with Vinyl Single Ply Vinyl Coated Two Ply Cotton– Two Ply Neoprene Single Ply Vinyl Coated 

Construction with Vinyl Scuff Strip Scuff Strip 

Fiberglass 

Neoprene Coated 

Coated Nylon 

Fiberglass 

Sizes 3” – 12” ID 3” – 12” ID 2” – 14” ID 1” – 24” ID 1” – 24” ID 2” – 14” ID 

Std. Lengths 25 FT 25 FT 25 FT 25 FT 25 FT 25 FT 

Colours 

BLACK WITH 

ORANGE WEARSTRIP 

BLACK WITH 

ORANGE WEARSTRIP BLACK BLUE OR BLACK BLACK GREY 

Temperature 

Range –40° to 200°F –40° to 200°F –20° to 200°F -40° to 250°F -40° to 258°F 0° to 250°F 

Options 

Applications 

Features 

Odd size diameters and 

custom lengths available. 

Custom colour wearstrip 

available (minimum may 

apply). 

Vinyl coated polyester 

fabric cover, enclosed 

spring 

steel wire helix, highly 

visible extruded vinyl 

orange 

scuff strip. Flame 

retardant to UL94V–0. 

Excellent 

fl exibility. 

Odd size diameters and 

custom lengths available. 

Custom colour wearstrip 

available (minimum may 

apply). 

Flame retardant to 

UL94V–0, highly visible 

extruded 

vinyl orange scuff strip, 

vinyl-coated polyester 

fabric enclosed spring 

steel wire helix. 

Ventilation of photo 

reproduction machines, 

fi ne 

dust collection systems, 

transfer of low volume 

cool 

and warm air. 

Fiberglass cover with 

fl ame retardant vinyl 

coating 

each side. Vinyl-coated 

spring steel wire helix 

permanently 

bonded to carcass. Flame 

retardant to 

UL94V–0. Excellent 

fl exibility. 

Available as 1CN (One 

Ply) for temporary service, 

lighter applications. 

Non-std ID’s and lengths 

available. Cuffed ends 

and additional coatings 

available. 

Industry standard for long 

term applications. Rugged, 

cost effective hose 

for dust or fumes under 

low positive or negative 

pressures. Excellent 

tensile strength and crush 

resistant. Custom ID’s 

available up to 48”. 

Additional Neoprene 

coatings available for 

added abrasion resistance. 

Heavy duty neoprene 

coated nylon fabric 

with spring steel wire 

reinforcement. Toughest 

material in the General 

Purpose Line. Custom 

ID’s available up to 48”. 

Ventilation of dry cleaning 

equipment, air intake 

and exhaust ducts, low 

volume air transfer. 

Flame retardant vinyl 

coated woven fi berglass 

cover permanently 

bonded to PVC coated 

spring 

steel wire helix. Meets 

UL 181 class fl ammability 

rating. 

HIGH TEMPERATURE FLEXIBLE TUBING VAC–U–FLEX® TUBING 

Type FLEXFLYTE® L–9 

(2FS) 

FLEXFLYTE® TFE–S FLEXFLYTE® “R” SUPER VAC–U–FLEX® TPE TPU 

Construction Two Ply Fiberglass– 

Silicone Coated 

"Two Ply Silicone Coated 

Fiberglass 

with Tefl on® liner" 

Two Ply Fiberglass 

Coated Neoprene 

PVC Two Ply Thermoplastic 

Elastomer 

Two Ply Urethane 

Sizes 3/4” – 12” ID 1/2 “ – 12” ID 1” – 12” ID 1/4” – 4” ID 3/4" – 6” ID 3/4” – 6” ID 

Std. Lengths 12 FT (3/4” ID 10’ 

lengths) 

1/2” ID - 6’ long, 3/4” 

ID - 10’ long, 1”-12” ID 

- 12’ long 

12 FT 50 FT (25’ on 3” and 4”) 25 FT 25 FT 

Colours RED RED BLACK GREY BLACK CLEAR 

Temperature 

Range 

Options/ 

Applications 

–75° to 500°F (intermit 

to 600°F) 

Also avail. as U–9 (one 

Ply) for lower pressure 

applications. Non-std 

lengths avail. Cuffs avail. 

U–9: 1” – 12” ID 

Features The standard duct for 

high temperature air 

fl ow and 

fume removal. The internal 

ply of L–9 provides a 

smoother bore for 

maximum air fl ow, less 

friction 

loss. 

–75° to 400°F –65° to 300°F -20° to 150°F -40° to 250°F -40° to 250°F 

Also avail. as TFE–N 

Neoprene coated 

fi berglass 

with Tefl on® linter. Temp 

range –75° to 300°F. 

Tefl on® liner is permanently 

bonded to inner 

ply of 

silicone fi berglass material. 

Excellent chemical 

resistance and fl ow 

characteristics. 

Rugged fi berglass base 

abrasive resistant material 

with wire reinforced 

double ply construction 

that 

provides a smooth bore 

for unhampered fl ow and 

does not kink in sharp 

bends. Liner and cover 

enclose a corrosion 

resistant spring steel wire 

helix 

that are permanently 

vulcanized together. 

Commerical or Industrial 

vacuum cleaners, ventilating 

or cooling industrial machinery, 

bilge pumps 

and bilge ventilation. 

High strength fi ber reinforced 

PVC hose cover 

bonded to coated spring 

steel helix. Offers fl exibility 

for ease of handling and 

installation 

Pitch, wall thickness 

and length variations 

available 

with minimum order 

quantity." 

"Industrial weight, 

specially formulated 

thermoplastic 

elastomer (black) material; 

coated spring steel 

helix encapsulated and 

bonded to hose jacket. 

Offers fl exibility; smooth 

bore; rubber-like characteristics. 

Exceptional toughness; 

resistant to most 

acids, alkalies, and 

solvents." 

NOTE: Other sizes and material combinations for Flexible Tubing types shown on this page are available on request. Call Fabco for more information. 

"Colour, pitch, wall 

thickness and length 

variations 

available with minimum 

order quantity." 

"Flexible, smooth bore 

100% clear thermoplastic 

polyurethane material; 

coated spring steel helix 

encapsulated and bonded 

to hose jacket. Offers 

high abrasion, puncture, 

and tear resistance; 

excellent 

chemical, oil, and 

fungus resistance. Low 

temperature 

fl exibility."

Size 

(IN) 

Insert 

Tee 

(Insert x 

Insert x 

Insert) 

Insert 

Male 

Adapter 

(Insert x 

MIPT) 

Insert 90 

degree 

Elbow 

(Insert x 

Insert 

PVC 

Insert 90 

degree 

Elbow 

(Insert x 

MIPT 

PVC HOSE INSERT FITTINGS 

Engineered to provide positive grip and ease of installation. A wide variety of PVC and 

PP insert confi gurations and adapters are available for use with polyethylene pipe sizes 

1/2” through 4”, plus 6” & 8” Couplings and Adapters for lay-fl at type irrigation hose. 

Special 3/8” barbed confi gurations allow clamp-free connection to 1/2” I.D. polyethylene 

irrigation hose. They are manufactured from high quality PVC materials to meet or 

exceed the applicable requirements of ASTM D 2609. Available fi ttings include crosses, 

Numerous male and female NPT threaded adapters, elbows and tees plus white PVC 

Schedule 40 solvent cement socket and spigot adapters. The special spiral barb allows 

“twist-on” connection of hose without need for clamping. They are NSF Certifi ed for Use 

with Potable Water. Other sizes and materials are also available upon request. 

Insert 

Coupling 

(Insert x 

Insert) 

Insert 

Plug 

(Insert) 

Insert 

Female 

Adapter 

(Insert x 

FIPT) 

1/2 1401005 1436005 1406005 1413005 1429005 1449005 1435005 

3/4 1401007 1436007 1406007 1413007 1429007 1449007 1435007 

1 1401010 1436010 1406010 1413010 1429010 1449010 1435010 

1 14 1401012 1436012 1406012 1413012 1429012 1449012 1435012 

1 1/2 1401015 1436015 1406015 1413015 1429015 1449015 1435015 

2 1401020 1436020 1406020 1413- 

020 

1429020 1449020 1435020 

2 1/2 1436020 1406025 1429025 

Size 

(IN) 

PVC 

Insert 

Reducing 

Coupling 

(Insert x 

Insert) 

3/4X1/2 1429101 

1X1/2 1429130 

1X3/4 1429131 

1X7/8 14291315 

1-1/4X3/4 1429167 

1-1/4X1 1429168 

1-1/2X3/4 1429210 

1-1/2X1 1429211 

1-1/2X1-1/4 1429212 

2X1 1429249 

2X1-1/4 1429250 

2X1-1/2 1429251 

2-1/2X1-1/2 1429291 

Size 

(IN) 

PVC 

Reducing 

Male 

Adapter 

(MIPT x 

Insert) 

1/2X3/4 1436074 

1/2X1 1436075 

3/4X1/2 1436101 

3/4X1 1436102 

1X3/4 1436131 

1X1-1/4 1436132 

1X1-1/2 1436133 

1-1/4X3/4 1436167 

1-1/4X1 1436168 

1-1/4X1-1/2 1436169 

1-1/2X1 1436211 

1-1/2X1-1/4 1436212 

1-1/2X2 1436213 

Size 

(IN) 

Size 

(IN) 

Insert 

Tee 

(Insert x 

Insert x 

Insert) 

Insert 

Male 

Adapter 

(Insert x 

MIPT) 

PP 

Insert 90 

degree 

Elbow 

(Insert x 

Insert 

Insert 90 

degree 

Elbow 

(Insert x 

MIPT 

Insert 

Coupling 

(Insert x 

Insert) 

1/2 PT1G PA1G PE1G PEM1G PC1G 

3/4 PT2G PA2G PE2G PEM2G PC2G 

1 PT3G PA3G PE3G PEM3G PC3G 

Insert 

Plug 

(Insert) 

1 14 PT4G PA4G PE4G PEM4G PC4G PP4G 

1 1/2 PT5G PA5G PE5G PEM5G PC5G PP5G 

2 PT6G PA6G PE6G PEM6G PC6G PP6G 

2 1/2 1436020 1406025 1429025 

PP 

Insert 

Reducing 

Coupling 

(Insert x 

Insert) 

Reducing 

Male 

Adapter 

(MIPT x 

Insert) 

3/4X1/2 PC21G PA21G 

1X1/2 PC31G 

1X3/4 PC32G PA32G 

1-1/4X3/4 PC42G PA42G 

1-1/4X1 PV43G PA43G 

1-1/2X1 PC52G 

1 1/2 X 3/4 PC53G PA53G 

1-1/2X1-1/4 PC54G PA54G 

2X1 PC63G 

2X1-1/4 PC64G 

2X1-1/2 PC65G PA65G 

2X1-1/2 1429251 

2-1/2X1-1/2 1429291 

Size 

(IN) 

PP 

Insert 

Reducing 

Tee (Insert 

x Insert x 

Insert) 

3/4 X 3/4 X 1/2 PT221G 

1 X 1 X 1/2 PT331G 

1 X 1 X 3/4 PT332G 

1 1/2 X 1 1/2 

X 1/2 

PT551G 

1 1/2 1 1/2 X 3/4 PT552G 

1 1/2 X1 1/2 X 1 PT553G 

2 X 2 X 3/4 PT662G 

2 X 2 X 1 PT663G 

3/4 X 1/2 X 1/2 PT211G 

1 X 3/4 X 1/2 PT321G 

1 X 3/4 X 3/4 PT322G 

8-11 

8

8 

8-12 

PP CAM COUPLER FITTINGS 

The Cam Coupler is a rugged engineered plastic design quick lock style for hose and pipe coupling. The Cam Coupler is moulded 

of polypropylene to exacting tolerances. It is light weight, corrosion resistant, wear resistant, rugged and interchangeable with other 

couplers of similar design and size. Cam couplers are suited for a variety of applications and corrosive materials including chemical 

handling, agricultural fertilizers, herbicides & irrigation, dry bulk industrial use, and barge and tank unloading. Other features 

include Positive Action (No springs, ball bearings, snaps or lugs to fi t), no maintenance, special tools or techniques required to 

operate. Buna–N Gaskets are standard; EPDM gaskets are available upon request. All handles are zinc plated steel; Stainless steel 

handles are available upon request. 

Type A B C D E F G DP 

Size 

(IN) 

Female Threaded 

Adapters 

Male Threaded 

Couplers 

Hose Shank 

Couplers 

Female Threaded 

Couplers 

Hose Shank 

Adapters 

Male Thread 

Adapters Dust Caps Dust Plugs 

1/2 24011 24002 24003 24004 24015 24016 24008 24017 

3/4 24111 24102 24103 24104 24115 24116 24108 24117 

1 24211 24202 24203 24204 24215 24216 24208 24217 

1 1/4 24311 24302 24303 24304 24315 24316 24308 24317 

1 1/2 24411 24402 24403 24404 24415 24416 24408 24417 

2 24511 24502 24503 24504 24515 24416 24508 24517 

3 24711 24702 24703 24704 24715 24516 24708 24717 

D F C A 

Type Description 1½" 2" 

90˚A 90˚ Male Adapter with Female Thread 249015A 249020A 

90˚C 90˚ Female Coupler with Hose Shank 249015C 249020C 

90˚D 90˚ Female Coupler with Female Thread 249015D 249020D 

90˚F 90˚ Male Adapter with Male Thread 249015F 249020F 

Notes: 

• 1/2” couplers and adapters will interchange with 3/4” couplers and adapters. Only the threads 

and barbs are 1/2”. 

• 1-1/4” couplers and adapters will interchange with 1-1/2” couplers and adapters. Only the 

threads and barbs are 1-1/4”. 

EPDM Gasket Stainless Steel Handle 

Size (IN) Part # 

Part # 

1/2" - 3/4" 61570 

1" 61571 

1-1/4" -1-1/2" 61572 

2" 61574 

3" 61575 

1/2" - 1" 61594 

1-1/4" - 2" 61595 

3" 61596

Approx. 

Length 

(IN) 

Max 

Bundle 

Diameter 

(IN) 

NYLON CABLE TIES 

This line of self-locking nylon cable ties are for standard and heavy duty, regular and mounting 

applications. They securely bundles of cables, wires and hoses from 1/16” (1.6 mm) to 

15” (31.8 mm) diameters. The special bent tip on standard duty VNT’s allow for easy insertion. 

They are chemically resistant to salt water, weak acids, alcohol, grease, oil, 

gasoline and common solvents. As well, they are fungus inert. They are available in ultraviolet 

resistant material for outdoor use. They are constructed of Molded type 6/6 nylon 

according to ASTM D–4066-82, fl ammability classifi cation 94V–2 and temperature index 

125°C electrical (85°C mechanical). Maximum temperature on the part shall not exceed 

75°C. 

Minimum 

Tensile 

Strength 

Minimum 

Order 

Qty 

Part # 

Standard Duty (1/16" Min. Bundle Dia.) 

VNT3-15 3 19/32 15 1000 

VNT4-18 4 3/4 18 1000 

VNT8-18 8 2 18 1000 

VNT5-30 5 1/2 1 1/4 30 1000 

VNT8-40 8 1/2 2 40 1000 

VNT7-50 7 1 3/4 50 1000 

VNT11-50 11 3 50 500 

VNT14-50 14 4 50 500 

Heavy Duty (3/16" Min. Bundle Dia.) 

VNT8-120 8 2 120 500 

VNT14-120 14 1/4 4 120 300 

VNT32-120** 32 9 120 200 

VNT24-175 24 7 3/16 175 200 

VNT34-175 34 10 175 200 

VNT41-175 41 12 175 100 

VNT48-175* 48 15 175 100 

Approx. 

Length 

(IN) 

Max 

Bundle 

Diameter 

(IN) 

Minimum 

Tensile 

Strength 

Mounting 

Screw 

Size 

Minimum 

Order Qty 

Part # 

VMNT5-30 6 

Standard Duty 

1 1/4 30 8 1000 

VMNT7-50 7 1/2 1 3/4 50 10 1000 

VMNT11-50 11 3 50 10 500 

VMNT14-50 14 1/2 4 

Heavy Duty 

50 10 500 

VMNT14-120 5 4 120 1/4 200 

Notes: 

* Gray colour 

** Black colour 

• UV Black available upon request 

• Cable tie tools available upon request 

• The 4” and 8” (40 lb.) standard duty ties are available in the following colours: blue, brown, gray, green, orange, purple, red and yellow. 

• Fluorescent colours are available in blue, green, orange, pink and yellow. These vibrant ties are available in the 4”, 8” (40 lb.) and 11” standard duty ties. 

8-13 

8

8 

Notes: 

• NF125 can be made available upon demand. 

• Constructed of blue P.V.C. impregnation 

• reinforced with woven high tensile synthetic 

yarn 

Notes: 

• NF125 can be made available upon demand. 

• Constructed of blue P.V.C. impregnation 

• reinforced with woven high tensile synthetic 

yarn 

8-14 

LAY-FLAT DISCHARGE HOSE 

Kuri-Tec Lay-Flat Discharge Hose is a thin-wall fl exible PVC hose reinforced with a woven 

synthetic fi ber. The sandwich construction provides for vinyl inside and outside for both 

corrosion and abrasion resistance, yet allows the hose to be rolled up fl at for easy-spacesaving 

storage. It is ideal for portable pump and irrigation use. The Temperature range is 

- 20°C to + 80°C (-4°F to + 175°F ). 

I.D. Length 

Weight Working Pressure 

Part # (Inch) (Ft.) Package Lb/Cft psi @ 68°F 

LFT015 1.614 300 COIL 15 70 

LFT020 2.106 300 COIL 20 65 

LFT025 2.598 300 COIL 28 60 

LFT030 3.090 300 COIL 34 60 

LFT040 4.064 300 COIL 45 60 

LFT060 6.142 300 COIL 81 40 

LFT080 8.150 300 COIL 110 40 

HIGH PRESSURE LAY-FLAT DISCHARGE HOSE 

The brown high pressure hose is a more rugged version of the blue PVC lay-fl at discharge 

hose. It is designed for use where higher working pressures are required. The Temperature 

range is - 20°C to + 80°C (-4°F to + 175°F ). 

Part No. I.D. 

(Inch) 

O.D. 

(Inch) 

Wall 

(Inch) 

Length 

(Ft.) 

Package Weight 

(Lbs/Cft) 

Working Pressure 

psi @ 68°F 

HFT015 1.50 1.674 0.087 300 COIL 23 200 

HFT020 2.00 2.182 0.091 300 COIL 32 175 

HFT025 2.50 2.690 0.095 300 COIL 41 150 

HFT030 3.00 3.196 0.098 300 COIL 52 125 

HFT040 4.00 4.220 0.110 300 COIL 76 125 

HFT060 6.00 6.236 0.118 300 COIL 121 100

Male Connector (Tube x MPT) 

Part # 

OD X MPT 

(IN) 

P4MC2 1/4 x 1/8 

P4MC4 1/4 x 1/4 

P5MC2 5/16 x 1/8 

P5MC4 5/16 x 1/4 

P6MC2 3/8 x 1/8 

P6MC4 3/8 x 1/4 

P6MC6 3/8 x 3/8 

P6MC8 3/8 x 1/2 

P6MC12 3/8 x 3/4 

P8MC2 1/2 x 1/8 

P8MC4 1/2 x 1/4 

P8MC6 1/2 x 3/8 

P8MC8 1/2 x 1/2 

P8MC12 1/2 x 3/4 

P10MC2 5/8 x 1/8 

P10MC4 5/8 x 1/4 

P10MC6 5/8 x 3/4 

P10MC8 5/8 x 1/2 

P10MC12 5/8 x 3/4 

Female Connector (Tube x FPT) 

Part # 

OD X FPT 

(IN) 

P4FC2 1/4 x 1/8 

P4FC4 1/4 x 1/4 

P6FC4 3/8 x 1/4 

P6FC6 3/8 x 3/8 

P6FC8 3/8 x 1/2 

P8FC6 1/2 x 3/8 

P8FC8 1/2 x 1/2 

P10FC8 5/8 x 1/2 

FAST & TITE TUBE FITTINGS 

The most complete line of plastic fi ttings for thermoplastic tubing in the industry. FAST & 

TITE thermoplastic tube fi ttings from Parker will prove to be the answer to your tubing connector 

needs. These fi ttings are available in Black High Density Polyethylene as a standard. White 

Nylon is also available. A unique 302 stainless steel “grab ring”, for tube retention, coupled with 

a Nitrile “O”-Ring for positive seal assures good tube connection with only hand tight assembly. 

Vibration or tube movement will not break the seal and cause leakage. Fittings are completely 

reusable. Parts are easily replaced. Use FAST & TITE fi ttings with all plastic, metal or glass 

tubing. All ingredients in FAST & TITE fi ttings meet F.D.A. and NSF requirements for food 

contact and potable water. The temperature range is 0° to +212°F for black polypropylene -40° to 

+200°F for white nylon. 

Male Branch Tee Tube xMPT 

Part # 

OD x MPT 

(IN) 

P4MT2 1/4 x 1/8 

P4MT4 1/4 x 1/4 

P5MT2 5/16 x 1/8 

P5MT4 5/16 x 1/4 

P6MT4 3/8 x 1/4 

P6MT6 3/8 x 3/8 

P8MT6 1/2 x 3/8 

P8MT8 1/2 x 1/2 

P10MT8 5/8 x 1/2 

Tee Union (Tube) 

Part # Size (IN) 

P4TU4 1/4 x 1/4 

P5TU5 5/16 x 5/16 

P6TU6 3/8 x 3/8 

P8TU6 1/2 x 3/8 

P8TU8 1/2 x 1/2 

P10TU6 5/8 x 3/8 

P10TU10 5/8 x 5/8 

O-ring 


4OR 1/4 

5OR 5/16 

6OR 3/8 

8OR 1/2 

10OR 5/8 

Male Elbow Tube xMPT 

Part # 

OD x MPT 

(IN) 

P4ME2 1/4 x 1/8 

P4ME4 1/4 x 1/4 

P4ME6 1/4 x 3/8 

P5ME2 5/16 x 1/8 

P5ME4 5/16 x 1/4 

P5ME6 5/16 x 3/8 

P6ME4 3/8 x 1/4 

P6ME6 3/8 x 3/8 

P6ME8 3/8 x 1/2 

P6ME12 3/8 x 3/4 

P8ME6 1/2 x 3/8 

P8ME8 1/2 x 1/2 

P10ME8 5/8 x 1/2 

Male Run Tee Tube xMPT 

Part # 

OD x MPT 

(IN) 

P4MR2 1/4 x 1/8 

P6MR4 3/8 x 1/4 

P8MR6 1/2 x 3/8 

P10MR8 5/8 x 1/2 

Tube Support 


P4TS3 1/4 x 3/16 

P5TS3 5/16 x 3/16 

P6TS4 3/8 x 1/2 

P8TS6 1/2 x 3/8 

P10TS8 5/8 x 1/2 

Elbow Union (Tube) 


P4EU4 1/4 x 1/4 

P5EU4 5/16 x 1/4 

P5EU5 5/16 x 5/16 

P6EU4 3/8 x 1/2 

P6EU5 3/8 x 5/16 

P6EU6 3/8 x 3/8 

P8EU6 1/2 x 3/8 

P8EU8 1/2 x 1/2 

P10EU10 5/8 x 5/8 

Nut and Spacer Set 


P4NS 1/4 

P5NS 5/16 

P6NS 3/8 

P8NS 1/2 

P10NS 5/8 

Grab Ring 


4GR 1/4 

5GR 5/16 

6GR 3/8 

8GR 1/2 

10GR 5/8 

Female Elbow Tube x FPT 

Part # OD x FPT(IN) 

P4FE2 1/4 x 1/8 

P4FE4 1/4 x 1/4 

P5FE2 5/16 x 1/2 

P6FE4 3/8 x 1/4 

P6FE6 3/8 x 3/8 

P8FE6 1/2 x 3/8 

P8FE8 1/2 x 1/2 

P10FE8 5/8 x 1/2 

Union Connector (Tube) 


P4UC4 1/4x 1/4 

P5UC4 5/16 x 1/4 

P5UC5 5/16 x 5/16 

P6UC4 3/8 x 1/4 

P6UC5 3/8 x 5/16 

P6UC6 3/8 x 3/8 

P8UC6 1/2 x 3/8 

P8UC8 1/2 x 1/2 

P10UC6 5/8 x 3/8 

P10UC8 5/8 x 1/2 

P10UC10 5/8 x 5/8 

8-15 

8

8 

8-16 

BLACK HDPE AND NYLON INSERT FITTINGS 

Black HDPE and Nylon Insert Fittings are ideal for all types of tubing and are available 

in a variety of sizes and confi gurations. 

Male Elbow (Insert xMPT) Reducing Tee Union (Insert) Male Branch Tee (Insert x Insert x MPT) Hex Pipe Nipple (MPT) Male Connector (Insert x MPT) 

HDPE 

Part # 

White 

Nylon 

Part # 

Size 

(IN) Part # 

White 

Nylon 

Part # Size (IN) Part # 

White 

Nylon 


White 

Nylon 

Part # 

Size 

(IN) Part # 

White Nylon 

Part # 

P4MEB4 N4MEB4 1/4 P6TUB4 N6TUB4 3/8 x 3/8 x 1/4 P4MTB4 N4MTB4 1/4 x 1/4 x 1/4 P2HPN2 N2HPN2 1/8 P4MCB4 N4MCB4 1/4 



P8HPN8 N8HPN8 1/2 P12MCB12 N12MCB12 3/4 

P12HPN12 N12HPN12 3/4 

Black 

HDPE 

Part # 

Tee Union (Insert) Union Connector (Insert) Reducing Hex Pipe Nipple (MPT x MPT) Hex Pipe Nipple (MPT) Male Connector (Insert x MPT) 

White Nylon 

Part # 

Size 

(IN) 

Black 

HDPE 

Part # 

White Nylon 

Part # 

Size 

(IN) 

Black 

HDPE 

Part # 

White 

Nylon 


White 

Nylon 

Part # 

Size 

(IN) Part # 

White Nylon 

Part # 

P2TUB2 N2TUB2 1/8 P2UCB2 N2UCB2 1/8 P4HPN2 N4HPN2 1/4 x 1/8 P2HPN2 N2HPN2 1/8 P4MCB4 N4MCB4 1/4 


P4TUB4 N4TUB4 1/4 P4UCB4 N4UCB4 1/4 P6HPN4 N6HPN4 '3/8 x 1/4 P6HPN6 N6HPN6 3/8 P8MCB8 N8MCB8 1/2 


P6TUB6 N6TUB6 3/8 P6UCB6 N6UCB6 3/8 P8HPN4 N8HPN4 1/2 x 1/4 P12HPN12 N12HPN12 3/4 

P8TUB8 N8TUB8 1/2 P8UCB8 N8UCB8 1/2 P8HPN6 N8HPN6 1/2 x 3/8 

P10TUB10 N10TUB10 5/8 P10UCB10 N10UCB10 5/8 P12HPN6 N12HPN6 3/4 x 3/8 

P12HPN8 N12HPN8 3/4 x 1/2 

Hex Head Pipe Plug (MPT) Elbow Union (Insert) 

Black 

HDPE 

Part # 

White 

Nylon 

Part # 

Size 

(IN) 

Black HDPE 

Part # 

White Nylon 


P2HPL N2HPL 1/8 P4EUB4 N4EUB4 1/4 


P6HPL N6HPL 3/8 P8EUB4 N8EUB4 1/2 x 1/4 

P8HPL N8HPL 1/2 P8EUB6 N8EUB6 1/2 x 3/8 


P10EUB10 N10EUB10 5/8 

Note: 

Other sizes available upon request. 

Available in PVC upon request. 

Size 

(IN) 

Size 

(IN)

Notes: 

• Available in 20ft lengths 

• Product supplied with plain end. 

INSTADUCT® PVC VENTILATION DUCT PIPE 

Fabco’s Instaduct is available in sizes ranging from 6” to 24” diameters. It is 

manufactured from high quality PVC so it will be in service for a long time and 

resist corrosive fumes and gasses, in all sorts of industrial ventilation applications. 

This lightweight piping system is easy to install and features increases fl ow rates 

due to the seamless characteristics. Welded construction supplied with socket 

(belled) ends and fabricated from extruded duct pipe. Call Fabco for special 

or custom manufactured duct fi ttings. 

APPLICATIONS 

• Plating shops 

• Corrosive fume extraction 

• Chemical blending 

• Automotive manufacturing 

• Municipal water treatment 

FEATURES 

• Resistant to most corrosive fl uids and fumes 

• Long life expectation 

• Lower installed cost than stainless steel 

• Light weight so it is easy to ship, install and handle 

Diameter Diameter 

Wall Thickness WT Length 

Part # (mm) (inches) O.D. (inches) (inches) (lbs/ft) 

(ft) 

010118 6 150 6.625 .125 1.530 20 

0101181 6 150 6.625 .187 2.275 20 

0101185 7 180 7.375 .187 2.534 20 

010119 8 200 8.625 .187 2.982 20 

0101195 9 225 9.375 .187 3.239 20 

010120 10 250 10.750 .187 3.733 20 

010121 11 280 11.375 .187 3.944 20 

010122 12 315 12.750 .187 4.440 20 

010124 14 355 14.000 .187 4.884 20 

010126 16 400 16.000 .187 5.586 20 

010128 18 450 18.000 .187 6.750 20 

010130 20 500 20.000 .219 8.144 20 

010134 24 600 24.000 .250 11.163 20 

010138 28 700 28.000 .250 13.470 20 

010142 32 800 32.000 .250 17.070 20 

9-1 

9

9 

9-2 

INSTADUCT® PVC VENTILATION DUCT FITTINGS 

90° SOCKET 

ELBOWS 

45° SOCKET 

ELBOWS 45° WYE 

SOCKET 

TEES 

SOCKET 

COUPLINGS FLANGES 

DAMPER 

ASSEM- 

BLIES 

FLEXIBLE 

VIBRATION 

SLEEVES 

IN. MM 

6 160 01010518 01010318 01010718 01010618 01011018 01011118 01011218 01011618 

8 200 01010519 01010319 01010719 01010619 01011019 01011119 01011219 01011619 

10 250 '01010520 01010320 01010720 01010620 01011020 01011120 01011220 01011620 

12 315 '01010522 01010322 01010722 01010622 01011022 01011122 01011222 01011622 

14 355 '01010524 01010324 01010724 01010624 01011024 01011124 01011224 01011624 

16 400 01010526 01010326 01010726 01010626 01011026 01011126 01011226 01011626 

18 450 01010528 01010328 01010728 01010628 01011028 01011128 01011228 01011628 

20 500 01010530 01010330 01010730 01010630 01011030 01011130 01011230 01011630 

24 600 '01010534 01010334 01010734 01010634 01011034 01011134 01011234 01011634 

30° 

ELBOWS 

Notes: 

• 4”, 7”, 9” and 11” fi ttings can be fabricated on request. 

15° 

ELBOWS 

30° 

PANT 

LEGS 

45° 

PANT 

LEGS 

90° 

PANT 

LEGS 

RAIN 

CAPS 

EXHAUST AIR 

DIFFUSER/ 

DEFLECTOR 

IN. MM 

6 160 01010218 01010118 01011518 01011418 01011318 01011918 01013018 

8 200 01010219 01010119 01011519 01011419 01011319 01011919 01013019 

10 250 01010220 01010120 01011520 01011420 01011320 01011920 01013020 

12 315 01010222 01010122 01011522 01011422 01011322 01011922 01013022 

14 355 01010224 01010124 01011524 01011424 01011324 01011924 01013024 

16 400 01010226 01010126 01011526 01011426 01011326 01011926 01013026 

18 450 01010228 01010128 01011528 01011428 01011328 01011928 01013028 

20 500 01010230 01010130 01011530 01011430 01011330 01011930 01013030 

24 600 01010234 01010134 01011534 01011434 01011334 01011934 01013034

INSTADUCT® PVC VENTILATION DUCT FITTINGS 

Part No. 

45° REDUCING 

LATERAL WYES 

A x B x C 

POR 8" x 6" x 4" 

POR 10" x 6" x 4" 

POR 12" x 8" x 6" 

POR 14" x 10" x 8" 

POR 16" x 12" x 10" 

POR 18" x 14" x 12" 

010652300 20" x 16" x 14" 

010652320 22" x 18" x 14" 

010652340 24" x 20" x 16" 

010652360 24" x 20" x 18" 

010652380 26" x 20" x 18" 

010652400 26" x 22" x 20" 

010652420 28" x 24" x 18" 

010652440 28" x 24" x 20" 

010652460 30" x 28" x 18" 


010652500 30" x 26" x 24" 

010652520 32" x 26" x 20" 

010652540 32" x 28" x 20" 

010652560 32" x 26" x 22" 


010652600 34" x 30" x 20" 

010652620 34" x 30" x 18" 

010652640 34" x 30" x 24" 

010652660 36" x 32" x 20" 


010652700 36" x 34" x 20" 

DAMPER REGULATOR MECHANISM 

Part No. 

Part No. Material Description 

PDR PVC DAMPER REGULATOR 

PPDR PP DAMPER REGULATOR 

PEDR PE DAMPER REGULATOR 

45° REDUC- 

ING PANT 

LEGS A x B x C 

0101140806 8 x 6 x 6 

0101141008 10 x 8 x 8 

0101141210 12 x 10 x 10 

0101141408 14 x 8 x 8 

0101141410 14 x 10 x 10 

0101141610 16 x 10 x 10 

0101141612 16 x 12 x 12 

0101141810 18 x 10 x 10 

0101141812 18 x 12 x 12 

0101141814 18 x 14 x 14 

0101142012 20 x 12 x 12 

0101142014 20 x 14 x 14 

0101142016 20 x 16 x 16 

0101142214 22 x 14 x 14 

0101142216 22 x 16 x 16 

0101142218 22 x 18 x 18 

0101142414 24 x 14 x 14 

0101142416 24 x 16 x 16 

0101142418 24 x 18 x 18 

Notes: 

• Above fi ttings are custom fabricated 

as required 

• 4”, 7”, 9” and 11” fi ttings can be 

fabricated on request. 

DUCT 

SIZE 

(INCH) 

90° 

ELBOWS 

DAMPER REGULATOR MECHANISM 

45° 

ELBOWS 

30° 

ELBOWS 

26 01045236 01025236 01005236 

28 01045238 01025238 01005238 

30 01045240 01025240 01005240 

32 01045242 01025242 01005242 

34 01045244 01025244 01005244 

36 01045246 01025246 01005246 

38 01045248 01025248 01005248 

40 01045250 01025250 01005250 

42 01045252 01025252 01005252 

44 01045254 01025254 01005254 

46 01045256 01025256 01005256 

48 01045258 01025258 01005258 

This new simple damper regulator is easily installed in plastic ducting featuring 

a positive action handle that locks into and clearly indicates damper position. 

Any fabricator or maintenance staff can install the damper regulator. The Fabco 

damper regulator is made of PVC, Polypropylene or Polyethylene. After installation, 

it is airtight. 

OPERATION 

a) Pull (PT #1) positioning handle, turn to position desired and it locks on 

release. 

b) Damper position is indicated on position handle by orientation of two 

indicating slots. 

Note: For use with ducts up to 20” in diameter. 

9-3 

9

9 

9-4 


FABCO Plastics makes the design, assembly and installation of 

Industrial Fume Exhaust systems easier with new, seamless, 

moulded, quick connecting, belled-end, rigid PVC INSTADUCT 

Fittings. Now, for the fi rst time, FABCO INSTADUCT fi ttings 

allow ventilation systems, up to 24” in diameter to be assembled 

by Solvent Welding, substantially reducing installation time and 

the associated costs. FABCO’s new INSTADUCT Fittings from 

3” to 24” in diameter are machine moulded, onepiece construction, 

with elbows being smooth fl owing thus reducing turbulence 

and static pressure. 

INSTADUCT fi ttings are extremely robust and sturdy, yet lightweight 

and easy to handle in the shop or on the job-site. Manufactured 

of Type I Grade I PVC, FABCO’s INSTADUCT 

Fittings are corrosion resistant and are capable of withstanding 

temperatures up to 140°F. For special applications involving 

higher temperatures with abrasive airborne particulate mixed with 

noxious fumes, FABCO INSTADUCT can also be moulded using 

Polypropylene. Applications requiring a fi re retardant ventilation 

system can be designed employing FABCO INSTADUCT 

moulded from Fire Retardant Polypropylene. 

FABCO INSTADUCT fi ttings are the ideal foundation for a well 

designed and well installed ventilation system. To compliment 

the moulded, one-piece INSTADUCT fi ttings, FABCO also offers 

a full range of Custom Fabricated fi ttings.. Ducting systems 

above 24” in diameter will also employ fabricated fi ttings, manufactured 

in our modern Thermoplastic Fabrication facility, employing 

the most up-to-date and effi cient manufacturing methods. 

With over 25 years experience in Custom Plastics Engineering 

and Fabrication, FABCO offers the INSTADUCT System, our 

latest innovation and a part of our Overall Commitment to supply 

industry with systems of Peerless Quality and Design. 

FABCO’s 66,000 square foot Engineering and Manufacturing 

Complex is located in Canada. For more detailed information, 

please contact our Engineering and Fabrication Sales Division. 

Distributors welcomed. 

I. GENERAL APPLICATION 

This section is intended to present only a broad introductory discussion 

of the general properties of PVC and some of the factors 

which should be considered in use in air handling systems. It is 

recommended that for additional information relative to specifi c 

applications, that FABCO be contacted. 

PVC fi nds its widest application in air handling systems where it 

is used to control corrosion in exhaust systems that convey acidic 

or caustic fumes resulting from the use of chemical solutions. 

In addition, INSTADUCT can be used to provide push air. PVC 

is particularly suitable where wide variations in chemical con- 

centrations, such as in the metal fi nishing trade, will occur. The 

material also provides a smooth, hard surface suitable for wash 

down or water spray, for the removal of contaminants in the duct 

system. These characteristics combined with its general malleability, 

make PVC ideally suited for many air pollution control 

systems. 

Because of its optimal physical properties, chemical resistance 

and relatively low cost, PVC has obtained wide acceptance for 

use in corrosive fume exhaust systems. Examples of industrial 

processes requiring source ventilation of fumes are metal cleaning, 

pickling, plating, halogen gas purging and etching. Other 

ventilation applications utilizing thermoplastics are fume hoods 

in research laboratories and education institutions, and exhaust 

ventilating systems in high humidity areas such as indoor swimming 

pools. 

In general, the selection of PVC will provide wider corrosion 

resistance than metal. Proper engineering design and use of an acceptable 

plastic for the particular environment will result in satisfactory 

performance. Care should be taken to avoid using PVC in 

the presence of ketones, chlorinated hydrocarbons and aromatic 

solvents.The upper temperature limit is 140°F (approx.). Most 

of the diffi culty experienced with failures, resulted from inadequately 

constructed units due to a lack of suffi cient engineering 

design data. When proper consideration is given to the corrosive 

environment, failures are rarely associated with the incompatibility 

of PVC with the materials being exhausted. 

POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) 

Whenever the terms PVC resins and PVC compounds are used, 

they are generally understood to refer to materials made from one 

of the following: 

a) poly vinyl chloride 

b) chlorinated poly vinyl chloride 

c) vinyl chloride copolymers 

The resin portion of compounds should contain at least 80 percent 

vinyl chloride according to ASTM D-1784-81. The compounding 

ingredients may consist of lubricants, stabilizers, non-poly (vinyl 

chloride) resin modifi ers, and pigments essential for processing, 

property control and colouring. 

PVC has the ability to be compounded for a wide range of applications. 

Use of PVC in air ventilating systems however, is 

primarily limited to the rigid material. This material in addition 

to being used for duct, is also used for structures such as hoods, 

exhaust fans, and fume scrubbers. Other products, such as sinks, 

have become standard FABCO items. 

PVC Solvent Cements - these cements are compounded with 

PVC resins or copolymers, a solvent, and an evaporation retar-


dant. While clear amber cements can be produced, most commercial 

cements are coloured grey, with inert pigments. There are 

two grades of solvent pipe cement. One is designed for DWV 

pipe; the other is of heavier consistency for Schedules 40, 80 and 

120 pipe. When cementing is applicable the latter is suggested for 

structural fabrication. Cements are available from FABCO (see 

Section 4). INSTADUCT up to 24” diameter can be cemented 

following proper solvent cementing procedures. Duct and fi ttings 

over 24” diameter must be hand welded. 

II. CORROSIVE RESISTANCE 

Performance rating based solely on advertising data from the 

reference material, can be made meaningless by the presence of a 

contaminant. It is essential that close coordination with the manufacturer 

be maintained, to ensure applicability. Corrosion attack 

is primarily the penetration of the corrosive environment into the 

surface of the plastic material. This results in a weight gain of the 

PVC. Penetration of the corrosive environment into the plastic 

proper also changes the physical properties. The degree of weight 

gain, penetration, and change in physical properties is the manner 

whereby thermoplastic corrosion is measured. Penetration either 

occurs relatively rapidly, or does not occur at all. A 30-day immersion 

test is usually satisfactory to determine whether or not 

a thermoplastic material will handle the corrosive environment 

intended.Weight gain greater than 7% suggests unsuitability. 

Borderline environments in liquid service are usually satisfactory 

for fume exhaust systems, where condensation does not occur. 

Exhaust duct with adequate drainage can be satisfactory where 

limited condensation occurs. Further, design of fume exhaust 

systems usually incorporates 9 to 12 parts of room air to one of 

fume, thereby diluting the fume concentration and reducing corrosive 

attack. 

Changes in physical property occur with corrosion attack and are 

measured in terms of tensile strength, impact strength, and fl exural 

strength. The degree of attack with organic solvents increases 

in order with the following common solvents: Alcohols, ketones, 

esters, aromatic and chlorinated solvents. A very distinct softening 

of the specimens and some solution occurs in most instances 

as a result of corrosive attack. Stress cracking can occur with 

some plastics. However, Type I, Grade 1, rigid polyvinyl chloride 

has rather rare instance of stress cracking. 

Higher temperature applications in corrosive environments will 

result in substantial increases in penetration and becomes apparent 

as temperatures approach the heat distortion point The 

decreased corrosion resistance, as well as the upper physical 

operating temperatures compared to working stress, occur simultaneously. 

III. FLAMMABILITY 

Polyvinylchloride (PVC), contains approximately 56% chlorine 

by weight, and in its rigid, unplastisized form, it is self-extinguishing 

when tested per ASTM-635. (Generally, the threshold 

for vinyl resin to be self-extinguishing is approximately 30% 

chlorine.) Some PVC ductwork is required to be furnished with 

internal sprinklers, while systems without sprinklers are acceptable 

as long as the PVC does not exceed 1/4” wall thickness, 

(thin walled PVC collapses from the heat of fi re and interrupts 

fl ame spread by shutting off air fl ow) and does not contain other 

combustible deposits. 

IV. CONSTRUCTION OF PVC DUCT SYSTEMS 

Designed systems normally include the following: 

A) Equipment list and system layout. 

B) Duct sizing information (diameter or width and height) for all 

ducts. 

C) Total system design CFM and all terminal CFM requirements. 

D) Frequency and/or location of access doors and test holes. 

E) Location and type of regulating dampers. 

F) Location and type of all fi re and smoke protection devices and 

equipment as may be desired, or required by local codes and 

regulations. 

G) Location of fl exible connections. 

H) Location of all expansion joints. 

L) Type of PVC material from which the duct is to be manufac 

tured, and details of duct to special requirements not in 

accordance with this reference material. 

J) Pressure Classifi cation: (positive or negative) to which each 

duct system (or each portion of a duct system where 

applicable) is to be constructed. 

K) Location and type of drain connections when required. 

L) Details and location of any acoustical treatment. 

NOTE: The designer will have responsibility for the following: 

1. The PVC must not be used to exceed manufacturers’ 

temperature and impact ratings. 

2. Inspection and maintenance openings provided (clean outs) 

should be on straight runs and elbows. Equipment and special 

accessories should be accessible for the service required. 

3. Standard and custom fabricated hoods (which have been 

designed and made by FABCO for 25 years) providing proper 

capture velocities at those points where fumes are generated. 

4. Condensate should be collected and drained off. A 

recommended minimum slope for horizontal ducts pitched 

downward in the direction of air fl ow is 1 inch in 40 feet, with 

the recommended minimum slope for ducts pitched downward 

in the direction opposite the air fl ow equal to 1 inch in 10 ft. 

Drains with traps or valves are to be provided. 

9-5 

9

9 

9-6 

REQUIREMENTS 

1. MATERIALS 

1.1 PVC Composed - The PVC material used will possess minimum 

property values equivalent to that designated by ASTM-D- 

1784-81. 

1.2 Rigid Sheets - Rigid PVC sheets used in the fabrication of 

ductwork and accessories, shall be manufactured from the basic 

compounds as specifi ed in paragraph 1.1. The manufactured 

sheet products shall be equivalent to the requirements of ASTM- 

D1927-81. 

1.3 Extruded Duct and Shapes - Extruded material, where used, 

shall be manufactured from the basic compounds as specifi ed in 

paragraph 1.1. 

2. DUCT SIZES AND TOLERANCES 

2.1 Wall Thickness - The minimum nominal wall thickness shall 

be as specifi ed in Figures 1-19. The allowable tolerance on minimum 

thickness of the duct wall shall be minimum 15% of the 

specifi ed nominal thickness. 

2.2 Round Duct 

a) Extruded round duct up to 24” diameter shall be determined 

by the nominal inside diameter. Detailed dimensions of inside 

diameter, outside diameter and wall thickness are indicated 

herein Tolerances on extruded duct including out of roundness 

shall generally be governed by the requirements of ASTM 

D1785-83 but in any event tolerance will allow for proper joint 

fi tment and cementing. 

b) Fabricated duct larger than 24” in diameter shall be determined 

by the nominal inside diameter. The tolerance including 

out of roundness shall be the greater of 1% of the diameter or 

3/16 of an inch. 

2.3 Fittings - Wall thickness of mitered fi ttings shall be at least 

that of duct of the same size. 

2.4 Squareness of Ends - Individual sections and fi ttings shall 

maintain suitable tolerances such that fi eld erection can be accomplished 

in a neat and workmanship like manner, and such 

as to maintain essentially air tight construction and structural 

integrity. 

3. ATTACHMENT 

The attached fi gures No. 17-19 illustrate the recommended 

method for attachment of PVC and illustrate several acceptable 

methods of attaching steel reinforcement to PVC duct. Where 

penetration of the ductwall is approved, or specifi ed, hardware 

shall be plastisol coated. 

Figure 17 shows rectangular duct reinforcement on two sides of 

the duct. 

4. SOLVENT CEMENTING 

Solvent cementing may be used as method of joining PVC ducting. 

(This process joins the O.D. of the duct to the I.D. of the 

fi tting). The solvents in the cement produce a surface reaction 

that dissolves the PVC. As the surfaces are placed in contact with 

each other the solvents evaporate, the reaction stops, and the 

PVC hardens to its original state. (This method is suitable only 

for applications where adequate surface to surface contact area 

exists.) 

INSTADUCT is closely fi tted to insure uniform contact of the 

mating surface. When used with larger sizes of duct (over 12 

inches diameter or width) particular care shall be exercised to 

insure that the solvent does not set up in any area prior to mating 

of the parts. When performing solvent welding, care must be 

taken to follow FABCO’s instructions precisely with respect to 

preparing the materials to be joined, applying the cement and 

placing the materials into contact with each other. 

5. LONGITUDINAL SEAMS 

Thermally formed large diameter round duct sections, shall be 

machine fusion welded the length of duct. 

6. ELBOWS, ROUND DUCT 

Unless otherwise specifi ed in the design documentation, the centerline 

radius for standard elbows shall be 1 times the diameter. 

The standard confi guration of a 5 segment elbow is illustrated in 

Figure 14. Segmented elbows shall be joined by butt welding 

and the number of segments shall be in accordance with Table 1. 

TABLE 1 

Segmented Elbows 

Duct diameter Minimum Number of Segments 

or Width (inches) 30° 45° 90° 

up to 24” Dia. Seamless 

24 Dia. and above 2 3 5 

7. OFFSETS 

Unless otherwise specifi ed in the design documentation, the centerline 

radii for standard offset shall be the same as for elbows. 

8. TRANSITIONS AND REDUCERS 

Minimum wall thickness and reinforcement of transitions shall 

be that required for the larger diameter or width of transition 

piece. 

9. BRANCHES ENTERING MAIN 

Branch ducts shall enter the main duct near the large end of a 

transition,at an angle not exceeding 45° where ever possible.

Branches shall not be positioned directly opposite one another on 

a main or a sub-main. The intersection of branches with mains 

and sub-mains shall be continuously welded. 

10. TRANSVERSE JOINTS 

Hand welded butt joints may be used for connections wherever 

desirable. For fi eld connections, however, it is recommended that 

a bell and spigot or fl exible connection be used. 

11. BUTT JOINT 

A hand welded butt joint shall have a tensile strength at least 

equal to 75% of the duct itself. 

12. BELL AND SPIGOT INSTADUCT 

Bell and spigot joints, are made by thermal forming of the end of 

round duct. The straight duct shall be inserted into the bell end a 

minimum of 2”. 

13. INSTADUCT COUPLING JOINT 

The coupling joint is thermally formed of a thickness equivalent 

to or greater than that of the duct. The coupling is cemented to 

the duct section. 

14. FLEXIBLE CONNECTIONS 

Flexible connections shall be provided to form an anti-vibration 

barrier at the locations indicated on the design drawings and shall 

be fabricated from fl exible plasticized PVC material (not less 

than 3/ 32 inch thick) having corrosion resistance and temperature 

compatibility suitable for the environment (Figure 10). Longitudinal 

seams shall be sealed by machine fusion welding. 

15. DUCT HANGER AND SUPPORTS 

All horizontal ducts shall be supported as specifi ed in Figures 17- 

19, illustrating acceptable methods of supporting horizontal duct. 

Duct shall also be supported independently at other equipment 

locations and on both sides of an expansion or fl exible joint. 

Hangers and supports shall be securely fastened to the building or 

structure. Care shall be taken to avoid creating conditions of 

Electric and Pneumatic Actuated Dampers are 

available in Fabco’s INSTADUCT® Program 

stress on the fi nished material. Hanger materials and hardware 

shall be stainless steel or plastisol coated steel for corrosion resistance 

as necessary. Otherwise, mild steel or equal may be used. 

16. FUME HOODS 

Fume hoods will be properly designed and fabricated to suit installation. 

FABCO design engineers can assist with this requirement. 

17. VOLUME DAMPERS 

Volume dampers shall be installed at the locations indicated on 

the project drawings for balancing and adjustment of the system. 

Acceptable damper construction is illustrated in Figure 9. Volume 

dampers shall be constructed of PVC material and provided with 

suitable corrosion proof attachments for permanently setting 

dampers in a fi xed position after balancing. 

18. DRAINS 

The drains shall be full sized half couplings, preferably 2” in diameter 

and suitable for receiving standard IPS pipe connections. 

The fi ttings shall be continuously welded and trimmed fl ush with 

the interior surface of the duct. 

19. AUXILIARY EQUIPMENT 

Fans, scrubbers, fi lters, eliminators, sound traps and other such 

auxiliary equipment, can be incorporated into the system. 

Your FABCO designer can assist you with these requirements as 

well. 

20. MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS 

A full maintenance procedure/check list for individual exhaust 

ventilation, scrubbing and fan components has been developed 

and is available on a project- by-project basis from the FABCO 

designer. 

Note: Figures 1-24 mentioned are illustrations and drawings 

from the Technical and Dimensional section of the Instaduct® 

program. 

9-7 

9

9 

9-8 

APPLICATIONS 





• Metal Finishing 

• Anodizing 

• Laboratories 

Notes: 

• Standard length is 16.4 ft. (5 metres) 

• Colour is light grey with limited UV resistance 

• Fittings are available upon request 


FIRE RETARDANT PP VENTILATION DUCT PIPE 

Fire retardant polypropylene duct is ideal for hoods and duct systems answers the problems 

of in-plant safety departments. Corrosive and toxic fumes are removed safely and 

down time is eliminated as the fi re retardant polypropylene resists corrosion. Fire retardant 

polypropylene can attain a V-O rating according to UL-94 test for fl ammability of 

plastic materials. The incorporation of additives such as organic Bromine or Antimony 

compounds gives the PPS the fi re retardant resistance. PPS is chemical and solvent 

resistant, has a hard surface and low moisture absorbency. It’s temperature resistance is 

up to 100°C (212°F). The material is easily hand welded or fused like normal polypropylene. 

Care should be exercised in outdoor applications due to limited outdoor weathering 

resistance. 

FEATURES 

• Resists chemical attack replacement and downtime. 

• Safely withstands temperatures of up to 212°F 

• Is extruded to IPS dimensions. 

• Is lightweight allowing easy, low-cost installation. 

• Material has excellent fl ame resistant 

• Is readily available with fabricated fi ttings of all confi gurations. 

Part # OD (mm) Wall Thickness (mm) Wt (lbs/ft) 

250114 75 3.0 0.33 

250114 90 3.0 0.34 

250116 110 3.0 0.62 

250117 125 3.0 0.82 

2501175 140 3.0 0.92 

250118 160 3.0 1.05 

2501185 180 3.0 1.19 

250119 200 3.0 1.33 

2501195 225 3.5 1.74 

250120 250 3.5 1.95 

250121 280 4.0 2.47 

250122 315 5.0 3.45 

250124 355 5.0 3.89 

250126 400 6.0 5.24 

250128 450 7.0 6.82 

250130 500 8.0 8.65 

250132 560 8.0 9.69 

250134 630 10.0 13.14 

250138 710 12.0 18.39 

250142 800 12 20.74 

250146 900 15 29.21

Notes: 

• Available in 10 ft and 20ft lengths 


• Fabricated fi ttings available upon request. 

Duct Part # 

APPLICATIONS 

• Plating 





• Metal Finishing 

• Anodizing 

• Laboratories 

Duct Coupling 

Part # 

Duct 

Size 

Avg. O.D. 

(IN) 

INSTADUCT® CPVC VENTILATION DUCT PIPE 

CPVC Instaduct ® is available in sizes 6” thru to 24” Diameter for Institutional and Industrial 

hot fume service. This duct provides superior resistance to corrosion and chemical attack. 

Its lightweight and high-strength characteristics allow for easy, low-cost installation 

in a wide range of applications such as waste water treatment facilities, metal fi nishing 

and plating operations, anodizing and laboratory uses. 

Avg. O.D. 

Tol. 

FEATURES 

Flammability Properties 

• Resists chemical and corrosive attack replacement and downtime. 

• Meets ASTM material standard D-1784. 

• Safely withstands temperatures of up to 180°F 

• Is extruded to IPS dimensions. 

• Is lightweight allowing easy, low-cost installation. 

• Can be welded or solvent cemented 

• Material has excellent fl ame resistant 

• Is readily available with fabricated fi ttings of all confi gurations. 

Out of Round 

Tol.* 

Min. Wall 

(IN) 

CPVC 

CORZAN® 

Avg. Wall 

(IN) 

ASTM Test 

Method 

Average Time of Burning (sec.)

9 

9-10 

JAEGER TRI-PACKS® PLASTIC PACKING 

Plastic Jaeger Tri-Packs® is a hollow spherical column packing constructed of a unique 

network of ribs, struts, and drip rods. Its geometry was totally revolutionary and unprecedented 

at the time of its 1978 introduction and it continues to be the packing to which 

all others are compared. Plastic Jaeger Tri-Packs® are distinguished from other packing 

by its superior geometric shape. Their spherical shape allows each element to roll into 

the “packed position” without forming void areas common to irregular shaped packing or 

those with excessive pins and appurtenances. With Jaeger Tri-Packs®, there is no need for 

allowances for settling and nesting is virtually impossible. The round Jaeger Tri-Packs® 

offers reliable and predictable loading of your tower which means reliable and predictable 

performance. In addition to the superior geometric shape, an active surface area is vital 

to mass transfer. The unique network of ribs, struts and drip rods have proven to give the Jaeger Tri-Packs® a distinct advantage in 

providing excellent wetting qualities and maintaining liquid distribution through the packed bed. Some suppliers claim more surface 

area, but surface area alone is not an indication of performance. Excessive surface area can impede proper gas and liquid contact and 

always results in higher pressure drop which increases horsepower requirements and operating costs. The Jaeger Tri-Packs® offers 

an optimum surface area to open area ratio which yields excellent mass transfer effi ciency and reduced operating costs. 

Jaeger Tri-Packs® are available in four sizes, 1”, 1.25”, 2”, and 3.5”. Jaeger Products uses only prime, virgin resins and no recycled 

materials are ever used. Jaeger Tri-Packs® made of polypropylene (PP) have been certifi ed by NSF to Standard 61 for use in potable 

water applications. Almost any injection moldable resin is available; the most common include PP, PE, PP-G, PVC, CPVC, Noryl, 

Kynar®, Halar®, Tefl on® and many more. 

Service 

Temp.(F) 1" 1 1/4" 2" 3 1/2" 

Material 

** Diameter Diameter Diameter Diameter 

Polypropylene (PP) 180 901010 901012 901020 901040 

Polyethylene(PE) 160 902010 902012 90202 902040 

Polypropylene Glass 

Filled (PP-G 

210- 

250* 

901GF010 901GF012 901GF020 901GF040 

Noryl (PPO) 230 951010 951012 951020 951040 

Polyvinylchloride 

(PVC) 

140 905010 905012 905020 905040 

Corzan (CPVC) 200 903010 903012 903020 903040 

Kynar (PVDF) 280 904010 904012 904020 904040 

TopEx (LCP) 953010 953012 953020 953040 

Tefzel (ETFE) 350 906010 906012 906020 906040 

Tefl on (PFA) 400 915010 915012 915020 915040 

Halar (ECTFE) 290 907010 907012 907020 907040 

MASS TRANSFER DATA 

Absorption System 

System 

G (lb/ 

hr-ft2) 

L (lb/ 

hr-ft2) 

Temp. 

( oF) 1 

HTU-Inches 

2 32 

HCl-H2O 1792 2048 77 7.0 10.6 12.0 

HCl-NaOH 1567 2048 68 6.1 8.8 10.0 

Cl2-NaOH 1229 2202 122 9.9 14.5 16.0 

NO2-Na2S+NaOH 717 1127 68 32.0 49.2 54.0 

NH3-H2SO4 492 1024 68 4.1 6.0 7.0 

NH3-H2O 512 1024 68 5.6 8.4 10.0 

NH3-H2O 512 4096 68 3.6 5.4 6.2 

SO2-NaOH 1946 4096 140 8.1 12.0 14.0 

HF-H2O 1844 3072 77 4.6 6.9 8.1 

H2S-NaOH 1229 1331 68 13.0 19.4 22.0 


Size (in.) 1 1 1/4 2 3 1/2 

Geometric Surface 

Area (ft2/ft3) 

85 70 48 38 

Packing Factor (1/ft.) 28 25 16 12 

Void Space (%) 90 92 93 95 

Weight (lb/ft3) 6.2 5.6 4.2 3.3 

Number o Pieces/ft3 2,300 N/A 380 48 

Notes: 

• Other plastics are available on request.. 

* Depending on glass content 

** At 1 atm, air/water at max. recommended depth)

K G a, lbs-moles/hr-ft 3 -mole fraction 

Pressure Drop Per Foot, P/ Z, inches H 2 O/ft of packing 

4.0 

2.0 

1.0 

0.8 

0.6 

0.4 

0.2 

JAEGER TRI-PACKS® PLASTIC PACKING 

KGa for CO2 Absorption in NaOH Solution 

Data taken under the following conditions: 

• Column Diameter_______24" 

• Packaging Height_______10' 

• Gas Rate______________500 lbs/hr-ft 2 

• CO Conc. in Gas_______1% Ln mean 

2 

• Liq. Conc.______________4% NaOH 

25% Carbonation 

• Liq. Temp._____________75F 

0.1 

1,000 2,000 4,000 6,000 10,000 20,000 40,000 60,000 100,000 

2.0 

1.4 

1.2 

1.0 

0.8 

0.6 

0.4 

0.2 

0.18 

0.16 

0.14 

0.12 

0.1 

0.08 

0.06 

0.04 

PRESSURE DROP VS GAS RATE 

Liquid Rate = 5,000 lbs/hr-ft 2 

Air-Water System 

3 1/2" -Plastic Jaeger Tri-Packs® 

Liqiud Loading Rate, L, lbs/hr-ft 2 

0.02 

0 200 300 400 600 1,000 2,000 

Gas Loading Rate, G, lbs/hr-ft 2 

1" Plastic Jaeger Tri-Packs ® 


2" Super Intalox ® Saddles (Ceramic) 

2" Pall ® Rings (Plastic) 

2" Intalox ® Saddles (Porcelain) 

2" Raschig ® Ring 

2" Raschig ® Rings (Metal) 

2" Intalox ® Saddles (Ceramic) 

2" Intalox ® Saddles (Plastic) 

2" Pall ® Rings (Plastic) 



2" Super Intolox ® Saddles (Ceramic) 

2" Intalox ® Saddles (Porcelain) 

2" Raschig ® Ring (Metal) 

2" Pall ® Ring (Plastic) 


3 1/2" Plastic Jaeger Tri-Packs ® 

9-11 

9

9 

9-12 

APPLICATIONS 

• Air pollution 

• Scrubbing 

• Liquid - liquid contact 

• Absorption, distillation, extraction, 

stripping, humidifi cation, 

dehumidifi cation, 

decarbonating, de-aerating 

• Biological fi ltration 

TRANSFERLOX® PLASTIC SADDLES 

The high capacity Transferlox ® plastic saddle offers distinct advantages over conventional saddle 

design. The serrated edges promote high mass transfer rates through effective liquid surface 

renewal. The serrated edges of the Transferlox® saddle reduce bed settling during operation and 

assist to maintain packing free space and create lower column pressure drop. The Transferlox ® 

Plastic saddles are available in 1”, 2”, and 3” sizes. They are available in 5 and 10 cubic foot 

cardboard boxes. The proper installation is by dry dumping with reasonable care. 

Maximum Continuous Specifi c 

Material 1" 2" 3" Operating Temperature (F) Gravity 

General Grade Polypropylene 918010 918020 918030 220 0.91 

Polypropylene (10% Glass reinforced) 919010 919020 919030 260 0.97 

High Density Polyethylene 920010 920020 920030 212 0.95 

Low Density Polyethylene 9201010 9201020 9201030 190 0.92 

PVC 921010 921020 921030 150 1.46 

CPVC 922010 922020 922030 185 1.55 

PVDF 923010 923020 923030 290 1.77 

Nominal Size 


1" 2" 3" 

No. pcs/m3 57500 6400 1400 

No. pcs/ft3 1630 190 42 

Wt.*kg/m3 95 60 48 

Wt.*lb/ft3 5.85 3.75 3.00 

Void Space % 90 93 94 

TRANSFERPACK® PLASTIC RINGS 

The Transferpack ® Plastic ring is a robust ring featuring an open wall construction which 

maintains even liquid distribution. Reinforced struts provide additional surface area for gasliquid 

contact and support the outer ring. The Transferpack ® Plastic rings are available in 1”, 

2”, and 3 1/2” sizes. They are available in 5 and 10 cardboard boxes. The proper installation 

is by dry dumping with reasonable care. 

Material 1" 2" 3" 

Maximum Continuous 

Operating Temperature (F) 

General Grade Polypropylene 968010 968020 968030 220 0.91 

Polypropylene (10% Glass reinforced) 969010 969020 969030 260 0.97 

High Density Polyethylene 970010 970020 970030 212 0.95 

Low Density Polyethylene 97011010 9701020 9701030 190 0.92 

APPLICATIONS 

PVC 971010 971020 971030 150 1.46 

CPVC 972010 972020 972030 185 1.55 

• Air pollution 

PVDF 973010 973020 973030 290 1.77 

• Scrubbing 

• Liquid - liquid contact 

• Absorption, distillation, extraction, strip- 


Nominal Size 1" 2" 3" 

ping, humidifi cation, dehumidifi cation, 

No. pcs/m3 57500 6400 1400 

decarbonating, de-aerating 

No. pcs/ft3 1630 190 42 

• Biological fi ltration 

Wt.*kg/m3 95 60 48 

Wt.*lb/ft3 5.85 3.75 3.00 

Void Space % 90 93 94 

Specifi c 

Gravity

MASS TRANSFER TOWER PACKING 

Mass Transfer Packing is available in bundles, rings, saddles, and other forms in ceramic 

(Acidur ® stoneware, Duranit ® porcelan), Carbon Steel, Stainless Steel, Monel, Nickel, 

Inconel, Hastelloy, Incollloy, Aluminum, Copper, and many other materials. They are 

available in a variety of sizes including 1/2”, 3/4”, 1”, 1 1/2”, 2”, and 3”. If you are looking 

for a specifi c type of packing material to replace packing currently in use, please contact 

customer service for availability. 

METAL MAX-PAK STRUCTURED PACKING 

Typical applications for FABCO Metal Alloy Steel MAX-PAK include Atmospheric 

crude oil and vacuum columns, FCC, coker and aromatic fractionators, 

ethyl benzene/styrene distillation for monomer purifi cation, ethylene oxide 

absorbers and isomer splitters, caustic/amine absorbers/strippers, glycol dehydrators 

and contactors, formaldehyde absorption, solvent recovery, and various 

heat sensitive purifi cations, such as fl avours/fragrances. 

Nominal Size 1/2 inch 

Packing Factor 19-22 

Void Fraction 97.45% 

Crimp Side 27/32 inch 

Corrugation Angle 45 degrees 

Typical HETP 8-16 inches 

Specifi c Area 77 ft2 /ft3 Weight Density 12.8 lb/ft3 Nominal Module Height 12 inch 

DURANIT® CATALYST SUPPORT 

Duranit ® catalyst support has been widely used as covering and support material for catalysts in reactor 

installations in the chemical and petrochemical industries. Duranit ® is in the form of inert ceramic 

balls. It has had over half a century’s proven experience in the fi eld of chemical, petrochemical and 

related industries. The superiority of Duranit® is further evidenced by its superb material strength and 

its adaptability to an extremely wide range of applications. The material of construction, confi guration, form and style of Duranit ® 

can be customized to suit specifi c applications. Please contact customer service for chemical and physical properties, standard sizes 

and dimensions. 

Ball Dia (IN) Ball Dia (MM) 

Duranit 

Ceramic Balls Alumina Balls Mullite Balls 

1/8 3 920002 921002 922002 

1/4 6 920004 921004 922004 

3/8 10 920005 921005 922005 

1/2 13 920007 921007 922007 

5/8 16 920008 921008 922008 

3/4 19 920010 921010 922010 

1 25 920012 921012 922012 

1 1/2 38 920016 921016 922016 

2 50 920018 921018 922018 

Size Duranit Pellets 

1/8 x 1/8 923002 

3/16 x 1/4 923004 

1/4 x 3/8 923005 

3/8 x 1/2 923007 

1/2 x 5/8 923008 

5/8 x 3/4 923010 

3/4 x 7/8 923012 

7/8 x 1 1/4 923014 

9-13 

9

9 

9-14 

COLUMN INTERNALS 

Fabco Plastics offers a wide variety of internals for a given function. The selection among different types of internals (i.e., liquid distributors) is made based on the 

characteristics of the application. Some internals operate better at high loads, some at low. Some exhibit better turndown than others. The following list summarizes 

the points to be considered in the selection of the proper internals. 

Liquid Distributors 

• Tower diameter 

• Pourpoint density 

• Geometric coverage 

• Turndown 

• Presence of solids 

• Pressure drop 

• Liquid pressure 

• Liquid condition 

• Entrainment 

• Type and size of packing 

• Feed inlets 

• Space to top of packing 

• Material selection 

Packing Supports 

• Tower diameter 

• Pressure drop and capacity 

• Packing type and size 

• Combinations with collector/redistributors 

• Load limitations 


Liquid Collector/Redistributors 

• Same as for liquid distributors 

• Total and effective mixing 

• Gas redistribution 

Gas Distributors 

• Column size 

• Inlet nozzle design 

• Available pressure drop 

• Turndown 

• Space availability 


Mist Eliminators 

• Effi ciency/capacity 

• Presence of solids 

• Gas velocity and properties 

• Pressure drop 

• Liquid load 

• Mist size and properties 

LIQUID DISTRIBUTORS 

Trough type distributors are generally used in towers with high liquid rates and/or fouling service. Liquid is introduced into the 

parting box which properly distributes the liquid into the troughs. Generally, one parting box is used for smaller towers while 

multiple parting boxes are used for larger diameters or high liquid rates. Trough distributors can be made in plastics, FRP or 

metals and ceramics. Orifi ce type distributors are made in various sizes and designs. Typically all sizes have round or rectangular 

chimneys with a fl at fl oor sealed to the vessel support ring. These distributors can act as bed limiters by having antimigration 

bars/rods in the open areas. Orifi ce type distributors can be made in plastics, metals or ceramics. 

SUPPORT PLATES/GRIDS 

Multibeam support plates are composed of corrugated sheets perforated with slots/holes to separate gas and liquid fl ow paths 

maximizing total throughput. The slots/holes are laid out in a uniform pattern where the open area approaches or exceeds the 

cross-sectional area of the tower. The slots/holes sizes are such that the packing do not fall through them. The angle of corrugation, 

height and width of each beam varies with design and material used. Multibeam support plates are available in various 

metals, plastics and ceramics. 

MIST ELIMINATORS 

Knitted wire fi lament mist eliminators are available in various densities, fi lament sizes and surface areas to suit specifi c process 

conditions for maximum removal of mist and micron-size droplets. Mist eliminators can be made in various metals and plastics. 

Additionally, our random and structured packing can be used as mist eliminators. Chevron and plate type mist eliminators are 

suitable for high liquid load, dirty services and high capacities. They can be applied in horizontal fl ow or used in vertical upfl ow 

and they can be made in sections to be installed through a manway. Chevron mist eliminators can be made in plastics or metals. 

CUSTOM INTERNALS 

Special internals for liquid and gas distribution can also be provided. Fabco has experience in fl ashing feed, collector tray, and 

sparger designs. 

BED LIMITERS/HOLD DOWN 

Bed limiters, or holddowns as they are also called, are used to limit the packing bed from moving and getting packing pieces 

entrained away from the bed. They are secured to the wall or loosely placed on the packing; they are made of rods and bars or 

in combination with screens or expanded metal, depending on the application. Bed limiters can be made in various metals and 

plastics. 

COLLECTOR/REDISTRIBUTORS 

Collector redistributors are similar to the orifi ce liquid distributors with risers. Our model CR01 collector is composed of a fl at 

perforated plate with round or rectangular chimneys. The risers or chimneys have caps to prevent liquid from bypassing. Redistributors 

are normally used when a long packed bed section has to be split up into smaller sections or when an intermediate feed 

is inserted in the column. Collector/redistributors can be made in various metals and plastics. 

JP-7 - A CHEMICAL LIQUID FOR PREVENTING FOULING OF SCRUBBER PACKING 

One of the most common problems with air stripping and absorption towers is that over time they become fouled with solids, 

resulting in the loss of effi ciency, capacity and increased pressure drop. Fabco has accumulated a wealth of knowledge in dealing 

with packing fouling problems while optimizing stripping and absorption effi ciencies. The addition of JP-7 as a pretreatment will 

keep free iron, calcium, manganese and other minerals in suspension, preventing oxidation within the air stripping column, thus 

preventing a fouling problem. Typical dosages of JP-7 range from 1 to 3 gallons per million gallons of water. JP-7 is furnished in 

a stable, liquid form and is fed on a continual basis with a low maintenance chemical feed pump.

Notes: 

• Other plastics are available on request.. 

• Heat loss data available upon request. 

• Case quantities are 1000. 

• Smaller quantities available on request. 

Moulded Hollow Balls 

Approx. Approx. Weight Balls Quantity 

Dia. Dia. 

per Needed 

Part No. (inches) (mm) (grams) Pack per sq. ft. 

PP 10 3/8 10 .2 1000 1076 

PP 20 3/4 20 1.0 2000 270 

PP 25 1 25 1.5 1000 172 

PP 38 1 1/2 38 4.5 1000 74 

PP 50 2 50 8.0 1000 43 

PP 70 2 3/4 70 16.0 300 22 

PP 100 4 100 30.0 100 10 

PP 150 6 150 90.0 50 4.8 

ENERGY-SAVING HOLLOW BALLS 

You can save money, conserve energy, and reduce air and noise pollution with Fabco 

hollow balls. They’re not only environmentally sound but they pay for themselves up to 

6 times over per year. They just pour onto the surface and covering 91% in a single layer. 

Balls move out of the way for dipping and fl oat back into position automatically. One 

layer reduces heat loss by 75% and evaporation by 87%; with two layers, reduction is 81% 

and 90% respectively. Hollow ball blankets are successfully used in many applications 

including anodizing, food processing, metal processing and fi nishing, sewage treatment, 

gas scrubbing, temperature retardation, and more. 

As well, Fabco Hollow Balls control fumes and smell, reduce evaporation and foul smell 

with 90%, reduce loss of valuable chemicals and fl uids, save 70 – 75% energy on heated 

tanks, and reduce oxygen uptake. 

Precision Ground Solid Balls 

Diameter Nylon Delrin Acrylic PP HDPE Tefl on 

1/8 NY125 DL125 - PP125 HDPE125 TEF125 



1/4 NY250 DL250 ACR250 PP250 HDPE250 TEF250 




9/16 NY562 DL562 - - - - 



7/8 NY875 DL875 - - - - 

1 NY1000 DL1000 ACR1000 PP1000 HDPE1000 TEF1000 

9-15 

9

9 

9-16 

HEATFLON® IMMERSION HEATING PANELS 

Heatfl on® heating panels are constructed of PTFE and have primarily been developed 

for heating aggressive liquids by means of an electrical heating process as applied in 

electroplating, semi-conductor and laboratory technology and chemical engineering. 

Their fl at design makes them comparatively space-saving. 

The use of the fl uoroplastic PTFE for all components having contact with the electrlytes 

provides the heating panel with an outstanding chemical resistance, rendering it suitable 

for use in virtually all electroplating baths . The excellent anti-adhesive properties of the 

fl uoroplastic PTFE largely eliminate deposits and render cleaning very simple. 

Dimensions mm 

Power input, Continuous Width and Effective Min 

Type Voltage cold (W) output (W) Height Width Length 

H 500/230 230 500 approx.350 200 ± 2 160 ± 3 280 

H 900/230 230 900 approx. 600 250 ± 2 210 ± 3 320 

H 1500/230 230 1500 approx.1000 320 ± 5 280 ± 3 390 

H 3200/230 230 3200 approx. 2200 450 ± 5 410 ± 3 520 

H 500/120 120 500 approx.350 200 ± 2 160 ± 3 280 

H 900/120 120 900 approx. 600 250 ± 2 210 ± 3 320 

H 1500/120 120 1500 approx.1000 320 ± 5 280 ± 3 390 

H 3200/120 120 3200 approx. 2200 450 ± 5 410 ± 3 520

APPLICATIONS 

• Downstream of scrubbers, 

especially spray 

scrubbers or towers. 

• Process gas cleaning 

• Evaporators 

• Acids mists from electroplating 

and electro-deposition 

plants. 

Notes: 

• LTV2415 ABS (Black) are Fire Retardant modules. 

APPLICATIONS 

• Downstream of gas 

scrubbers, especially 

spray scrubbers 

and packed columns. 

• Fitted also to acid cool 

ers, evaporating coolers 

and evaporators. 

FABCO ELIMINATOR TYPE LTH 2000 

FEATURES 

FEATURES 

The Fabco Mist Eliminator, Type LTH 2000 is a profi le eliminator for horizontal gas 

fl ow. It operates at high velocity and captures droplets down to approximately 10 micron 

diameter. An important aspect of this design is that it has a drain channel which positively 

prevents the captured liquid from being re-entrained into the gas stream. The 

sophisticated aerodynamic design of the profi les cause the elimination of liquid droplets 

by inertial forces. The profi les are designed with a main drain channel to capture the 

bulk of the captured liquid and a number of small drain channels to prevent reentrainment 

downstream of the venture like throat. By this combination of drain channels the 

captured liquid droplets are prevented from re-entering. 

• Removal effi ciency 99.9% of limit drop 

size droplets and larger. 

• High face velocity which results in com 

pact units. 

• Two profi les available, one with a single 

drain channel, the other 

with three to suit different applications. 

• Easy to clean. 

FABCO ELIMINATOR TYPE LTV 1500 

The Fabco eliminator Type LTV 1500 is designed for vertical gas fl ow. It has been 

developed to give high effi ciency mist elimination with low pressure drop. The multichamber 

profi le causes the liquid droplets caught to be moved out of the gas stream such 

that they can drain back to the process without re-entrainment. We recommend operating 

conditions that consist of an inlet velocity of 4 m/s, and operating velocity of between 2.5 

and 6 m/s. The LTV 1500 is available in Polypropylene, PVDF, and 304/316 Stainless 

Steel. Other materials like Polystyrene, Noryl, PVC, CPVC, PPO, and ABS are available 

upon request. The gas and the entrained liquid droplets are defl ected by means of the 

vanes of the profi le. The droplets impinge on the walls of the profi les by inertial forces. 

Ribs placed on the surface of the profi le cause the captured liquid to fl ow down the sides 

where it can fall back into the process without re-entrainment. 

• High effi ciency mist elimination combined 

with very low pressure drop. 

• Compact size fi nds wide application. 

• Can be retrofi tted to scrubbers and other 

process equipment. 

• Available in a full range of corrosion 

resistant materials. 

LTH 2100 BLADES 

PART NO. MATERIAL 

LTH2100 PVC 

LTH2400 PP. 

Notes: 

• We supply modular packs of profi les for installation into existing 

housings, towers or vessels and complete units with housing for 

pressure or vacuum operation 

• We recommend operating conditions that consist of an inlet face 

velocity of 2.5 - 6 m/s, and up to 12 m/s with two stages or more 

for a single stage of eliminators. 

• Also available in ABS, PVDF, Carbon Steel, Galvanized Steel, or 

Stainless Steel (304, 316) upon request. 

LTV 1500 ELIMINATOR MODULES 

PART NO. MATERIAL MODULE WIDTH 

LTV1500 POLYPRO 12" or 24" 

LTV1520 PVC 12" or 24" 

LTV1530 CPVC 12" or 24" 

LTV1540 PVDF 12” or 24" 

LTV2415 * ABS (BLACK) 12" or 24" 

LTV2415C ABS (CLEAR) 12" or 24" 

LTV1520C PVC (CLEAR) 12" or 24" 

9-17 

9

9 

9-18 

HF THERMOPLASTIC CENTRIFUGAL FANS 

Fabco’s HF thermoplastic radial fans are designed specifi cally for exhausting aggressive, 

low-aerosol gases, explosive atmosphere and ultra-clean air. The HF fan is 

resistant to attack from most chemicals and as such ideally suited for applications in 

chemical, pulp and paper, mining, plating, anodizing, fertilizer, pharmaceutical, waste 

water treatment facilities as well as educational and institutional labs. HF radial fans 

will accommodate explosive atmospheres. Our product range includes more than 

150 standard components which allows for the design and construction of numerous 

versions of fans. Axial, radial, and radial roof fans are available with direct drive motors 

for consistent and maintenance-free performance. The housing is fabricated from 

rotationally moulded Polyethylene (PE’s) that is both fl ame retardant and UV inhibited. 

Additional thermoplastic materials are available to suit most applications. A condensate 

drain is provided at the bottom point of the fan housing. The housing is mounted within 

a rigid hot dipped galvanized frame. All sizes are available in clockwise or counter 

clockwise rotations as well as six standard discharge positions. Both inlet and outlet 

diameters are the same sizes for ease of installation of adjacent duct work. In addition, 

fans can be fi tted with optional inlet and outlet fl anges. The impeller is manufactured 

of injection moulded fl ame retardant polypropylene (PPs), statically and dynamically 

balanced and keyed to the motor shaft by means of a taper lock bushing. The impeller 

can be removed without fi rst having to dismantle the housing. All fans are supplied 

with high effi ciency TEFC direct drive motors. Explosion and mill & chemical 

service rated motors are available upon request. Available accessories include vibration 

isolators, fl exible vibration isolators, inlet/outlet fl anges, shaft seals, inspection 

ports, weather covers, starter/disconnect switches, variable frequency drives. Fans are 

available in sizes ranging from 6” to 20” diameter with a variety of motors up to 3600 

rpm and 1/2 hp. These fans can accommodate fl ow rates of up to 88,000 cfm and static 

pressure up to 12” W.G. 

Benefi ts 

• Fan sizes from 6” up to 20” can attain a maximum effi ciency of 81% at the operating point. 

• Impellers are backward inclined providing the highest and quietest operation with non-overloading horsepower characteristic. 

• HF series impellers are 20% larger than the former Oktavent models; providing higher air and pressure specifi cations. 

• The rotationally moulded housing has greater structural integrity, impact strength, fl ame retardant and UV inhibited. 

• Available in axial as well. 

• Impeller has massive blades, which are not easily damaged should unforeseen objects enter the intake duct. 

Construction Features 

• Standard housing/impellers is made of premium quality fl ame retardant and UV inhibited polyethylene (PEs). PEs (polyethylene 

fl ame retardant gas temperature range is -20°C up to 60°C. Housings are rotationally moulded with a condensate drain at its 

lowest point. 

• The fan housing exhaust outlet can be rotated in steps of 45° through 360°. Normal position is 360°. 

• All thermoplastic impellers are injection moulded, statically and dynamically balanced. 

• The impeller is a self-cleaning, backward curved radial tip design allowing for stability at high S.P. and at low to medium fl ow rates. 

• Metal hub, shaft and stainless steel fasteners are encapsulated in plastic. 

• All belt drives shall have both shaft and belt guards attached which conforms to OSHA standard. 

• Inlet and outlet openings are the same diameter allowing for easy duct connections both to plastic and steel ducting. 

• Base frame is constructed of welded steel, and hot dip galvanized with motor support plate. 

• The impeller is secured directly on the motor shaft by means of a taper lock bushing, which allows the impeller to be removed 

without fi rst having to dismantle the housing. 

• All bearings are designed for a minimum L-10 life when rated at the fan’s maximum cataloged operating speed. 

• Only premium high effi ciency TEFC motors, which conform to IEC/Nema standards, are used. Special motors are available on 

request. Both the shaft and all supplementary hardware (nuts, bolts and washers) are 316 stainless steel. 

• Air performance ratings are based on tests and procedures performed in accordance with AMCA publication 211.

B 


GR90 GR45 GR360 

GR315 

GR270 

GR135 

GL90 GL45 

GL360 

M 

H 

K 

K 

L 

A 

R 

D 

Neoprene 

Vibration Isolator 

1-1/16˝ Thick 

E 

F 

GL315 

Xm 

ax 

C 

J 

G 

condensate 

drain 

GL270 

D 

GL135 

Condensate drain OD size 

Type 125 to 315 mm - 3/4˝ to 1˝ 

Type 355 to 500 mm - 1˝ to 1-1/4˝ 

Type D A B C E F G H J K L M N R Xmax lbs 

HF R 

HF R 

HF R 

HF R 

HF R 

HF R 

160 

200 

250 

315 

400 

500 

18.27 

22.91 

28.78 

36.25 

44.92 

57.76 

20.28 

24.41 

29.41 

35.75 

44.49 

55.12 

18.86 

21.65 

25.00 

28.78 

34.96 

41.42 

11.42 

13.15 

15.75 

16.69 

28.46 

35.16 

13.39 

15.12 

17.72 

18.66 

31.63 

38.31 

5.47 

6.38 

7.24 

9.21 

11.42 

13.27 

11.02 

13.46 

16.34 

20.08 

25.59 

31.89 

9.65 

11.50 

13.19 

17.28 

20.28 

23.98 

7.72 

9.61 

12.32 

15.47 

19.06 

24.53 

11.42 

13.15 

15.75 

16.69 

16.22 

20.87 

6.69 

8.35 

10.43 

13.19 

16.34 

21.26 

135° 

315° 

90° 

(180°) 

360° 

(270°) 

9.09 

11.26 

14.13 

18.07 

22.20 

28.27 

7.40 

9.37 

11.57 

14.57 

18.00 

23.46 

GL 

45° 

GR 

45° 

18.03 

22.72 

25.63 

30.55 

32.88 

38.94 

360° 

(270°) 

90° 

(180°) 

49 

68 

108 

143 

192 

271 

315° 

135° 

9-19 

9

9 

9-20 


Standard Construction Features 

Housing 

Rotationally moulded Polyethylene (PE’s) that is both fl ame retardant and UV inhibited as 

standard. Additional thermoplastic materials are available to suit most applications. A condensate 

drain is provided at the bottom point of the fan housing. The housing is mounted within a rigid hot 

dipped galvanized frame. All sizes are available in clockwise or counter clockwise rotations as 

well as six standard discharge positions. 

Inlet/Outlet 

Both inlet and outlet diameters are the same sizes for ease of installation of adjacent duct work. In 

addition fans can be fi tted with optional inlet and outlet fl anges. 

Impeller 

Injection moulded Polypropylene (PPs) fl ame retardant impeller, statically and dynamically bal- 

anced and keyed to the fan shaft. In the case of direct drive, the impeller is secured directly on the motor shaft by means of a taper lock 

bushing. With belt drive, the impeller is secured in the same way on a steel shaft, supported by fl anged double bearings and ball bearings. 

The impeller can be removed without fi rst having to dismantle the housing. 

Drive Arrangements 

Arrangement 4 – Direct Drive 

Motors 

Supplied as high effi ciency TEFC motors. Explosion and mill & chemical 

service rated motors are optional. 

Accessories 

Vibration Isolators 

All HF fans are design to accommodate vibration isolators in either neoprene pads or housed spring units. 

Flexible Vibration Connectors 

Heavy-duty polyvinyl chloride (PVC) is available. 

Inlet/Outlet Flanges 

Where applications require tight bolted duct connections. Flanges are available with or without prepunched holes. 

Shaft Seals 

To limit the air leakage around the housing shaft passage, a felt ring is standard construction. For more stringent applications other 

shaft seal options are available. 

Access/Inspection Port 

All HF fans can be provided with an access port, which allows for examination and cleaning of the housing interior without disassembly, 

resulting in less downtime. 

Weather Cover 

For outside installation a motor covering hood is available. 

Starter & Disconnect Switches 

A wide assortment of both enclosed starters / disconnects from Nema 1 to corrosion resistant boxes are available. 

Variable Frequency Drives 

A wide assortment of VFD’s is available to meet both motor capability and application.

PVC 

(Polyvinyl Chloride) conforming to ASTM D-1784 Class 12454- 

B, formerly designated Type 1 Grade 1, PVC is the most frequently 

specifi ed of all thermoplastic materials. It has been used 

successfully for over 30 years in such areas as chemical processing, 

industrial plating, chilled water distribution, deionized water 

lines, chemical drainage, and irrigation systems. PVC is characterized 

by high physical properties and resistance to corrosion 

and chemical attack by acids, alkalies, salt solutions and many 

other chemicals. It is attacked, however, by polar solvents such 

as ketones, some chlorinated hydrocarbons and aromatics. The 

maximum service temperature of PVC is 140°F. With a design 

stress of 2,000 PSI, PVC has the highest long term hydrostatic 

strength at 73°F of any of the major thermoplastic being used for 

piping systems. PVC is joined by solvent cementing threading or 

fl anging. 

CPVC 

(Chlorinated Polyvinyl Chloride) conforming to ASTM D-1784 

Class 23447-B, formerly designated Type IV, Grade 1, CPVC 

has physical properties at 73°F similar to those of PVC, and 

its chemical resistance is similar to that of PVC. CPVC, with a 

design stress of 2,000 psi and maximum service temperature of 

210°F has, over a period of about 25 years, proven to be excellent 

material for hot corrosive liquids, hot and cold water distribution 

and similar applications above the temperature range of PVC. 

CPVC is joined by solvent cementing, threading or fl anging. 

Polypropylene 

(PP) Polypropylene homopolymer, conforming to ASTM D-4101 

Class PP110 B67154, formerly designated Type 1, is a member 

of the polyolefi n family of plastics. Although PP has less physical 

strength than PVC, it is chemically resistant to organic solvents 

as well as acids and alkalies. Generally, polypropylene should 

not be used in contact with strong oxidizing acids, chlorinated 

hydrocarbons and aromatics. Polypropylene has gained wide 

acceptance where its resistance to sulfur-bearing compounds is 

particularly useful in salt water disposal lines, crude oil piping, 

and low pressure gas gathering systems. Polypropylene 

has also proved to be an excellent material for laboratory and 

industrial drainage where mixtures of acids, bases and solvents 

are involved. Polypropylene is joined by the thermo-seal fusion 

process, threading or fl anging. 

PVDF (Kynar®) 

(Polyvinylidene Fluoride) PVDF is a strong, tough, and abrasion 

resistant fl uoro carbon material. It resists distortion and retains 

most of its strength to 280°F. It is chemically resistant to most acids, 

bases, and organic solvents and is ideally suited for handling 

wet or dry chlorine, bromine and other halogens. No other solid 

thermoplastic piping components can approach the combination 

of strength, chemical resistance and working temperatures of 

PVDF. PVDF is joined by the thermo-seal fusion process, threading 

or fl anging. 

PLASTIC MATERIAL DIGEST 

FRP 

FIBERGLASS REINFORCED PLASTICS commonly manufactured 

by hand lay up (HLU) in accordance with CGSB-41- 

GP-22 in Canada and NBS PS 15-69 in the United States. Also 

manufactured according to ASTM D-3299 for machine made 

Filament Wound (FW) construction. FRP constructions are on a 

custom designed basis allowing the designer to select many different 

resin systems and laminate constructions. As an engineered 

system FRP generally displays higher physical properties than 

thermoplastics with a wide chemical and temperature resistance. 

Joining methods are by Flanging, Butt and Strap joined or bell 

and spigot connection. 

ARMOURPLASTICS® 

These plastics commonly referred to as thermoplastic lined FRP 

such as PVC, CPVC, PP, PVDF, FEP, ECTFE chemically or 

mechanically bonded to an FRP structural overlay. This custom 

engineered system offers the unique properties of the thermoplastic 

liner with the superior physical properties of the FRP. Joining 

methods include Flanging, Fusion and Solvent Cementing of the 

LINER and OVERLAYING WITH FRP. 

FPM (Viton® or Florel® ) 

(Fluoroelastomer) FPM is inherently compatible with a broad 

spectrum of chemicals. Because of extensive chemical compatibility 

which spans considerable concentration and temperature 

ranges, fl uorocarbons have gained wide acceptance as a material 

of construction for butterfl y valve O-rings and seats. Fluorocarbons 

can be used in most applications involving mineral acids 

(with the exception of HCI), salt solutions, chlorinated hydrocarbons 

and petroleum oils. 

EPDM (EPT) 

EPDM is a terpolymer elastomer made from ethylene-propylene 

diene monomer. EPDM has good abrasion and tear resistance and 

offers excellent chemical resistance to a variety of acids and alkalines. 

It is susceptible to attack by oils and is not recommended 

for applications involving petroleum oils, strong acids (with the 

exception of HCI), or strong alkalines. 

Tefl on® 

PTFE (Polytetrafl uoroethylene) has outstanding resistance to 

chemical attack by most chemicals and solvents. PTFE has a 

temperature rating of -200°F to +500°F. PTFE, a self-lubricating 

compound, is used as a seat material in Fabco Ball Valves. 

Neoprene® (CR) 

Neoprene® was the fi rst commercial synthetic rubber. It is a 

moderately oil-resistant material with good ozone-resisting 

properties. Neoprene is not recommended for use with aromatic 

hydrocarbons or chlorinated solvents. It is specifi cally recommended 

for use with higher concentrations of sodium hydroxide. 

It can be used in continuous service up to 180°F. 

10-1 

10

10 

10-2 

THERMOPLASTIC FABRICATION INTRODUCTION 

INTRODUCTION 

The preparation of thermoplastics for assembly by welding or 

other fastening methods is similar to the procedures used in 

metal fabrication. The pieces are laid out, cut, machined and 

joined with the same tools, equipment, and skills employed in 

the metal working trades. There are, however, special forming 

requirements for thermoplastics, not encountered in metal work. 

The degree of skill and the quality of preparatory work in layout 

and in various machining operations on components for fi t up 

are very important in assuring accurate assembly and successful 

fabrication. 

Fabrication of thermoplastics covers a wide fi eld of operations on 

sheet, rod, tube, and special shapes in making them into fi nished 

products: cutting, sawing, machining, forming and joining or fastening 

together for the completed object. Machining may include 

beveling, routing, grinding, turning, milling, drilling, tapping, 

and threading. Once the different parts are shaped, they then may 

have to be joined. 

Assembly techniques include use of self-tapping screws, threaded 

inserts, press fi tting, snap fi tting, cold heating, heat joining 

(like hotplate welding, hot-wire welding, induction heating, 

thermal-impulse heating, resistance-wire welding, or hot fl aring, 

spin welding), cementing, and hot gas welding. Each operation 

requires its own tools and equipment. 

CUTTING 

Thermoplastic rods and shapes can be readily cut with an ordinary 

hand hacksaw, or power saws can be used. Using a circular 

power saw, a cutting speed of 6,000 rpm. Using hand pressure is 

recommended. With bandsaws, this should be reduced to 3,600 

fpm with hand pressure. Under some circumstances a lathe can 

be used. Best results are obtained with fi ne-toothed saw blades (6 

to 9 teeth per in.) and little or no set (maximum 0.025 in.). 

THREADING 

Thermoplastic pipe, rod and shapes can easily be threaded using 

either standard hand pipe stocks or power operated equipment. 

For optimum results in threading, use of new taps and dies is 

recommended; but in any case they should be clean and sharp and 

maintained in good condition. Power threading machines should 

be fi tted with dies having 5° negative front rake and ground especially 

for this application, tapered guide sleeves are not required. 

For hand stocks, the dies should have a negative front rake angle 

of 5 to 10°. Dies which have been designed for use on brass or 

copper pipe may be successfully used. Carboloy dies give longer 

service. 

Taps should be ground with a 0 to 10° negative rake, depending 

upon the size and pitch of the thread. Die chasers should have a 

33° chamfer on the lead: a 10° front or negative rake; and a 5° 

rake on the back of relief edge. Self-opening die heads and collapsable 

taps, power threading machines and a slight chamfer to 

lead the tap or dies will speed production, however, taps and dies 

should not be driven at high speeds or with heavy pressure. 

A tapered plug should be inserted into tubular ends when threading 

to hold the pipe round and to prevent the die from distorting 

or digging into the pipe wall. This insures uniform circumferential 

depth of threads. Pipe for threading should be held in a 

pipe vice since sawtooth jaws will leave marks. Thermoplastic 

materials are readily threaded without use of external lubricants. 

However, ordinary lubrication or cutting oil will be benefi cial 

to the operation. In a pipe-threading machine, water soluble oil 

or plain cold water is used. Clearing of cuttings from the die is 

strongly recommended. 

HEAT WELDING 

The most important and most versatile of welding methods is hot 

gas and air welding which, in principle, is similar to oxyacetylene 

welding of metals, but with a difference in the technique 

involved. Specialized welding equipment has been developed in 

which the pressure and the rate and area of heating are precisely 

controlled in order to provide strong, tight bonds. Welding rods 

are available in different sizes to suit the individual jobs. 

Hot gas welding of thermoplastics is accomplished with a welding 

torch and tips or tools. It is divided into three basic types of 

welding: tack welding, hand welding and high speed welding. 

Each type requires different tips or high speed tools. 

FUSION WELDING 

Industrial thermoplastics such as PVC, PP, PE, and PVDF can be 

fusion welded using modern temperature and pressure controlled 

fusion equipment. This relatively simple equipment is available 

to fuse PIPE and Tube products to 24” diameter. SHEETS and 

Plates can also be fused using micro processor controlled fusion 

machines. Weld effi ciency, when using modern equipment, will 

develop weld strength of up to 98% of the unwelded parent material. 

SOLVENT CEMENT WELDING 

Cementing is a convenient technique for bonding PVC and 

CPVC (High-Temp) stock. Surfaces to be cemented must be 

clean and dry. They should be cut square and smooth and wiped 

clean of dirt, grease, etc. with a small amount of Fabco Pipe 

Cleaner. 

When solvent-cementing, it is important to have close clearances 

between the surfaces to be joined. Solvent- cement should be applied 

with an ordinary small paint brush to each member. (Do not 

use synthetic hair brushes). Then the cemented surfaces should 

immediately be pushed snugly together. After the cemented joint 

has been pressed together the initial set takes place within several 

minutes.

Handling strength, however, is not developed for approximately 

30 minutes. Relative motion between the cemented surfaces 

during the initial set period is undesirable. It is good practice to 

apply no more than 10% of the rated stress for four hours. Full 

strength of the joint is developed after about 48 hours. 

FLANGING 

One of the earliest methods of joining thermoplastics piping, 

fl anging continues to be used extensively for process lines. 

Thermoplastic fl anges and fl anged fi ttings are available in a full 

size range and may be attached to pipe by solvent welding, by 

threading, or by thermal bonding, as required by the particular 

thermoplastics material. 

MACHINING, CUTTING AND SAWING 

Thermoplastics may be turned, threaded, grooved, milled, or 

polished to very close tolerances, with the same tools as are used 

for wood or metal. 

The only requirement for machining of plastic that differs from 

metal machining is compensation for heating up of materials due 

to its poor heat-conductivity. The limitation of heat build-up is 

accomplished by use of sharp, high-speed tools, streams of air or 

water/soda cooling, and proper machine feeds. 

In machining plastics on a lathe, tool bits should be sharpened 

as for machining brass. The tool should be ground with a front 

clearance of 10°, a 2° negative back-rake and no side rake. The 

tool should have a 10° side-clearance. Chips should be blown or 

washed away from the work to reduce frictional heat to a minimum. 

The piece is set up in the lathe for turning or thread cutting as in 

metal work but with special protection provided for the plastic 

where it is held in the chuck jaws. The plastic should be wrapped 

in several heavy layers of heavy cardboard, held in place by 

masking tape, before being inserted into chuck. 

A cutting speed of 200 fpm is recommended. Lathe speed for 

machining different diameters of plastic can be calculated as: 

4 times the cutting speed (fpm) divided by the diameter of the 

plastic in inches. Example: With a plastic rod 1- in. diameter, the 

lathe speed would be 200 times 4 divided by 1 or 800 rpm. Light 

cuts are recommended - 0.030 to 0.060 in. cross-feed at a time. 

In sawing plastic sheet, there is likely to be concentrated heat 

build-up in the saw blades. To allow for this, the blade used 

should be selected in accordance with the gauge of the material. 

The saw blade for cutting thicker materials should be heavier and 

should be hollow ground. The saw should make a slicing cut in 

the material: to do this, the teeth should have negative rake, with 

little or no set. The rate of feed should be very slow. The blade of 

a circular saw should just show through the material. If it extends 

too far through, it will increase the heat build-up, by increasing 

friction. 

In cutting polyethylene and polypropylene on a circular saw, the 

saw blade required is different from that used in cutting PVC. 

PE and PP do not require a hollow ground blade and are cut by a 

well-set saw blade. Shears can be used for cutting of light gauge 

thermoplastic sheets. All shearing should be accomplished at 

room temperature. A cold sheet will crack or shatter. A 1/8-in. 

sheet of Type 1 PVC can be sheared easily. Heavier-gauge Type 1 

PVC will tend to cut off-square and also show stress marks. Type 

2 PVC, PP, PE and modifi ed high impact PVC shear better and 

to a higher gauge than Type 1 PVC. In drilling plastics, the same 

problems are experienced as in drilling metal. The non-conducting 

characteristics of the material and the heat concentration in 

the tool must be allowed for. This is accomplished by grinding 

the drill differently than for drilling metals. If the holes are to be 

drilled in the fabrication at hand, the drill should be reground to a 

negative rake and the lip angle increased for 59° to 70°. The margin 

on the drill should be smooth and highly polished to reduce 

friction. Drilling speeds should be reduced: 50 to 150 rpm is a 

safe range, with 120 rpm being optimum. Very slow feeds should 

be used. 

10 

10-3

10 

10-4 

Guidelines For Processing and Machining Plastics 

General Remarks 

• Non-reinforced thermoplastics can be machined with cutting tools 

of highspeed steel. For reinforced materials, hard metal tools are 

required. 

• In all cases, only properly sharpened tools are to be used. 

• Due to the poor thermal conductivity of plastics, provision has to be 

made for good heat dissipation. Heat is best dissipated via the chips. 

Dimensional Stability 

• Dimensional stability of parts is conditional on stress-relieved, 

semi-fi nished materials which have to be annealed. The heat generated 

by the cutting tool otherwise inevitably leads to the release of 

processing stresses and deformation of the part. In the case of high 

material removal volumes, intermediate heating may be necessary 

after the main machining operation so as to remove the arising 

thermal stresses. 

• Materials with high moisture absorption (e.g. polyamides) may 

require conditioning before machining. 

• Plastics require larger fi nishing tolerances than metals. Furthermore, 

allowance has to be made for the many times greater thermal 

expansion. 

Machining Operations 

1. Turning 

Guide values for cutting tool geometry are given in the table. For particularly 

high quality surface fi nishes, the tip is to be shaped as a broadnosed 

fi nishing tool as shown in Figure 1. 

For cutting off, the tool should be ground to the profi le shown in Figure 

2 so as to avoid a remaining stump. 

On thin walled and particularly fl exible workpieces, on the other hand, it 

is better to work with tools that are ground to a knife-like cutting geometry. 

Figures 3 and 4. 

1 

1 Finishing tip 2 Turning tool 

Figure 2: Profile prevents remaining stump 

2 

Figure 3. 

Figure 4. 

2. Milling 

For plane surfaces, face milling is more economical than peripheral milling. 

For perpheral milling and profi ling, the cutting tools should not have 

more than two cutting edges so that vibrations due to the number of teeth 

are kept to a minimum and chip widths are suffi ciently large. 

Optimum removal rates and surface fi nish are obtained with single-point 

tools. 

3. Drilling and boring 

As a general rule it is possible to use twist drills; these should have an 

angle of twist of 12-16° and very smooth helical fl utes for good chip 

removal. Larger diameters should be rough-drilled or produced by trepanning 

or internal turning. 

On drilling into solid material, care must be taken to ensure that the tools 

are properly sharpened; otherwise, the developing compressive strain 

can build up and cause the material to split. 

Reinforced plastics possess higher residual processing stresses with 

lower impact strength than unreinforced plastics and are thus particularly 

susceptible to cracking. Where possible, these should be heated to about 

120°C before drilling or sawing (heating time approximately 1 hour per 

10 mm cross-section). This procedure is also recommended in the case 

of polyamide 6/6. 

4. Sawing 

Unnecessary generation of heat by friction is to be avoided, since sawing 

is generally used to cut off thickwalled parts with relatively thin tools. 

Well-sharpened and heavily crossed sawblades are therefore advised. 

Note: The information is only to assist and advise you on current technical 

knowledge and is given without obligation or liability. All trade and 

patent rights should be observed. All rights reserved.

GUIDELINES FOR PROCESSING AND MACHINING PLASTIC 

Turning Milling Drilling and Boring Sawing Special Measures 

Machining 

Operations 

α Clearance angle (°) y Rake α Clearance angle (°) y Rake α Clearance angle (°) y1 Rake angle α Clearance angle (°) y Rake 

angle (°) X Side angle (°) V angle (°) V Cutting speed ft/ (°)b Side angle (°) V Cutting speed ft/ angle (°) V Cutting speedft/ 

Cutting speed ft/min S Feed min The feed can amount to up min S Feed mils/rev The angle of twist min t Pitch mils 

mils/rev The nose radius r to 0.020 in./tooth 

β of the drill bit should be approxi- 

must be at least 0.020 in. 

mately 12 to 16°. 

α y X V S α y V α y1 b V S α y V t 

Raw Material 

Group 

In the case of fl uid cooling 

only use pure water 

5-8 950 115- 

310 

8-12 15- 

30 

90 150- 

300 

5-15 950 8-10 10- 

20 

950 4-20 10- 

20 

Polycarbonate 5-10 6-8 45- 

60 



0-5 950 75- 

310 

8-12 15- 

30 

90 150- 

650 

8-12 10- 

30 

8-20 5-10 0-10 950- 

1600 

15 650- 

1600 

5-15 25- 

30 

ABS (Acrylonitrile-Butadiene- 

Styrene) 

Preheat to 240°F before 

drilling or sawing 

115- 

195 

600- 

950 

10- 

15 

4-12 15- 

30 

6 5-10 120 250- 

300 

6-10 250- 

350 

4-20 15- 

30 

500- 

650 

6-8 2-8 45- 

60 

PPS (Polyphenylene 

Sulfi de) 



0-4 1600 75- 

195 

4-12 15- 

30 

90 50- 

250 

3-10 10- 

20 

4-12 2-10 1-5 800- 

1600 

Polysulfone 6 0 45- 

60 

1150- 

1300 

5-8 950 75- 

195 

4-12 20- 

30 

5-20 130 500- 

650 

10- 

16 

4-12 5-15 5-15 800- 

1600 

10 5-8 10 500- 

1600 

PVDF (Polyvinylidene 

Fluoride) 

2-5 1600 115- 

310 

4-12 20- 

30 

90 150- 

500 

5-15 10- 

20 

4-20 10- 5-15 800- 

20 

1600 

4-16 5-15 5-15 800- 

1600 

800- 

1600 

Nylon 6/6 6-10 0-5 45- 

60 

75- 

195 

0-5 

1600- 

2600 

4-12 20- 

30 

90 150- 

650 

5-10 15- 

30 

950- 

1950 

Acetal 6-8 0-5 45- 

60 



5-8 950 115- 

310 

8-12 15- 

30 

90 150- 

300 

8-16 5-15 5-15 950 5-10 10- 

20 

950- 

1300 

5-10 0-5 45- 

60 

PET (Polyethylene 

Terephthalate) 

75- 

195 

0-5 

1600- 

2600 

4-12 20- 

30 

90 150- 

650 

5-10 15- 

30 

4-16 5-15 5-15 800- 

1600 

950- 

1950 

6-8 0-5 45- 

60 

Acetal Homopolymer 

(DEL- 

RIN®) 



5-8 950 115- 

310 

8-12 15- 

30 

90 150- 

300 

5-15 950 8-10 10- 

20 

950 4-20 10- 

20 

5-10 6-8 45- 

60 

PPO (Polyphenylene 

Oxide) 

(NORYL®) 

115- Preheat to 240°F before 

195 drilling or sawing 

100 In the case of fl uid cooling 


600- 

950 

10- 

15 

118 400 2-8 15- 

30 

12 10- 

20 

950 15 5-15 5-15 550- 

750 

6-12 5 45- 

60 

Polyetheretherketone 

(PEEK) 

5-10 

300 5-15 15- 

30 

5-10 5-20 70- 

90 

5-20 15 5 650- 

1300 

15 5 5 

Polyetherimide 

(ULTEM®) 

3000- 

5000 

1000- 

2000 

Use hard metal cutting tools 

115- 

195 

600- 

950 

10- 

15 

4-12 15- 

30 

6 5-10 120 250- 

300 

6-10 250- 

350 

4-20 15- 

30 

500- 

650 

6-8 2-8 45- 

60 

Reinforced Engineering 

Plastics* 

10 

10-5

10 

10-6 

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS 

INTRODUCTION 

SCOPE 

One of the more important features of industrial thermoplastics is 

the ease with which they lend themselves to a variety of fabricating 

techniques. This versatility, plus the wide selection of piping components 

now available, make possible fast and economical installation, 

maintenance and modifi cation of industrial piping systems. It 

is the objective of this section to provide detailed instructions on all 

known techniques of joining, maintaining and handling thermoplastics 

in order to permit maximum integrity of your piping system. 

SOLVENT WELDING 

The generally preferred method of joining rigid thermoplastics such 

as PVC and CPVC is solvent welding. This process gives a stronger 

joint than threading and is also considered faster and simpler. Additionally, 

solvent welding permits the use of thinner walls when 

compared to threaded connections for equivalent pressure ratings. 

THERMO-SEALING (SOCKET FUSION) 

Polypropylene (PP), a thermoplastic polyolefi n and PVDF (Kynar), 

cannot be dissolved by even the strongest of organic solvents. 

Since solvent attack (or bite) by dissolution is necessary to effect a 

solvent cement bond with thermoplastics, it is not possible to join 

polypropylene or PVDF by solvent cementing. Therefore, polypropylene 

and PVDF pressure systems can only be joined using 

heat fusion techniques. A thermal sealing procedure is used when 

joining using heat fusion techniques. A thermal sealing procedure is 

used when joining 1/2” through 4” sizes. When joining 6” polypropylene 

systems, which are recommended for drainage applications 

only, a fi llet welding procedure is utilized. 

THREADING 

Threaded joints are sometimes used when a piping system must be 

dismantled for occasional cleaning or modifi cations. Since threading 

results in a reduction in the effective wall thickness of the pipe, 

the pressure rating of threaded pipe is reduced to one-half that of 

unthreaded pipe, ie. pipe joined by solvent cementing or thermal 

sealing. This reduction in wall thickness resulting from threading 

can seriously affect the pressure carrying capability and mechanical 

strength of Schedule 40 or lighter pipe and therefore, only Schedule 

80 or heavier pipe should be threaded when the pipe is used 

for pressure applications. Also, threading is not recommended for 

plastic pipe above 4 inches in diameter nor is it recommended for 

pressure polypropylene piping systems. 

FLANGING 

One of the earliest methods for joining thermoplastic piping, fl anging 

continues to be used extensively for process lines. Thermoplastic 

fl anges and fl anged fi ttings are available in a full size range and 

mat be attached to pipe by solvent welding, by threading, or by 

thermal sealing, as required by the particular thermoplastic 

material. 

STORAGE AND HANDLING OF THERMOPLASTIC 

PIPING COMPONENTS 

SCOPE 

Industrial thermoplastic piping components are designed and manufactured 

for use in severe duty systems involving the transport of 

aggressive liquids. In order to ensure their integrity, once installed, 

they must be handled with reasonable care prior to installation. 

STORAGE 

1. Pipe - When pipe is received in standard lifts it should remain 

in the lift until ready for use. Lifts should not be stacked more 

than three high and should always be stacked wood on wood. 

Loose pipe should be stored on racks with a minimum support 

spacing of three feet. Pipe should be shaded but not covered 

when stored outside in high ambient temperatures. This will 

provide for free circulation of air and reduce the heat build-up 

due to direct sunlight exposure. 

2. Fittings - Fittings should be stored in their original cartons to 

keep them free of dirt and reduce the possibility of damage. If 

possible, fi ttings should be stored indoors. 

3. Solvent Cements and Primers - Solvent cements have a defi - 

nite shelf life and each can and carton is clearly marked with a 

date of manufacture. Stock should be rotated to ensure that the 

oldest material is used fi rst. Primer does not have a shelf life 

but it is good practice to rotate this stock also. Solvent cements 

and primers should be stored in a relatively cool shelter away 

from direct sun exposure. 

CAUTION: SOLVENT CEMENTS AND PRIMERS ARE COM- 

POSED OF VARIOUS SOLVENTS AND REQUIRE SPECIAL 

CONDITIONS FOR STORAGE. BECAUSE OF THEIR FLAM- 

MABILITY THEY MUST NOT BE EXPOSED TO IGNITION, 

HEAT, SPARKS OR OPEN FLAMES. 

HANDLING 

1. Pipe and Fittings - Care should be exercised to avoid rough 

handling of thermoplastic pipe and fi ttings. They should not 

be dragged over sharp projections, dropped or have objects 

dropped upon them. Pipe ends should be inspected for cracks 

resulting from such abuse. Transportation by truck or pipe 

trailer will require that the pipe be continuously supported and 

all sharp edges on the trailer bed that could come in contact 

with the pipe must be padded. 

2. Solvent Cements and Primers - Keep containers for solvent 

cements tightly closed except when in use. Avoid prolonged 

breathing of solvent vapors, and when pipe and fi ttings are 

being joined in partially enclosed areas use a ventilating device 

to attenuate vapor levels. Keep solvent cements, primers and 

cleaners away from all sources of ignition, heat, sparks and 

open fl ames. Avoid repeated contact with the skin by wearing 

proper gloves impervious to the solvents. Application of the 

solvents or cements with rags and bare hands is not recommended; 

natural fi ber brushes and other suitable applicators 

can produce satisfactory results. 

DANGER: Extremely fl ammable. Vapor harmful. May be 

harmfulif swallowed. May cause skin or eye irritation.


SOLVENT WELDING INSTRUCTIONS 

FOR PVC & CPVC PRESSURE PIPE SYSTEMS 

SCOPE 

The solvent welding procedure detailed herein applies to all Fabco 

Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) and Chlorinated Polyvinyl Chloride 

(CPVC) pressure piping systems including molded fi ttings and 

valves. Belled end pipe can also be joined in this manner. FABCO 

TECHNICAL SERVICES is available for additional solvent welding 

guidance and recommendations. 

Joining Equipment and Materials 

• Cutting Tool 

• Rags (nonsynthetic, ie., cotton) 

• Deburring Tool 

• Cement and Primer Applicators 

• Applicator Can or Bucket 

• Purple Primer P-70 

• Solvent Cement 705, 707, 711, 717, 719, 714 

• Tool Tray 

• Notched Boards 

TYPES OF CEMENT AND PRIMER 

1. FABCO WELD-ON Light Duty Industrial Grade PVC Solvent 

Cement #705 is for use with Schedule 40, DWV and Class (SDR 

rated) piping through 6”. 

2. FABCO WELD-ON Heavy Duty Gray Industrial Grade PVC 

Solvent Cement #711 is for use with Schedule 80 piping through 

6”. The gap-fi lling high viscous formulation may also be used for 

Schedule 40, drainage, conduit and all Class (SDR rated) piping 

through 6”. 

3. FABCO WELD-ON Extra Heavy Duty Gray Industrial Grade 

PVC Solvent #717, #719 Cement is for use with all PVC piping, 

especially 6” and larger. When applied, the very heavy bodied 

formulation maintains a generous coating with minimum change 

in thickness over the entire pipe circumference. 

4. FABCO WELD-ON Heavy Duty Light Gray Industrial Grade 

#714 CPVC Solvent Cement is for use with all sizes of Schedule 

40 and 80 CPVC piping. It may be used in any industrial or 

commercial applications suitable to CPVC. 

5. FABCO Purple Primer #P70 is for use with all PVC and CPVC 

piping applications. (Purple container label.) All of the products 

above are listed by IAPMO for pressure and drainage 

applications, and they are NSF approved for potable water. 

NOTE: Do not take shortcuts - follow instructions completely. 

PREPARATION FOR JOINING 

1. Cutting - Plastic pipe can be easily cut with a power or handsaw, 

circular or band saw. For best results, use fi ne-toothed 

blade (16-18 teeth per inch) with little or no set (maximum 

0.025 inch). A circumferential speed of about 6,000 ft./ min. is 

suitable for circular saws; band saw speed should be approximately 

3,000 ft./min. Carbide-tipped blades are preferable 

when quantities of pipe are to be cut. To ensure square-end 

cuts, a miter box, holddown or jig should be used. Pipe or 

tubing cutters can be used for smaller diameter pipe when the 

cutting wheel is specifi cally designed for plastic pipe. 

2. Deburring and Beveling - All burrs, chips, fi lings, etc., 

should be removed from both the pipe I.D. and O.D. before 

joining. Use a knife, deburring tool or half-round, coarse fi le 

to remove all burrs. All pipe ends should be beveled to approximately 

the dimensions shown below for ease of socketing 

and to minimize the chances of wiping the solvent cement 

for the I.D. of the fi tting as the pipe is socketed: 

1/16" 

10 15 

3/32" 

to 

The beveling can be done with a coarse fi le or a beveling tool. 

3. Fitting Preparation - Prior to solvent welding, all fi ttings and 

couplings should be removed from their cartons and exposed 

for at least one hour to the same temperature conditions as the 

pipe in order to assure that they are thermally balanced before 

joining. 

4. Cleaning - Using a clean, dry cotton rag, wipe away all loose 

dirt and moisture from the I.D. and O.D. of the pipe end and 

the I.D. of the fi tting. DO NOT ATTEMPT TO SOLVENT 

WELD WET SURFACES. 

DANGER: Solvent cements and primer are extremely fl ammable 

and vapor harmful. Keep away from heat, sparks and open fl ame. 

Use only with adequate ventilation. 

Harmful if swallowed. Avoid prolonged breathing of vapor. 

Avoid contact with eyes, skin and clothing. Causes eye irritation. 

Repeated or prolonged skin contact causes skin irritation. Close 

container after each use. 

FIRST AID: In case of skin contact, fl ush with water; for eyes, 

fl ush with water for at least 15 minutes and seek medical attention. 

Wash contaminated clothing before reuse. If swallowed, DO NOT 

INDUCE VOMITING, call a Physician immediately. 

10 

10-7

10 

10-8 


PRIMING 

The function of purple primer is to penetrate and soften the bonding 

surfaces of PVC and CPVC pipe and fi ttings. It is a product that 

penetrates rapidly. It is very effective on the hard-fi nished, high 

gloss products now being produced. Priming is a 3-step process as 

follows: 

1. 

Using a natural bristle brush about one-half the width of the 

pipe diameter to be jointed, apply Purple Primer freely to the 

inner fi tting socket. A rag is not recommended as repeated 

contact with skin may cause irritation or blistering. Keep the 

surface wet by maintaining a brushing motion of the applicator 

over the entire surface for fi ve to fi fteen seconds. Re-dip applicator 

as necessary but avoid puddling inside the fi tting. 

2. Apply primer to the pipe surface in the same manner making 

sure that the length of pipe evenly brushed is at least equal to 

the fi tting socket depth. 

3. Re-apply primer to the fi tting socket. Alternate applications of 

Purple Primer, start with the female component. 

For checking penetration, you should be able to scratch or scrape 

a few thousandths of the primed surfaces away. Repeated applications 

to either or both surfaces may be necessary. Weather 

conditions do affect priming action. In cold weather more time 

is required for proper penetration. NOTE: The pipe ends can be 

rested on notched boards to keep them clean and for ease of solvent 

cement application. 

Recommendations for Solvent Cement/Primer Application 

NOMINAL 

PIPE SIZE 

BRUSH 

WIDTH* ROLLER LENGTH 

DAUBERS (Comm./Res Piping Only) 

(Inches) (Inches) (Inches) 

Pressure Joints Non-Press. Joints 

1/4 1/4 Not Recommended N/A N/A 

1/2 1/2 Not Recommended 3/4” Diameter 3/4” Diameter 

3/4 1/2 Not Recommended 3/4” Diameter 3/4” Diameter 

1 1/2 Not Recommended 3/4” Diameter 3/4” Diameter 

1 1/4 1 Not Recommended 1-1/2 Diameter 1-1/2 Diameter 

1 1/2 1 Not Recommended 1-1/2 Diameter 1-1/2 Diameter 

2 1 Not Recommended 1-1/2 Diameter 1-1/2 Diameter 

2 1/2 1 1/2 Not Recommended Not Recommended 1-1/2 Diameter 

3 1 1/2 Not Recommended Not Recommended 1-1/2 Diameter 

4 2 3 Not Recommended 1-1/2 Diameter 

6 3 3 Not Recommended 1-1/2 Diameter 

8 4 7 Not Recommended Not Recommended 

10 4 to 6 7 Not Recommended Not Recommended 

12 4 to 6 7 Not Recommended Not Recommended 

Natural bristle brushes should always be specifi ed. It is recognized 

that the recommended brush width may not always be readily 

available. However, the selection should come as close as possible 

to the recommended width in order to ensure complete coverage 

with a minimum number of brush strokes. 

SOLVENT CEMENT APPLICATION 

Before the primer dries, use a second applicator (see chart on 

preceding page for specifi c recommendations) to apply solvent cement 

in a 3-step process as follows: 

1. 

2. 

3. 

Cover the pipe liberally with solvent cement for a length at 

least equal to that of the fi tting socket depth. It is important 

not to be stingy with cement. 

Continuing with alternate surface application, coat the fi tting 

socket thoroughly with a medium layer of solvent cement. 

Avoid puddling in the socket. On belled end pipe, do not coat 

beyond the socket depth or allow cement to run beyond the 

bell. 

Put a second coat of cement on the pipe. This completes the 

six steps of alternate surface applications for a joint – three of 

primer and three of solvent cement – starting with the female 

component. Cement layers must be without voids and suffi 

cient to fi ll any gaps in the joints.

JOINING 

1. Immediately upon fi nishing cement application and before it 

starts to set, insert the pipe to the full socket depth while rotating 

the pipe or fi tting a 1/4 turn to ensure complete and even 

distribution of the cement. Hold joint together for a minimum 

of 10 to 15 seconds to make sure that pipe does not move or 

back out of the socket. 

2. 

For pipe sizes 6” and larger, a joining crew consisting of 

two men is recommended and the following additional steps 

necessary: 

a. Rotation of the pipe in the fi tting may be omitted. 

b. Hold joint together for 1 to 3 minutes depending on 

pipe size. 

c. As an aid for joining in these larger sizes, it is 

recommended that a come-along or pipe joining tool 

be used. 

EXCESS CEMENT 

Immediately after joining and before joint is set, gently place it 

back onto a level surface, wipe off all excess cement from the 

circumference of the pipe and fi tting. 

JOINT INTEGRITY 

PVC and CPVC piping joint integrity depends greatly upon following 

exactly and by intent Fabco’s specifi c handling, inspection, 

storage, shipping, fabrication, installation, testing and operating 

instructions. Joint integrity also depends greatly upon an infi - 

nitely wide, unpredictable and uncontrollable set of product and 

environmental conditions that go into determining the length of 

joint drying times before it may be moved; handled; low, high or 

working pressure tested. These conditions include size of pipe, 

surface temperature of the joint, dry joint interference fi t and relative 

humidity. Drying times will be faster with smaller pipe, higher 

surface temperatures, tighter interference fi ts and lower relative humidity. 

Drying times will be slower when conditions are reversed. 

Because of these almost infi nite and completely unpredictable 

variety of drying conditions that can exist from job to job and from 

time to time, FABCO only specifi cally recommends for its PVC 

and CPVC products the below solvent welding joining temperatures 

and joint drying times: 

1. 

2. 

The actual joining should not be done in atmospheric temperatures 

below 40°F or above 90°F when exposed to direct 

sunlight. 

FABCO recommends that 72 hours of joint drying time should 

elapse for all sizes of pipe and drying temperatures before the 

joint is subjected to any appreciable internal or external pressure 

on a full time basis. 

HANDLING 

During the initial setting of the cement, which begins about two 

minutes after application (on small sizes), be careful not to move 

or disturb the joint. 

FABCO offers, as a non-liability supplier, the following drying 

times as a guide in aiding the installer, engineer, owner or other 

decision making party in deciding at his own risk when the joints 

are suffi ciently dry for movement; handling; low pressure, initial 

joint testing, application of high pressure tests 

and introduction of working pressure. These drying times are 

based upon a combination of past fi eld experience and laboratory 

tests. 

NOMINAL 

PIPE 

SIZE 

PVC and CPVC Joint Movement Times 

HOT WEATHER 

90° - 150° F 

Surface 

Temperature 

MILD 

WEATHER* 

50° - 90° F 

Surface 

Temperature 

COLD 

WEATHER* 

10°- 50°F 

Surface 

Temperature 

1/4” - 1 1/4” 12 Min. 20 Min. 30 Min. 

1-1/2” - 2-1/2” 30 Min. 45 Min. 1 Hr. 

3” - 4” 45 Min. 1 Hr. 1 Hr. & 30 Min. 

6” - 8” 1 Hr. 1 Hr. & 30 Min. 2 Hrs. & 30 Min. 

10” - 12” 2 Hrs. 3 Hrs. 5 Hrs. 

*The temperatures above are drying temperatures and should not 

be confused with atmospheric, joining temperatures 

recommendations and limitations. See section on “JOINT 

INTEGRITY”. 

PRESSURE TESTING 

CAUTION: AIR OR COMPRESSED GAS IS NOT RECOM- 

MENDED AS A MEDIA FOR PRESSURE TESTING OF PLAS- 

TIC PIPING SYSTEMS. 

1. Initial Joint Testing - Initial joint testing of PVC and CPVC 

pipe could possibly be accomplished to 10% of its hydrostatic 

pressure rating after the below drying times: 

NOMINAL 

PIPE 

SIZE 

HOT WEATHER 

90° - 150° F 

Surface 

Temperature 

MILD 

WEATHER* 

50° - 90° F 

Surface 

Temperature 

COLD 

WEATHER* 

10°- 50°F 

Surface 

Temperature 

1/2” - 1 1/4” 4 Hrs. 5 Hrs. 7 Hrs. 

1-1/2” - 2-1/2” 6 Hrs. 8 Hrs. 10 Hrs. 

3” - 4” 8 Hrs. 18 Hrs. 24 Hrs. 

6” - 8” 12 Hrs. 24 Hrs. 48 Hrs. 

10” - 12” 18 Hrs. 36 Hrs. 72 Hrs. 

PVC and CPVC Joint Drying Times at 10% Pressure Testing 

*The temperatures above are drying temperatures and should not 

be confused with atmospheric joining temperature recommendations 

and limitations. See section on “JOINT INTEGRITY”. 

10 

10-9

10 

2. High Pressure Testing - The PVC and CPVC pipe can be 

pressure tested up to 100% of its hydrostatic pressure rating 

after drying times listed in the table which follows: 

10-10 

NOMINAL 

PIPE 

SIZE 

HOT WEATHER 

90° - 150° F 

Surface 

Temperature 


MILD 

WEATHER* 

50° - 90° F 

Surface Temperature 

COLD 

WEATHER* 

10°- 50°F 

Surface 

Temperature 

1/2” - 1 1/4” 4 Hrs. 5 Hrs. 7 Hrs. 

1-1/2” - 2-1/2” 6 Hrs. 8 Hrs. 10 Hrs. 

3” - 4” 8 Hrs. 18 Hrs. 24 Hrs. 

6” - 8” 12 Hrs. 24 Hrs. 48 Hrs. 

10” - 12” 18 Hrs. 36 Hrs. 72 Hrs. 

PVC and CPVC Joint Drying Times for 100% Pressure 

Testing The temperatures above are drying temperatures and 

should not be confused with atmospheric, joining temperature 

recommendations and limitations. See section on “JOINT INTEG- 

RITY”. 

3. Full-Time Working Pressure - PVC and CPVC joints may 

be introduced to maximum working pressure on a full-time 

basis after approximately four times the drying time shown 

above for 100% pressure testing. 

DO’S AND DON’TS 

Do: 

• Use the proper applicator (See chart for specifi c recommendations). 

• Use proper type of solvent cement for the job. 

• Apply the cement while the primer is still wet. 

• Follow the instructions completely. 

Don’t: 

• Attempt to solvent weld under the following conditions: 

• 

1. If it is raining 

2. If atmospheric temperature is below 40°F. 

3. If under direct exposure to sun at atmospheric 

temperatures above 90°F. 

Discard empty cans of solvent, primer or rags in trench or near 

piping. Concentrated fumes or dripping cement or primer can 

cause piping failure. 

HOT WEATHER CEMENTING 

Since cement contains a solvent, certain precautions or steps 

should be taken when the atmospheric temperature is above 90°F 

to avoid excessive evaporation of the solvent from the cement 

just prior to joining. Such evaporation will cause the cement to 

prematurely set before joining, thus, adversely affecting the joint 

integrity. Use one or a combination of the below to reduce the 

chances of this condition occurring: 

1. 

2. 

3. 

4. 

Shade or shelter the joint surfaces from direct exposure to the 

sun’s rays for at least one hour prior to joining and during the 

joining process. 

Make cement joints during early morning hours. 

Apply cement quickly. On 6” and larger pipe, it is recom- 

mended that two men apply cement to pipe surface while the 

third applies it to the fi tting socket. 

Join pipe to fi ttings as quickly as possible after applying cement. 

COLD WEATHER CEMENTING 

Because the solvents in the cement will not evaporate as readily 

when the temperature is below 40°F, the pipe joints will not set 

up as rapidly in cold weather. If solvent cementing must be done 

when the temperature is below 40°F, the following suggestions are 

offered: 

1. 

2. 

3. 

4. 

Store pipe, fi ttings, cement and primer in a heated area. 

Pre-fab as much of the system as possible in a heated work 

area. 

Joints that must be made outside should be protected with 

a portable shelter and heated with indirect heat to surface 

temperatures about 40°F prior to joining. The shelter and 

heat should remain in place for at least two hours after joint 

assembly. 

Pipe and fi ttings must be dry prior to joining and the joints 

should be kept dry until the cement has had suffi cient time to 

set. 

CAUTION: DO NOT ATTEMPT TO SPEED THE SETTING OR 

DRYING OF THE CEMENT BY APPLYING DIRECT HEAT TO 

THE SOLVENT WELDED JOINT. Forced rapid drying by heating 

will cause the cement solvents to boil off, forming porosity, 

bubbles and blisters in the cement fi lm. 

HANDLING OF PRIMER AND CEMENT 

NOTE: Observe the “use prior to” date. Cement has a limited shelf 

life. Do not permit solvent cement can to stand open. Do not use 

cement that has dried to the point where it become lumpy and 

stringy. Throw it away. Do not attempt to thin out sluggish cement 

with thinner or primer. 

ESTIMATED SOLVENT CEMENT REQUIREMENTS 

The below estimated PVC and CPVC solvent cement requirements 

should only be considered as a guideline for usage and could vary 

according to a wide variety of installation conditions. Further, 

these estimates should in no way be used to restrict the liberal cement 

application instructions recommended for the pipe.

Number of Joints Per...* 

PIPE SIZE PINT QUART GALLON 

1/2” 130 260 1,040 

3/4” 80 160 640 

1” 70 140 560 

1-1/4” 50 100 400 

1-1/2” 35 70 280 

2” 20 40 160 

2-1/2” 17 34 136 

3” 15 30 120 

4” 10 20 80 

5” 8 16 64 

6” N/R 8 24 

8” N/R 3 12 

10” N/R N/R 10 

12” N/R N/R 6 

*Each joint represents one socket in a fi tting. 


THERMO-SEALING (Socket Fusion) 

INSTRUCTIONS FOR POLYPROPYLENE AND 

PVDF PRESSURE PIPING SYSTEMS 

SCOPE 

The socket fusion joining method which is detailed herein applies 

to all FABCO polypropylene and PVDF pressure piping systems 

including molded socket fi ttings, and socket type valve connections. 

This procedure involves the application of regulated heat 

uniformly and simultaneously to pipe and fi tting mating surfaces 

so that controlled melting occurs at these surfaces. 

All recommendations and instructions presented herein for socket 

fusion are based upon the use of a Thermo-Seal fusion tool for applying 

uniform heat to pipe and fi ttings. 


- Cutting tools 

- Cotton rags 

- Deburring tool 

- Thermo-Seal tool 

- Electric Model NA with 1/2” - 2” tool pieces or 

- Electric Model NB with 1/2” - 4” tool pieces 

- Vise 

TYPES OF JOINING TOOLS 

ELECTRIC MODEL tools are available for making socket fusion 

joints. They are the preferred socket fusion tools because the thermostatically 

controlled heat source automatically maintains fusion 

temperatures within the recommended range. 

1. 

2. 

Electric Model NA. This tool which is electrically heated and 

thermostatically controlled, is used to join polypropylene and 

PVDF pipe, and valves and fi ttings in sizes 1/2” through 2”. 

This unit operates on 110 VAC (6.7 amps; 800 watts) electrically 

and is fi tted with ground wires. 

Electric Model NB. This tool is also electrically heated and 

thermostatically controlled and is used to join polypropylene 

pipe and fi ttings in sizes 1/2” through 4”. This unit operates 

on 110 VAC (1.38 amps; 1650 watts) electrically and is fi tted 

with ground wires. 

CAUTION: SOCKET FUSION AND FILLET WELDING 

INVOLVE TEMPERATURES IN EXCESS OF 540°F. SEVERE 

BURNS CAN RESULT FROM CONTACTING EQUIPMENT 

OR MOLTEN PLASTIC MATERIAL AT OR NEAR THESE 

TEMPERATURES. 

PREPARATION FOR JOINING 

1. Cutting 

Polypropylene or PVDF can be easily cut with a power or hand 

saw, circular or band saw. For best results, use the fi ne-toothed 

blades (16-18 teeth per inch). A circumferential speed of about 

6,000 ft/min. is suitable for circular saws; band saw speed should 

be approximately 3,000 ft/min. Carbide-tipped blades are preferable 

when large quantities of pipe are to be cut. It is important that 

the pipe ends be cut square. To ensure square end cuts, a miter 

box, hold down or jig must be used. Pipe or tubing cutters can also 

be used to produce square, clean cuts, however, the cutting wheel 

should be specifi cally designed for plastic. 

2. Deburring and Beveling 

All burrs, chips, fi ling, etc., should be removed from both the 

pipe I.D. and O.D. before joining. Use a knife, deburring tool or 

half-round, coarse fi le to remove all burrs. All pipe ends should be 

beveled to approximately the dimensions shown below for ease 

of socketing and to minimize the chances of wiping melt material 

from the I.D. of the fi tting as the pipe is socketed. The beveling 

can be done with a coarse fi le or a beveling tool. 

1/16" 

10 15 

3/32" 

to 

3. Cleaning 

Using a clean, dry cotton rag, wipe away all loose dirt and moisture 

from the I.D. and O.D. of the pipe end and the l.D. of the 

fi tting. DO NOT ATTEMPT TO SOCKET FUSE WET 

SURFACES. 

10 

10-11

10 

4. Joint Sizing 

In order to provide excess material for fusion bonding, polypropylene 

and PVDF components are manufactured to socket dimensions 

in which the socket I.D. is smaller than the pipe O.D. Therefore, it 

should not be possible to easily slip the pipe into the fi tting socket 

past the initial socket entrance depth and in no case should it ever 

be possible to bottom the pipe in the socket prior to fusion. 

Before making socket fusion joints, fi ttings should be checked for 

proper socket dimensional tolerances, based on the above discussion, 

by attempting to insert the pipe into the fi tting socket. If a 

fi tting socket appears to be oversize, it should not be used. 

10-12 


5. Planning Construction 

Socket fusion joints are more easily made when there is suffi cient 

space to properly secure the Thermo-Seal tool and to maneuver 

pipe and fi ttings into the Thermo-Seal tool. Therefore, it is 

recommended that the piping system be prefabricated, as much as 

possible, in an area where there is suffi cient room to work, and that 

as few joints as possible should be made in areas where there is 

limited working space. Mechanical joints such as fl anges or unions 

may be considered in extremely tight areas. 

6. Thermo-Seal Tool Set Up 

a. Install the male and female tool pieces on either side of the 

Thermo-Seal tool and secure with set screws. 

b. Insert the electrical plug into a grounded 110 VAC electrical 

source, and allow the tool to come to the proper operating temperature. 

The tool temperature is read directly from the mounted 

temperature gauge, and tool temperature can be adjusted by turning 

the thermostat adjustment screw with a screwdriver. (Counterclockwise) 

to raise the temperature and clockwise to lower the 

temperature.) 

NOTE: One turn of the adjustment screw will give approximately 

a 25°F temperature change 

IMPORTANT: Good socket fusion joints can be made only when 

the Thermo-Seal tool is operating at the proper temperature, and 

only when the length of time that the pipe and fi ttings remain on 

the heated tool pieces does not exceed those times recommended 

for the particular size of pipe and fi tting to be joined. Please consult 

the user manual for your particular system. 

Excessive temperatures and excessive heating times will result in 

excessive melting at and below the surfaces of the fi tting socket 

I.D. and pipe O.D. When the pipe is inserted into the fi tting socket, 

excessive melt material needed for socket fusion will be scraped 

from the socket wall and into the fi tting waterway and the resulting 

joint will be defective. Low temperatures and insuffi cient heating 

times will result in a lack of or incomplete melting making it 

impossible to make a good socket fusion joint. 

MAKING SOCKET FUSION JOINTS 

1. Place the proper size depth gauge over the end of the pipe. 

2. Attach the depth gauging clamp to the pipe by butting the clamp 

up to the end of the depth gauge and locking it into place. Then 

remove the depth gauge.


3. Simultaneously place pipe and fi tting squarely and fully on heat 

tool pieces so that the I.D. of the fi tting and the O.D. of the pipe 

are in contact with the heating surfaces. Care should be taken to insure 

that the pipe and fi tting are not cocked when they are inserted 

on the tool pieces. 

4. Hold the pipe and fi tting on the tool pieces for the prescribed 

amount of time. During this time a bead of melted material will appear 

around the complete circumference of the pipe at the entrance 

of the tool piece. 

5. Simultaneously remove the pipe and fi tting from the tool pieces 

and immediately insert the pipe, squarely and fully and without 

purposeful rotation, into the socket of the fi tting. Hold the completed 

joint in place and avoid relative movement between components 

for at least 15 seconds. 

6. Once a joint has been completed the clamp can be removed and 

preparation for the next joint can be started. 

7. The surfaces of the female and male tool pieces are Tefl on 

coated to prevent sticking of the hot plastic. It is important that 

the tool pieces be kept as clean as possible. Any residue left on the 

tool pieces should be removed immediately by wiping with a cotton 

cloth. CAUTION: HOT PLASTIC MATERIAL CAN CAUSE 

SEVERE BURNS; AVOID CONTACT WITH IT. 

Procedures for making good socket fusion joints can be summarized 

into fi ve basic principles as follows: 

1. The tool must be operated at the proper temperature. 

2. The pipe end must be beveled. 

3. The fi tting must be slipped squarely onto the male tool while the 

pipe is simultaneously inserted into the female tool. 

4. The fi tting and pipe must not remain on the heat tool for an 

excessive period of time. Recommended heating times must be 

followed. 

5. The pipe must be inserted squarely into the fi tting socket immediately 

after removal from the heated tools. 

6. The Thermo-Seal tool must be kept clean at all times. 


The strength of a socket fusion joint develops as the material in the 

bonded area cools. One hour after the fi nal joint is made, a socket 

fusion piping system can be pressure tested up to 100% of its 

hydrostatic pressure rating. 


MENDED AND SHOULD NOT BE USED AS A MEDIA FOR 

PRESSURE TESTING OF PLASTIC PIPING SYSTEMS. 

FILLET WELDING 

SCOPE 

The joining procedure covered herein applies only to 6” polypropylene 

drainage or non-pressure systems. Fillet Welding is not 

recommended as a primary joining technique for pressure rated 

systems. 


- Cutting and deburring tools 

- Plastic welding gun with fl exible hose, pressure regulator and 

10-13 

10

10 

gauge 

- Welding and tacking tips 

- Compresses air supply or bottled nitrogen (see note below) 

- 1/8” welding rod 

- Cotton rags 

Joining 

NOTE: Fillet welding of thermoplastics is quite similar to the 

acetylene welding or brazing process used with metals. The fundamental 

differences are that the plastic rod must always be the same 

basic material as the pieces to be joined; and heated gas, rather 

than burning gas, is used to melt the rod and adjacent surfaces. 

Because of its economy, compressed air is normally the gas of 

choice for most plastic welding. A welding gun which generates its 

own air supply is frequently desirable for fi eld-made pipe joints 

where ultimate weld strength is not required. For welding guns 

which require compressed gas, nitrogen is preferable when the 

compressed plant air system does not contain adequate drying and 

fi ltration (Presence of moisture in the gas stream causes premature 

failure in the heater element of the welding gun. Impurities in 

the gas stream, particularly those in oil, may oxidize the plastic 

polymer, resulting in loss of strength. Polypropylene is known to 

be affected in this manner). 

1. Insert pipe fully and squarely into the fi tting after removing all 

dirt, oil, moisture and loose particles of plastic material from the 

welding surfaces by wiping with a clean cotton cloth. 

2. Adjust the nitrogen/air pressure between approximately 3 and 8 

psi and further adjust the pressure as necessary to control both 

temperature and rate of welding. 

10-14 


NOTE: Tacking required prior to welding. 6” polypropylene joints 

require a slip fi t. Therefore, they must be dry fi tted and tack welded 

to prevent movement of the pipe and fi tting prior to the application 

of welding rod. Special welding gun tips are required for tacking. 

A low strength bond is accomplished by pulling the heated tacking 

tip along while directly in contact with the interface of pipe and fi t- 

ting at an angle of 75° to 80° . Initially, joints are tack-fused at four 

intervals. Then at least one complete revolution around the joint is 

made to provide a uniform groove for subsequent rod welding. 

3. Holding the polypropylene welding rod at an angle of 75° to the 

joint and while maintaining pressure on the rod, apply heat uniformly 

to the rod and the pipe and fi tting with an arching motion 

of the welding torch. 

The degree of heating can be controlled by regulating the nitrogen/ 

air fl ow to the welding gun or by regulating the distance from the 

tip of the welding gun to the work. Too much heat will over melt 

the polypropylene material and cause it to splash. Too little heat 

will result in incomplete fusion. Lay three separate weld beads in 

the following manner for a full fi llet weld: 

A. Pipe to fi tting 

B. Pipe to bead 

C. Fitting to bead 

When terminating each weld bead, the bead should be lapped on 

top of (never along-side) itself for a distance of 3/8” to 1/2” 

insights to hot gas welding see REPAIRING THERMOPLASTIC 

PIPE JOINTS. 

FLANGED JOINTS 

SCOPE 

Flanging is used extensively for plastic process lines that require 

periodic dismantling. Plastic fl anges are factory fl anged valves and 

fi ttings in PVC, CPVC, PVDF and polypropylene are available in a 

full range of sizes and types for joining to pipe by solvent welding, 

threading or socket fusion as in the case with polypropylene with 

PVDF. 

Gasket seals between the fl ange faces should be an elastomeric full 

fl at faced gasket with a hardness of 50 to 70 durometer. FABCO 

can provide neoprene gaskets in the 1/2” through 12” range having 

an 1/8” thickness. For chemical environments too aggressive for 

neoprene another resistant elastomer should be used. 

When it is necessary to bolt plastic and metal fl anges - use fl at face 

metal fl anges - not raised face, and use recommended torques 

shown in table under “INSTALLATION TIPS”.


DIMENSIONS 

Bolt circle and number of bolt holes for the fl anges are the same as 

Class 150 metal fl anges per ANSI B16.5. Threads are tapered iron 

pipe size threads per ANSI B1.20.1. The socket dimensions 

conform to ASTM D-2467 which describes 1/2” through 8” sizes 

and ASTM D439 for Schedule 80 CPVC which gives dimensional 

data for 1/2” through 6”. Internal Fabco specifi cations have been 

established for the 10” and 12” PVC patterns and 8” CPVC design, 

as well as socket designs for polypropylene and PVDF. 

PRESSURE RATING 

As with all other thermoplastic piping components, the maximum 

non-shock operating pressure is a function of temperature. 

Maximum pressure rating for FABCO valves, unions and fl anges 

is 150 psi. Above 100°F refer to the TEMPERATURE CORREC- 

TION FACTOR CHART HEREIN. 

SEALING 

The faces of fl anges are tapered back away from the orifi ce area at 

a 1/2 to 1 degree pitch so that when the bolts are tightened the 

faces will be pulled together generating a force in the water way 

area to improve sealing. 

INSTALLATION TIPS 

Once a fl ange is joined to pipe, the method for joining two fl anges 

together is as follows: 

1. 

2. 

3. 

4. 

5. 

Make sure that all the bolt holes of the mating fl anges match 

up. It is not advisable to twist the fl ange and pipe to achieve 

this. 

Use fl at washers under bolt heads and nuts. 

Insert all bolts. (Lubricate bolts.) 

Make sure that the faces of the mating fl anges are not separated 

by excessive distance prior to bolting down the fl anges. 

The bolts on the plastic fl anges should be tightened by pull- 

ing down the nuts diametrically opposite each other using a 

torque wrench. Complete tightening should be accomplished 

in stages and the fi nal torque values shown in the table should 

be followed for the various sizes of fl anges. Uniform stress 

across the fl ange will eliminate leaky gaskets. 

FLANGE SIZE RECOMMENDED TORQUE* 

1/2 - 1-1/2” 10 - 15 ft.lbs. 

2 - 4” 20 - 30 ft.lbs. 

6 - 8” 33 - 50 ft.lbs. 

10” 53 - 75 ft.lbs. 

12” 80 - 110 ft.lbs. 

*For a well lubricated bolt with fl at washers under bolt head and nut. 

The following tightening pattern is suggested for the fl ange bolts. 

6. 

5 

1 

8 

3 4 

7 6 

2 

If the fl ange is mated to a rigid and stationary fl anged object, 

or a metal fl ange, particularly in a buried situation where 

settling could occur with the plastic pipe, the adjacent plastic 

pipe must be supported or anchored to eliminate potential 

stressing of the fl ange joint. 

REPAIRING THERMOPLASTIC 

PIPE JOINTS 

SCOPE 

The most common method for repairing faulty and leaking joints is 

hot gas welding at the fi llet formed by the junction of the fi tting 

socket entrance and the pipe. Hot gas welding (which is similar 

to gas welding with metals except that hot gas is used for melting 

instead of a direct fl ame) consists of simultaneously melting the 

surface of a plastic fi ller rod and the surfaces of the base material 

in the fi llet area while forcing the softened rod into the softened 

fi llet. Welding with plastics involves only surface melting because 

plastics unlike metal must never be “puddled”. Therefore, the resulting 

weld is not as strong as the parent pipe and fi tting material. 

This being the case, fi llet welding as a repair technique is recommended 

for minor leaks only. It is not recommended as a primary 

joining technique for pressure rated systems. 

WELDING TOOLS AND MATERIALS 

- Plastic welding gun with pressure regulator, gauge and hose. 

- Filler rod 

- Emery cloth 

- Cotton rags 

- Cutting pliers 

- Hand grinder (optional) 

- Compressed air supply of bottled nitrogen 

- Source of compressed air 

WELD AREA PREPARATION 

Wipe all dirt, oil and moisture from the joint area. A very mild 

solvent may be necessary to remove oil. 

CAUTION: MAKE SURE THAT ALL LIQUID HAS BEEN 

REMOVED FROM THE PORTION OF THE PIPING SYSTEM 

WHERE THE WELD IS TO BE MADE. 

10 

10-15

10 

10-16 

If the weld is to repair a leaking solvent cemented joint, all residual 

cement, which is easily scorched during welding, must be 

removed from the fi llet by using emery cloth. If the weld is to seal 

a threaded joint, a fi le can be used to remove threads in the weld 

area in order to provide a smooth surface. 

WELDING FAULTY JOINTS 

1. 

2. 

3. 


Remove residual solvent cement from the weld area using 

emery cloth. When welding threaded joints, a fi le can be used 

to remove threads in the weld area. 

Wipe the weld area clean of dust, dirt and moisture. 

Determine the amount for the correct fi ller rod (see Table No. 

1 on page 9-22) necessary to make one complete pass around 

the joint by wrapping the rod around the pipe to be welded. 

Increase this length enough to allow for handling of the rod to 

the end of the pass. 

4. 

5. 

Make about a 60° angular cut on the lead end of the fi ller rod. 

This will make it easier to initiate melting and will insure fusion 

of the rod and base material at the beginning of the weld. 

Welding temperatures vary for different thermoplastic materials 

(500°F - 550°F for PVC and CPVC, 550°F – 600°F for 

PP, 575°F - 600°F for PVDF). Welding temperatures can be 

adjusted for the various thermoplastic materials as well as 

any desired welding rate, by adjusting the pressure regulator 

(which controls the gas fl ow rate) between 3 and 8 PSI. 

CAUTION: For welding guns which require compressed gas, 

nitrogen is preferred when the compressed plant air system does 

not contain adequate drying and fi ltration. (Presence of moisture 

in the gas stream causes premature failure in the heater element of 

the welding gun. Impurities in the gas stream, particularly those in 

oil, may oxidize the plastic polymer, resulting in loss of strength. 

Polypropylene is known to be affected in this manner). 

6. 

With air or an inert gas fl owing through the welding torch, 

insert the electrical plug for the heating element into an appropriate 

electrical socket to facilitate heating of the gas and 

wait approximately 7 minutes for the welding gas to reach the 

proper temperature.

CAUTION: THE METAL BARREL OF THE WELDING TORCH 

HOUSES THE HEATING ELEMENT SO IT CAN ATTAIN EX- 

TREMELY HIGH TEMPERATURES. AVOID CONTACT WITH 

THE BARREL AND DO NOT ALLOW IT TO CONTACT ANY 

COMBUSTIBLE MATERIALS. 

7. 

8. 


Place the leading end of the fi ller rod into the fi llet formed by 

the junction of the pipe and fi tting socket entrance. Holding 

the fi ller rod at an angle of 90° to the joint for PVC, CPVC 

and Kynar, 75° to the joint for polypropylene, pre-heat the 

surfaces for the rod and base materials at the weld starting 

point by holding the welding torch steady at approximately 

1/4 to 3/4 inches from the weld starting point and directing 

the hot gas in this area until the surfaces become tacky . While 

preheating, move the rod up and down slightly so that the 

rod slightly touches the base materials. When the surfaces 

become tacky, the rod will stick to the base material. 

Advance the fi ller rod forward by applying a slight pressure 

to the rod. Simultaneously applying even heat to the surfaces 

of both the fi ller rod and base material by moving the torch 

with a fanning or arcing motion at a rate of about 2 cycles per 

second. The hot gas should be played equally on the rod and 

base material (along the weld line) for a distance of about 1/4 

inch from the weld point. 

IMPORTANT: If charring of the base or rod material occurs, 

move the tip of the torch back slightly, increase the fanning frequency 

or increase the gas fl ow rate. If the rod or base materials 

do not melt suffi ciently reverse the previously discussed corrective 

procedures. Do not apply too much pressure to the rod because this 

will tend to stretch the weld bead causing it to crack and separate 

after cooling. 

9. 

Since the starting point for a plastic weld is frequently the 

weakest part of the weld, always terminate a weld by lapping 

the bead on top of itself for a distance of 3/8 to 1/ 2 inches. 

Never terminate a bead by overlapping the bead side by side. 

10. When welding large diameter pipe, three weld passes may be 

required. The fi rst bead should be deposited at the bottom of 

the fi llet and subsequent beads should be deposited on each 

side of the fi rst bead. When making multiple pass welds, the 

starting points for each bead should be staggered and ample 

time must be allowed for each weld pass to cool before proceeding 

with additional welds. 

11. Properly applied plastic welds can be recognized by the 

presence of small fl ow lines or waves on both sides of the 

deposited bead. This indicates that suffi cient heat was applied 

to the surfaces of the rod and base materials to effect adequate 

melting and that suffi cient pressure was applied to the rod to 

force the rod melt to fuse with base material melt. If insuffi 

cient heat is used when welding PVC, CPVC or PVDF, the 

fi ller rod will appear in its original form and can easily be 

pulled away from the base material. Excessive heat will result 

in a brown or black discoloration of the weld. In the case of 

polypropylene, excessive heat will result in a fl at bead with 

oversized fl ow lines. 

10-17 

10

10 

12. Always unplug the electrical connection to the heating element 

and allow the welding gun to cool before shutting off the 

gas or air supply to the gun. 

WELDING PRINCIPLES 

The procedures for making good thermoplastic welds can be 

summarized into four basic essentials: 

1. Correct Heating – Excessive heating will char or overmelt. 

Insuffi cient heating will result in incomplete melting. 

2. 

3. 

4. 

10-18 

Correct Pressure – Excessive pressure can result in stress 


cracking when the weld cools. Insuffi cient pressure will result 

in incomplete fusion of the rod material with the base material. 

Correct angle – Incorrect rod angle during welding will stretch 

the rod and the fi nished weld will crack upon cooling. 

Correct speed – Excessive welding speed will stretch the weld 

bead and the fi nished weld will crack upon cooling. 

Rod Size and Weld Passes 

Filler rod size and the number of weld passes required to make a 

good plastic weld are dependent upon the size of the pipe to be 

welded as presented below. Do not use fi ller rod larger than 1/8” 

in diameter when welding with CPVC. Also, when welding CPVC, 

the number of passes for pipe sizes 1” through 2” should be increased 

to three. 

Table 1 

Pipe Size Rod Size Number of Passes 

1/2” - 3/4” 3/32” 1 

1” - 2” 3/32” 1 or 3 

2-1/2” - 4” 1/8” 3 

6” - 8” 1/8” or 5/32” 3 

10” - 12” 5/32” or 3/16” 3 

Pressure Testing 

The strength of a plastic weld develops as it cools. Allow ample 

time for the weld to cool prior to 100% pressure testing. 

CAUTION: Air or compressed gas is not recommended and should 

not be used as a media for pressure testing of plastic piping systems. 

THREADING INSTRUCTIONS FOR 

THERMOPLASTIC PIPE 

SCOPE 

The procedure presented herein covers threading of all IPS 

Schedule 80 or heavier thermoplastic pipe. The threads are National 

Pipe Threads (NPT) which are cut to the dimensions outlined in 

(ANSI) B1.20.1 and presented in the table on the following page. 

THREADING EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS 

Pipe Dies 

Pipe Vise 

Threading ratchet or power machine 

Tapered plug 

Cutting lubricant (soap & water) 

Strap wrench 

Tefl on tape 

Cutting and Deburring tools 

Pipe Preparation 

Plastic pipe can be easily cut with a handsaw, power hacksaw, circular 

or band saw. For best results, use a fi netoothed blade (16-18 

teeth per inch) with little or no set (maximum 0.025”). A circumferential 

speed of about 6,000 ft./ min. is suitable for circular saws; 

band saw speed should be approximately 3,000 ft./min. Carbidetipped 

blades are preferable when quantities of pipe are to be cut. 

To ensure square-ends, a miter box hold-down or jig should be 

used. Pipe or tubing cutters can be used for smaller diameter pipe 

when the cutting wheel is specifi cally designed for plastic pipe. 

Threading Dies 

Thread cutting dies should be clean, sharp and in good condition, 

and should not be used to cut materials other than plastics. Dies 

with a 5° negative front rake are recommended when using power 

threading equipment and dies with a 5° to 10° negative front rake 

are recommended when cutting threads by hand. 

Threading and Joining 

1. Hold pipe fi rmly in a pipe vise. Protect the pipe at the point of 

grip by inserting a rubber sheet or other material between the 

pipe and vise.

2. 

A tapered plug must be inserted in the end of the pipe to be 

threaded. This plus provides additional support and prevents 

distortion of the pipe in the threaded area. Distortion of the 

pipe during the threading operation will result in eccentric 

threads, non-uniform circumferential thread depth or gouging 

and tearing of the pipe wall. See the following Table for approximate 

plug O.D. dimensions. 

DO NOT THREAD SCHEDULE 40 PIPE 

h 

L 3 

p 

E 0 

L 1 

L 2 

L 4 

E 1 

PIPE AND FITTING THREADS 

AMERICAN STANDARD TAPER PIPE THREAD, NPT 

(excerpt from ANSI B1.20.1) 

(NOTE: Special dies for threading plastic pipe are available). When cutting threads with power threading equipment, self opening die heads and a slight chamfer to lead 

the dies will speed production. 

Nominal 

Size 

Outside 

Diameter 

D 

Number of 

Threads 

Per Inch 

n 

Pitch of 

Thread 

p 

Normal 

Engagement 

By Hand 

L1 

(Imperfect 

threads 

due to chamfer 

on die) 

Taper of thread 

1 in 16 measured 

on diameter 

D 

Normal 

Engagement 

By Hand 

L2 

Reinforcing Plug Dimensions 

PIPE SIZE PLUG O.D.* 

1/2” .526 

3/4” .722 

1” .935 

1-1/4” 1.254 

2” 1.913 

2-1/2 2.289 

3 2.864 

4 3.786 

*These dimensions are based on the median wall thickness and 

average outside diameter for the respective pipe sizes. Variations in 

wall thicknesses and O.D. dimensions may require alteration of the 

plug dimensions. 

3. 

"Wrench 

Makeup 

Length For 

Internal Thread 

L3" 

Total Length: 

End of Pipe 

to Vanish Point 

L4 

Pitch Diameter 

at Beginning of 

External 

Thread 

E0 

Pitch 

Diameter 

at Beginning of 

Internal Thread 

E1 

Height 

of Thread 

(Max.) 

h 

IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN 

1/4 0.54 18 .05556 .228 .4018 .1667 .5946 .47739 .49163 .04444 

1/2 0.84 14 .07143 .32 .5337 .2143 .7815 .75843 .77843 .05714 

3/4 1.05 14 .07143 .339 .5457 .2143 .7935 .96768 .98887 .05714 

1 1.315 11 1/2 .08696 .400 .6828 .2609 .9845 1.21363 1.23863 .06957 

1 1/4 1.660 11 1/2 .08696 .420 .7068 .2609 1.0085 1.55713 1.58338 .06957 

1 1/2 1.900 11 1/2 .08696 .420 .7235 .2609 1.0252 1.79609 1.82234 .06957 

2 2.375 11 1/2 .08696 .436 .7565 .2609 1.0582 2.26902 2.29627 .06957 

2 1/2 2.875 8 .12500 .682 1.1375 .2500 1.5712 2.71953 2.76216 .10000 

3 3.500 8 .12500 .766 1.2000 .2500 1.6337 3.34062 3.38850 .10000 

4 4.500 8 .12500 .844 1.3000 .2500 1.7337 4.33438 4.38712 .10000 

Use a die stock with a proper guide that is free of burrs or 

sharp edges, so the die will start and go on square to the pipe 

axis. 

10 

10-19

4. 

5. 

6. 

10 

10-20 

Push straight down on the handle, avoiding side pressure 

that might distort the sides of the threads. If power threading 

equipment is used, the dies should not be driven at high 

speeds or with heavy pressure. Apply an external lubricant liberally 

when cutting the threads. Advance the die to the point 

where the thread dimensions are equal to those listed in Table 

No. 1. Do not over thread. 

Periodically check the threads with a ring gauge to ensure that 

proper procedures are being followed. Thread dimensions are 

listed in Table 1 and the gauging tolerance is ± 1-1/2 turns. 

Brush threads clean of chips and ribbons. Then starting with 

the second full thread, and continuing over the thread length, 

wrap TFE (Tefl on) thread tape in the direction of the threads. 

Overlap each wrap by one half of the width of the tape. 

FABCO does not recommend the use of any thread lubricant/ 

sealant other than TFE (Tefl on) tape. 

7. 

Thread the fi tting onto the pipe and tighten by hand. Using a 

strap wrench only, further tighten the connection an additional 

one or two threads past hand tightness. Avoid excessive torque 

as this may cause thread damage or fi tting damage. 


Threaded piping systems can be pressure tested up to 100% of the 

hydrostatic pressure rating as soon as the last connection is made. 


MENDED AND SHOULD NOT BE USED AS A MEDIA FOR 

PRESSURE TESTING OF PLASTIC PIPING SYSTEMS. 

GENERAL UNDERGROUND INSTALLATION 

PROCEDURES FOR PVC AND CPVC SOLVENT 

WELDED PIPE 

SCOPE 

The general installation procedures detailed here apply to Polyvinyl 

Chloride (PVC) and Chlorinated Polyvinyl Chloride (CPVC) 

pressure pipe that has solvent welded joints up through 8” in size. 

These procedures are applicable for all liquids that are conveyed 

at pressures up to the maximum hydrostatic pressure rating of the 

pipe or of any component in the piping system, whichever is lowest. 

Fabco Technical Services should be consulted for installation 

guidance and recommendation on all sizes of pipe 10” and above 

and where the installer has had no experience in the installation 

of PVC or CPVC piping. For additional information, refer to the 

ASTM D2774, “Underground Installation of Thermoplastic Pressure 

Piping”. 

INSPECTION 

Before installation, all lengths of PVC or CPVC pipe and fi ttings 

should be thoroughly inspected for cuts, scratches, gouges, buckling, 

kinking and any other imperfections (such as splits on I.D. or 

ends of pipe due to impact) which may have been imparted to the 

pipe during shipping, unloading, storing and stringing. Any pipe 

or precoupled fi ttings containing harmful or even questionable 

defects should be removed by cutting out the damaged section as a 

complete cylinder.

TRENCHING 

The trench should be of adequate width to allow convenient installation 

of PVC or CPVC pipe, at the same time being as narrow as 

possible. The following trench sizes have been used with success. 

However, actual sizes may vary with terrain and specifi c application. 

Minimum trench widths may be utilized by joining pipe outside of 

the trench and lowering it into the trench after adequate joint 

strength has been obtained. Trench widths will have to be wider 

where pipe is joined in the trench, or where thermal expansion and 

contraction is a factor. See section title “Snaking of Pipe”. 

PIPE SIZE 

TRENCH WIDTH 

LIGHT TRAFFIC 

GROUND COVER 

MINIMUM 

HEAVY TRAFFIC 

GROUND COVER 

MINIMUM 

3” & Under 8” 12” - 8” 24” - 30” 

4” & 6” 12” 18” - 24” 30” - 36” 

8” 16” 24” - 30” 36” - 42” 

The trench bottom should be continuous, relatively smooth and 

free of rocks. Where ledge rock, hardpan or boulders are encountered, 

it is advisable to pad the trench bottom using a minimum 

of four (4) inches of tamped earth or sand beneath the pipe as a 

cushion and for protection of the pipe from damage. 

Suffi cient cover must be maintained to keep external stress levels 

below acceptable design stress. Reliability and safety of service 

may assume major importance in determining minimum cover. 

Local, provincial and national codes may also govern. 

Pipe intended for water service should be buried at least 12” below 

the maximum expected frost penetration. 

SIZE OF JOINING CREW 

Field practice has shown that the size of the joining crew will 

depend upon a number of variables, such as, size and length of the 

pipe, the atmospheric temperature, construction conditions, construction 

time element, amount of pipe to be layed, construction 

workers’ experience in laying PVC or CPVC pipe, etc. Although 

it is possible for one man to join the smaller sizes of pipe (2” and 

under) by himself, it is not necessarily practical to do so. Therefore, 

the crew sizes presented here are intended as a guide for 

those PVC or CPVC pipe users who have not had a great deal of 

experience in the installation of such buried pipe: 

1 MAN Size Pipe 1-1/4” and under. Size Pipe 1-1/2” and 

2” maximum 20’ lengths. 

2 MEN 1-1/2” and 2” where lengths are over 20’ or 

atmospheric temperature is over 90°F. 

2-1/2” and 3” pipe in maximum lengths of 20’. 

3 MEN* 2-1/2” and 3” pipe where lengths are over 20’ 

or atmospheric temperature is over 90°F. 

4” through 8” size pipe. 

4 MEN** 6” and 8” size pipe where atmospheric 

temperature is over 90°F. 

* Two men do the priming and solvent welding while the third man 

is positioned at the end of the pipe in order to assist in pushing it 

into its fully bottomed position in the fi tting socket. 

**Two men do the priming and apply the cement to the pipe 

surface while a third man does the same to the fi tting socket. 

The fourth man is positioned at the end of the pipe in order to 

assist in pushing it into its fully bottomed position in the fi tting 

socket. 

NOTE: The need for an extra man when the temperature is over 

90°F, is necessary in order to quickly complete the solvent cement 

application and joining process before rapid evaporation of the cement’s 

solvent causes it to prematurely set. 

SOLVENT WELDING 

For joining recommendations, see the section titled “Solvent 

Welding instructions for PVC and CPVC Pressure Pipe Systems” 

SNAKING OF PIPE 

After the PVC or CPVC pipe has been solvent welded, it is advisable 

to snake the pipe according to the below recommendations 

beside the trench during its required drying time. BE ESPECIAL- 

LY CAREFUL NOT TO APPLY ANY STRESS THAT WILL 

DISTURB THE UNDRIED JOINT. This snaking is necessary in 

order to allow for any anticipated thermal contraction that will take 

place in the newly joined pipeline. 

OFFSET 

LOOP LENGTH 

PIPE SNAKING 

PIPE 

2 LOOP LENGTHS 

CENTERLINE 

OFFSET 

Loop Offset In Inches For Contraction 

Maximum Temperature Variation, °F, Between 

Time of Solvent Welding and Final Use 

PIPE SIZE 

TRENCH WIDTH 

LIGHT TRAFFIC 

GROUND COVER 

MINIMUM 

HEAVY TRAFFIC 

GROUND COVER 

MINIMUM 

3” & Under 8” 12” - 8” 24” - 30” 

4” & 6” 12” 18” - 24” 30” - 36” 

8” 16” 24” - 30” 36” - 42” 

Snaking is particularly necessary on the lengths that have been 

solvent welded during the late afternoon of a hot summer’s day, 

because their drying time will extend through the cool of the night 

when thermal contraction of the pipe could stress the joints to the 

10-21 

10

10 

point of pull out. This snaking is also especially necessary with 

pipe that is layed in its trench (necessitating wider trenches than 

recommended) and if back-fi lled with cool earth before the joints 

are thoroughly dry. 

BENDING OF PLASTIC PIPE 

Whenever a change of direction is required in a pipeline, it is best 

accomplished using straight lengths of pipe and factory-made fi ttings. 

Bending of pipe leaves residual stresses and consequently 

bending is not recommended as a normal practice, particularly if 

the line is intended to operate at or near maximum temperatures 

and/or pressure. 

If fi eld bending is required to meet special conditions the following 

techniques should be employed to give the best results. 

1. 

2. 

3. 

4. 

10-22 

Heating Media: The heating media may be hot air in a circulating 

oven operating at approximately 360° F. The heating 

media may also be radiant heat in which case the pipe must be 

rotated to ensure uniform heating over the entire pipe surface 

in the area of the bend or the pipe may be immersed in hot oil. 

An open fl ame should never be used. Heating times will range 

from approximately one to fi ve minutes or until it becomes 

soft and pliable enough to bend, depending upon pipe size and 

type of heat source. 

To maintain the cross sectional area of the I.D. of the pipe in 

the area of the bend it must be supported during the bending 

operations. There are three suggested methods for supporting 

the pipe. 

a. The I.D. can be supported by fi lling with preheated 

sand and plugging both ends. 

b. A heated reinforcing spring can be placed inside the 

pipe after it has been heated to a soft, pliable condition. 

The spring should be made with 3/32” diameter wire and 

the O.D. of the spring should be slightly less than the 

nominal I.D. of the pipe to be bent. Springs can be custom 

made by any local spring manufacturer. 

c. When the pipe becomes soft and pliable it can be 

placed in a forming jig or form and bent as quickly as 

possible to prevent weakening or deforming of the pipe. 

The minimum radius to which a bend should be made, measured 

from the inner edge of the curve, should be 8 pipe diameters 

for 3/4” pipe size and below and 6 pipe diameters for 

larger pipe. The initial forming bend will have to be slightly 

greater to allow for spring back. 

The bend should be kept in the bent form until the pipe cools 

and becomes rigid enough to be handled without deforming. 

It should then be immediately immersed in water to complete 

the cooling process. The sand or spring should not be removed 

until fi nal cooling is completed. When plastic pipe is heated 

and then bent, it will shrink with the degree of shrinkage 

5. 

6. 

depending on the size of the pipe and the radius of the bend. 

Therefore, the pipe should be cut to lengths slightly greater 

than the total length of the bend and the tangents. 

A straight section of at least two pipe diameters should be left 

at either side of the bend to insure a round, low stress section 

with which to make joints. 

Highly crystalline thermoplastics such as PVDF should never 

be formed in this way due to the potential detrimental effect 

of the process on the molecular structure and properties of the 

material. 

The above discussion covers only the basics involved with bending 

plastic pipe. Experience and some trial-and-error will be required 

to develop an expertise in bending pipe. Contact FABCO with 

further questions. 

CLEANING 

Even though care should be exercised at all times to prevent the 

entry of dirt, water and other foreign material into the PVC or 

CPVC pipe and fi ttings, it is advisable that the pipeline be thoroughly 

cleaned before working pressure is applied. 

TESTING 

See section titled “Solvent Welding Instructions for PVC and 

CPVC Pressure Pipe Systems.” 

BACKFILLING 

Ideally, backfi lling should only be done early in the morning during 

hot weather when the line is fully contracted and there is no 

chance of insuffi ciently dried joints being subject to contraction 

stresses. 

The pipe should be uniformly and continuously supported over its 

entire length on fi rm, stable material. Blocking should not be used 

to change pipe grade or to intermittently support pipe across excavated 

sections. 

Pipe is installed in a wide range of sub-soils. These soils should 

not only be stable but applied in such a manner so as to physically 

shield the pipe from damage. Attention should be given to local 

pipe laying experience which may indicate particular pipe bedding 

problems. 

Backfi ll materials free of rocks with a particle size of 1/2” or 

less should be used to surround the pipe with 6” to 8” of cover. It 

should be placed in layers. Each soil layer should be suffi ciently 

compacted to uniformly develop lateral passive soil forces during 

the backfi ll operation. It may be advisable to have the pipe under 

pressure, 15 to 25 psi during the backfi lling. 

Effects of ground freezing should be considered when pipe is 

installed at depths subject to frost penetration. 

Vibratory methods are preferred when compacting sand or gravels. 

Best results are obtained when the soils are in a nearly saturated

condition. Where water fl ooding is used, the initial backfi ll should 

be suffi cient to insure complete coverage of the pipe. Additional 

material should not be added until the water fl ooded backfi ll is fi rm 

enough to walk on. Care should be taken to avoid fl oating the pipe. 

Sand and gravel containing a signifi cant proportion of fi ne-grained 

material, such as silt and clay, should be compacted by hand or, 

preferably by mechanical tamper. 

The remainder of the backfi ll should be placed and spread in 

approximately uniform layers in such a manner to fi ll the trench 

completely so that there will be no unfi lled spaces under or about 

rocks or lumps of earth in the backfi ll. Large or sharp rocks, 

frozen clods and other debris greater than 3” in diameter should be 

removed. Rolling equipment or heavy tampers should only be used 

to consolidate the fi nal backfi ll. 

Additional information on underground installation is given in 

ASTM D2321 “Underground Installation of Flexible Thermoplastic 

Sewer Pipe” and ASTM D2774 “Underground Installation of 

Thermoplastic Pressure Piping.” 

CONNECTING PIPE SECTIONS 

Sections of PVC or CPVC pipe that have been backfi lled or 

plowed in during the heat of the day should be suffi ciently overlapped 

to allow for contraction and not joined up to one another or 

any stable connection or fi tting until the morning following their 

night of cooling and thermal contraction. See the section “Expansion 

and Contraction of Plastic Pipe” for calculating anticipated 

contraction. 

PIPE LOCATING 

The location of all PVC and CPVC pipelines should be accurately 

and precisely recorded. Conductive wire can be trenched or 

plowed in with the pipe as an aid for future locating purposes. 

BELOW GRADE VALVES, ANCHORS OR OTHER 

CONNECTIONS 

As a rule of thumb in designing and installing a PVC or CPVC 

underground piping system, it is pointed out that pipe made from 

these materials is not designed to be used for any structural applications 

beyond withstanding normal soil loads and internal 

pressures up to its hydrostatic pressure rating. 

Anchors, valve boxes, etc. must be independently supported so as 

to not introduce additional bending or sheer stress on the pipe. 

ROADWAYS AND RAILROAD TRACKS 

It is recommended that plastic pipe be run within a metal or concrete 

casing when it is installed beneath surfaces that are subject to 

heavyweight or constant traffi c; such as roadways, railroad tracks, 

etc. 

CONCRETE ANCHORS 

Concrete anchors can be poured around PVC or CPVC pipe at 

direction changes. If the purpose for anchoring is to restrain axial 

movement of the pipe, this can be done by solvent welding split 

collars around the pipe O.D. to provide a shoulder against the concrete 

wall. Solvent welding surface between collar and pipe O.D. 

must dry 48 hours prior to pouring of concrete. 

RISERS 

Although PVC or CPVC pipe has excellent weathering resistance, 

it should never be brought above grade under the following circumstances: 

1. If it is expected to provide structural strength, such as supporting 

an above-grade metal valve. The metal valve should be 

installed with an independent support. 

2. If it is subject to external damage. This could be remedied by 

sleeving the pipe with an independently and rigidly supported 

steel pipe. 

3. If it is subject to high temperature environments; i.e., summer 

sun that could lower the pipe’s pressure rating below an acceptable 

level. Such a situation might be remedied by insulating the 

PVC or CPVC pipe. 

10 

10-23

10 

Pressure Ratings of Fabco Products 

The pressure carrying capability of any pipe at a given temperature 

is a function of the material strength from which the pipe is made 

and the geometry of the pipe as defi ned by its diameter and wall 

thickness. The following expression, commonly known as the ISO 

equation, is used in thermoplastic pipe specifi cations to relate these 

factors: 

P = 2S / (Do/t –1) 

where: P = maximum pressure rating, psi 

S = maximum hydraulic design stress (max. working strength), psi 

Do = average outside pipe diameter, in. 

t = minimum wall thickness, in. 

The allowable design stress, which is the tensile stress in the hoop 

direction of the pipe, is derived for each material in accordance 

with ASTM D 2837, Standard Test Method for Obtaining Hydrostatic 

Design Basis for Thermoplastic Pipe Materials, at 73° F. The 

pressure ratings below were calculated from the basic Hydraulic 

Design Stress for each of the materials. 

Pipe and Fittings 

In order to determine the pressure rating for a product system, 

fi rst fi nd the plastic material and schedule of pipe and fi ttings in 

the heading of the Maximum Non-Shock Operating Pressure table 

below. Then, locate the selected joining method in the subheading 

of the table and go down the column to the value across from a 

particular pipe size, listed in the far left column. This will be the 

maximum non-shock operating pressure at 73° F for the defi ned 

product system. 

10-24 

Maximum Non-Shock Operating Pressure (psi) at 73° F 1 

Nom. 

Pipe 

Size 

Schedule 

40 PVC 

& CPVC 

Socket 

End 

Schedule 80 

PVC & CPVC 

Socket 

End 

Threaded 

End 

Schedule 80 

Polypropylene Schedule 80 PVDF 

Thermo 

Seal 

Joint Threaded 

Engineering Data 

Thermo 

Seal 

Joint Threaded 

1/2 600 850 420 410 20 580 290 

3/4 480 690 340 330 20 470 230 

1 450 630 320 310 20 430 210 

1 1/4 370 520 260 260 20 — — 

1 1/2 330 470 240 230 20 326 160 

2 280 400 200 200 20 270 140 

2 1/2 300 420 210 — — — — 

3 260 370 190 190 20 250 N.R. 

4 220 320 160 160 20 220 N.R 

6 180 280 N.R. 140 N.R. 190 N.R. 

8 160 2502 N.R. — — — — 

10 140 230 N.R. — — — — 

12 130 230 N.R. — — — — 

1. For more severe service, an additional correction factor may be required. 

2. 8” CPVC Tee, 90° ELL and 45° ELL rated at 1/2 of value shown. Pressure 

rating of 175 psi can be obtained by factory overwrapping with glass and 

polyester. Consult Customer Service for delivery information. 

3. Recommended for intermittent drainage pressure not exceeding 20 psi. 

N.R. Not Recommended. 

Valves, Unions, and Flanges 

The maximum pressure rating for valves, fl anges, and unions, regardless 

of size, is 150 psi at 73° F. As with all other thermoplastic 

piping components, the maximum non-shock operating pressure is 

related to temperature. Above 100° F refer to the chart below. 

Maximum Non-Shock Operating 

Pressure (psi) vs. Temperature 

Temperature (° F) PVC CPVC PP PVDF 

100 150 150 150 150 

110 135 140 140 150 

120 110 130 130 150 

130 75 120 118 150 

140 50 110 105 150 

150 N.R. 100 93 140 

160 N.R. 90 80 133 

170 N.R. 80 70 125 

180 N.R. 70 50 115 

190 N.R. 60 N.R. 106 

200 N.R. 50 N.R. 97 

250 N.R. N.R. N.R. 50 

280 N.R. N.R. N.R. 25 


Temperature Ratings of Fabco Products 

Since the strength of plastic pipe is sensitive to temperature, the 

identical test method is used to determine the material strength at 

elevated temperature levels. The correction factor for each temperature 

is the ratio of strength at that temperature level to the basic 

strength at 73° F. Because the hoop stress is directly proportional 

to the internal pressure, which created that pipe stress, the correction 

factors may be used for the temperature correction of pressure 

as well as stress. For pipe and fi tting applications above 73° F, 

refer to the table below for the Temperature Correction Factors. To 

determine the maximum non-shock pressure rating at an elevated 

temperature, simply multiply the base pressure rating obtained 

from the table in the preceding column by the correction factor 

from the table below. The allowable pressure will be the same as 

the base pressure for all temperatures below 73° F.

Temperature Correction Factors 

Operating 

Factors 

Temperature (° F) 

PVC CPVC PP PVDF 

70 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 

80 0.90 0.96 0.97 0.95 

90 0.75 0.92 0.91 0.87 

100 0.62 0.85 0.85 0.80 

110 0.50 0.77 0.80 0.75 

115 0.45 0.74 0.77 0.71 

120 0.40 0.70 0.75 0.68 

125 0.35 0.66 0.71 0.66 

130 0.30 0.62 0.68 0.62 

140 0.22 0.55 0.65 0.58 

150 N.R. 0.47 0.57 0.52 

160 N.R. 0.40 0.50 0.49 

170 N.R. 0.32 0.26 0.45 

180 N.R. 0.25 * 0.42 

200 N.R. 0.18 N.R. 0.36 

210 N.R. 0.15 N.R. 0.33 

240 N.R. N.R. N.R. 0.25 

280 N.R. N.R. N.R. 0.18 

* Recommended for intermittent drainage pressure not exceeding 20 psi. 


Pressure Rating of Fabco Products 

Fabco Products in Vacuum or Collapse Loading Situations 

Thermoplastic pipe is often used in applications where the pressure 

on the outside of the pipe exceeds the pressure inside. Suction or 

vacuum lines and buried pipe are examples of this type of service. 

As a matter of practical application, gauges indicate the pressure 

differential above or below atmospheric pressureHowever, scientists 

and engineers frequently express pressure on an absolute scale 

where zero equals a theoretically perfect vacuum and standard 

atmospheric pressure equals 14.6959 psia. 

Solvent cemented or thermo-sealed joints are particularly recommended 

for vacuum service. In PVC, CPVC, PP, or PVDF vacuum 

systems, mechanical devices such as valves and transition joints 

at equipment will generally represent a greater intrusion problem 

than the thermoplastic piping system will. Experience indicates 

that PVC vacuum systems can be evacuated to pressures as low as 

5 microns with continuous pumping. However, when the system is 

shut off, the pressure will rise and stabilize around 10,000 microns 

or approximately 10 mm of Mercury at 73° F. The following chart 

lists the allowable collapse loading for plastic pipe at 73° F. It 

shows how much greater the external pressure may be than the 

internal pressure. (Thus, a pipe with 100 psi internal pressure can 

withstand 100 psi more external pressure than a pipe with zero psi 


internal pressure.) For temperatures other than 73° F, multiply the 

values in the chart by the correction factors listed in the temperature 

correction table on the preceding page. The chart also applies 

to a vacuum. The external pressure is generally atmospheric pressure, 

or 0.0 psig, while the internal pressure is normally identifi ed 

as a vacuum or negative gauge pressure. However, this negative 

value will never exceed –14.7 psig. Therefore, if the allowable 

pressure listed in the chart (after temperature correction) is greater 

than the difference for internal-to-external pressure, the plastic 

system is viable. 

Pipe 

Size 

Sch. 40 

PVC 

Sch. 80 

PVC 


CPVC 


PP 


PVDF 

1/2 450 575 575 230 391 

3/4 285 499 499 200 339 

1 245 469 469 188 319 

1 1/4 160 340 340 136 — 

1 1/2 120 270 270 108 183 

2 75 190 190 76 129 

2 1/2 100 220 220 — — 

3 70 155 155 62 105 

4 45 115 115 46 78 

6 25 80 80 32 54 

8 16 50 50 — — 

10 12 43 — — — 

12 9 39 — — — 

Pressure Losses in a Piping System 

Piping Calculations 

As a fl uid fl ows through a piping system, it will experience a headloss 

depending on, among other factors, fl uid velocity, pipe wall 

smoothness and internal pipe surface area. The Tables on pages 9 

and 10 give Friction Loss and Velocity data for Schedule 40 and 

Schedule 80 thermoplastic pipe based on the Williams and Hazen 

formula. 

H=0.2083 x (100/C) 1.852 x (q 1.852 /d 4.8655 ) 

Where: H = Friction Head Loss in Feet of Water/100 Feet of Pipe 

C = Surface Roughness Constant (150 for all thermoplastic pipe) 

q = Fluid Flow (gallons/min.) 

d = Inside Diameter of Pipe 

Fittings and valves, due to their more complex confi gurations, 

contribute signifi cant friction losses in a piping system. A common 

method of expressing the losses experienced in fi ttings is to relate 

them to pipe in terms of equivalent pipe length. This is the length 

of pipe required to give the same friction loss as a fi tting of the 

same size. Tables are available for the tabulation of the equivalent 

10-25 

10

10 

pipe length in feet for the various sizes of a number of common 

fi ttings. By using this Table and the Friction Loss Tables, the total 

friction loss in a plastic piping system can be calculated for any 

fl uid velocity. 

For example, suppose we wanted to determine the pressure loss 

across a 2” Schedule 40, 90° elbow, at 75 gpm. From the lower 

table we fi nd the equivalent length of a 2” 90° elbow to be 5.5 feet 

of pipe. From the Schedule 40 Pipe Table we fi nd the friction loss 

to be 3.87 psi per 100 feet of pipe when the fl ow rate is 75 gpm. 

Therefore, the solution is as follows: 

5.5 Feet/90° Elbow x 3.87 psi/100 Feet = 0.21 psi Pressure Drop/90° Elbow 

which is the pressure drop across a 2” Schedule 40 elbow. But, 

what if it were a 2” Schedule 80 elbow, and we wanted to know 

the friction head loss? The solution is similar, except we look for 

the friction head in the Schedule 80 Pipe Table and fi nd it to be 

12.43 feet per 100 feet of pipe when the fl ow rate is 75 gpm. The 

solution follows: 

5.5 Feet/90° Elbow x 12.43 Feet/100 Feet = 0.68 Feet Friction Head/90° Elbow 

which is the friction head loss across a 2” Schedule 80 elbow. 

For a copy of the tables mentioned in this section, please contact 

customer service. 

Valve Calculations 

As an aid to system design, liquid sizing constants (Cv values) are 

shown for valves where applicable. These values are defi ned as 

the fl ow rate through the valve required to produce a pressure drop 

of 1 psi. To determine the pressure drop for a given condition the 

following formula may be used: 

P=(Q 2 S.G.)/(CV 2 ) 

Where: 

P = Pressure drop across the valve in psi 

Q = Flow through the valve in gpm 

S.G. = Specifi c gravity of the liquid (Water = 1.0) 

Cv = Flow coeffi cient 

See the solution of the following example problem. For Cv values 

for specifi c valves, contact customer service or consult the manufacturers 

catalog. 

EXAMPLE: 

Find the pressure drop across a 1 1/2” PVC ball check valve with a 

water fl ow rate of 50 gpm. The Cv is 56. 

P=(50 2 x 1.0)/56 2 

P=(50/56) 2 

P=0.797 psi 

10-26 


Hydraulic Shock 

Hydraulic shock is the term used to describe the momentary pressure 

rise in a piping system which results when the liquid is started 

or stopped quickly. This pressure rise is caused by the momentum 

of the fl uid; therefore, the pressure rise increases with the velocity 

of the liquid, the length of the system from the fl uid source, or 

with an increase in the speed with which it is started or stopped. 

Examples of situations where hydraulic shock can occur are valves 

which are opened or closed quickly or pumps which start with an 

empty discharge line. Hydraulic shock can even occur if a highspeed 

wall of liquid (as from a starting pump) hits a sudden change 

of direction in the piping, such as an elbow. 

The pressure rise created by the hydraulic shock effect is added to 

whatever fl uid pressure exists in the piping system and, although 

only momentary, this shock load can be enough to burst pipe and 

break fi ttings or valves. 

Proper design when laying out a piping system will limit the 

possibility of hydraulic shock damage. 

The following suggestions will help in avoiding problems: 

1. In a plastic piping system, a fl uid velocity not exceeding 5 ft./ 

sec. will minimize hydraulic shock effects, even with quickly 

closing valves, such as solenoid valves. (Flow is normally 

expressed in GALLONS PER MINUTE—GPM. To determine 

the fl uid velocity in any segment of piping the following 

formula may be used: 

V=(0.4085xGPM)/Di 2 

Where: 

v = fl uid velocity in feet per second 

Di = inside diameter 

GPM = rate of fl ow in gallons per minute 

Flow Capacity Tables are available for the fl uid velocities resulting 

from specifi c fl ow rates in Schedule 40 and Schedule 80 pipes. 

The upper threshold rate of fl ow for any pipe may be determined 

by substituting 5 ft./sec. Fluid velocity in the above formula and 

solving for GPM. Upper Threshold Rate of Flow (GPM) = 12.24 

Di2 

2. 

3. 

Using actuated valves, which have a specifi c closing time, will 

eliminate the possibility of someone inadvertently slamming a 

valve open or closed too quickly. With air-to-air and air-tospring 

actuators, it will probably be necessary to place a fl ow 

control valve in the air line to slow down the valve operation 

cycle, particularly on valve sizes greater than 1 1/2”. 

If possible, when starting a pump, partially close the valve in 

the discharge line to minimize the volume of liquid that is rapidly 

accelerating through the system. Once the pump is up to 

speed and the line completely full, the valve may be opened.

4. 

A check valve installed near a pump in the discharge line will 

keep the line full and help prevent excessive hydraulic shock 

during pump start-up. Before initial start-up the discharge 

line should be vented of all air. Air trapped in the piping will 

substantially reduce the capability of plastic pipe withstanding 

shock loading. 

Shock Surge Wave 

Providing all air is removed from an affected system, a formula 

based on theory may closely predict hydraulic shock effect. 

Where: 

p = maximum surge pressure, psi 

v = fl uid velocity in feet per second. 

C = surge wave constant for water at 73° F. 

*SG = specifi c gravity of liquid, *if SG is 1, then p = vC 

EXAMPLE: 

A 2” PVC Schedule 80 pipe carries a fl uid with a specifi c gravity 

of 1.2 at a rate of 30 gpm and at a line pressure of 160 psi. What 

would the surge pressure be if a valve were suddenly closed? 

From table below: 

c = 24.2 v = 3.35 

p = (3.35) (26.6) = 90 psi 

Total line pressure = 90 + 160 = 250 psi 

Schedule 80 2” PVC has a pressure rating of 400 psi at room 

temperature. Therefore, 2” Schedule 80 PVC pipe is acceptable 

for this application. 

Surge Wave Constant(C) 

Pipe PVC CPVC PP PVDF 

Sch. 40 Sch. 80 Sch. 40 Sch. 80 Sch. 80 Sch. 80 

1/4 31.3 34.7 33.2 37.3 — — 

3/8 29.3 32.7 31.0 34.7 — — 

1/2 28.7 31.7 30.3 33.7 25.9 28.3 

3/4 26.3 29.8 27.8 31.6 23.1 25.2 

1 25.7 29.2 27.0 30.7 21.7 24.0 

1 1/4 23.2 27.0 24.5 28.6 19.8 — 

1 1/2 22.0 25.8 23.2 27.3 18.8 20.6 

2 20.2 24.2 21.3 25.3 17.3 19.0 

2 1/2 21.1 24.7 22.2 26.0 — — 

3 19.5 23.2 20.6 24.5 16.6 18.3 

4 17.8 21.8 18.8 22.9 15.4 17.0 

6 15.7 20.2 16.8 21.3 14.2 15.8 

8 14.8 18.8 15.8 19.8 

10 14.0 18.3 15.1 19.3 

12 13.7 18.0 14.7 19.2 

14 13.4 17.9 14.4 19.2 


CAUTION: The removal of all air from the system in order for 

the surge wave analysis method to be valid was pointed out at the 

beginning of this segment. However, this can be easier said than 

done. Over reliance on this method of analysis is not encouraged. 

Our experience suggests that the best approach to assure a successful 

installation is for the design to focus on strategic placements 

of air vents and the maintenance of fl uid velocity near or 

below the threshold limit of 5 ft./sec. 

Expansion and Thermal Contraction 

of Plastic Pipe 

Calculating Dimensional Change 

All materials undergo dimensional change as a result of temperature 

variation above or below the installation temperature. The 

extent of expansion or contraction is dependent upon the coeffi - 

cient of linear expansion for the piping material. These coeffi cients 

are listed below for the essential industrial plastic piping materials 

in the more conventional form of inches of dimensional change, 

per ° F of temperature change, per inch of length. They are also 

presented in a more convenient form to use. Namely, the units are 

inches of dimensional change, per 10° F temperature change, per 

100 feet of pipe. 

Expansion Coeffi cient 

Material C(in/in/° Fx10-5 ) Y(in/10° F/100 ft.) 

PVC 3.0 .360 

CPVC 3.8 .456 

PP 5.0 .600 

PVDF 7.9 .948 

The formula for calculating thermally induced dimensional 

change, utilizing the convenient coeffi cient (Y), is dependent upon 

the temperature change to which the system may be exposed – 

between the installation temperature and the greater differential to 

maximum or minimum temperature – as well as, the length of pipe 

run between directional changes or anchors points. Also, a handy 

chart is presented at the bottom of this column, which approximates 

the dimensional change based on temperature change vs. 

pipe length. 

L=Yx(T 1 -T 2 )/10 X L/100 

L = Dimensional change due to thermal expansion or 

contraction(in) 

Y = Expansion coeffi cient (See table above) (in/10°/100 ft) 

(T 1 -T 2 ) = Temperature differential between the installation 

temperature and the maximum or minimum system temperature, 

whichever provides the greatest differential (° F). 

L = Length of pipe run between changes in direction (ft.) 

10 

10-27

10 

10-28 

EXAMPLE 1: 

How much expansion can be expected in a 200 foot straight run 

of 3 inch PVC pipe that will be installed at 75° F when the piping 

system will be operated at a maximum of 120° F and a minimum 

of 40° F? 

L=(120-75)/10 X 200/100 = 0.360 X 4.50 X 2.0=3.24 inches 

Temp Length of Pipe to Closest Anchor Point (ft.) 

T(° F ) 10' 20' 30' 40' 50' 60' 70' 80' 90' 100' 

10° 0.04 0.07 0.11 0.14 0.18 0.22 0.25 0.29 0.32 0.36 

20° 0.07 0.14 0.22 0.29 0.36 0.43 0.50 0.58 0.65 0.72 

30° 0.11 0.22 0.32 0.43 0.54 0.65 0.76 0.86 0.97 1.08 

40° 0.14 0.29 0.43 0.58 0.72 0.86 1.00 1.15 1.30 1.44 

50° 0.18 0.36 0.54 0.72 0.90 1.08 1.26 1.44 1.62 1.80 

60° 0.22 0.43 0.65 0.86 1.08 1.30 1.51 1.73 1.94 2.16 

70° 0.25 0.50 0.76 1.01 1.26 1.51 1.76 2.02 2.27 2.52 

80° 0.29 0.58 0.86 1.15 1.44 1.73 2.02 2.30 2.59 2.88 

90° 0.32 0.65 0.97 1.30 1.62 1.94 2.27 2.59 2.92 3.24 

100° 0.36 0.72 1.08 1.44 1.80 2.16 2.52 2.88 3.24 3.60 

110° 0.40 0.79 1.19 1.58 1.98 2.38 2.77 3.17 3.56 3.96 

120° 0.43 0.86 1.30 1.73 2.16 2.59 3.02 3.46 3.89 4.32 

* Temperature change ( T) from installation to the greater of maximum 

or minimum limits. 

To determine the expansion or contraction for pipe of a material 

other than PVC, multiply the change in length given for PVC in 

the table above by 1.2667 for the change in CPVC, by 1.6667 for 

the change in PP, or by 2.6333 for the change in PVDF. 

Calculating Stress 

If movement resulting from thermal changes is restricted by the 

piping support system or the equipment to which it is attached, the 

resultant forces may damage the attached equipment or the pipe itself. 

Therefore, pipes should always be anchored independently at 

those attachments. If the piping system is rigidly held or restricted 

at both ends when no compensation has been made for thermally 

induced growth or shrinkage of the pipe, the resultant stress can be 

calculated with the following formula. 

S t = EC (T 1 -T 2 ) 

S t = Stress (psi) 

E = Modulus of Elasticity (psi) (See table below 

for specifi c values at various temperatures) 

C = Coeffi cient of Expansion (in/in/ ° F x 105) 

(see physical property chart on page 2 for values) 

(T 1 -T 2 ) = Temperature change (° F) between the installation 

temperature and the maximum or minimum system temperature, 

whichever provides the greatest differential. 


Modulus of Elasticity 

73° F 90° F 100° F 140° F 180° F 210° F 250° F 

PVC 4.20 3.75 3.60 2.70 N/A N/A N/A 

CPVC 4.23 4.00 3.85 3.25 2.69 2.20 N/A 

PP 1.79 1.25 1.15 .72 .50 N/A N/A 

PVDF 2.19 1.88 1.74 1.32 1.12 .81 .59 

N/A - Not Applicable 

The magnitude of the resulting longitudinal force can be determined 

by multiplying the thermally induced stress by the cross 

sectional area of the plastic pipe. 

F = S t x A 

F = FORCE (lbs) 

S t = STRESS (psi) 

A = CROSS SECTIONAL AREA (in 2 ) 

EXAMPLE 2: 

What would be the amount of force developed in 2” Schedule 80 

PVC pipe with the pipe rigidly held and restricted at both ends? 

Assume the temperature extremes are from 70° F to 100° F. 

S t = EC (T 1 – T 2 ) 

S t = EC (100 – 70) 

S t = (3.60 x 105) x (3.0 x 10-5) (30) 

S t = 324 psi 

The Outside and Inside Diameters of the pipe are used for calculating 

the Cross Sectional Area (A) as follows: (See the Pipe 

Reference Table for the pipe diameters and cross sectional area for 

specifi c sizes of schedule 80 Pipes.) 

A = π/4 (OD 2 – ID 2 ) = 3.1416/4 (2.375 2 – 1.913 2 ) = 1.556 in. 2 

The force exerted by the 2” pipe, which has been restrained, is 

simply the compressive stress multiplied over the cross sectional 

area of that pipe. 

F = S t x A 

F = 324 psi x 1.556 in.2 

F = 504 lbs. 

Managing Expansion/Contraction in System 

Design 

Stresses and forces which result from thermal expansion and 

contraction can be reduced or eliminated by providing for fl exibility 

in the piping system through frequent changes in direction or 

introduction of loops as graphically depicted on this page.

Normally, piping systems are designed with suffi cient directional 

changes, which provide inherent fl exibility, to compensate for expansion 

and contraction. To determine if adequate fl exibility exists 

in leg (R) (see Fig. 1) to accommodate the expected expansion and 

contraction in the adjacent leg(L) use the following formula: 

R = 2.877√D L SINGLE OFFSET FORMULA 

Where: R = Length of opposite leg to be fl exed (ft.) 

D = Actual outside diameter of pipe (in.) 

L = Dimensional change in adjacent leg due to thermal expansion 

or contraction (in.) 

Keep in mind the fact that both pipe legs will expand and contract. 

Therefore, the shortest leg must be selected for the adequacy test 

when analyzing inherent fl exibility in naturally occurring offsets. 

EXAMPLE 3: 

What would the minimum length of a right angle leg need to be 

in order to compensate for the expansion if it were located at the 

unanchored end of the 200 ft. run of pipe in Example 1 from the 

previous page? 

R = 2.877√3.500 x 3.24 = 9.69 ft. 

Flexibility must be designed into a piping system, through the 

introduction of fl exural offsets, in the following situations: 

1. Where straight runs of pipe are long. 

2. Where the ends of a straight run are restricted from movement. 

3. Where the system is restrained at branches and/or turns. 

Several examples of methods for providing fl exibility in these situations 

are graphically presented below. In each case, rigid supports 

or restraints should not be placed on a fl exible leg of an expansion 

loop, offset or bend. 


An expansion loop (which is fabricated with 90° elbows and 

straight pipe as depicted in Fig. 2) is simply a double offset designed 

into an otherwise straight run of pipe. The length for each 

of the two loop legs (R’), required to accommodate the expected 

expansion and contraction in the pipe run (L), may be determined 

by modifi cation of the SINGLE OFFSET FORMULA to produce a 

LOOP FORMULA, as shown below: 

R’ = 2.041√ D L LOOP FORMULA 

EXAMPLE 4: 

How long should the expansion loop legs be in order to compensate 

for the expansion in Example 1 from the previous page? 

R’ = 2.041√ 3.500 x 3.24 = 6.87 ft. 

Minimum Cold Bending Radius 

The formulae above for Single Offset and Loop bends of pipe, 

which are designed to accommodate expansion or contraction in 

the pipe, are derived from the fundamental equation for a cantilevered 

beam – in this case a pipe fi xed at one end. A formula can be 

derived from the same equation for calculating the minimum cold 

bending radius for any thermoplastic pipe diameter. 

Minimum Cold Bend Radius 

R B = D O (0.6999 E/S B – 0.5) 

Where: R B = Minimum Cold Bend Radius (in.) 

DO = Outside Pipe Diameter (in.) 

E * = Modulus of Elasticity @ Maximum Operating Temperature 

(psi) 

S B * = Maximum Allowable Bending Stress 

@ Maximum Operating Temperature (psi) 

*The three formulae on this page provide for the maximum bend 

in pipe while the pipe operates at maximum long-term internal 

pressure, creating maximum allowable hydrostatic design stress 

(tensile stress in the hoop direction). Accordingly, the maximum 

allowable bending stress will be one half the basic hydraulic 

design stress at 73° F with correction to the maximum operating 

temperature. The modulus of elasticity, corrected for temperature 

may be found in the table in the second column of the preceding 

page. 

10 

10-29

10 

EXAMPLE 5: 

What would be the minimum cold radius bend, which the installer 

could place at the anchored end of the 200 ft. straight run of pipe 

in Examples 1 and 3, when the maximum operating temperature is 

100° F instead of 140°F? 

RB = 3.500 (0.6999 x 360,000/ 1/2 x 2000 x 0.62 – 0.5) =1,420.8 in. or 118.4 ft 

PIPE SUPPORT SPACING 

Correct supporting of a piping system is essential to prevent 

excessive bending stress and to limit pipe “sag” to an acceptable 

amount. Horizontal pipe should be supported on uniform centers, 

which are determined for pipe size, schedule, temperature, loading 

and material. 

Point support must not be used for thermoplastic piping and, in 

general, the wider the bearing surface of the support the better. 

Supports should not be clamped in such a way that will restrain the 

axial movement of pipe that will normally occur due to thermal 

expansion and contraction. Concentrated loads in a piping system, 

such as valves must be separately supported. 

The graphs on this page give recommended support spacing for 

Chemtrol thermoplastic piping materials at various temperatures. 

The data is based on fl uids with a specifi c gravity of 1.0 and permits 

a sag of less than 0.1” between supports. For heavier fl uids, 

the support spacing from the graphs should be multiplied by the 

correct factor in the table below. 

10-30 

Specifi c Gravity 1.0 1.1 1.2 1.4 1.6 2.0 2.5 

Correction Factor 1.0 .98 .96 .93 .90 .85 .80 

PVC Schedule 40 

Temperature F 

140 

120 

100 

80 

60 

1 /4 1 /2 3 /4 1 11 /41 1 /2 2 21 /2 3 4 6 8 10 12 

2 4 6 8 10 12 

Support Spacing (Feet) 


PVC Schedule 80 

Temperature F 

140 

120 

100 


60 

1 /4 

1 /2 3 /4 1 11 /41 1 /2 2 21 /2 3 4 6 8 10 12 

2 4 6 8 


10 12 14 

CPVC Schedule 80 

220 

Temperature F 

200 

180 

160 

140 

120 

100 


60 

2 

Polypropylene Schedule 80 


Temperature F 

160 

140 

120 

100 


60 

2 2 3 4 6 9 

4 6 

1 1 /4 1 /2 3 /4 1 11 /4 1 /2 

/ 2 

8 10 12 


1 /2 3 /4 1 1 /4 1 /2 2 3 4 6 

2 3 4 5 

6 


7 8 9 

PVDF Schedule 80 

Temperature F 


160 

140 

120 

100 


60 

1/2 

3/4 1 11/2 

2 3 4 6 

2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 


The above data is for uninsulated lines. For insulated lines, reduce spans to 70% of graph values. For spans of less than 2 feet, continuous 

support should be used.

Many commercial, industrial and governmental standards or specifi cations are 

available to assist the design engineer in specifying plastic piping systems. Standards 

most frequently referred to and most commonly called out in plastic piping 

specifi cations are ASTM Standards. These standards also often form the basis of 

other standards in existence. Below is a list and description of those standards 

most typically applied to industrial plastic piping. 

ASTM Standard D-1784 

(American Society for Testing and Materials) 

This standard covers PVC and CPVC compounds used in the manufacture of 

plastic pipe, valves, and fi ttings. It provides a means for selecting and identifying 

compounds on the bases of a number of physical and chemical criteria. Conformance 

to a particular material classifi cation in this standard requires meeting a 

number of minimum physical and chemical properties. 

ASTM Standards D-1785 and F-441 

These standards cover the specifi cation and quality of Schedule 40, 80 and 120 

PVC (D-1785) and CPVC (F-441) pressure pipe. Outlined in these standards 

are dimensional specifi cations, burst, sustained and maximum operating pressure 

requirements and test procedures for determining pipe quality with respect to 

workmanship and materials. 

PLASTIC PIPING STANDARDS 


These standards cover PVC (D-2464) and CPVC (F-437) Schedule 80 threaded 

pressure fi ttings. Thread dimensional specifi cations, wall thickness, burst, material 

quality, and identifi cation requirements are specifi ed. 


These standards cover Schedule 40 PVC (D-2466) threaded and socket pressure 

fi ttings. Stipulated in the standard are thread and socket specifi cations, by lengths, 

wall thickness, burst material, quality and identifi cation requirements. 


Standards D-2467 (PVC) and F-439 (CPVC) cover the specifi cation of Schedule 

80 socket type pressure fi ttings, including dimensions and physical requirements. 

ASTM Standard D-4101 (Formerly D-2146) 

This standard covers the specifi cations for propylene (PP) plastic injection and 

extrusion materials. 


This standard covers the specifi cations for PVDF fl uoroplastic molding and extrusions 

materials. 


This standard covers the procedures for heat-fusion bonding of polyolefi n materials. 


These standards set forth requirements for PVC (D-2564) and CPVC (F-493) 

Solvent Cement including a resin material designation and resin content quality 

standard. Also included in these standards are test procedures for measuring the 

cement quality by means of burst and lap shear tests. 

ASTM Standard F-656 

This standard covers the requirements for primers to be used for PVC solvent 

cemented joints of pipe and fi ttings. 


This standard describes the procedure for making joints with PVC pipe and fi ttings 

by means of solvent cementing. The following are standards of other groups 

that are commonly encountered in industrial thermoplastic piping design. 

ANSI B1.20.1 (was B2.1) 

(American National Standards Institute) 

This specifi cation details the dimensions and tolerance for tapered pipe threads. 

This standard is referenced in the ASTM standard for threaded fi ttings mentioned 

above. 

ANSI B16.5 

This specifi cation sets forth standards for bolt holes, bolt circle, and overall 

dimensions for steel 150# fl anges. 

NSF Standard 14 

(National Sanitation Foundation) 

This standard provides specifi cations for toxilogical and organoleptic levels to 

determine the suitability of plastic piping for potable water use. It additionally 

requires adherence to appropriate ASTM Standards and specifi es minimum quality 

control programs. To meet this standard, a manufacturer must allow third party 

certifi cation by NSF of the requirements of this standard. 

Technical assistance regarding standards, applications, product performance, 

design, and installation tips are available from FABCO. 

FABCO is also able to provide: 

• 

• 

• 

• 

Material and Performance Certifi cation Letters 

Returned Product Evaluation 

Product, Installation, and Design Seminars 

Technical Reports on a variety of Subjects 

10 

10-31

10 

10-32 

CHEMICAL RESISTANCE GUIDE FOR VALVES & FITTINGS 

This chemical resistance guide has been compiled to assist the piping system designer in selecting chemical resistant materials. The information 

given is intended as a guide only. Many conditions can affect the material choices. Careful consideration must be given to temperature, pressure 

and chemical concentrations before a fi nal material can be selected. Thermoplastics and elastomers physical characteristics are more sensitive to 

temperature than metals. For this reason, a rating chart has been developed for each. 

MATERIAL RATING FOR THERMOPLASTICS & ELASTOMERS 

Temp. in °F = “A” rating, maximum temperature which material is recommended, resistant under normal conditions. 

B to Temp. in °F = Conditional resistance, consult factory. 

C = Not recommended. 

Blank = No data available. 

MATERIAL RATINGS FOR METALS 

A = Recommended, resistant under normal conditions. 

B = Conditional, consult factory. 

C = Not recommended. 

Blank = No data available. 

Temperature maximums for thermoplastics, elastomers and metals should always fall within published temp/pressure ratings for individual valves. 

THERMOPLASTICS ARE NOT RECOMMENDED FOR COMPRESSED AIR OR GAS SERVICE. This guide considers the resistance of the 

total valve assembly as well as the resistance of individual trim and fi tting materials. The rating assigned to the valve body plus trim combinations 

is always that of the least resistant part. In the cases where the valve body is the least resistant, there may be conditions under which the rate of corrosion 

is slow enough and the mass of the body large enough to be usable for a period of time. Such use should always be determined by test before 

installation of the component in a piping system. In the selection of a butterfl y valve for use with a particular chemical, the liner, disc, and stem must 

be resistant. All three materials should carry a rating of “A”. The body of a properly functioning butterfl y valve is isolated from the chemicals being 

handled and need not carry the same rating. 

ABS — (Acrylonitrile-Butadiene-Styrene) Class 4-2-2 conforming to 

ASTM D1788 is a time proven material. The smooth inner surface and 

superior resistance to deposit formation makes ABS drain, waste, and 

vent material ideal for residential and commercial sanitary systems. The 

residential DWV system can be exposed in service to a wide temperature 

span. ABS-DWV has proven satisfactory for use from -40°F to 180°F 

These temperature variations can occur due to ambient temperature or 

the discharge of hot liquids into the system. ABS-DWV is very resistant 

to a wide variety of materials ranging from sewage to commercial household 

chemical formulations. ABS-DWV is joined by solvent cementing 

or threading and can easily be connected to steel, copper, or cast iron 

through the use of transition fi ttings. 

CPVC — (Chlorinated Polyvinyl Chloride) Class 23447-B, formerly 

designated Type IV, Grade 1 conforming to ASTM D-1784 has physical 

properties at 73°F similar to those of PVC, and its chemical resistance 

is similar to or generally better than that of PVC. CPVC, with a design 

stress of 2000 psi and maximum service temperature of 210°F, has 

proven to be an excellent material for hot corrosive liquids, hot and cold 

water distribution, and similar applications above the temperature range 

of PVC. CPVC is joined by solvent cementing, threading or fl anging. 

P.P. (Polypropylene) — (PP) Type 1 Polypropylene is a polyolefi n 

which is lightweight and generally high in chemical resistance. Although 

Type 1 polypropylene conforming to ASTM D-2146 is slightly 

lower in physical properties compared to PVC, it is chemically resistant 

to organic solvents as well as acids and alkalies. Generally, polypropyl- 

ene should not be used in contact with strong oxidizing acids, chlorinated 

hydrocarbons, and aromatics. With a design stress of 1000 psi at 73°F, 

polypropylene has gained wide acceptance where its resistance to sulfurbearing 

compounds is particularly useful in salt water disposal lines, 

crude oil piping, and low pressure gas gathering systems. Polypropylene 

has also proved to be an excellent material for laboratory and industrial 

drainage where mixtures of acids, bases, and solvents are involved. 

Polypropylene is joined by the thermo-seal fusion process, threading or 

fl anging. At 180°F., or when threaded, P.P. should be used for drainage 

only at a pressure not exceeding 20 psi. 

PVC — (Polyvinyl Chloride) Class 12454-B, formerly designated Type 

1, Grade 1. PVC is the most frequently specifi ed of all thermoplastic 

materials. It has been used successfully for over 30 years in such areas 

as chemical processing, industrial plating, chilled water distribution, 

deionized water lines, chemical drainage, and irrigation systems. PVC 

is characterized by high physical properties and resistance to corrosion 

and chemical attack by acids, alkalies, salt solutions, and many other 

chemicals. It is attacked, however, by polar solvents such as ketones, 

some chlorinated hydrocarbons and aromatics. The maximum service 

temperature of PVC is 140°F. With a design stress of 2000 psi, PVC has 

the highest long term hydrostatic strength at 73°F of any of the major 

thermoplastics being used for piping systems. PVC is joined by solvent 

cementing, threading, or fl anging.

CHEMICAL RESISTANCE GUIDE FOR VALVES & FITTINGS 

PVDF — (KYNAR ® ) (Polyvinylidene Fluoride) is a strong, tough and 

abrasion resistant fl uorocarbon material. It resists distortion and retains 

most of its strength to 280°F. It is chemically resistant to most acids, 

bases, and organic solvents and is ideally suited for handling wet or dry 

chlorine, bromine and other halogens. No other solid thermoplastic 

piping components can approach the combination of strength, chemical 

resistance and working temperatures of PVDF. PVDF is joined by the 

thermo-seal fusion process, threading or fl anging. 

EPDM — EPDM is a terpolymer elastomer made from ethylenepropylene 

diene monomer. EPDM has good abrasion and tear resistance and 

offers excellent chemical resistance to a variety of acids and alkalines. 

It is susceptible to attack by oils and is not recommended for applications 

involving petroleum oils, strong acids, or strong alkalines. It has 

exceptionally good weather aging and ozone resistance. It is fairly good 

with ketones and alcohols and has an excellent temperature range from 

-20°F to 250°F. 

HYPALON ® (CSM) — Hypalon has very good resistance to oxidation, 

ozone, and good fl ame resistance. It is similar to neoprene except 

with improved acid resistance where it will resist such oxidizing acids 

as nitric, hydrofl uoric, and sulfuric acid. Abrasion resistance of Hypalon 

is excellent, about the equivalent of the nitriles. Oil and solvent resistance 

is somewhat between that of neoprene and nitrile Salts have little 

if any effect on Hypalon. Hypalon is not recommended for exposure to 

concentrated oxidizing acids, esters, ketones, chlorinated, aromatic and 

nitro hydrocarbons. Hypalon has a normal temperature range of -20°F to 

200°F. 

NEOPRENE (CR) — Neoprenes were one of the fi rst synthetic rubbers 

developed. Neoprene is an all purpose polymer with many desirable 

characteristics and features high resiliency with low compression set, 

fl ame resistance, and is animal and vegetable oil resistant. Neoprene 

is principally recommended for food and beverage service. Generally, 

neoprene is not affected by moderate chemicals, fats, greases, and many 

oils and solvents. Neoprene is attacked by strong oxidizing acids, most 

chlorinated solvents, esters, ketones, aromatic hydrocarbons, and hydraulic 

fl uids. Neoprene has a moderate temperature range of -20°F to 160°F. 

NITRILE (NBR) — (BUNA-N) is a general purpose oil resistant 

polymer known as nitrile rubber. Nitrile is a copolymer of butadiene and 

acrylonitrile and has a moderate temperature range of -20°F to 180°F. 

Nitrile has good solvent, oil, water, and hydraulic fl uid resistance. It 

displays good compression set, abrasion resistance and tensile strength. 

Nitrile should not be used in highly polar solvents such as acetone and 

methyl ethyl ketone, nor should it be used in chlorinated hydrocarbons, 

ozone or nitro hydrocarbons. 

FLUOROCARBON (FKM) (VITON®) (FLUOREL®) — Fluorocarbon 

elastomers are inherently compatible with a broad spectrum of 

chemicals. Because of this extensive chemical compatibility, which 

spans considerable concentration and temperature ranges, fl uorocarbon 

elastomers have gained wide acceptance as a material of construction for 

butterfl y valve O-rings and seats. Fluorocarbon elastomers can be used 

in most applications involving mineral acids, salt solutions, chlorinated 

hydrocarbons, and petroleum oils. They are particularly good in 

hydrocarbon service. Fluorocarbon elastomers have one of the broadest 

temperature ranges of any of the elastomers, -20°F to 300°F, however, 

are not suitable for steam service. 

TEFLON ® (PTFE) — Polytetrafl uoroethylene has outstanding resistance 

to chemical attack by most chemicals and solvents. PTFE has a 

temperature rating of -20°F to 400°F in valve applications. PTFE, a self 

lubricating compound, is used as a seat material in ball valves. 

VITON is a registered trademark of the DuPont Company 

TEFLON is a registered trademark of the DuPont Company 

HYPALON is a registered trademark of the DuPont Company 

KYNAR is a registered trademark of the Pennwalt Company 

FLUOREL is a registered trademark of the 3M Company 

10 

10-33

10 

10-34 

ABS 

CPVC 

PP 

PLASTICS AND ELASTOMERS 

AT MAXIMUM TEMPERATURE (°F) METALS 

PVC 

PVDF 

TEFLON 

EPDM 

BUNA-N 

HYPALON 

NEOPRENE 

CONCENTRATION 

CHEMICALS 

AND 

FORMULA 

Acetaldehyde CH3CHO Conc. 

120 

C C 350 200 C C C C B C C C C C B B A B B A A A A A 

Acetamide CH3CONH2 73 75 350 200 C C C C B A A A A A A A A A A A A 

Acetic Acid CH3COOH 25% 73 180 140 200 350 140 C 200 C C C C C C C C C C C C C A A A A A A 

Acetic Acid CH3COOH 60% 73 73 175 350 140 C C C C C C C C C C C C C C A A A A A A 

FLUOROCARBON 

Acetic Acid CH3COOH 85% C 120 73 150 350 140 C C C C C C C C C C C C C C A A A A A A 

Acetic Acid CH3COOH 

Glacial 

Acetic Anhydride (CH3CO)2O C C 350 C 70 200 

ALUMINUM 

COPPER 

BRONZE (85% Cu) 

SILICON BRONZE 

C 120 73 120 350 140 C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C A B A A A 

B 

70 

ALUMINUM BRONZE 

BRASS 

GRAY IRON 

DUCTILE IRON 

CARBON STEEL 

C B C C C C C C C C C C C B B B B A 

Acetone CH3COCH3 C 73 C C 350 130 C 

B 

70 

C C A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A 

Acetophenone C6H5COCH3 120 C 350 140 C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C 

Acetyl Chloride CH3COCI C 125 200 C C C C 185 C A A A A A C C A C A A A A 

Acetylene HC≡CH 

Gas 

100% 

70 73 140 250 250 200 140 70 70 200 A C C C C C A A A A A A A A A A A A 

Acetylnitrile C C 150 C C 70 C A A A 

Acrylic Acid H2C:CHCOOH 97% C 150 200 

Acrylonitrile H2C:CHCN C C 73 350 C C 140 C C B A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A 

Adipic Acid COOH(CH2)4COOH Sat'd 185 140 150 350 200 180 140 160 250 B A C C B C 

Allyl Alcohol CH2=CHCH2OH 96% 73 125 250 70 160 200 

B 

70 

185 A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A 

Allyl Chloride CH2CHCH2CI C 212 350 C C 70 C C 

Aluminum Acetate Al(C2H4O2)3 Sat'd 275 350 200 

B 

70 

C C C C C C C A A B 

Aluminum Ammonium Sulfate (Alum) 

AINH4(SO4)212H2O 

Sat'd 150 140 275 250 200 140 200 A B B B B B C B A A A 

Aluminum Chloride Aqueous AICI3 Sat'd 185 180 140 280 250 210 70 200 160 250 A C C C C C C C C C C C A C A A 

Aluminum Fluoride Anhydrous AIF3 Sat'd 73 280 250 210 180 200 160 250 C C C C C C C C C C B C B A 

Aluminum Hydroxide AIO3•3H2O Sat'd 185 140 280 250 210 180 100 200 C C C C C B B C B B A A A B 

Aluminum Nitrate Al(NO3)3•9H2O Sat'd 185 180 140 280 250 210 180 100 100 100 C C C C C C C C C C C A A A C 

Aluminum Oxychloride 140 275 C 

Aluminum Potassium Sulfate (Alum) 

AIK(SO4)2•12H2O 

Sat'd 150 140 280 400 200 180 200 160 200 A B B B B B C B A A A 

Aluminum Sulfate (Alum) Al2(SO4)3 Sat'd 185 180 140 280 250 210 200 160 140 185 C C C C C C C C C C C B A 

Ammonia Anhydrous NH3 250 200 100 C C C C C C A A A A A A A 

Ammonia Gas NH3 100% 185 150 140 C 400 140 140 140 140 C B B B C A A A A A A A 

Ammonia Liquid NH3 100% 73 C C 400 210 

B 

70 

70 70 C A C C C C C A A A A A A A 

Ammonium Acetate NH4(C2H3O2) Sat'd 73 140 175 400 140 140 140 C C C C B B 

Ammonium Bifl uoride NH4HF2 Sat'd 185 140 150 400 200 180 200 

Ammonium Bisulfi de (NH4)HS 140 280 400 180 

CHEMICAL RESISTANCE CHART 

Ammonium Carbonate CH2O3•2H3N Sat'd 180 140 280 400 210 140 140 250 

B 

212 

B 

70 

B 

70 

3% NI/IRON 

NI PLATED DUCTILE 

400 SERIES S.S. 

316 S.S. 

B 

200 

C C C C C C C C B B B B 

C C 

A 

140 

17-4 PH 

ALLOY 20 

B 

MONEL 

B 

200 

STELLITE 

C B B B B B A 

HASTELLOY C 

A



CONCENTRATION 

CHEMICALS 

AND 

FORMULA 

Ammonium Chloride 

NH4CI 

Sat'd 185 180 140 280 400 210 180 200 160 250 B C C C C C C C C B C B B B 

Ammonium Dichromate 

(NH4)2Cr2O7 

73 250 70 100 100 100 

Ammonium Fluoride 

NH4F 

10% 140 280 400 210 100 200 100 C C C C C C 

Ammonium Flouride 

NH4F 

25% 73 280 400 140 C C C C C C 

Ammonium Hydroxide 

NH4OH 

Ammonium Nitrate 

NH4NO3 

Ammonium Persulphate 

(NH4)2S2O8 

Ammonium Phosphate 

(Monobasic) 

NH3H3PO4 

Ammonium Sulfate 

(NH4)2SO4 

Ammonium Sulfi de 

(NH4)2S 

Ammonium Thiocyanate 

NH4SCN 

Amyl Acetate 

CH3COOC5H11 

Amyl Alcohol 

C5H11OH 

n-Amyl Chloride 

C5H11CI 

ABS 

CPVC 

PP 

PVC 

PVDF 

TEFLON 

10% 185 180 140 225 400 210 

EPDM 

BUNA-N 

B 

70 

HYPALON 

NEOPRENE 

FLUOROCARBON 

ALUMINUM 

COPPER 




BRASS 

GRAY IRON 

DUCTILE IRON 

200 70 70 B C C C C C B A A A B A 

Sat'd 175 185 180 140 280 400 250 180 200 160 100 C C C C A A A A 

73 150 140 73 200 210 70 70 C C C C C C C C C C C B A A C A 

All 140 280 400 210 100 140 140 185 B C C C C C B B C B A A A A B A 

185 180 140 280 400 210 180 200 160 200 C C C C C C B B C B B B B B A B A 

Dilute 125 350 210 140 200 160 A C C C C C C C C C B B B 

50- 

60% 

140 275 70 70 70 185 B C C C C C C C C C A A A B A 

C C 125 100 

B 

70 

73 180 C 280 400 210 

C C C C A B B B B B B B A B A A A A A A A 

B 

140 

200 140 185 A A A A A B B B B A A A A A 

C 280 400 C C C C 200 C A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A 

Aniline C6H5NH2 C 180 C 120 200 140 C 70 C C C C C C C C B B C B B A A A A B A 

Aniline Chlorohydrate C A 

Aniline Hydrochloride 

C6H5NH2•HCI 

Sat'd C C 75 C C 185 C C C C C C C C C C C C A 

Anthraquinone 

C14H8O2 

Anthraqunone 

140 200 C C C 

Sulfonic Acid 

C14H7O2•SO3H•3H2O 

140 200 

Antimony Trichloride 

SbCl3 

Aqua Regia (Nitrohydrochloric 

Acid) 

CIHHNO3 


Sat'd 180 140 73 140 140 140 140 185 C C C C C C C C C C C C C A A 

73 C 73 200 C C 

B 

70 

C 100 C C C C C C C C C C B B B 

Argon Ar Dry 350 200 100 200 A A A A A A A A A 

Arsenic Acid 

H3AsO4•1/2H2O 

80% 185 140 280 400 185 160 200 180 200 C C C C C C C C C B A B A A A 

Aryl Sulfonic Acid 

C6H5SO3H 

140 140 185 

Asphalt C C 250 350 C 

B 

70 

C C 180 C A A A A A A A A A A A A A A B A 

Barium Carbonate 

BaCO3 

Sat'd 140 280 400 250 180 200 160 250 A A A A B B B B B A A A A A 

Barium Chloride 

BaCl2•2H2O 

Sat'd 140 280 400 250 180 200 160 300 A A A A A B B C B B B A A A 

Barium Hydroxide 

Ba(OH)2 

Sat'd 140 280 400 200 180 200 140 300 C C C C B B C B A A A A A A 

Barium Nitrate 

Ba(NO3)2 

Sat'd 73 275 250 200 180 200 160 300 C C C C A A A A A A 

Barium Sulfate BaSO4 Sat'd 185 140 280 400 200 100 200 160 300 B B B B B B A B A A A A A 

Barium Sulfi de BaS Sat'd 140 280 400 140 C 200 160 300 C C C C C B B C B A A A A A 

Beer C 180 140 200 300 200 70 200 140 200 A A A A A A C C C C A A A A A 

CARBON STEEL 

3% NI/IRON 



316 S.S. 

17-4 PH 

ALLOY 20 

MONEL 

STELLITE 

HASTELLOY C 

10 

10-35

10 

10-36 

CHEMICALS 

AND 

FORMULA CONCENTRATION 

Beet Sugar Liquors 

Benzaldehyde 

C6H5CHO 

ABS 

CPVC 

PP 




PVC 

140 

PVDF 

225 

10% C 73 73 70 

Benzene C6H6 C C C C 

Benzene Sulfonic Acid 

C6H5SO3H 

Benzoic Acid C6H- 

5COOH 

Benzyl Alcohol C6H- 

5CH2OH 

Bismuth Carbonate 

(BiO)2CO3 

10% 

Black Liquor Sat'd 

Bleach 

Bleach 

Blood 

Borax 

Na2B4O7•10H2O 


All 73 

5% 

Active 

Cl2 

12% 

Active 

Cl2 

Sat'd 

Boric Acid H3BO3 Sat'd 

Brake Fluid 

Brine Sat'd 

Bromic Acid HBrO3 

C 

185 



185 

185 

185 

150 

120 

C 




140 

140 

C 

140 

140 

140 

140 

140 

140 

140 

140 

Bromine Br2 Liquid C C C 

Bromine Br2 Vapor C C 

Bromine Water 

Cold 

Sat'd 

C C 

Bromotoluene C7H7Br C 

Bromotoluene C6H- 

5CH2B2 

Butadiene 

H2C:CHHC:CH2 

50% 73 

Butane C4H10 50% 73 

Butyl Acetate 

CH3COOCH(CH3) 

(C2H5) 

Butyl Alcohol 

CH3(CH2)2CH2OH 

Butyl Cellosolve 

HOCH2CH2OC4H9 

n-Butyl Chloride 

C4H9CI 

Butylene (C) 

CH3CH:CHCH3 

Butyl Phenol C4H- 

9C6H4OH 

Butyl Phthalate 

Butyl Stearate 

CH3(CH2)16CO2 

(CH2)3CH3 

Butynediol 

HOCH2C:CCH2OH 

Liquid 

C 73 


140 

140 

C C 

140 

140 

170 

125 

230 

250 

175 






200 

150 

150 

212 

150 

175 

250 

250 

73 C C 73 

100 


100 

73 

140 

73 

73 

73 

225 



230 

100 

TEFLON 

250 

350 

225 

200 

200 

200 

300 

400 

350 

350 

175 

300 

200 

400 

400 

250 

EPDM 

210 

140 

BUNA-N 

100 

HYPALON 

200 

NEOPRENE 

160 

FLUOROCARBON 

185 

ALUMINUM 

COPPER 




BRASS 

GRAY IRON 

DUCTILE IRON 

A A B B B A A A A 

C C C C A A A A A C C B C A A A A B A 

C C C C 

C C 

C C 

C C 


140 

140 

210 

210 

140 

250 

70 


C 


200 

140 

100 

C 70 

100 

160 

B 

to 

140 

70 

70 70 

150 

185 

200 

B 

to 

140 

200 

185 

185 

CARBON STEEL 

3% NI/IRON 

A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A 

B B B B C C C C B B B A A 

C C C C C C C C A A A A A A 

A A A A A B B B B A A A A A A 

C C C C B B B B B A B A B 

C C C C C C C C B A B A A A 

C C C C C C C C B A B A A A 

70 70 70 70 B B C C B A A A A A 

140 

140 

200 

200 

140 

140 

185 

185 

A A A A A A B A A A A A A A A A 

B B B B C C B C B A B A A A 

C C B B B A B A A A A A 



160 

300 

70 70 C C C C C C 

A A A C C C B C B A B A A A 

C C 70 C 70 C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C A 

C C 70 C 70 C C C C C C C C C C C C C C A A A 

C C 70 C 

C 

C C 

C 70 

140 

200 

140 

B 

to 

140 

200 

140 

70 

185 

150 

185 

185 

C C C C C C C C C C 

A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A 


C C C C B B B B B B B B A A A A A A 

B 

to 

140 

C 

140 

100 

140 

C C C C 

C 70 C C 

C 

100 

B 

to 

70 

100 

C 

C 

B 

to 

70 

75 B B B B B A A A A A 

C A A A A A A A A A A A A A 

100 

100 

70 

185 

B B B B B B B B B B B B B 

A A A A A A A A A A A A 

A A A A B B B A A A A 



316 S.S. 

17-4 PH 

ALLOY 20 

MONEL 

STELLITE 

HASTELLOY C

CHEMICALS 

AND 


Butyric Acid CH3CH- 

2CH2COOH 

Cadmium Cyanide 

Cd(CN)2 

Calcium Bisulfi de 

Ca(HS)2•6H2O 

Calcium Bisulfi te 

Ca(HSO3)2 

Calcium Carbonate 

CaCO3 

Calcium Chlorate 

Ca(CIO3)2•2H2O 

Calcium Chloride 

CaCl2 

Calcium Hydroxide 

Ca(OH)2 

Calcium Hypochlorite 

30% 

Ca(OCI)2 

Calcium Nitrate 

Ca(NO3)2 

Calcium Oxide CaO 

Calcium Sulfate CaSO4 

ABS 

100 

100 

CPVC 

185 

185 

185 

185 

185 

185 

PP 






150 




PVC 

73 

140 

C 

140 

140 

140 

140 

140 

140 

140 

140 

140 

Camphor C10H16O C 73 

Cane Sugar 

C12H22O11 

Caprylic Acid 

CH3(CH2)6COOH 

73 

140 

Carbitol 73 

Carbon Dioxide CO2 

Dry 

100% 

Carbon Dioxide CO2 Wet 

100 

100 

185 

185 

150 

150 

140 

140 

Carbon Disulfi de CS2 C C 73 

Carbon Monoxide CO Gas 

Carbon Tetrachloride 

CCI4 

Carbonic Acid H2CO3 Sat'd 

Castor Oil 

Caustic Potash KOH 50% 

Caustic Soda NaOH 

(Sodium Hydroxide) 

Up to 

40% 

185 

140 

C 73 C 73 

70 

185 

185 

185 

210 


140 

140 

140 

100 

Cellosolve C4H10O2 73 

Cellosolve Acetate 

CH3COOCH2CH2O 

C2H5 

Chloral Hydrate 

CCI3CH(OH)2 

All 

73 

140 

PVDF 

230 







200 


250 


275 

175 



275 





C 


TEFLON 

300 

200 

350 

350 

350 

350 

250 

200 

200 

200 

350 

400 

350 

200 

400 

400 

200 

400 

350 

350 

350 

350 

350 

200 

300 

EPDM 

140 

BUNA-N 

100 

C 70 

210 

140 

210 

210 

100 

HYPALON 

NEOPRENE 

FLUOROCARBON 

ALUMINUM 

COPPER 




BRASS 

GRAY IRON 

C C 70 A A A A C C C C C B A A A A 

C 

200 

70 

70 

70 70 

70 70 70 

100 

140 

70 C 

210 

210 

210 

210 

250 




100 


200 

200 

140 

100 

200 

200 

160 

70 

100 

160 

160 

70 C 

100 

160 

70 70 70 70 

200 

210 

C 

250 



B 

to 

70 

70 

200 

200 

160 

160 

185 

185 

300 

185 

250 

250 

185 

200 

200 

250 

200 

100 

200 

200 

DUCTILE IRON 

CARBON STEEL 

3% NI/IRON 



316 S.S. 

17-4 PH 

ALLOY 20 

A A 

C C C C C C C C B A A C A 

A C C C C B B B B A A A A A A 

C B B B B B B B B B B A A A 

B B B B B A A C C B A B A A B A 

C C C C C C C C C C A A A A A A 

C C C C C C C C C C B B B B C B 

B B B B B B B B A A A 

A A B A A A 

A A B B B A A B A A A A A A A A A 

B B B B B B B B A A A A B 

A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A 

A A B A A A 

B B B B B B B B B B B 


A A A A A A B B B B B A A A A A A A 

C C 70 C B B B B A A A A A A A A A 

200 

70 

C C C C 

210 

140 

200 


140 

140 


140 


C 

70 70 

150 

200 

140 

75 70 

100 

160 

160 

250 

185 

200 

140 

A A A A A A A B A A A A A A A 

B A A A A C C A C A A A A A A 

C C C C B B B B B A A A A A B 


C B A A A A A 

C C B B C C C B B B B B A A A A A 

C 70 C A A A A A A A A A A A 

C C C C B B B B B B A 

B 

to 

70 

C 

Chloramine NH2CI Dilute 73 70 70 B B B B C C C B B B 

Chloric Acid 

HCIO3•7H2O 

10% 

140 140 

200 140 140 

C C C C C C C C C C B C A C 

Chloric Acid 

HCIO3•7H2O 

20% 

140 140 

100 

C C C C C C C C C C C C A C 

Chlorine Gas (Dry) 

(Moisture Content) 

0-20 

PPM 

C 73 

200 400 

C C C C 

185 

C C C C C C B A* A* B B B A A A A 

Note: * Ratings are for body material only. 


MONEL 

STELLITE 

HASTELLOY C 

10 

10-37

10 

10-38 

CONCENTRATION 

CHEMICALS 

AND 

FORMULA 

Chlorine Gas (Moisture 20-50 

Content) 

PPM 

Chlorine Gas (Moisture 

Content) 

50+ 

PPM 

ABS 

CPVC 

PP 



PVC 

C C C 

C C C 

Chlorine Liquid C C C C 

Chlorinated Water 10 ppm 73 

Chlorinated Water Sat'd 73 

Chloroacetic Acid 

CH2CICOOH 

Chloroacetyl Chloride 

CICH2COCI 

50% 

Chlorobenzene C6H5CI Dry 73 C 

Chlorobenzyl Chloride 

CIC6H4CH2CI 

Chloroform CHCI3 Dry C C C 

Chloropicrin CCI3NO2 C 

Chlorosulfonic Acid 

CISO2OH 

Chromic Acid H2CrO4 10% 




Chromium 

Potassium Sulfate 

CrK(SO4)2•12H2O 

Citric Acid C6H8O7 Sat'd 

210 

210 

210 

210 

73 

185 

140 

140 

140 

73 

C 

PVDF 

200 

200 

200 

230 

230 

C 

125 

170 

125 

125 

150 

C 73 C 

150 

150 

150 

140 

140 

140 

C C 

140 


Cocunut Oil 73 

Coffee 

Coke Oven Gas 73 

Copper Acetate 

Cu(C2H3O2)2•H2O 

Copper Carbonate 

CuCO3 

73 

140 

140 

140 

Sat'd 73 73 73 

Sat'd 

Copper Chloride CuCI2 Sat'd 

Copper Cyanide 

Cu(CN)2 

Copper Fluoride 

CuF2•2H2O 

Copper Nitrate 

Cu(NO3)2•3H2O 

Copper Sulfate 

CuSO4•5H2O 

2% 

30% 

Sat'd 

185 

185 

185 

120 

140 

140 

140 

140 

140 

140 

Corn Oil C 73 73 

Corn Syrup 

Cottonseed Oil 

185 

150 

150 

140 

140 

Creosote 73 73 


175 

175 

175 


200 

275 


230 

250 



275 




275 

250 


TEFLON 

400 

400 

400 

400 

200 

200 

200 

200 

350 

350 

300 

200 

200 

400 

400 

350 

350 

350 

350 

400 

400 

350 

EPDM 

BUNA-N 

HYPALON 

NEOPRENE 

C C C 

C C C 

C 

210 

140 

70 C 

70 C 

B 

to 

70 

B 

to 

70 

B 

to 

70 

200 

FLUOROCARBON 

185 

185 

ALUMINUM 

COPPER 




BRASS 

GRAY IRON 

DUCTILE IRON 

CARBON STEEL 

C C C C C C C C A* C C C A* C A A 

C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C A A 

C B B B C C C C C C C 

C 

C 

185 

185 

C C B B C C C C B A A A A A 

C C C C C C C C A B A B A 

C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C B B 

C C C C 70 A A A A C C B C A A A A A A 

3% NI/IRON 



316 S.S. 

17-4 PH 

ALLOY 20 

A A 

C C C C 70 A A A A C C C C A A A A A A 

C C C C C C C C C C C B B C C B C C C B A A 

70 C 

C C 

C C 

C C 

140 

210 


70 

C 70 

140 

70 

100 

210 

210 

210 

210 

210 

210 

C 

C 

100 

B 

to 

70 




B 

to 

70 

B 

to 

70 



100 


140 

140 

140 

140 

200 

140 

B 

to 

140 

140 

C 

200 

140 

200 

200 

160 

140 

100 

160 

160 

160 

140 

160 

160 

C C 

200 

200 

100 

100 

100 

140 

140 

200 

200 

185 

200 

185 

140 

185 

200 

185 

185 

200 

200 

300 

185 

185 

C C C C C C C C C C C 


C C C C C C C C C C C C 


B 

to 

212 

B 

to 

212 

Ato 

70 

B 

to 

70 

B 

to 

70 

B 

to 

70 

Ato 

125 

Ato 

125 

B 

to 

212 

C B B A B 

MONEL 

STELLITE 

HASTELLOY C 

B A 

C A 

C A 

C B 

C C C C C C C C C B A A A A A 

B B B B C C B C B A A B 

A A A A A C C C A A A A A 

B B B B A A A A A A A A B 

C C C C C C C C B A A B A 

B A A A 

C C C C C C C C C C C B A A B A 

C C C C C C C C A C B A A B 

C C C C C C C C C C B A A C 

C C C C C C C C C C A A A A C A 

A B B B B B B B B B A A A A B 

A B B B B B B B B A A A A B 

C 73 73 C 73 B B B B B A A A A A A A A A A A A

CHEMICALS 

AND 


ABS 

Note: * Ratings are for body material only. 

CPVC 

PP 

Cresol CH3C6H4OH 90% 73 C 

Cresylic Acid C7H8O 50% 

Croton Aldehyde 

CH3CH:CHCHO 

Crude Oil 

Cumene 

C6H5CH(CH3)2 

Cupic Fluoride CuF2 

Cupric Sulfate 

CuSO4•5H2O 

Sat'd 

100 

Cuprous Chloride CuCI Sat'd 70 

Cyclohexane C6H12 

Cyclohexanol 

C6H11OH 

Cyclohexanone 

C6H10O 

Decahydronaphthalene 

C10H18 

Detergents (Heavy 

Duty) 

Dextrin (Starch Gum) Sat'd 

Dextrose C6H12O6 

Diacetone Alcohol CH- 

3COCH2C (CH3)2OH 

Dibutoxyethyl Phthalate 

C20H30O6 

n-Dibutyl Ether 

C4H9OC4H9 

Dibutyl Phthalate 

C6H4(COOC4H9)2 

Dibutyl Sebacate 

C4H9OCO(CH2)8 

OCOC4H9 

Dichlorobenzene 

C6H4Cl2 

Dichloroethylene 

C2H4Cl2 

100 

100 

C 

185 

73 



PVC 

140 

C 

140 

140 

140 

140 

C C C 

C 

120 

C 

PVDF 

150 

150 

125 


100 



250 


150 

C C C 73 

185 

C 

150 

120 

120 

140 

140 

140 

250 

275 

C 70 

C 

100 

C C 

73 C 

C 

C C 

150 

225 

TEFLON 

200 

200 

200 

400 

300 

250 

350 

300 

250 

200 

400 

200 

400 

350 

350 

350 

350 

350 

EPDM 

BUNA-N 

C C 

HYPALON 

B 

to 

140 

NEOPRENE 

C 

C C C C 

C 70 

FLUOROCARBON 

100 

185 

C 70 C 

C C C C 

210 

210 

200 



140 

160 

70 70 

C C C C 

C C C C 

200 

200 

200 

200 

185 

185 

ALUMINUM 

COPPER 




BRASS 

GRAY IRON 

DUCTILE IRON 

CARBON STEEL 

3% NI/IRON 



316 S.S. 

17-4 PH 

ALLOY 20 

MONEL 

B B 

A A A A A A A B A A A A A A A A 

C C C C C C C B A A A A B 

C C C 

STELLITE 

B B B B A 

A A A A B B A B A A A A A A A 

A A A A A A A 

70 C C C C B B B B B B B B B A A B A 

C C C C 

250 

C 

140 




200 

140 

160 

160 

200 

210 

200 

200 


A A A A A B B B A A 

A A A A A 

70 C C C A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A 

B 

to 

70 

C 

140 

C 

200 

C C C C C 

A A A A A A A A A A 

70 C C C C A A A A A A A A A 

70 C C C C 

C C C C 

C C C C 

150 

185 

A A A A A 

B B B A 

Diesel Fuels 

140 280 350 

C 70 C C 

185 


Diethylamine 

C4H10NH 

C 73 

200 

70 70 C C C C C C A A C A A A A B 

Diethyl Cellosolve 

C6H14O2 


C 

140 100 200 

A A A A A 

Diethyl Ether C4H10O 73 73 73 C C 

Diglycolic Acid 

O(CH2COOH)2 

Sat'd 

140 

73 

250 

70 70 70 

Dimethylamine 

(CH3)2NH 

120 140 

75 

140 

C C C C C A A 

Dimethyl Formamide 

HCON(CH3)2 

C 

120 

C C 

250 

C 

100 100 

C C B B B B B B B A A A 

Dimethylhydrazine 

(CH3)2NNH2 

C C C 

Dinonyl Phthalate 


Dioctyl Phthalate 



C C C 75 

32 

200 

B 

to 

10 

C C C 

B 

to 

10 

70 C C 70 A A A A C C C 

HASTELLOY C 

10 

10-39

10 

10-40 



CONCENTRATION 

CHEMICALS 

AND 

FORMULA 

Dioxane O:(CH2)4:O C 73 C C 70 C C C C A A A A A A A A A A 

Diphenyl Oxide 

(C6H5)2O 

Sat'd 

125 

C C C 

300 

A A A A A A 

Disodium Phosphate 

Na2HPO4 

185 140 200 400 210 100 140 

B B B B B B A A B 

Dow Therm A 

C12H10•C12H10O 

C 

212 

C C C C C A A A A B A A A A A A A A A 

ABS 

CPVC 

PP 

Ether C4H10O C 73 C 

Ethyl Acetate CH- 

3COOC2H5 

Ethyl Acetoacetate CH- 

3COCH2COOC2H5 

Ethyl Acrylate 

CH2:CHCOOC2H5 

Ethyl Alcohol (Ethanol) 

C2H5OH 

Ethyl Benzene 

C6H5C2H5 

C 

120 

PVC 

PVDF 

125 

C C 

C C 73 

C C 73 

140 


140 

C C 

Ethyl Chloride C2H5CI Dry 73 C 

Ethyl Chloroacetate 

CH2CICO2C2H5 

Ethylene Bromide 

BrCH2CH2Br 

Ethylene Chloride 

CICH2CH2CI 

Ethylene Chlorohydrin 

CICH2CH2OH 

Ethylene Diamine 

NH2CH2CH2NH2 

Ethylene Dichloride 

C2H4CI2 

Ethylene Glycol 

CH2OHCH2OH 

Ethylene Oxide 

CH2CH2O 

Dry C 

Dry C 73 C 

C 


125 


C 75 



73 C 73 

120 

Dry C 73 C 

73 

185 

120 

C 

140 

225 



C C C 

Ethyl Ether (C2H5)2O C C 

Ethyl Formate 

HCOOC2H5 

2-Ethylhexanol 

CH3(CH2)3CHC2H5 

CH2OH 

Ethyl Mercaptan 

C2H5SH 

Ethyl Oxalate 

(COOC2H5)2 

Fatty Acids R-COOH 73 

Ferric Chloride (Aqueous) 

FeCI3 

Ferric Hydroxide 

Fe(OH)3 

Ferric Nitrate 

Fe(NO3)3•9H2O 

Ferric Sulfate 

Fe2(SO4)3 

Sat'd 

Sat'd 

Sat'd 

Ferrous Chloride FeCI2 Sat'd 

Ferrous Hydroxide 

Fe(OH)2 

Ferrous Nitrate 

Fe(NO3)2 

Sat'd 

185 

185 

185 

185 

185 

140 


120 







140 

140 

140 

140 

140 

140 

140 

73 

73 

125 

TEFLON 

200 

200 

350 

300 

350 

350 

350 

350 

200 

350 

400 

250 

EPDM 

BUNA-N 

HYPALON 

NEOPRENE 

FLUOROCARBON 

ALUMINUM 

COPPER 




BRASS 

GRAY IRON 

C C C C A A A A B B B A A A A A A A A 

70 C C C C A A B A A A A A A A A B A 

100 

C C 

70 C C C C A A A A A A A A A A A A A 

170 


200 

DUCTILE IRON 


C C C C 70 B B B B B B A A A A 

B 

to 

70 

C 70 

C 

B 

to 

70 

140 

B 

to 

70 

CARBON STEEL 

3% NI/IRON 

A A B A A A A A A A A A A B A 

A A A A A A A 

C C 70 A A A 

70 C 70 70 C A 

70 

100 

100 

100 

C C C C 

210 


200 

160 

120 

250 

A A C A A B A A B 

A A A A A A A A A A A 


C C C C C A A B A A A A A B A 

C C C C C A 

73 C 70 C A A A A A A A 

250 

70 C 

75 C A A A A A 



250 




250 


400 

400 

400 

400 

200 

400 

400 

400 

140 

C 

225 


210 

210 

200 



C C 

140 


100 


140 




C 

200 

100 

140 

140 

140 

140 

160 

100 

160 

140 

160 

185 

200 


200 

185 

200 


200 

C C C C C C C C C A A A A 

C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C 

C C C C C A A A 

C C C C C C C C C B A A A C A 

C C C C C C C C C B A A A C 

C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C B 

C C A 



316 S.S. 

17-4 PH 

ALLOY 20 

A A A 

MONEL 

STELLITE 

HASTELLOY C 

A 

to 

175

CONCENTRATION 

CHEMICALS 

AND 

FORMULA 

Ferrous Sulfate FeSO4 70 

Fish Oil 

ABS 

CPVC 

185 

Flue Gas C 

PP 


Fluoboric Acid HBF4 73 73 

Fluorine Gas (Dry) F2 100% 73 C 73 73 C C 

Fluorine Gas (Wet) F2 73 73 C 70 

Fluosilicic Acid H2SiF6 50% 73 

Formaldehyde HCHO Dilute 

Formaldehyde HCHO 35% 73 



120 





PVC 

140 

140 

140 

140 

140 

140 

140 

140 

Formic Acid HCOOH 73 73 73 

Formic Acid Anhydrous 

HCOOH 

73 

Freon 11 CCI3F 100% C 73 


Freon 12 CCI2F2 100% 73 73 

Freon 21 CHCI2F 100% C 

Freon 22 CHCIF2 100% 73 C 

Freon 113 C2CI3F3 100% 

Freon 114 C2CI2F4 100% 

Fructose C6H12O6 

185 

140 

140 

140 

140 

140 

Furfural C4H3OCHO C C 75 

Gallic Acid 

C6H2(OH)3CO2H 

Gasoline, Leaded C C C 

Gasoline, Unleaded C C C 

73 

Gasohol C C 

Gasoline, Sour C C 

Gelatin 

Glauber's Salt 

Na2SO4•10H2O 

Glucose 

C6H12O6•H2O 

Glue 

Glycerin C3H5(OH)3 

Glycol OHCH2CH2OH 


140 

150 

185 

185 

185 





140 

140 

140 

140 

140 

140 

140 

140 

140 

PVDF 


275 


125 

125 

125 

250 

200 

200 

200 

200 

200 

200 


75 

275 




250 


250 



TEFLON 

400 

300 

350 

300 

300 

300 

300 

300 

300 

300 

EPDM 

200 

BUNA-N 


HYPALON 

140 

NEOPRENE 

160 

FLUOROCARBON 

200 

ALUMINUM 

COPPER 




BRASS 

GRAY IRON 

DUCTILE IRON 

CARBON STEEL 

3% NI/IRON 

B C C B C C C C C A A A A A A 

C 70 C 70 A A A C B A A A A A A A A A 

140 

140 

140 

140 

140 

140 

200 

C C 

300 


160 

100 

C 

C 

140 

140 

200 

200 

150 

C C 

C C 

C 70 

C 

C 70 

160 

130 

130 

160 

300 

140 


C C B B C C C A A A 

C C B B C C A A A A A A 

100 

140 

140 

100 

140 

140 

100 

100 

210 

C C C C C A A A A 

C C B B C C C C B B B A A A 

C A A B C C B A A A A A A 

C A A B C B A A A A A A 

C A A B C B A A A A A A 

C B B B C B B A A A A A 

C C C B C C C B C A A A A A A 

C A A A 

C 70 A A A A A B B B B A A A A A 

130 

C A A A A A B B B B A A A A 

C C C C A A A A A B B B B A A A A 

C C C 

300 

300 

300 

300 

300 

200 

200 

200 

200 

300 

200 

400 

400 

400 

300 

C 

C 

175 

140 

130 

130 

140 

130 

130 

130 

130 

C A A A A A B B B B A A A A 

130 

A A A A A B B B B A A A A 

70 70 C A A A A A B B B B A A A A 

140 

160 

225 



316 S.S. 

17-4 PH 

ALLOY 20 

A A A A A A A A 

C 70 70 C A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A 

70 C 70 70 

C 70 70 70 

C 70 70 

C 70 

C 70 

200 


70 C 

250 

100 

200 

200 


140 

70 

140 

200 

100 

200 

200 

200 

200 

160 

160 

160 

160 

160 

160 

185 

100 

100 

100 

100 

250 

200 

300 

250 

300 

250 

B B C C C C C A A A A A A 




B B A A A A B A A A C A 

C C B C C C C C C A A 






MONEL 

STELLITE 

HASTELLOY C 

10 

10-41

10 

10-42 



CONCENTRATION 

CHEMICALS 

AND 

FORMULA 

Glycol Amine C C C A A A A A A 

Glycolic Acid OHCH- 

2COOH 

Sat'd 73 

140 

73 

200 

C C 70 C B B C C C C A A B 

Glyoxal CHOCHO C C 70 B B B C C C C A A A B 

Grape Sugar C6H12O6 

ABS 

CPVC 

Grease C 

Green Liquor 

Gypsum CaSO4•2H2O Slurry 

Heptane C7H16 C 

PP 

PVC 

140 

140 

n-Hexane C6H14 C 73 73 73 

Hexanol 

CH3(CH2)4CH2OH 

Hydraulic Oil (Petroleum) 

Hydrazine H2NNH2 C 

Hydrobromic Acid HBr 20% 73 

Hydrobromic Acid HBr 50% 

Hydrochloric Acid HCI 35% C 

Hydrochloric Acid HCI 37% C 

210 

210 

120 

140 

150 

150 

Hydrocyanic Acid HCN 10% 73 

Hydrofl uoric Acid HF Dilute 73 

Hydrofl uoric Acid HF 30% 

Hydrofl uoric Acid HF 40% C C 

Hydrofl uoric Acid HF 50% C C 

Hydrofl uosilicic Acid 

H2SiF6 

50% 

140 


120 

150 

100 

140 

Hydrogen H2 Gas 73 73 

Hydrogen Cyanide 

HCN 

Hydrogen Fluoride 

Anhydrous HF 

Hydrogen Peroxide 

H2O2 

Hydrogen Peroxide 

H2O2 

Hydrogen Phosphide 

PH3 

50% 

90% 

Hydrogen Sulfi de H2S Dry 

Hydrogen Sulfi de H2S Wet 

Hydrogen Sulfi te 

H2SO3 

Hydroquinone 

C6H4(OH)2 

Sat'd 

100 

73 

140 

140 

140 

140 

140 

73 

73 

73 

73 

140 

140 

140 

C 73 C 

185 

185 


150 

150 

140 

140 

140 

140 

140 

140 

PVDF 

275 



175 

200 






250 

250 

250 

200 




200 

150 

73 

150 


225 

250 

TEFLON 

350 

300 

300 

300 

300 

250 

250 

250 

250 

250 

250 

300 

300 

300 

300 

300 

300 

250 

300 

300 

300 

EPDM 

250 

150 

210 

BUNA-N 


150 

150 


HYPALON 

200 

C 

NEOPRENE 

160 

100 

FLUOROCARBON 

185 

200 

ALUMINUM 

COPPER 




BRASS 

GRAY IRON 

DUCTILE IRON 

CARBON STEEL 

3% NI/IRON 

C C C C A A A A A A A A A A 

70 70 C C C A A A A A A A A 

200 

160 

C 70 70 70 

200 

185 

A A A B B A A B A A A A A A A A 

A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A 

C 70 70 70 70 A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A 

C 70 70 

C 

160 

B 

to 

70 

70 70 

160 

250 

A A A A A A A A A A A A A A 

A A B A A A A A A A A A 

70 70 70 C C C C C C C C C A A A 

140 

140 

C 

C 

70 C 

70 C 

200 

70 

C C 

C C 

C C 

C C 

140 

250 

170 


70 

100 

100 

100 

100 

200 

150 

150 

140 

140 

150 

200 

100 

B 

to 

70 

B 

to 

70 

70 

70 

C 

185 

185 

100 

C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C 

C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C 

C C C C C C C C C C C C B C B C C 

70 C C C C C C C C C C C C B C B C C 

185 

150 

150 

100 

C C C C C C C C C C C C A B A A C A 

C C C C C C C C C C C C C C B A C A 

C C C C C C C C C C C C C C B A C A 

C C C C C C C C C C C C C C B B C A 

C 70 C C C C C C C C C C C C C C B B C A 

160 

200 

300 

C C B B C C C C B B B A A 


70 A 

70 C C A A A A 

100 

C 

C C 

100 

100 

C 

200 

200 

140 

C 

C 

C 

C 70 C 

70 C 70 

C 70 C 

185 

100 

140 

140 

100 

185 

C C C C C C C C B C C A A A A A 

C C C C C C C C B C C A A A A B B 

B B B B A B A A A 

C C C C C C C C C C C A C A B B 

C C C C C C C C C C A A A 



316 S.S. 

17-4 PH 

ALLOY 20 

A A A A 

MONEL 

STELLITE 

HASTELLOY C

CHEMICALS 

AND 


Hydroxylamine sulfate 

(NH2OH)2•H2SO4 

Hypochlorous Acid 

10% 

HOCI 

Inks 

ABS 

CPVC 

140 

Iodine I2 10% 73 

Iron Phosphate 

FeH3PO4 

Isobutane 

(CH3)2CHCH3 

Isobutyl Alcohol 

(CH3)2CHCH2OH 

Isooctane 

(CH3)3CCH2CH(CH3)2 

Isophorone C(O) 

CHC(CH3)CH2C 

(CH3)2CH2 

Isopropyl Acetate 

CH3COCOCH(CH3)2 

Isopropyl Alcohol 

(CH3)2CHOH 

Isopropyl Chloride 

CH3CHCICH3 

Isopropyl Ether 

(CH3)2CHOCH(CH3)2 

JP-3 Fuel 

JP-4 Fuel 73 

JP-5 Fuel 73 

JP-6 Fuel 

C 

C 

PP 

73 

150 

73 




PVC 

140 

140 

140 

C C 

140 

140 

PVDF 

70 

150 

250 

250 

175 

140 

100 

125 

200 

200 

TEFLON 

300 

300 

200 

140 

300 

300 

200 

300 

200 

140 

200 

300 

300 

EPDM 

BUNA-N 

HYPALON 

NEOPRENE 

70 70 

FLUOROCARBON 

ALUMINUM 

70 C 70 C 

COPPER 




BRASS 

70 70 70 A A A C C C C A A A 

GRAY IRON 

70 70 70 C 70 C C C C C C C C C C C C B A A 

C 70 C C 

140 

C 70 

70 70 70 

200 

70 


B 

to 

70 

140 

185 

C C C 

DUCTILE IRON 

CARBON STEEL 

C C C C C B A A A A C 

3% NI/IRON 




316 S.S. 

17-4 PH 

ALLOY 20 

A A 


70 C C C C A A A A A A A A A A A A 

140 

70 

200 

70 

160 

C C C 70 


C 70 C C C A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A 

C 70 C C 

C 70 C C 

C 70 C C 

Kelp Slurry C 70 C 

Kerosene 

B 

to 

70 

185 

73 

140 

Ketchup 73 

Ketones C C C C 

Kraft Liquors 

Lactic Acid CH- 

3CHOHCOOH 

Lactic Acid CH- 

3CHOHCOOH 

Lard Oil 

Latex (C2H6OSi)x 

Lauric Acid 

CH3(CH2)10COOH 

Lauryl Chloride 

C12H25CI 

Lead Acetate 

Pb(C2H3O2)2•3H2O 

25% 

80% 

Sat'd 

100 

185 

185 

185 

150 

150 

73 


Lead Chloride PbCl2 73 

Lead Nitrate Pb(NO3)2 Sat'd 

Lead Sulfate PbSO4 

185 

185 



150 

140 

140 

73 

140 

140 

140 

140 

140 

140 


125 

125 


225 


250 

250 

250 

200 

250 

250 

200 

250 

300 

300 

300 

200 

300 

300 

300 

300 

300 

300 

C 

C 

210 

100 

140 

140 

C C 

C 70 

B 

to 

70 

185 

300 

300 

100 

100 

300 

200 





B B B B B B B B A A A A A A 


C C C C C C C C B A A A A 

C C C C C A A A A A A A A A A A A A 

70 

70 C 

C 

70 70 70 

140 

70 70 

140 

210 

C 

175 

210 

70 

70 

70 

100 



140 

140 

140 

C 70 

100 

100 

200 

100 

160 

70 

140 

140 

100 

C C C C C C C C A A 

70 C C C C C B C B A A A A A 

70 C C C C C B C B A A A A A A 

185 

C C C C C B B B B A A B 

70 A A A A A A A 

100 

200 

C C C A A 

C C C A A 

C C C C C C C A A A 

140 

225 

225 

A A A 

B B C C C C B B B 

MONEL 

STELLITE 

HASTELLOY C 

10 

10-43

10 

10-44 

CONCENTRATION 

CHEMICALS 

AND 

FORMULA 

Lemon Oil C 

Ligroin 

Lime Slurry CaO 

ABS 

CPVC 

Lime Sulfur (CaS)x 73 

Linoleic Acid 

CH3(CH2)4HC:CHCH2CH: 

CH(CH2)7COOH 

Linoleic Oil 

Linseed Oil 

Liqueurs 

Lithium Bromide LiBr 

Lithium Chloride LiCl 

Lithium Hydroxide LiOH 

100 

185 

Lubricating Oil (ASTM #1) 73 C 


PP 

150 



PVC 

140 

140 

140 

140 

140 

140 

140 

140 

PVDF 

250 

250 

230 


225 

250 



TEFLON 

300 

300 

300 

300 

300 

350 

350 

EPDM 

100 

210 

C 

B 

to 

70 

100 

100 

C 

C 

BUNA-N 

100 

100 

C 

B 

to 

70 


140 

70 

70 



HYPALON 

140 

NEOPRENE 

100 

C 70 

160 

160 

C 

200 

100 

100 

70 

70 70 

C 70 

C 70 

FLUOROCARBON 

200 

100 

185 

140 

70 

250 

200 

140 

140 

150 

150 

ALUMINUM 

COPPER 




BRASS 

GRAY IRON 

DUCTILE IRON 

CARBON STEEL 

3% NI/IRON 



316 S.S. 

17-4 PH 

ALLOY 20 

C C C B A A A A 

A A A A A A 

C C C C A A A A A A A 

C C C C C C C C C C B B A A A 


B B B B B C B A A A 

C C C C A A A A A B 




140 280 350 

C 


C 70 

150 


Ludox SiO2 C C C C A A A A A A A 

Magnesium Carbonate 

MgCO2 

140 280 225 170 140 140 140 210 

B B B B B B A A A A A 

Magnesium Chloride MgCl2 Sat'd 

Magnesium Citrate 

MgHC6H5O7•5H2O 

Magnesium Fluoride MgF2 

Magnesium Hydroxide 

Mg(OH)2 

Magnesium Nitrate 

Mg(NO3)2•2H2O 

Magnesium Oxide MgO 

Magnesium Sulfate 

MgSO4•7H2O 

Maleic Acid 

HOOCCH:CHCOOH 

Malic Acid 

COOHCH2CH(OH) COOH 

Manganese Sulfate 

MnSO4•4H2O 

Mercuric Chloride HgCl2 

Sat'd 

Sat'd 

Mercuric Cyanide Hg(CN)2 Sat'd 

Mercuric Sulfate HgSO4 Sat'd 

Mercurous Nitrate 

HgNO3•2H2O 

Mercury Hg 

Sat'd 

Methane CH4 C 

185 

185 

185 

185 

185 

185 

140 

185 







150 

150 


150 

140 

140 

140 

140 

140 

140 

140 

140 

140 

140 

140 

140 

140 

140 


250 




250 

250 

250 

250 

250 

230 

230 

275 

275 

400 

300 

300 

300 

300 

250 

250 

300 

300 

300 

300 

300 

300 

300 

170 

175 

140 

170 

140 

140 

175 




70 

140 


200 

200 

140 

140 

160 

160 

160 

160 

160 

70 C C 

C 

175 

210 

100 

140 

140 

70 70 

70 70 


140 

140 

160 

140 

170 

225 

200 

225 

225 

200 

200 

200 

225 

185 

A A A B B C C C C C C C B A A 

C C B 

B C C B B A A A A A A A A A A A 

A C C B A A A A B 

A A A A A 


B C C B C C C C C B A B A B A 

A B B C C C C A A A A A 

A A A C C B C A A A 

C C C C C C C C C C C C C C B C A 

70 70 C C C C C C C C C A A C 

70 70 70 C C C C C 

70 C C 70 C C C C C C C C C A A A A C 

210 

C 

140 


140 

140 

70 70 

185 

185 

C C C C C A A A A A A A A B A 


MONEL 

STELLITE 

HASTELLOY C

CHEMICALS 

AND 


Methanol (Methyl 

Alcohol) CH3OH 

Methoxyethyl Oleate 

CH3OCH2CH2 

(OOCC17H33)2 

Methyl Acetate 

CH3CO2CH3 

ABS 

CPVC 

C C 

PP 




PVC 

140 

73 

PVDF 


100 

TEFLON 

300 

300 

EPDM 

140 

B 

to 

70 

BUNA-N 

140 

HYPALON 

140 

NEOPRENE 

140 

FLUOROCARBON 

ALUMINUM 

COPPER 




BRASS 

GRAY IRON 

DUCTILE IRON 

CARBON STEEL 

C A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A 

C C C C B B B B B B B A A A A 

Methyl Acetone C3H6O C 70 C C C A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A 

Methyl Acrylate 

CH2:CHOOCH3 

Tech. 

Pure 

Methyl Amine CH3NH2 C C C C 

Methyl Bromide CH3Br C 

Methyl Cellosolve 

HOCH2CH2OOH3 

Methyl Chloride CH3Cl Dry C C 

Methyl Chloroform 

CH3CCl 

Methyl Ethyl Keytone 

(MEK) CH3COC2H5 

Methyl Formate 

HCOOCH3 

Methyl Isobutyl Carbinol 

(CH3)2CHCH2CH 

(CH3)OH 

Methol Isobutyl 

Keytone 

(CH3)2CHCH2COCH3 

Methyl Isopropyl Keytone 

CH3COCH(CH3)2 

Methyl Methacrylate 

CH2:C(CH3)COOH3 

Methyl Sulfate 

(CH3)2SO4 

Methylene Bromide 

CH2Br2 

Methylene Chloride 

CH2Cl2 

Methylene Chlorobromide 

CH2ClBr 

Methylene Iodide 

CH2l2 

Methylsulfuric Acid 

CH3HSO4 

C C 

Milk 70 

Mineral Oil 70 

C 

100 




125 

C C C C C 

C C C C C 

185 

170 

120 

Molasses 73 

Monochloroacetic Acid 

CH7CICOOH 

Monochlorobenzene 

C6H5CI 

Monoethanolamine 

HOCH2CH2NH2 

Motor Oil 

50% 73 73 

Tech. 

Pure 

185 

73 

73 

73 

73 

C 

C 

125 


175 

C C 

300 

300 

300 

250 

200 

200 

200 

200 

150 

150 

70 

250 

250 

B 

to 

70 

C C C C C A A A 

70 70 

C 70 C C 

100 

185 

C C A A B A A A C 

C C B C C B B B B 

70 C 70 70 C A A B B B B A A A A A A 

C C C C 70 C A A C C A A A A A A A A A A A A 

C C C C 70 A A A A A 

70 C C C C A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A 

100 

C C 70 C A A A A A C A A A A A A A 

70 70 70 70 70 

70 C C C C A A A A A A 

C C C C C 

C C 70 C C C 

C C C C 70 

C C C C 70 B B B B B B A A A A A 

C C C C C C A A A A 

C 

140 

140 

140 

140 

200 

125 

225 


150 

150 

170 

C C 

140 

Morpholine C4H8ONH 75 

Naphtha 

Naphthalene C10H8 

B 

to 

70 

B 

to 

70 


73 73 

140 

C 


200 

250 

400 

300 

300 

200 

200 

100 

350 

200 

200 

250 

250 

C 

100 


140 

150 

200 

B 

to 

70 

150 

160 

70 

150 

250 

300 

300 

185 

C A B B B B C C C C C A A A A 


3% NI/IRON 


C 70 C C 70 C C C C C C C C C C C C B B 

C C C C 70 A A A A A A A A A A A A A 

70 70 C C 

C 


185 

250 

C B B B B A A B 


70 C C C C B B B B B B B B B B B 

C 

140 

C C 

C C C C 

150 

170 

A A A B A A A A A A A A A A A A 

A A A B A A A A A A A A A A A 



316 S.S. 

17-4 PH 

ALLOY 20 

MONEL 

STELLITE 

HASTELLOY C 

10 

10-45

10 

10-46 

CONCENTRATION 

CHEMICALS 

AND 

FORMULA 

Natural Gas 73 

Nickel Acetate 

Ni(OOCH3)2•4H2O 

Nickel Ammonium Sulfate 

NiSO4•(NH4)2SO4•6H2O 

Nickel Chloride NiCl2 Sat'd 

Nickel Nitrate 

Ni(NO3)2•6H2O 

Sat'd 

Nickel Sulfate NiSO4 Sat'd 

Nicotine C10H14N2 

Nicotinic Acid CsH4N- 

COOH 

Nitric Acid HNO3 10% 

Nitric Acid HNO3 30% C 

Nitric Acid HNO3 40% C 

ABS 

CPVC 

185 

185 

185 


100 

Nitric Acid HNO3 50% C 73 

PP 




120 

73 

100 



PVC 

140 

73 

140 

140 

140 

140 

140 

140 

140 

100 

100 

PVDF 


250 




TEFLON 

300 

300 

250 

406 

400 

400 

EPDM 

C 

BUNA-N 

140 

HYPALON 

140 

NEOPRENE 

140 

FLUOROCARBON 

185 

ALUMINUM 

70 70 C C C 

210 

210 

210 

140 



200 

200 

200 

160 

160 

160 

210 

250 

300 

COPPER 




BRASS 

GRAY IRON 

DUCTILE IRON 

CARBON STEEL 


C C C C C C C C A A C 

3% NI/IRON 

C C B C C C A A C A 

C C C C C C A A A A C 

A C C B C C C A 

70 C 70 C B A A B 

250 

175 

125 

125 

125 

250 

250 

250 

250 

70 

70 C 

70 C 

100 

100 

140 

C 

C 

C C 70 C 

C C 70 C 

185 

160 

140 

185 

A B B C C C B B B B B 

C C C C C C C C C C B A A A C 

C C C C C C C C C B A A 

C C C C C C C C C B A A 

C C C C C C C C C C B A A 

Nitric Acid HNO3 70% C 73 C 73 C 

250 

C C C C 

100 

B C C C C C C C C C C A A 

Nitric Acid HNO3 100% C C C C 70 C C C C C B C C C C C C C C C C C A A C 

Nitrobenzene C6H5NO2 73 C 73 

Nitroethane CH3CH2NO2 

Nitrogen Gas N2 

Nitroglycerin CH2NO3CH- 

NO3 CH2NO3 

Tech. 

Pure 

Nitroglycol C 70 70 

Nitromethane CH3NO2 

Tech. 

Pure 

Nitrous Acid HNO2 10% 73 

Nitrous Oxide N2O 73 73 C 

n-Octane CH8H18 

Oleic Acid 

CH3(CH2)7CH:CH 

(CH2)7COOH 

185 

150 

C 

140 

Oleum xH2SO4•ySO3 C C C 

Olive Oil 

Oxalic Acid 

HOOCCOOH•2H2O 

Oxygen (Gas) O2 

Ozone O3 

Palm Oil 

Palmitic Acid 


Palmitic Acid 


50% 

185 

185 

10% 73 

70% 73 



150 



140 

140 

140 

140 

73 

400 

C C C 70 B B A A A A A A A 

70 C C C A 

275 

125 

120 

230 

275 

250 

250 

125 


225 

200 

250 

250 

300 

140 

100 

140 

185 


70 B B B B A A B 

400 

400 

400 

250 

150 

350 

300 

406 

300 

200 

300 

300 

70 C C A 

C 

B 

to 

70 

100 

150 

210 

210 

C 

70 

C 

C 

B 

to 

70 

100 

B 

to 

140 

70 

100 

C C C C C C C C C B B B B C 

C 70 B B C B B A A C A 

B 

to 

70 

70 A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A 

185 

A B B A B B C B A A A A A 

C C C 70 C C C C C C C A A C A 

140 

C 

B 

to 

70 

C 

140 

100 

100 

B 

to 

100 

140 

140 

140 

100 

140 

C 

150 

100 

185 

185 


C C C C C C C C C B A A A A A 



C 70 C C C C C C A A A 

70 C 

C C 

185 

185 

A B B B A B B B B B A A A A 

A B B B A B B B B B A A A A 



316 S.S. 

17-4 PH 

ALLOY 20 

MONEL 

STELLITE 

HASTELLOY C

CHEMICALS 

AND 


Paraffi n C36H74 

ABS 

B 

to 

70 

CPVC 

PP 



PVC 

PVDF 

TEFLON 

EPDM 

BUNA-N 

HYPALON 

NEOPRENE 

FLUOROCARBON 

ALUMINUM 

COPPER 




140 250 250 C 100 140 300 A A A A B A A B B A A A A A A A 

Peanut Oil 250 250 100 150 A A A A A A A 

n-Pentane 

CH3(CH2)3CH3 

C 100 C 100 70 100 A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A 

Peracetic Acid CH- 

3COOOH 

40% 73 

Perchloric Acid HCIO4 10% 140 73 73 200 250 70 C 70 70 70 C A A A 

Perchloric Acid HCIO4 70% 185 73 125 70 C C C 185 C B B A 

Perchloroethylene 

CI2C:CCI2 

275 200 C C C C 200 B B B B B B A A A A A A 

Perphosphate 170 170 140 250 70 70 70 

Phenol C6H5OH C 73 73 73 125 70 C C C 200 A A C C C C C A A A A A A 

Phenylhydrazine 

C6H5NHNH2 

C 125 

B 

to 

70 

C C C C 

Phospate Esters C C 100 C C C C C A A A 

Phosphoric Acid H3PO4 10% 210 180 140 275 300 140 70 200 140 200 C C C C C C C C C C C B A A A C 

Phosphoric Acid H3PO4 50% 210 180 140 275 300 70 C 200 70 200 C C C C C C C C C C C B A A A C 

Phosphoric Acid H3PO4 85% 73 180 140 275 300 70 C 200 C 200 C C C C C C C C C C C B A B A C 

Phosphoric Anhydride 

P2O5 

73 73 73 200 B C A A 

Phosphorus (Red) 70 75 300 A A 

Phosphorus (Yellow) 73 300 

Phosphorus Pentoxide 

P2O5 

73 73 73 200 140 C C B A A 

Phosphorus Trichloride 

PCI3 

C 200 300 C C C C A A A 

Photographic Solutions 185 150 140 100 100 185 C A A 

Phthalic Acid 

C6H4(COOH)2 

73 200 C 140 C 140 A A A B B C B A A A B A 

Picric Acid 

C6H2(NO2)3OH 

10% C 140 170 170 73 140 C 70 70 140 C C C C C C C C C C C B A A C A 

Pine Oil 70 C 70 C C B B B B B A A A A A 

Plating Solutions (Brass) 185 180 140 200 300 70 100 70 

Plating Solutions 

(Cadmium) 

185 180 140 200 300 70 100 70 

Plating Solutions 

(Chrome) 

210 180 140 200 300 160 A A 

Platings Solutions 

(Copper) 

210 180 140 200 300 70 160 70 


(Gold) 

185 180 140 300 70 125 70 


(Lead) 

210 180 140 200 300 70 70 70 70 


(Nickel) 

210 180 140 200 300 70 70 C C C A A* 


(Rhodium) 

185 180 140 200 300 70 


(Silver) 

185 180 140 200 300 70 70 70 A A A 

Note: A* rating for Electroless Plating only. 


BRASS 

GRAY IRON 

DUCTILE IRON 

CARBON STEEL 

3% NI/IRON 



316 S.S. 

17-4 PH 

ALLOY 20 

MONEL 

STELLITE 

HASTELLOY C 

10 

10-47

10 

10-48 



CONCENTRATION 

CHEMICALS 

AND 

FORMULA 

Platings Solutions (Tin) 210 180 140 200 300 100 140 A A 

Platings Solutions (Zinc) 185 180 140 200 300 70 70 B 

Polysulfi de Liquor 300 70 70 70 70 100 C C C C C B B B B B B 

Polyvinyl Acetate 275 350 70 70 70 70 70 B B B A A C A B B B B B 

ABS 

CPVC 

PP 

PVC 

PVDF 

TEFLON 

EPDM 

BUNA-N 

HYPALON 

NEOPRENE 

FLUOROCARBON 

ALUMINUM 

Potash KOH 140 280 400 140 180 180 70 200 B B B B B A A A A A A A A A A A 

Potassium Alum 

ALK(SO4)212H2O " 

140 280 400 210 180 200 160 200 

Potassium Aluminum 

Sulphate 

140 280 400 210 180 200 160 200 B B B C C B A A A 

Potassium Amyl 

Xanthate 

73 

Potassium Bicarbonate 

KHCO3 

Sat'd 73 170 140 200 400 170 70 200 160 200 A A A A 

Potassium Bichromate 

K2Cr2O7 

Sat'd 140 230 400 170 180 300 B A A B B B A A 

Potassium Bisulfate 

KHSO4 

140 275 400 170 180 140 140 200 B B B C C C C C A A C 

Potassium Borate 

K2B4O75H2O " 

140 275 400 170 180 140 140 200 A A A A A 

Potassium Bromate 

KBrO3 

180 140 275 400 180 140 140 250 C A A A A A 

Potassium Bromide KBr 180 140 280 400 170 180 200 160 200 B B B C C C A A A 

Potassium Carbonate 

K2CO3 

70 180 140 280 400 170 180 200 160 200 B B B B B A A A A A A A A A A A 

Potassium Chlorate 

KCIO3 (Aqueous) 

180 140 200 400 140 

B 

to 

70 

COPPER 




BRASS 

GRAY IRON 

140 100 140 B B B A A A A A A A A A A 

Potassium Chloride KCI 185 180 140 280 400 210 180 200 160 200 B A A B B B B C B B B A A A A A 

Potassium Chromate 

K2CrO4 

140 280 400 170 140 70 70 200 A A B B B B B A A A A 

Potassium Cyanide KCN 185 140 280 400 140 180 200 160 185 C C C C C C B B B B A A A A A A 

Potassium Dichromate 

K2Cr2O7 

Sat'd 185 140 280 400 170 180 200 300 B B C B B C A A A A A 

Potassium Ethyl Xanthate 

KS2COC2H5 

73 

Potassium Ferricyanide 

K3Fe(CN)6 

140 280 400 140 70 200 150 140 C C C B B C A A A 

Potassium Ferrocyanide 

K4Fe(CN)63H2O " 

140 280 400 140 70 200 150 140 C C B B C C C C C B A A A 

Potassium Fluoride KF 140 275 400 140 180 250 A A A 

Potassium Hydroxide 

KOH 


25% 185 150 140 150 400 210 

B 

to 

70 

140 160 140 C C C C B B B B A A A A A 

Potassium Hypochlorite 

KCIO 

C C 200 400 70 C 70 70 C C C A A C 

Potassium Iodide KI 73 250 400 140 100 140 160 180 B B B B A A A 

Potassium Nitrate KNO3 140 280 400 210 180 140 140 250 A A A B B B B B B A A A A A A A 

Potassium Perborate 170 170 140 275 400 70 70 

Potassium Perchlorate 

KCIO4 

140 200 200 140 C 150 150 

Potassium Permanganate 

KMnO4 

10% 150 140 250 400 210 C 100 100 140 B B A A A A A A A A A 

Potassium Permanganate 

KMnO4 

25% 150 73 250 400 140 C 100 100 140 B B A A A A A A A A A 

DUCTILE IRON 

CARBON STEEL 

3% NI/IRON 



316 S.S. 

17-4 PH 

ALLOY 20 

MONEL 

STELLITE 

HASTELLOY C



CONCENTRATION 

CHEMICALS 

AND 

FORMULA 

Potassium Persulfate 

K2S2O8 

140 125 400 210 C 200 140 200 

Potassium Sulfate 

K2SO4 

180 140 280 200 210 140 140 140 250 A A A B B A A A A B A A A A A A A 

Potassium Sulfi de K2S 275 300 100 70 100 C C C C C C C C B B B B B C A 

Potassium Sulfi te 

K2SO32H2O " 

300 140 70 70 200 B B B C C C A A B 

Potassium Tripolyphosphate 

K5P3O10 

300 70 70 100 C B A A A A A A 

ABS 

CPVC 

Propane C3H8 73 140 280 300 C 70 

Propargyl Alcohol 

HC:CCH2OH 

Propionic Acid CH3CH- 

2CO2H 

Propyl Acetate 

C3H7OOCCH3 

Propyl Alcohol CH3CH- 

2CH2OH 

n-Propyl Bromide 

CH3CH2CH2Br 

Propylene Dichloride 

CH3CHCICH2CI 

Propylene Oxide 

CH3CHCH2O 

n-Propyl Nitrate 

C3H7NO3 

Pyridine N(CH)4CH 73 C C 


PP 

PVC 

PVDF 

TEFLON 

EPDM 

BUNA-N 

HYPALON 

B 

to 

70 

NEOPRENE 

140 100 140 140 140 C 140 

FLUOROCARBON 

ALUMINUM 

COPPER 




BRASS 

GRAY IRON 

DUCTILE IRON 

70 70 A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A 

C 140 70 C A A A 

100 140 

B 

to 

70 

C C C C A A A A A A A A A 

C 140 140 350 140 140 140 140 A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A 

300 

B 

to 

70 

C 200 C C C 

70 70 B B B B B B A A B 

B 

to 

70 

CARBON STEEL 

3% NI/IRON 



316 S.S. 

17-4 PH 

ALLOY 20 

A A 

C C 150 70 C C C C A A A 

200 70 C C C C A A A A A 

B 

to 

70 

C C C C B B B B B B C B A B 

Pyrogallic Acid 

C6H3(OH)3 

73 150 150 70 70 A A A A A A A A A A A A A 

Pyrrole CHNH(CH)2CH C C C C C B B B B B B B B B 

Quinone C6H4O2 100 C C A A A A A 

Rosin 200 70 70 70 100 C C C C C C A A A A A 

Salicylaldehyde 

C6H4OHCHO 

C 125 200 70 70 70 

Salicylic Acid 

C6H4(OH)(COOH) 

140 200 300 210 C 70 C 185 B B C C C C A A B 

Selenic Acid H2SeO4 140 150 70 70 70 

Silicic Acid SiO2nH2O " 140 400 140 100 140 140 200 

Silicone Oil 150 150 73 250 350 140 140 140 70 185 A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A 

Silver Chloride AgCI C C C C C C C C C C C C 

Silver Cyanide AgCN 185 140 280 350 140 C 70 140 C C C C C C C C C 

Silver Nitrate AgNO3 70 185 180 140 280 350 210 140 200 160 250 C C C C C C C C C B A A C 

Silver Sulfate Ag2SO4 70 140 250 350 170 140 200 

Soaps 70 185 73 140 400 210 180 140 140 250 B B A B B B B A A A A B A 

Sodium Acetate 

NaC2H3O2 

Sat'd 185 180 140 280 400 170 C 70 C A A B B B C B B A A A A 

Sodium Alum 

AINa(SO4)212H2O " 

140 280 170 180 140 140 210 C C 

Sodium Aluminate 

Na2Al2O3 

Sat'd 300 200 180 140 140 200 C C B B B A B A A A A 

Ato 

100 

Ato 

70 

Ato 

70 

MONEL 

A 

A 

STELLITE 

HASTELLOY C 

10 

10-49

10 

10-50 



CONCENTRATION 

CHEMICALS 

AND 

FORMULA 

Sodium Benzoate 

C6H5COONa 

140 170 140 280 300 210 140 200 A 

Sodium Bicarbonate 

NaHCO3 

70 185 180 140 280 400 250 180 200 160 300 A A A B B A A C A A A A A A A A 

Sodium Bichromate 

Na2Cr2O72H2O " 

Sat'd 140 140 140 250 400 140 140 70 70 200 C C A A A A A 

Sodium Bisulfate 

NaHSO4 

70 180 140 280 200 180 100 140 250 C C C C C C C C C B A A A 

Sodium Bisulfi te 

NaHSO3 

185 180 140 280 400 200 180 200 140 250 B B C C C C A A C A 

Sodium Borate (Borax) 

Na2B4O710H2O " 

Sat'd 73 300 140 70 100 100 140 A A B B B A A A A A 

Sodium Bromide NaBr Sat'd 180 180 140 280 300 210 70 70 250 B B C C C C A A A 

Sodium Carbonate 

Na2CO3 

70 185 180 140 280 400 140 140 140 140 300 C A A B B A A A A A A A A A B A 

Sodium Chlorate 

NaCIO3 

ABS 

CPVC 

PP 

PVC 

PVDF 

TEFLON 

Sat'd 180 73 250 350 

EPDM 

B 

to 

140 

BUNA-N 

B 

to 

70 

HYPALON 

NEOPRENE 

B 

to 

140 

FLUOROCARBON 

ALUMINUM 

COPPER 




BRASS 

GRAY IRON 

DUCTILE IRON 

100 A A C B B B B B A A A C 

Sodium Chloride NaCI 210 180 140 280 350 140 140 100 160 200 B A A A B B B B C A B B B B A A A A 

Sodium Chlorite 

NaCIO2 

25% 73 C 250 200 C C 140 C 

Sodium Chromate 

Na2CrO410H2O " 

200 70 70 70 70 A A B B B B A A A A A 

Sodium Cyanide NaCN 185 180 140 280 350 140 140 140 140 200 C C C C C A A A A A A A A A 

Sodium Dichromate 

Na2Cr2O72H2O " 

20% 185 180 140 200 300 140 C 200 C 200 C C C B B B A A B 

Sodium Ferricyanide 

Na3Fe(CN)62H2O " 

Sat'd 140 140 100 275 350 140 70 140 C C C C A A 

Sodium Ferrocyanide 

Na3Fe(CN)610H2O " 

Sat'd 185 140 275 350 140 70 140 A A A 

Sodium Fluoride NaF 140 185 140 280 350 140 70 140 70 140 A A B C C C A A A 

Sodium Hydroxide 

NaOH 

15% 140 210 180 140 170 400 210 140 200 160 C C A A A A B A A A A A A A 


NaOH (Caustic Soda) 

30% 140 210 180 140 C 350 140 100 140 160 C C A B B B B A A A A A 


NaOH 

50% 140 210 180 140 C 350 140 C 140 160 C C B B C C C B B B B B A A A A A 


NaOH 

70% 70 180 100 C 350 70 C 100 100 C C B C C C C B B B B B A A A A A 

Sodium Hypochlorite 

NaOCI5H2O " 

C 185 C 73 200 350 70 C 150 C 140 C C C C C C C C C C C C A A A A 

Sodium Iodide NaI 275 140 160 

Sodium Metaphosphate 

(NaPO3)n 

73 280 70 70 70 70 C C C C C C A A B 

Sodium Nitrate NaNO3 Sat'd 185 180 140 280 400 210 140 140 140 225 B A A B B A A A A A A A A A A B A 

Sodium Nitrate NaNO2 140 280 400 170 C 140 140 200 A A B B B A A A 

Sodium Palmitate 

CH3(CH2)14COONa 

5% 250 350 

Sodium Perborate 

NaBO23H2O " 

73 140 350 70 70 70 70 70 C C B B B A A A A A A 

Sodium Perchlorate 

NaCIO4 

170 170 140 250 350 

Sodium Peroxide Na2O2 140 200 250 140 

Sodium Phosphate 

NaH2PO4 


NaH2PO4 

B 

to 

70 

B 

to 

70 

200 70 185 B C C C C C C C A A A A A B 

Acid 180 280 400 170 140 200 140 200 B B B B B B B B A B A A A A B A 

Alkaline 


180 280 400 170 140 200 140 200 B B B B B B B B A B A A A A B A 

CARBON STEEL 

3% NI/IRON 



316 S.S. 

17-4 PH 

ALLOY 20 

MONEL 

STELLITE 

HASTELLOY C



CONCENTRATION 

CHEMICALS 

AND 

FORMULA 


NaH2PO4 

Neutr al 180 280 400 170 140 200 140 200 B B B B B B B B A B A A A A B A 

Sodium Silicate 

2Na2OSiO2 " 

180 280 200 140 200 140 200 C C B A A A A A A A A A A A 

Sodium Sulfate Na2SO4 Sat'd 70 185 150 140 280 400 140 140 140 140 200 A A A B B A A A A A A A A A A A A 

Sodium Sulfi de Na2S 70 185 150 140 280 350 140 180 200 140 200 C C C C C B B C B B A A A A A 

ABS 


CPVC 

PP 

PVC 

PVDF 

TEFLON 

EPDM 

BUNA-N 

HYPALON 

NEOPRENE 

FLUOROCARBON 

ALUMINUM 

Sodium Sulfi te Na2SO3 70 185 180 140 280 350 140 140 140 140 200 A A C B B B B B A A A C A 

Sodium Thiosulphate 

Na2S2O35H2O " 

150 140 280 350 200 140 200 160 200 A B B C C C C C A A A 

Sour Crude Oil 140 280 C C 70 C 200 C A A A B A A A A A A A 

Soybean Oil 250 400 C 140 200 70 250 A A B A A B A A A A A A A A 

Stannic Chloride SnCI4 185 140 280 350 100 140 70 C 200 C C C C C C C C C C C C C A C C 

Stannic Chloride SnCI2 15% 185 140 280 350 70 140 200 160 200 C C C C C C C C C A A C 

Starch 140 200 300 170 180 200 160 200 B B B B B B B B A A A A A 

Steam (Low Pressure) 280 400 C C C C C A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A 

Steam (Medium 

Pressure) 

400 C C C C C B A A A A A A A A A A A A A A B A 

Steam (High Pressure) C C C C C C C C C C C C C B A C B A A A A C A 

Stearic Acid 


185 73 140 275 350 C 140 70 70 100 A A A C B C C C B C A A A A A A 

Stoddard's Solvent 280 C 140 C C 185 A A A A A A A A A A A A A 

Styrene (C6H5CHCH2)n 180 350 C C C C 100 B B B B B B B A A A A 

Succinic Acid 

CO2H(CH2)2CO2H 

150 140 150 200 70 70 70 A A A A A A A A A A A A A 

Sugar C6H12O6 275 350 140 100 140 140 200 C C B C B A A A A A 

Sulfamic Acid 

HSO3NH2 

20% 180 140 C C C 70 70 C A B B B C C C C A A B 

Sulfate Liquors (Oil) 73 200 70 70 70 C C C C C B A A A A A 

Sulfi te Liquors 6% 140 350 140 70 70 70 140 C B A A 

Sulfur S C 140 250 350 C 70 70 250 C C C C C C B B C B B B A A A A 

Sulfur Chloride S2CI2 C 73 350 C C 70 C 70 C C C C C C C C C C C C C C B C C 

Sulfur Dioxide SO2 Dry C 73 140 175 350 70 C 200 C 100 A A A B A A A A A A A A A A A A A 

Sulfur Dioxide SO2 Wet C 73 73 150 140 C 200 140 B C C B B C C A C A A A 

Sulfur Trioxide SO3 140 C 70 C C C 140 C C C C B B A A A 

Sulfuric Acid H2SO4 

Up to 

30% 

100 210 180 140 250 250 140 C 100 100 200 C C C C C C C C C C C A B A A C A 

Sulfuric Acid H2SO4 50% 70 210 150 140 250 250 140 140 150 C 200 C C C C C C C C C C C A C A A C A 

Sulfuric Acid H2SO4 60% C 210 150 140 250 250 140 C 150 C 250 C C C C C C C C C C C C B B A B C A 

Sulfuric Acid H2SO4 70% C 210 120 140 200 200 140 C 150 C 250 C C C C C C C C C C C C B C A C C A 

Sulfuric Acid H2SO4 80% C 210 73 140 200 200 70 C 150 C 150 C C C C C C C C C C C C C C A C C A 

COPPER 




BRASS 

GRAY IRON 

DUCTILE IRON 

CARBON STEEL 

3% NI/IRON 



316 S.S. 

17-4 PH 

ALLOY 20 

MONEL 

STELLITE 

HASTELLOY C 

10 

10-51

10 

10-52 



CONCENTRATION 

CHEMICALS 

AND 

FORMULA 

Sulfuric Acid H2SO4 90% C 73 C 100 200 200 C C 70 C 150 C C C C C C C C C C C C C C A C C A 

Sulfuric Acid H2SO4 93% C 73 C 100 200 




Sulfuric Acid H2SO4 98% C 73 C C 150 

Sulfuric Acid H2SO4 100% C C C C C 

ABS 

CPVC 

PP 

PVC 

PVDF 

TEFLON 

B 

to 

200 

B 

to 

200 

B 

to 

200 

B 

to 

200 

B 

to 

200 

B 

to 

200 

EPDM 

BUNA-N 

HYPALON 

NEOPRENE 

FLUOROCARBON 

ALUMINUM 

COPPER 




BRASS 

GRAY IRON 

C C 70 C 150 C C C C C C C C C C C C C C B C C A 

C C C C 150 C C C C C C C C C C C C C C B C C A 

C C C C 150 C C C C C C C C C C C C C C B C C A 

C C C C 140 C C C C C C C C C C C C C C B C C B 

C C C C 70 C C C C C C C C C C C C C C B C C B 

C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C B C B C C 

Sulfurous Acid H2SO3 Sat'd C 140 100 210 350 75 150 C 100 C C C C C C C C C C B A A A A C A 

Tall Oil 140 280 250 C 140 C 

Tannic Acid 

C76H52O46 

B 

to 

70 

DUCTILE IRON 

CARBON STEEL 

70 B B B B B B B A A A A B A 

10% C 185 180 140 225 250 70 100 100 100 100 A A B B C B B B A A A A A 

Tanning Liquors 185 140 70 70 70 200 A A A B A A 

Tar 250 250 C C 70 70 185 A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A 

Tartaric Acid 

HOOC(CHOH)2COOH 

150 140 250 250 C 70 200 70 70 B A A C C C C C C C A A A A A A 

Terpineol C10H17OH C C 70 C C 

Tetrachloroethane 

CHCI2CHCI2 

250 400 C C C C 70 A A 

Tetrachloroethylene 

CI2C:CCI2 

C 275 350 C C C C 70 

Tetraethyl Lead 

Pb(C2H5)4 

73 280 350 C 70 C 70 A A B B A A A 

Tetrahydrofuran C4H8O C C C C C C C C C 

Tetralin C10H12 200 C C C C 

Tetra Sodium Pyrophosphate 

N94PzO710H2O " 

Thionyl Chloride SOCI2 C C C 

140 

Thread Cutting Oils 73 200 350 C 70 70 A A A A A A A A A A A 

Titanium Tetrachloride 

TiCl4 

C 150 C C C 185 C C C B B B 

Toluene (Toluol) 

CH3C6H5 

C C C C 175 200 C C C 70 A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A 

Tomato Juice 180 200 350 200 C C 70 200 A B C C B A A A A 

Transformer Oil 120 140 300 C 140 C 140 A A A A A A A A A 

Transformer Oil DTE/30 300 C 140 C C A A A A A A A A A 

Tributyl Citrate 73 

Tributyl Phosphate 

(C4H9)3PO4 

C 73 300 70 C C C C B B B A A A B A A A 

Trichloroacetic Acid 

CCI3COOH 

Trichloroethylene 

CHCI:CCI2 

Triethanolamine 

(HOCH2CH2)3N 


150 140 125 200 70 

B 

to 

70 

70 70 C C B C C C C C B B 

C C C C 280 200 C C C C 185 A A A A A A B B B A A A A A A A 

70 73 125 70 70 150 70 C C C C C C C C A A A 

3% NI/IRON 



316 S.S. 

17-4 PH 

ALLOY 20 

MONEL 

STELLITE 

HASTELLOY C



CONCENTRATION 

CHEMICALS 

AND 

FORMULA 

Triethylamine 

(C2H5)3N 

140 125 140 70 200 A A A 

Trimethylpropane 

(CH2OH)3C3H5 

73 180 200 160 300 

Trisodium Phosphate 

NaPO412H2O " 

70 185 185 140 280 350 70 70 185 70 185 C C B B A A A A A 

Tung Oil C 100 100 100 100 B B B B B B B A A A A A 

ABS 

CPVC 

PP 

PVC 

PVDF 

TEFLON 

EPDM 

BUNA-N 

HYPALON 

NEOPRENE 

FLUOROCARBON 

ALUMINUM 

Turpentine 73 C 140 280 C 70 C C 150 A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A 

Urea CO(NH2)2 185 180 140 250 210 140 140 140 185 C B B C C C A A B C 

Urine 180 140 400 210 140 140 140 70 C C C A A A A A 

Varnish 250 350 C 70 C 70 A A A B B C C C B A A A A A 

Vaseline (Petroleum 

Jelly) 

150 C 300 C 140 70 140 70 A A A A A A A A A A 

Vegetable Oil 185 100 70 275 300 C 70 70 70 200 A A A A A A A A A A A 

Vinegar 73 150 140 140 225 300 140 C 200 70 C C B C C C C C C C A A A A A A 

Vinyl Acetate 

CH3COOCH:CH2 

C C 250 350 70 70 C C C B B B B B A A B 

Water, Acid Mine H2O 185 140 230 400 200 180 180 160 C C C C C C C C C C C A A A A B B B 

Water, Deionized H2O 70 210 180 140 280 400 200 70 160 A A B B C C C C C C B A A A A A 

Water, Distilled H2O 70 210 180 140 280 400 250 180 200 160 A A A A B B C C C B C A A A A A B A 

Water, Potable H2O 70 210 180 140 280 400 250 180 200 160 B A A A A A B B B A B A A A A A A A 

Water, Salt H2O 70 210 180 140 280 400 250 180 200 160 C B B B C C C C C B C B A A A A B A 

Water, Sea H2O 70 210 73 140 280 400 250 180 200 160 C B B B C C C C C B C B B A A A C A 

Water, Soft H2O 70 200 400 250 180 200 160 A A A A A B C C B B C A A A A A A A 

Water, Waste H2O 70 185 180 140 230 400 200 70 B B B B B B B B B B B B A A A A 

Whiskey 185 150 140 200 350 200 140 140 140 140 A C C B C C C C B A A A A 

White Liquor 185 140 230 140 140 140 C C C C C C C A A A 

Wine 185 150 140 200 350 170 140 140 140 140 C C C C C C B A A A 

Xylene (Xylol) 

C6H4(CH3)2 

C C C C 200 350 C C C C 150 A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A 

Zinc Acetate 

Zn(C2H3O2)22H2O " 

250 180 70 70 160 70 C C C C C C C C A A A 

Zinc Carbonate ZnCO3 100 100 B B B A B 

Zinc Chloride ZnCl2 185 180 140 280 400 180 70 200 160 200 C C C C C C C C B B A A 

Zinc Nitrate 

Zn(NO3)26H2O " 

140 280 180 140 200 200 A A A 

Zinc Sulfate Zn- 

SO47H2O " 

185 180 140 280 400 180 140 200 140 200 A C C B C C C B C A A A A A A 

Trichloroacetic Acid 

CCI3COOH 

Trichloroethylene 

CHCI:CCI2 

Triethanolamine 

(HOCH2CH2)3N 


150 140 125 200 70 

B 

to 

70 

COPPER 




BRASS 

70 70 C C B C C C C C B B 

C C C C 280 200 C C C C 185 A A A A A A B B B A A A A A A A 

70 73 125 70 70 150 70 C C C C C C C C A A A 

To the best of our knowledge the information contained herein is accurate. However, neither Fabco nor any of its affi liates assumes 

any liability in whatsoever for the accuracy or completeness of the information contained herein. Final determination of the suitability 

of any information or material for the use contemplated, the manner of use, andwhether there is any infringement of patents is the sole 

responsibility of the user. 

GRAY IRON 

DUCTILE IRON 

CARBON STEEL 

3% NI/IRON 



316 S.S. 

17-4 PH 

ALLOY 20 

MONEL 

STELLITE 

HASTELLOY C 

10 

10-53

10 

Adhesive – a substance capable of holding materials together by surface attachment. 

Adhesive solvent – an adhesive having a volatile organic liquid as a vehicle. See Solvent Cement. 

Aging – (1) The effect on materials of exposure to an environment for an interval of time. (2) The 

process of exposing materials to an environment for an interval of time. 

Antioxidant – a compounding ingredient added to a plastic composition to retard possible degradation 

from contact with oxygen (air), particularly in processing or exposure to high temperatures. 

Artifi cial weathering – the exposure of plastics to cystic laboratory conditions involving changes in 

temperature, relative humidity, and ultraviolet radiant energy, with or without direct water spray, in 

an attempt to produce changes in the materials similar to those observed after long-term continuous 

outdoor exposure. Note: The laboratory exposure conditions are usually intensifi ed beyond those 

encountered in actual outdoor exposure in an attempt to achieve an accelerated effect. This defi nition 

does not involve exposure to special conditions such as ozone, salt spray, industrial gases, etc. 

Bell end – the enlarged portion of a pipe that resembles the socket portion of a fi tting and that is 

intended to be used to make a joint by inserting a piece of pipe into it. Joining may be accomplished 

by solvent cements, adhesives, or mechanical techniques. 

Beam loading – the application of a load to a pipe between two points of support, usually expressed 

in pounds and the distance between the centers of the supports. 

Burst strength – the internal pressure required to break a pipe or fi tting. This pressure will vary with 

the rate of build-up of the pressure and the time during which the pressure is held. 

Cement – see adhesive and solvent, cement. 

Chemical resistance – (1) The effect of specifi c chemicals on the properties of plastic piping with 

respect to concentrations, temperature and time of exposure. (2) The ability of a specifi c plastic pipe 

to render service for a useful period in the transport of a specifi c chemical at a specifi ed concentration 

and temperature. 

Cleaner – medium strength organic solvent such as methyl ethyl katone to remove foreign matter 

from pipe and fi tting joint surfaces. 

Compound – the intimate admixture of a polymer or polymers with other ingredients such as fi llers, 

softeners, plasticizers, catalysts, pigments, dyes, curing agents, stabilizers, antioxidants, etc. 

Copolymer – see Polymer. 

Creep – the time-dependent part of strain resulting from stress, that is, the dimensional change 

caused by the application of load over and above the elastic formation and with respect to time. 

Defl ection Temperature – the temperature at which a specimen will defl ect a given distance at a 

given load under a prescribed conditions of test. See ASTM D648. Formerly called heat distortion. 

Deterioration – a permanent change in the physical properties of a plastic evidenced by impairment 

of these properties. Note a. – Burst strength, fi ber stress, hoop stress, hydrostatic design stress, longterm 

hydrostataic strength, hydrostatic strength (quick), long-term burst, ISO equation, pressure, 

pressure rating, quick burst, service factor, strength, stress and sustained pressure test are related 

terms. 

Elasticity – that property of plastics materials by virtue of which they tend to recover their original 

size and shape after deformation. Note – if the strain is proportional to the applied stress, the material 

is said to exhibit Hookean or ideal elasticity. 

Elastomer – a material which at room temperature can be stretched repeatedly to at least twice its 

original length and, upon immediate release of the stress, will return with force to its approximate 

original length. 

Elevated temperature testing – tests on plastic pipe above 23° (73°F). 

Environmental stress cracking – cracks that develop when the material is subjected to stress in the 

presence of specifi c chemicals. 

Extrusion – a method whereby heated or unheated plastic forced through a shaping orifi ce becomes 

one continuously formed piece. Note – this method is commonly used to manufacture thermoplastic 

pipe. 

Failure, adhesive – rupture of an adhesive bond, such that the plane of separation appears to be at 

the adhesive-adherend interface. 

Fiber stress – the unit stress, usually in pounds per square inch (psi), in a piece of material that is 

subjected to an external load. 

Filler – a relatively inert material added to a plastic to modify its strength, permeance, working 

properties, or other qualities, or to lower costs. 

Fungi resistances – the ability of plastic pipe to withstand fungi growth and/or their metabolic 

products under normal conditions of service or laboratory tests simulating such conditions. 

Heat joining – making a pipe joint by heating the edges of the parts to be joined so that they fuse 

and become essentially one pipe with or without the addition of additional material. 

Hoop stress – the tensile stress, usually in pounds per square inch (psi), in the circumferential orientation 

in the wall of the pipe when the pipe contains a gas or liquid under pressure. 

Hydrostatic design stress – the estimated maximum tensile stress in the wall of the pipe in the 

circumferential orientation due to internal hydrostatic pressure that can be applied continuously with 

a high degree of certainty that failure of the pipe will not occur. 

Hydrostatic strength (quick) – the hoop stress calculated by means of the ISO equation at which 

the pipe breaks due to an internal pressure build-up, usually within 60 to 90 seconds. 

Long-term burst – the internal pressure at which a pipe or fi tting will break due to a constant internal 

pressure held for 100,000 hours (11.43 years). 

Impact, Izod – a specifi c type of impact test made with a pendulum type machine. The specimens 

are molded or extruded with machined notch in the center. See ASTM D256. 

ISO equation – an equation showing the inter-relations between stress, pressure and dimensions 

in pipe, namely: 

S = P (ID + t) or S = P (OD – t) 

2t 2t 

Where: 

S = stress 

P = pressure 

ID = average inside diameter 

OD = average outside diameter 

10-54 

Glossary of Terms 

t = minimum wall thickness (Note a) 

Reference: ISO R161–1960 Pipes of Plastics Materials for the Transport of Fluids (Outside 

Diameters and Nominal Pressures) Part I, Metric Series. 

Joint – the location at which two pieces of pipe or a pipe and a fi tting are connected together. The 

joint may be made by an adhesive, a solvent-cement or a mechanical device such as threads or a ring 

seal. 

Long-term hydrostatic strength – the estimated tensile stress in the wall of the pipe in the 

circumferential orientation (hoop stress) that when applied continuously will cause failure of the 

pipe at 100,000 hours (11.43 years). These strengths are usually obtained by extrapolation of log-log 

regression equations or plots. 

Molding, injection – a method of forming plastic objects from a granular or powdered plastics by 

the fusing of plastic in a chamber with heat and pressure and the forcing part of mass into a cooler 

chamber where it solidifi es. Note: this method is commonly used to manufacture thermoplastic 

fi ttings. 

Outdoor exposure – plastic pipe placed in service or stored so that it is not protected from the elements 

of normal weather conditions, i.e., the sun’s rays, rain, air and wind. Exposure to industrial and 

waste gases, chemicals, engine exhausts, etc. are not considered normal “outdoor exposure.” 

Permanence – the property of a plastic which describes its resistance to appreciable changes in 

characteristics with time and environment. 

Plastic – a material that contains as an essential ingredient an organic substance of large molecular 

weight, is solid in its fi nished state, and, at some stage in its manufacture or in its processing into 

fi nished articles, can be shaped by fl ow. 

Plastics pipe – a hollow-cylinder of plastic material in which the wall thicknesses are usually small 

when compared to the diameter and in which the inside and outside walls are essentially concentric. 

See plastics tubing. 

Plastics tubing – a particular size of plastics pipe in which the outside diameter is essentially the 

same as that of copper tubing. See plastics pipe. 

Polypropylene plastics – plastics based on polymers made with propylene as essentially the sole 

monomer. 

Poly (vinyl chloride) – a resin prepared by the polymerization of vinyl chloride with or without the 

addition of small amounts of other monomers. 

Poly (vinyl chloride) plastics – plastics made by combining poly (vinyl chloride) with colorants, 

fi llers, plasticizers, stabilizers, lubricants, other polymers, and other compounding ingredients. Not 

all of these modifi ers are used in pipe compounds. 

Pressure – when expressed with reference to pipe the force per unit area exerted by the medium in 

the pipe. 

Pressure rating – the estimated maximum pressure that the medium in the pipe can exert continuously 

with a high degree of certainty that failure of the pipe will not occur. 

Primer – strong organic solvent, preferably tetrahydrofuran, used to dissolve and soften the joint surfaces 

in preparation for and prior to the application of solvent cement. Primer is usually tinted purple. 

Quick burst – the internal pressure required to burst a pipe or fi tting due to an internal pressure 

build-up, usually within 60 to 90 seconds. 

Schedule – a pipe size system (outside diameters and wall thicknesses) originated by the iron pipe 

industry. 

Self-extinguishing – the ability of a plastic to resist burning when the source of heat or fl ame that 

ignited it is removed. 

Service factor – a factor which is used to reduce a strength value to obtain an engineering design 

stress. The factory may vary depending on the service conditions, the hazard, the length of service 

desired, and the properties of the pipe. 

Solvent cement – in the plastic piping fi eld, a solvent adhesive that contains a solvent that dissolves 

or softens the surfaces being bonded so that the bonded assembly becomes essentially one piece of 

the same type of plastic. 

Solvent cementing – making a pipe joint with a solvent cement. See Solvent Cement. 

Stress – when expressed with reference to pipe the force per unit area in the wall of the pipe in the 

circumferential orientation due to internal hydrostatic pressure. 

Sustained pressure test – a constant internal pressure test for 100 hours. 

Thermoplastic – a plastic which is thermoplastic in behavior. Capable of being repeatedly softened 

by increase of temperature and hardened by decrease of temperature. 

Vinyl Chloride Plastics – plastics based on resins made by the polymerization of vinyl chloride or 

copolymerization of vinyl chloride with other unsaturated compounds, the vinyl chloride being in 

greatest amount by weight. 

Weld-orKnit-line – a mark on a molded plastic formed by the union of two or more streams 

of plastic fl owing together. 

ABBREVIATIONS 

ASA – American Standards Association 

ASTM – American Society for Testing and Materials 

CPVC – Chlorinated Poly (Vinyl Chloride) plastic or resin. 

IAPMO – International Association of Plumbing and Technical Offi cials 

ISO – International Standards Organization 

NSF – National Sanitation Foundation 

PP – Polyproylene plastic or resin 

PPI – Plastic Pipe Institute 

PS – Product Standard when references to a specifi cation for plastic pipe and fi ttings. These 

specifi cations are promulgated by the U.S. Department of Commerce and were formerly known as 

Commercial Standards. 

PSI – pounds per square inch 

PVC – Poly (Vinyl Chloride) plastic or resin 

SPI – The Society of the Plastics Industry, Inc.

COLLAPSE PRESSURE - PVC DUCT 

Graph I: Calculated Collapse Pressures with Safety Factor of 5, FABCO Type I Grade I PVC Seamless Duct (minimum wall) 

@ 70-75° F vs Length of Span/Nominal O.D. 

The Sheet Metal & Air Conditioning Contractors’ National Association 

(SMACNA) sponsored a physical testing program on both rectangular 

and round Type I Grade I PVC fabricated duct, as well as a theoretical 

analysis of the test work. Equations were developed for collapse pressures 

of varying I/D ratios (I = distance between reinforced stiffeners 

(inches) and D = OD (inches)) as well as for collapse of a very long tube. 

Round duct sizes ranged from 18” O.D. to 48” O.D. with wall thicknesses 

of .137” to .282”. Test values correlated within a 10% range. 

Fabco ran actual collapse tests on 4 sizes of extruded seamless duct from 

6” through 12” with I/D ratios exceeding 10 which confi rmed the values 

calculated from the very long tube equation. (Note: Collapse values for 

all sizes with ratios exceeding 10 approach values for a very long tube). 

This graph can be utilized to determine reinforcement spacing distance 

for higher negative pressures than shown in the SMACNA publication(1) 

for the sizes and minimum wall thicknesses shown. 

Example: 16” duct at 20” water I/D = 4 

l = 16 x 4 = 64” between reinforcing stiffeners. 

(1) Thermoplastic Duct (PVC) Construction Manual, SMACNA 

10 

10-55

10 

10-56 

COLLAPSE PRESSURE - PVC DUCT 

Graph II: Calculated Collapse Pressure with Safety Factory of 5, 

FABCO Type I Grade I PVC Seamless Duct @ 70–75°F vs Nominal O.D./Wall 

This calculated collapse pressure graph with a safety factor of 5 for Type 

I Grade PVC duct has been experimentally confi rmed for D/I ratios from 

44-170. The 5-1 safety factor is believed to be suffi cient for reasonable 

out of roundness due to storage and handling. Use of this graph for lower 

D/I ratios of Type I Grade I PVC pressure pipe should provide collapse 

pressures of greater than a 5-1 safety factor, since out of roundness will 

be appreciably less due to heavier walls of pipe produced under ASTM 

standards 1785 and 2241. 

Use of minimum wall thicknesses as shown in Fabco’s Specifi cation for 

Duct and the ASTM Standards mentioned above are recommended when 

utilizing this graph for operating temperatures of 70° – 75° and below. 

Values of collapse pressures above 407” of water exceed a complete 

vacuum and should be considered as external collapse pressure. Conversion 

to PSI collapse pressure can be obtained by multiplying the inches 

of water by .0361; inches of water to inches of mercury by .07369.

I. STANDARDS FOR MEASURING HEADS AND 

CAPACITY. 

Head is measured in feet, pounds per square inch (PSI), or in inches 

of mercury. However, so that a common means of head measurement 

is understood, it is recommended that all heads be expressed in feet 

of water. Measurement of liquid should be expressed in U.S. gallons. 

II. ATMOSPHERIC PRESSURE. 

At sea level it is 14.7 PSI. This will maintain a column of mercury 

29.9 inches or a column of water 33.9 ft. high. This is the theoretical 

height of which water may be lifted by suction. The practical limit 

for cold water (60 F) is 25 feet. 

III. SUCTION AND DISCHARGE HEAD. 

1. Static Suction Lift – Is the vertical distance from the center line 

of the pump’s suction inlet to the constant level of the water. 

This is added to discharge head to obtain total dynamic head. 

2. Positive Suction Head – Is the vertical distance above the center 

line of the pump’s suction to the constant level of the water. This 

is subtracted from the discharge head to obtain total dynamic 

head. 

3. Dynamic Suction Head – Is the suction lift (or head) plus suction 

line friction loss. May be positive or negative. 

4. Static Discharge Elevation – Is the vertical distance from the 

pump’s discharge to the highest point in the discharge line. 

5. TDH (Total Dynamic Head) – Is the total head and is the total 

of static suction lift (head), friction loss in suction line, static 

discharge elevation, friction loss in discharge line and fi ttings, 

plus discharge pressure, if any. To be hydraulically correct, 

we should not include “Static Head” in total dynamic head. 

Dynamic means “moving” and “Dynamic Head” only includes 

velocity head and friction loss. However, most pump people use 

TDH interchangeably with TH (Total Head). 

6. Friction Head – Is the heat loss experienced by the movement 

of the liquid through the suction and discharge lines. Charts are 

available showing loss in feet of head at various fl ows through 

various pipe or hose sizes. Charts also show velocity in feet/ 

sec, which is particularly important when pumping liquids with 

solids in suspension. Fittings, valves, etc. must be considered. 

IV. NPSH. 

Net Positive Suction Head is defi ned as head that causes liquid to 

fl ow through the suction line and enter the impeller eye. This head 

comes from either atmospheric pressure or from a static suction head 

plus atmospheric pressure. Two types of NPSH will be considered. 

1. 

2. 

Required NPSH – Is a function of pump design. It varies 

between different makes, between different models, and with capacity 

of any one pump. This value is supplied by the manufacturer, 

if available. Refer to pump curves or contact the factory. 

Available NPSH – Is a function of the system in which pumps 

operate. Can be calculated for any installation. For a pump to 

operate properly, available NPSH should be greater than the 

required NPSH, plus 2 feet for safety factor, at a desired head 

and capacity. In simple terms, available NPSH is calculated by 

deducting from barometric pressure, in feet, the static suction 

Pump Data 

head (+ or -), friction loss, and the vapor pressure (ft.) of liquid 

being pumped. Velocity heads should also be deducted. 

NPSH does not indicate the priming capabilities of self-priming centrifugal 

pumps. This capability is shown, generally on engine driven 

pumps, by respective “break-off” lines representing 10, 15, 20, 25’ 

static suction lifts. 

V. USEFUL FACTORS OR FORMULAS. 

a) Feet head x .433 = PSI (pounds per square inch). 

b) PSI (water) x 2.31 = Ft. Head 

c) Specifi c gravity of water (sp.gr.) = 1.0. 

d) PSI (water) x 2.31/sp.gr. = Ft. Head 

e) Weight of one U.S. gallon of water = 8.33 pounds 

f) One cubit foot (cu.ft.) of water contains 7.48 gallons. 

g) GPM = Gallons Per Minute. 

h) Imperial gallon x 1.2 = U.S. gallon; U.S. GPM x .833 = Imp. 

GPM. 

i) TDH = Total Head or total dynamic head. 

j) WHP = Water Horsepower. 

k) BHP = Brake Horsepower. 

I) EFF = Pump Effi ciency. 

m) WHP = Ft .Head x GPM/3960 

n) BHP = WHP/EFF or BHP = Ft. Head x GPM/3960 x EFF (Pump) 

o ) EFF = WHP/BHP x 100 

p) For liquids having different specifi c gravity other than 1.0. 

WHP = Ft. Head x GPM x sp.gr./3960 

BPH = Ft. Head x GPM x sp.gr./3960 x EFF 

BHP (for liquids other than water) = BHP (for water) x sp.gr. 

VI. EFFECT ON CENTRIFUGAL PUMPS ON 

CHANGE OF SPEED OR CHANGE OF 

IMPELLER DIAMETER. 

Three rules govern the operation of centrifugal pumps: 

a) Capacity varies directly with changes of speed or of the 

impeller diameter. 

GPM 1 /GPM 2 = RPM 1 /RPM 2 or 

GPM 1 /GPM 2 = Dia. 1 /Dia. 2 

GPM 2 = GPM 1 /RPM 1 xRPM 2 and 

GPM 2 = GPM 1 /Dia. 1 xDia. 2 

b) Head varies as the square of the speed or the impeller diameter. 

Head 1 /Head 2 = RPM 1 2 /RPM2 2 or Head1 /Head 2 = Dia. 1 2 /Dia.2 2 

Hd 2 = Hd 1 /RPM 1 2 /RPM2 2 and Hd2 = Hd 1 /Dia. 1 2 /Dia.2 

c) Power (BHP) varies as the cube of the speed or impeller diameter 

BHP 1 /BHP 2 = RPM 1 3 /RPM1 3 or BHP1 = Dia 1 3 /Dia2 3 

BHP 2 = BHP 1 3 /RPM1 3 xRPM2 3 and BPH2 = BHP 1 3 /Dia.1 3 xDia2 3 

10 

10-57

10 

10-58 

Vll. EFFECT OF ALTITUDE ON PUMPS 

At elevations above sea level, suction lift should be reduced 

accordingly to insure that the same amount of water can get into the 

pump as would occur at an equivalent sea level lift. Lower atmospheric 

pressure reduces horsepower output of gas engines, thus 

causing a drop in speed which reduces pump performance. Engine 

power will decrease 3.5% for each 1000 ft. above sea level and 1% 

for each 10°F above standard temperature at 60°F. 

Altitude 

Above Sea 

Level 

ATMOSPHERIC PRESSURE CONDITIONS 

ELEVATIONS ABOVE SEA LEVEL 

Atmospheric 

Pressure 

Pounds/sq.in. 

Barometer 

Reading Ins. 

of Mercury 

Equivalent 

Head or 

Water, Ft. 

Pump Data 

Reduction to 

Max. Practical 

Dyn.Suction 

Lift 

0 14.7 29.929 33.95 0 ft. 

1000 14.2 28.8 32.7 1.2” 

2000 13.6 27.7 31.6 2.3” 

3000 13.1 26.7 30.2 3.7” 

4000 12.6 25.7 29.1 4.8” 

5000 12.1 24.7 27.9 6” 

6000 11.7 23.8 27.0 6.9” 

7000 11.2 22.9 25.9 8” 

8000 10.8 22.1 24.9 9” 

VIII. GUIDELINES FOR 

PUMPING WARM WATER 

MAXIMUM PRACTICAL DYNAMIC SUCTION LIFTAND 

VAPOR PRESSURE 

Altitude 

Above Sea 

Level 

WATER CHARACTERISTICS 

Atmospheric 

Pressure 

Pounds/sq.in. 

Barometer 

Reading Ins. 

of Mercury 

Equivalent 

Head or 

Water, Ft. 

Reduction to 

Max. Practical 

Dyn.Suction 

Lift 

0 14.7 29.929 33.95 0 ft. 

1000 14.2 28.8 32.7 1.2” 

2000 13.6 27.7 31.6 2.3” 

3000 13.1 26.7 30.2 3.7” 

4000 12.6 25.7 29.1 4.8” 

5000 12.1 24.7 27.9 6” 

6000 11.7 23.8 27.0 6.9” 

7000 11.2 22.9 25.9 8” 

8000 10.8 22.1 24.9 9” 

IX. EFFECT OF SPECIFIC GRAVITY 

The specifi c gravity of a substance is the ratio of the weight of a 

given volume to the weight of an equal volume of water at standard 

conditions. 

1. 

2. 

A centrifugal pump will always develop the same head in feet 

no matter what the specifi c gravity of the liquid pumped; however, 

the pressure (in pounds per square inch) will be increased 

or decreased in direct proportion to the specifi c gravity. 

The brake horsepower (BHP) of a pump varies directly with 

specifi c gravity. If the liquid has a specifi c gravity other than 

water (1.0), multiply the BHP for water by the sp.gr. of liquid 

handled. 

X. VISCOSITY 

The viscosity of a fl uid is the internal friction or resistance to motion 

of its particles. The coeffi cient of viscosity of a fl uid is the measure 

of its resistance to fl ow. Fluids having a high viscosity are sluggish in 

fl ow, for example: heavy oil or molasses. Liquids such as water or 

gasoline have relatively low viscosity and fl ow readily. Viscosity is a 

fl uid property independent of specifi c gravity. Viscosities vary with 

temperature; as temperature increases, viscosity decreases. Pressure 

changes have negligible infl uence on viscosity. There are many types 

of viscometers and expressed in many terms. Commonly used is SSU 

(Seconds Saybolt Universal). This is actually the time in seconds required 

for a given quantity of fl uid to pass through a standard orifi ce 

under standard conditions. Viscous liquids tend to reduce the capacity, 

head, and effi ciency, and increase the BHP. 

Kinematic Viscosity (in Centistokes) 

= Absolute Viscosity (in centipoise)/Specifi c Gravity 

Centistrokes = SSU/4.64 

This is an approximation for Viscosities greater than 250 S.S.U.The 

approximated performance for pumping fl uids more viscous than 

water is determined from the following formula: 

BHPvis = Qvis X Hvis X S.G./3960/Evis HOW CENTRIFUGAL PUMPS WORK 

Liquid is supplied to the inlet at the center of the pump head. Since 

centrifugal pumps are not self-priming, liquid must be supplied by 

gravity feed or the pump must be primed. The spinning impeller 

propels the liquid outward by centrifugal force, providing the motive 

force required to move the liquid. The specially shaped volute receives 

the liquid and converts the radial motion to a smooth pulseless 

fl ow. Easily adjust the fl ow rate by restricting the fl ow at the outlet. 

CENTRIFUGAL PUMP TERMS 

IMPELLER – A rotating vaned disck that provides the pumping 

force. 

VOLUTE – The body of the pump that is shaped to receive liquid 

from the inlet and direct it through the outlet.

HEAD – The ability of a pump to push a column of water vertically 

in a pipe. As the column lengthens, the fl ow rate decreases until the 

column’s weight just balances the pump’s force and there is no fl ow. 

This height is the total head (usually expressed as feet of head). 

FLOW RATE – Usually expressed in gallons per minute (GPM) for 

large-volume pumps; in gallons per hour (GPH) for small-volume 

pumps. 

DYNAMIC SEAL – Seal located at the shaft end of the pump drive. 

HECK VALVE – Allows liquid to fl ow in one direction only. 

Generally used in discharge line to prevent reverse fl ow. 

DEAD HEAD – Ability of a pump to continue running without damage 

when discharge is closed off. Only recommended with centrifugal 

pumps. 

DENSlTY (specifi c weight of a fl uid) – Weight per unit volume, 

often expressed as pounds per cubic foot or grams per cubic centimeter. 

FLOODED SUCTION – Liquid fl ows to pump inlet from an 

elevated source by means of gravity. Recommended for centrifugal 

pump installations. 

FLOW – A measure of the liquid volume capacity of a pump. Given 

in gallons per hour (GPH), gallons per minute (GPM), liters per 

minute (I/min), or milliliters per minute (ml/min). 

FLUIDS – Include liquids, gases, and mixtures of liquids, solids, 

and gases. For the purposes of this catalog, the terms fl uid and liquid 

are both used to mean a pure liquid or a liquid mixed with gases or 

solids that acts essentially like a liquid in pumping applications. 

FOOT VALVE – A type of check valve with a built-in strainer. Used 

at point of liquid intake to retain liquid in system, preventing loss of 

prime when liquid source is lower than pump. 

HEAD – A measure of pressure, expressed in feet of head for centrifugal 

pumps. Indicates the height of a column of water being moved 

by the pump, assuming negligible friction losses. 

PRESSURE – The force exerted on the walls of a container (tank, 

pipe etc.) by a liquid. Normally measured in pounds per square inch 

(psi) for positive displacement and metering pumps. 

PRIME – A charge of liquid required to begin pumping action when 

liquid source is lower than pump. May be held in pump by a foot 

valve on the intake line, or by a valve or chamber within the pump. 

SEAL – A device mounted in the pump housing and/or on the pump 

shaft, to prevent leakage of liquid from the pump. There are three 

types: 

LIQUID PUMP TERMINOLOGY 

LIP – A fl exible ring (usually rubber or similar material) with the 

inner edge held closely against the rotating shaft by a spring. 

MECHANICAL – Has a rotating part and a stationary part with 

highly polished touching surfaces. Has excellent sealing capability 

and long life, but can be damaged by dirt or grit in the liquid. 

PACKED – Multiple fl exible rings mounted around the pump shaft 

and packed together by tightening gland nuts; some leaking is 

essential for lubrication. 

RELIEF VALVE – Usually used at the discharge of a positive displacement 

pump. An adjustable, spring-loaded valve opens when a 

preset pressure is reached. Used to prevent excessive pressure 

buildup that could damage the pump or motor. 

SEALLESS (MAGNETIC DRIVE) – No seal is used; power is 

transmitted from motor to pump impeller by magnetic force. 

SELF-PRIMING – Refers to pumps that draw liquid up from below 

pump inlet (suction lift), as opposed to pumps requiring fl ooded suction. 

SPECIFIC GRAVITY – The ratio of the weight of a given volume 

of liquid to the same volume of pure water. Pumping heavier liquids 

(specifi c gravity greater than 1.0) will require more drive horsepower. 

STATIC DISCHARGE HEAD – Maximum vertical distance (in 

feet) from pump to point of discharge with no fl ow. 

STRAINER – A device installed in the inlet of a pump to prevent 

foreign particles from damaging the internal parts. 

SUMP – A well or pit in which liquids collect below fl oor level 

sometimes refers to an oil or water reservoir. 

TOTAL HEAD – Sum of discharge head, suction lift, and friction 

loss. 

VISCOSITY – The “thickness” of a liquid, or its ability to fl ow. 

Most liquids decrease in viscosity and fl ow more easily as they get 

warmer. 

Inlet 

Impeller Discharge 

Volute (body) 

10 

10-59

10 

10-60 

CORRECTION FACTORS 

HEAD IN FEET 

VISCOSITY CORRECTION CHART 

Example - Viscosity 

Determine BHPvis when pumping 66 usgpm at 80 ft. of 50% 

NaOH with a pump at 48% Eff. with water. 

*S.G. = 1.53 *Given from other tables 

*Visc = 78cSt = 120 CP/1.53 

Qw = 66 usgpm 

H.W. = 80 ft. 

E.W. = 48% = .48 

Cq = .84 ) 

Ch = 1.00 ) From above chart 

Ce = .58 

Qw x Cq = 66 x .84 = 55.44 

Hw x Ch = 80 x 1.00 = 80.0 

Ew x Ce = .48 x .58 = .2784 

BHPvis = 55.44 x 80.0 x 1.53/3960/0.2784 = 6.16 H.P. 

PUMP DATA 

CAPACITY IN GALLONS PER MINUTE (at bep) 

WHERE 

BHPvis = Viscous brake horsepower 

S.G. = Specifi c Gravity 

3960 = Constant 

Qw = Capacity pumping water (USGPM) 

Cq = Capacity correction factor (Fig 1) 

Qvis = Viscous Capacity (USGPM) = Cq X Qw 

Hw = Head pumping water (ft.) 

CH = Head correction factor (Fig 1) 

Hvis = Viscous head (ft) = Ch X Hw 

Ew = Effi ciency pumping Water 

Ce = Effi ciency correction factor (Fig 1) 

Evis = Viscous Effi ciency = Ce X Ew 

BHPvis = (cq X Qs) X (Hw X Ch) X S.G./3960/Ce/Evis

CORRECTION FACTORS 

CAPACITY AND EFFICIENCY HEAD 

HEAD IN FEET (FIRST STAGE) 

PUMP DATA 

CAPACITY IN 100 GPM 

PERFORMANCE CORRECTION CHART 

10 

10-61

10 

10-62 

Conversion Factors

Symbols 

60 Series Hot Tap Ph / ORP Sensors 5-3 

500 Series Combination Ph / ORP Sensors 5-5 

2200D Dissolved Oxygen Controller 5-10 

2850 Conductivity Sensor 5-12 

3200U Ultrasonic Flow/Level Monitor 5-8 

8760CLP Chlorine & Ph Analyzer 5-6 

A 

A-100N Peristaltic Pumps 6-28 

A-1600 Flexfl o® Peristaltic Pumps 6-29 

Acrylic Sheet 4-14 

Actuated Valve 3-16–3-24 

Am Series Hot Tap Ph /ORP Sensors 5-4 

Angle Valves 3-8 

Aquametrix 60 Series Ph /ORP Sensors 5-2 

Aquametrix 2200P Controller 5-1 

Aquametrix Shark-120/240 Controller 5-1 

Aquametrix Shark Tx/Txp Transmit 5-1 

Autotherm Temperature Regulated Welding Gun 4-36 

AVFM-II Area Velocity Flow Level Monitor 5-9 

B 

Bag Filters 6-18 

Ball Check Valves/Foot Valves 3-10 

Basket Strainers 6-22 

BCF ® Plus Fusion Machine 2-18 

Black Hdpe And Nylon Insert Fittings 8-17 

Bolted Flange Bulkhead Fittings 7-12 

Bolted Flange Fittings 7-12 

Buffer Solutions 5-20 

Butterfl y Valves 3-4–3-5 

C 

C3 Series Chem-Protm Diaphragm Pumps 6-31 

C-600P Chem-Feed Diaphragm Pumps 6-31 

C-1100 Chem-Feed Diaphragm Metering Pumps 6-29 

C-1500N Chem-Feed Diaphragm Metering Pumps 6-30 

Calibrated Needle Valves 3-8 

Calibration And Buffer Solutions 5-20 

Cam Couplers 8-12 

Cartridge Filters 6-20 

Catalyst Support 9-13 

Cement 1-21 

Centrifugal Pumps 6-3, 6-7 

Check Valves 3-10 

Chemical Resistance Chart For Snyder Tanks 7-9 

INDEX 

Chemkor Butterfl y Valves 3-4 

Chemkor CPVC Pipe 1-15 

Chemkor Gear Box Butterfl y 3-4 

Chemkor Schedule 80 PVC Pipe 1-1 

ChemkoR Schedule 40 Gray PVC Fittings 7, 1-8 

Chemkor Schedule 40 Gray Pipe 6 

Chemkor Schedule 40 White PVC Fittings 1-10, 1-11 

Chemkor Schedule 40 White PVC Pipe 1-9 

Chemkor Schedule 80 CPVC Fittings 1-16 to 1-19 

Chemkor Schedule 80 PVC Fittings 1-2, 1-3, 1-4, 1-5 

Chemkor Schedule 80 PVC Pipe 1-1 

Chemkor Single Union Ball Valves 3-1 

Chemkor Super Bloc True Union Ball Valves 3-1 

Chemtrol True Union Ball Valves 3-2 

Chlorine Analyser 5-6, 5-18 

Clamp-It PVC Tapping Saddles 1-23 

Clear Braided PVC Hose 8-3 

Clear PVC Hose 8-2 

Clear PVC Pipe 1-12 

Clear PVC Sheet 4-5 

Closed Top Tanks 7-5 

Column Internals 9-14 

Compact Econo Ball Valves 3-6 

Composolite® Fiberglass Building System 4-30 

Conductivity Sensor 5-6 

Conductivity Sensors 5-12 

Conical Bottom Tanks 7-8 

Controller, pH, ORP, Conductivity 5-1 

Controller, Oxygen 5-10 

Conventional Butt Fusion Machine 2-19 

CPVC Fittings 1-16–1-19 

CPVC Pipe 1-15 

CPVC Sheet 4-7 

CPVC Ventillation Duct Pipe 9-9 

D 

DFM-4.0 Doppler Flow Monitor 5-8 

Door Strips 4-17 

Double Wall Containment Tanks 7-6 

Dual Containment Pipe 2-8 

Duct Fittings 9-2 

Duct Pipe 9-1, 9-4, 9-5, 9-8, 9-9 

Duranit® Catalyst Support 9-13 

Durashield® Foam Core Building Panels 4-30 

E 

Eductors 6-25 

Energy-Saving Hollow Balls 9-15 

Es Series Conductivity Sensors 5-6 

Expansion Joints, PVC CPVC 1-24 

10 

10-63

10 

F 

F300 - Pitot Tube Acrylic Flowmeters 5-21 

F-400N Machined Acrylic Tube Flowmeter 5-22 


F-420N MachiNed Acrylic Tube Flowmeter 5-24 


F-440 Polysulfone Flowmeter 5-27 

F-450 Polysulfone Flowmeter 5-28 

F-550 Machined Acrylic Block Flowmeter 5-26 

F-1000 Digital Paddlewheel Flowmeter 5-29 

F-2000 Digital Paddlewheel Flowmeter 5-31, 5-32 

Fabco Eliminator Type LTH 2000 9-17 

Fabco Eliminator Type LTV 1500 9-17 

Fabcograte FRP Grating 4-21, 4-22, 4-23 

Fabco Round Welding Rod 4-13 

Fabco Specialty Tubing 8-8 

Fast & Tite Tube Fittings 8-15 

Fiberglass Structural Shapes And Plate 4-26 to 4-28 

Fiberglass Threaded Rod And Nuts 4-38 

Filter Cartridges 6-5, 6-12–6-13 

Filter Chambers 6-10 

Filterchem Level & Pump Controls 5-17 

Filterchem Mini-Stat Level Control 5-17 

Fire Retardent PP Ventillation Duct Pipe 9-8 

Fittings, Bulk Head 7-12 

Fittings, Clear PVC 1-13 

Fittings, CPVC 1-16–1-19 

Fittings, LXT 2-3 

Fittings, Metric 1-14 

Fittings, PP 1-27 

Fittings, PP 1-26 

Fittings, PVC 1-2 

Fittings, PVDF 1-29 

Fittings, Self Aligning 7-12 

Fittings, Tube 8-16 

Fittings, White PVC 1-10 

Flange Gaskets 1-24 

Flexible PVC Door Strips And Sheet 4-17 

Flexible Tubing 8-10 

Flexi-Joint Connections 7-12 

Flex-Protm Peristaltic Pumps 6-27 

Flowline Contact Level Sensors 5-16 

Flowline Echopod 5-15 

Flowline Echosafe 5-15 

Flowline Echospan 5-16 

Flowline Echoswitch Ii 5-16 

Flowline Echotouch 5-15 

Flowmeters 5-21–5-29 

Flow Monitors 5-8 

Flow Sensor 5-7 

Flow Sensors 5-14 

10-64 

INDEX 

Foot Operated Valves 3-12 

FRP Grating 4-21 

FRP Handrails 4-29 

FRP Plate 4-29 

FRP Structural Shapes 4-26 

Fuseal Schedule 40 Polypro Pipe 2-5 

Fuseal Schedule 80 25/50 PVDF Pipe 2-7 

Fuseal Schedule 80 Polypro Pipe 2-6 

Fusion Machines 2-18–2-20 

G 

Gaskets 1-24 

Gate Valves 3-9 

GF 375 True Union Ball Valves 3-2 

GF 546 True Union Ball Valves 3-3 

GF 568 Gearbox Butterfl y Valves 3-5 

GF Contain-It 2-8 

GF Electric Actuated Ball Valve 3-17, 3-18 

GF Electric Actuated Butterfl y Valve 3-18 

GF Manual Diaphragm Valve 3-21 

Gf Metric PVC Fittings 1-14 

GF Pneumatic Actuated Ball Valve 3-16 

GF Pneumatic Actuated Butterfl y Valve 3-19 

GF Pneumatic Actuated Diaphragm Valve 3-20 

GF Type 304 Y-Check Valves 3-10 

GF Type 567 Butterfl y Valves 3-5 

GF V182/V82 Pressure Regulating Valve 3-15 

GF V185/V85 Pressure Relief Valve 3-14 

GF V186/V86 Pressure Retaining Valve 3-15 

GF V782 Pressure Reducing Valve 3-14 

GF V786 Pressure Retaining Valve 3-13 

Glass Backed Sheet 4-15 

Globe Valves 3-9 

Grating Accessories 4-25 

Grating, FRP 4-21 

Grating, Pultruded 4-24 

Guidelines For Factory-Installed Fittings 7-13 

GVS-65 Gas Venting System 2-1 

H 

Hanna HI504 pH/ORP Controller 5-18 

Hanna HI700 EC Controller 5-18 

Hanna Industrial Probes 5-19 

Hanna Multi Parameter Meter 5-20 

Hanna pH, ORP, Free/Total Chlorine Analyser 5-18 

Hanna Pocket Testers 5-19 

Hayward 4200 Cartridge Filters 6-20 

Hayward Bus Control System 3-22 

Hayward Duplex Basket Strainers 6-23 

Hayward EAU Electric Actuator 3-24 

Hayward EJM Reversing Actuator 3-24

Hayward EVR Electric Actuator 3-24 

Hayward EVS/EVT Electric Actuator 3-23 

Hayward Filter Bags 6-12 

Hayward FLT Series CartridGe Filters 6-5 

Hayward PAD/PAS Pneumatic Actuator 3-22 

Hayward PCD/PCS Pneumatic Actuators 3-23 

Hayward PKD/PKS Pneumatic Actuator 3-23 

Hayward Plastic Y-Strainers 6-21 

Hayward PMD/PMS Pneumatic Actuator 3-22 

Hayward PP/PVDFSimplex Bag Filter 6-19 

Hayward PVC/CPVC/PP Duplex Bag Filter 6-19 

Hayward PVC/CPVC Simplex Bag Filter 6-18 

Hayward Simplex Plastic Basket Strainers 6-22 

Hayward Strainers Baskets 6-24 

Hayward TB Series True Union Ball Valves 3-3 

HDPE Insert Fittings 8-17 

HDPE Pipe 2-9 

HDPE Sheet 4-10 

Headers 5-34 

Heatfl on® Immersion Heating Panels 9-16 

Heating Panels 9-16 

Heavy Duty Tank Adapters 7-11 

HF Thermoplastic Centrifugal Fans 9-18–9-20 

High Density PE Sheet 4-10 

High Pressure Lay-Flat Discharge Hose 8-14 

Hollow Balls 9-15 

Horizontal Closed Top Tanks 7-7 

Hose, Abrasion Resistant 8-5 

Hose Clamps 8-9 

Hose, Clear Braided 8-3 

Hose, Clear PVC 8-2 

Hose, Lay Flat 8-14 

Hose, PVC 8-5 

Hose, PVC Transfer 8-4 

Hose, Spa 8-1 

HDPE Pipe 2-9, 2-10, 2-11, 2-12 

I 

Immersion Heating Panels 9-16 

Insert Fittings 8-17 

Instaduct® Cpvc Ventillation Duct Pipe 9-9 

Instaduct® Pvc Ventillation Duct Fittings 9-2–9-3 

Instaduct® Pvc Ventillation Duct Pipe 9-1, 9-4, 9-5 

In-Tank Filtration Systems 6-6, 6-15 

IP80 Series Paddle Wheel Flow Sensors 5-7 

IP100 Series Paddle Wheel Flow Sensors 5-7 

IR Plus Fusion Machine 2-18 

K 

K3130 Series BF Heavy Wall Pvc Hose 8-5 

Kuri-Tec Clear Braided PVC Hose 8-3 

INDEX 

Kuri-Tec Clear PVC Hose 8-2 

L 

Laboratory Ball Cock Valve - Type 324 3-6 

Laboratory Grade PP TubIng 8-7 

Laramy 30-10 Basic High Speed Torch 4-33 

Laramy 30-102 Fabricating Torch 4-33 

Laramy 30-200 Torch And Compressor 4-33 

Laramy Custom Welding Tips 4-35 

Laramy Economy Compressor/Torch 4-34 

Laramy Plastic Bending Bars 4-34 

Laramy Universal High-Speed Tip 4-35 

Laramy Vari-FT/RS Self Contained Torch 4-34 

Large Diameter Swing Check Valves 3-11 

Lay-Flat Discharge Hose 8-14 

LDPE Sheet 4-11 

Level Monitors 5-8 

Level Sensor 5-14 

Level Transmitter 5-14 

Level Transmitters 5-15 

Lexan Sheet 4-14 

Liquid Dispensing Assemblies 3-13 

Low Density Pe Sheet 4-11 

LXT Schedule 80 Fittings 2-3 

LXT Schedule 80 Pipe 2-2 

LXT Valves And Accessories 2-4 

M 

Mag Drive Pumps 6-4, 6-8 

Mazzei Injectors 6-26 

Mcelroy 824 Fusion Machine 2-20 

Metering Ball Valves - Type 323 3-6 

Metering Pumps 6-27–6-32 

Micro-Flo Digital Flowmeter 5-33 

Mini-Max Level Control 5-17 

Mist Eliminator 9-17 

Mixers 6-9 

Model 75 1/2” - 2” Fusion Tool 2-19 

MSA250-SE Electrofusion Machine 2-19 

MS Series Conductivity Sensors 5-6 

Multi Parameter Meter 5-20 

N 

Natural Polypropylene Pipe 1-25 

Natural Polypropylene Schedule 80 Fittings 1-26, 1-27 

Natural Pvdf Fittings 1-30 

Nylon Cable Ties 8-13 

Nylon Insert Fittings 8-17 

10 

10-65

10 

O 

Open Top Cylindrical Tanks 7-2 

Open Top Rectangular Tanks 7-3, 7-4 

ORP Probe 5-2 

ORP Controllers 5-18 

ORP Probes 5-11 

Other Plastic Rod 4-19 

P 

P91 Dissolved Oxygen Probe 5-10 

Packing 9-13 

Packing 9-10, 9-11 

Penguin A-A In-Tank Filtration Systems 6-15 

Penguin A-B In-Tank Filtration Systems 6-15 

Penguin A In-Tank Filtration SystemS 6-15 

Penguin A-SF In-Tank Filtration Systems 6-17 

Penguin BF In-Tank Filtration Systems 6-17 

Penguin CB Filter Bag Chambers 6-11 

Penguin CN In-Tank Filter Chambers 6-10 

Penguin CT Carbon Treatment Chambers 6-11 

Penguin HF In-Tank Filtration Systems 6-16 

Penguin Horizontal Centrifugal Pumps 6-7 

Penguin Horizontal Volute Pump 6-8 

Penguin Magnetic Drive Pump 6-8 

Penguin MF In-Tank Filtration Systems 6-16 

Penguin Mixers 6-9 

Penguin MR Precious Metal Recovery System 6-14 

Penguin PE Penductor SpargIng Eductors 6-25 

Penguin PF Wound Filter Cartridges 6-12 

Penguin PGG Pressure Gauges And Guards 6-9 

Penguin PP Pleated Filter Cartridges 6-13 

Penguin Sealless Vertical Pumps 6-7 

Penguin Series C Filter Chambers 6-10 

Penguin Series PC Carbon Filter Cartridges 6-13 

Penguin Series PES Penductor Systems 6-25 

Penguin Series PS Filter Sleeves 6-12 

Penguin Sm In-Tank Filtration Systems 6-16 

Penguin SR Precious Metal Recovery System 6-14 

Penguin VF In-Tank Filtration Systems 6-17 

Perforated Sheet 4-16 

PE Tubing 8-6 

Ph Controllers 5-18 

Ph Probe 5-2 

Ph Probes 5-11, 5-19 

Pipe, Acid Waste 2-5–2-7 

Pipe, Core Sampling 2-13 

Pipe, CPVC 1-15 

Pipe, Dual Containment 2-8 

Pipe, Fuseal 2-5, 2-6, 2-7 

Pipe, Gas Vent 2-1 

Pipe, HDPE 2-9 

10-66 

INDEX 

Pipe, LXT 2-2 

Pipe, PP 1-25 

Pipe, PROGEF PP 2-14 

Pipe, PVC 6 

Pipe, PVC 1-1 

Pipe, PVC S40 6 

Pipe, PVC White 1-9 

Pipe, PVDF 1-28 

Pipe, SDR 1-20 

Pipe, SYGEF PVDF 2-16 

Plastic Bolts, Nuts And Washers 4-39 

Plastic Fans 9-18–9-20 

Plastic Fans 9-18 

Plastic Liner / Core Sampling Pipe 2-13 

Plastic Packing 9-10, 9-11 

Plastic Rings 9-12 

Plastic Saddles 9-12 

Plexiglas Sheet 4-14 

Pocket Testers 5-19 

Polycarbonate Sheet 4-14 

Pool And Spa Hose 8-1 

PP Cam Coupler Fittings 8-12 

PP Fittings 1-26, 1-27 

PP Pipe 1-25 

PP Sheet 4-8 

PP Sheet, Copolymer 4-9 

PP Tubing 8-7 

PP Ventillation Duct Pipe 9-8 

Precious Metal Recovery System 6-14 

Pressure By-Pass Valves 3-12 

Pressure Gauges 6-9 

Pressure Regulators 3-12 

Pressure Relief Valves 3-12 

Pressure Sensors 5-13 

Pressure TransMitter 5-12 

Pressure Valves 3-12 

Primer 1-21 

Probe, ORP 5-2 

Probe, pH 5-2 

Probes, ORP 5-11 

Probes pH 5-11 

Probes, pH 5-19 

PROGEF® Natural PP Piping System 2-15 

PROGEF STD (Beta PP) Piping System 2-14 

Pultruded Grating 4-24 

Pumps, Centrifugal 6-7 

Pumps, Centrifugal 6-3 

Pump Selection Guiide 6-32 

Pumps, Mag Drive 6-4 

Pumps, Mag Drive 6-8 

Pumps, Metering 6-27 

Pumps, Vertical Immersible 6-1

PVC And CPVC S80 Expansion Joints 1-24 

PVC And CPVC Shapes 4-20 

PVC Chemcock Valves 3-8 

PVC Fittings 1-2–1-5 

PVC Fittings, Clear 1-13 

PVC Fittings, Gray 1-7 

PVC Fittings, Metric 1-14 

PVC Fittings, White 1-10 

PVC Gate Valves 3-9 

PVC Globe Valves 3-9 

PVC Hose Insert Fittings 8-11 

PVC Pipe 1-1, 1-6 

PVC Pipe,Clear 1-12 

PVC Pipe, Sdr 1-20 

PVC Rod 4-18 

PVC SDR Pressure Pipe 1-20 

PVC Sheet 4-1 

PVC Sheet, Clear 4-5 

PVC Ventillation Duct Fittings 9-2, 9-2–9-3 

PVC Ventillation Duct Pipe 9-1, 9-4, 9-5 

PVDF Fittings 1-29–1-30 

PVDF Natural Sheet 4-16 

PVDF Pipe 1-28 

PVDF Schedule 80 Pipe 1-28 

R 

Rectangular Tanks 7-3 

Red PVDF Fittings 1-29 

Ring Packing 9-12 

Rings 9-12 

Risers 5-34 

Riser Supports 5-34 

Rod, Other 4-19 

Rod, PVC 4-18 

Rod, UHMW 4-18 

Rod, Welding 4-13 

S 

Saddles 1-23, 9-12 

Saddles Packing 9-12 

Safplate® Fiberglass Gritted Plate 4-29 

Safrail Fiberglass Ladders 4-30 

Safrail Industrial Fiberglass Handrails 4-29 

Schedule 40 Clear PVC Fitting 1-13 

Schedule 80 Pipe 1-1 

Self Aligning Ball Dome Fitting 7-12 

Series E Instrument Grade Pe Tubing 8-6 

Series K7130 Heavy Wall PVC Transfer Hose 8-4 

Series K7160 Standard Wall PVC Hose 8-4 

Series UBK Abrasion-Resistant PVC Hose 8-5 

SG 110 Socket Fusion Machine 2-18 

INDEX 

Shapes, PVC And CPVC 4-20 

Shark 5-1 

Sheet, Acrylic 4-14 

Sheet, Clear PVC 4-5 

Sheet, Copolymer PP 4-9 

Sheet, CPVC 4-7 

Sheet, Glass Backed 4-15 

Sheet, HDPE 4-10 

Sheet, LDPE 4-11 

Sheet, Lexan 4-14 

Sheet, Perforated 4-16 

Sheet, Polycarbonate 4-14 

Sheet, PP Homopolymer 4-8 

Sheet, PVC 4-1–4-2 

Sheet, PVDF 4-16 

Sheet, UHMW 4-12 

Signet 2250 HydrostraTic Level Sensor 5-14 

Signet 2350 Temperature Sensor 5-13 

Signet 2450 Pressure Sensor 5-13 

Signet 2724-2726 pH/ORP Electrodes 5-11 

Signet 2754-2757 pH/ORP Electrodes 5-11 

Signet 2819-2823 Conductivity Electrodes 5-12 

Signet 8250 Level Transmitter 5-14 

Signet 8350 Temperature Transmitters 5-13 

Signet 8450 Pressure Transmitter 5-12 

Signet 8900 Multi-Parameter Controller 5-11 

Signet Flow Sensors 5-14 

Simona® Clear PVC Sheet Technical Data 4-6 

Simona® Copolymer PP Sheet 4-9 

Simona® Cpvc Corzan® Sheet 4-7 

Simona® Homopolymer PP Sheet 4-8 

Simona® Plastic Rod 4-18 

Simona® Pvc Type II Sheet Technical Data 4-4 

Simona® Pvc Type I Sheet 4-1 

Simona® Pvc Type I Sheet Technical Data 4-2 

Simona® Versadur® Clear Pvc Sheet 4-5 

Simona® Versadur® Pvc Type II Sheet 4-3 

Small Open Top Cylindrical Tanks 7-1 

Solvent Cement And Primer 1-22 

Solvent Cement And Primer 1-21 

Spa Hose 8-1 

Spray Nozzles 5-35 

Spx Series Paddle Wheel Flow Sensors 5-7 

Stingray Level & Velocity Logger 5-9 

Strainers, Basket 6-22 

Strainers, Y 6-21 

Super C Compact Ball Valves 3-6 

Swing Check Valves 3-11 

SYGEF® PLUS PVDF Piping System 2-17 

SYGEF® STD PVDF Piping System 2-16 

10 

10-67

10 

T 

Tank Adapters 7-11 

Tank Adaptersd 7-11 

Tank Fittings And Adapters 7-11 

Tank Resin Selection Guide 7-10 

Tanks, Closed Top 7-5, 7-7 

Tanks, Conical Bottom 7-8 

Tanks, Containment 7-6 

Tanks, Open Top 7-1 

Tanks, Rectangular 7-3 

Tapping Saddles 1-23 

Temperature Sensor 5-13 

Temperature Transmitters 5-13 

Thermoplastic Centrifugal Fans 9-18 

Three Way Ball Valves 3-7 

Tiger-Flex® Pool And Spa Hose 8-1 

Tracstar® 630 Fusion Machine 2-20 

Transferlox® Plastic Saddles 9-12 

Transferpack® Plastic Rings 9-12 

Transition Unions 1-23 

Tri-Packs® Plastic Packing 9-10, 9-11 

Trueseal Thermoplastic Tube Fittings 8-16 

Tube Fittings 8-16 

True Union Ball Valves 3-1–3-3 

Tube Fittings 8-15, 8-16 

Tubing, PE 8-6 

Tubing, PP 8-7 

Tubing, Specialty 8-8 

Type 343 Horizontal Three Way Ball Valves 3-7 

Type 343 Vertical Three Way Ball Valves 3-7 

U 

UHMW Rod 4-19 

UHMW Sheet 4-12 

Ultra High Molecular Weight (UHMW) Sheet 4-12 

Uni-Spray Headers 5-34 

Uni-Spray Nozzles 5-35 

Uni-Spray Risers 5-34 

Uni-Spray Riser Supports 5-34 

Universal Ball Dome Fittings 7-12 

V 

Valves 3-1–3-3, 3-8 

Valves, Actuated 3-16 

Valves, Butterfl y 3-4–3-5 

Valves, Check 3-10 

Valves, Gate 3-9 

Valves, Globe 3-9 

Valves, LXT 2-4 

10-68 

INDEX 

Valves, Pressure 3-12 

Valves, Three WaY 3-7 

Valves, True Union 3-1 

Ventillation Duct Pipe 9-1, 9-4, 9-5, 9-8, 9-9 

Vertical Closed Top Tanks 7-5 

Vertical Pumps 6-7 

Verticle Immersible Pumps 6-1 

W 

Wafer Check Valve 3-11 

Webster C5, C7, C8 And C10 Centrifugal Pumps 6-3 

Webster D Series Immersible Pumps 6-4 

Webster In-Tank Filtration Systems 6-6 

Webster R Series Mag Drive Pumps 6-4 

Webster S12/S16 Immersible Pumps 6-2 

Webster S Series Immersible Pumps 6-1 

Webster S Series Quick Service Pumps 6-2 

Wegener Airtherm Hot Air Welding Gun 4-36 

Wegener Duratherm Hot Air Welding Gun 4-36 

Wegener Exweld Alpha2 EC Extrusion Welder 4-37 

Wegener Exweld Beta2 EC Extrusion Welder 4-37 

Wegener Exweld Gamma2 EC Extrusion Welder 4-37 

Wegener Exweld Mini-F Extrusion Welder 4-37 

Wegener Spark Testers 4-35 

Welding Guns And Accessories 4-31–4-39 

Welding Rod 4-13 

White PVC Pipe 1-9 

Y 

Y Pattern Valves 3-8 

Y Strainers 6-21 

Z 

Zinzer Jumbotherm Welding Gun 4-31 

Zinzer Unitherm Welding Gun 4-31 

Zinzer Welding Accessories 4-32

TERMS 

PRICES 

All prices shown are subject to change without notice and should 

be confi rmed with FABCO. These prices do not constitute an 

offer to sell. All are based on standard domestic packaging and 

do not include special overseas packaging or other requirements. 

Dealer, Contractor and OEM discounts for volume orders are 

available for most product lines. 

PLACING ORDERS 

To expedite handling of your order, please use the combination 

of part number, size and brief description. Our minimum order is 

$25.00 net. 

SHIPPING 

All shipments are FOB shipping point except those qualifi ed 

materials which carry mill shipment freight allowances. The term 

FOB shipping point means the carrier accepts all responsibility 

upon accepting the shipment at our dock. Therefore, any claims 

for damage or loss must be settled between you and the carrier 

without delay. 

BILLING TERMS 

Prior credit approval and nondelinquent status are necessary 

before shipping on open account. Our open account terms are net 

30 days. A 2% per month (24% per annum) charge is made on accounts 

exceeding 30 days. All taxes required by law are computed 

and added to your invoice. Our minimum billing is $25.00 net. 

EXPORT SHIPMENT 

FABCO will be happy to handle your export order. We will offer 

prompt replies on your inquiry including Pro Forma Invoice, CIF 

Port of Unloading, and export crating on all our products. Terms 

and Letter of Credit drawn on a Canadian bank. Address your 

inquiry to “Export Dept.” at our Maple, Ontario offi ce. 

CLAIMS & RETURNS 

Claims for shortages or inaccurate fi lling of orders must be made 

to FABCO within ten days after receipt of goods. Include a copy 

of the invoice or shipper on which the goods were purchased. You 

will then receive a Returned Goods (RG) authorization number. 

There is a 25% restocking charge on any standard goods returned 

for credit or exchange, when the error is not ours, providing such 

goods that are returned are in new and saleable condition, are 

returned on a prepaid basis and the returned goods do not exceed 

ten percent of the original ordered quantities. Goods returned 

without the RG authorization will be refused. Any custom 

fabricated, hand fabricated or specially ordered products are non 

returnable. 

Conditions of Sale 

NOTICE TO BUYER 

INFORMATION 

FABCO will endeavour to furnish such advice as it may be able 

to supply with reference to the use by buyer of any materials 

purchased, but FABCO makes no guarantees and assumes no 

obligation or liability for the advice given verbally or in print or 

the results obtained. Buyer assumes all risk and liability which 

may result from the use of any material, whether used singly or in 

combination with other products. No suggestion for product use 

shall be construed as a recommendation for its use in infringement 

on any existing patent. 

PRODUCT WARRANTY 

All products not manufactured by FABCO carry the original 

manufacturer’s warranty. Copies are available on request. All 

products manufactured by FABCO will be free of defects in 

material and workmanship for a period of one year from shipment 

from FABCO. If found to be defective by us, we will repair 

or replace the nonconforming parts or goods at our option or 

return the purchase price at our option. Notice of a defective 

product must be given to FABCO in writing immediately upon 

the discovery of such defect and include a copy showing proof of 

purchase. FABCO will not be liable for special or consequential 

damages in any claim, suit or proceedings arising under this warranty, 

nor will FABCO accept any liability for claims for labor, 

loss of profi t, repairs or other expenses incidental to replacement. 

The Product Warranty expressed above is our only warranty and 

may not be verbally changed or modifi ed by any representative 

of FABCO. The offer to repair or replace nonconforming goods 

within warranty does not cover defects caused by shipping damages, 

damages caused by improper use or installation, or by the 

buyer’s attempts to use the products beyond their mechanical, 

thermal or electrical capacity. All freight costs incurred in shipping 

parts to or from FABCO, or to the manufacturer if necessary, 

are at the expense of the customer. 

FABCO reserves the right of product substitution to meet market 

shortages. 

10 

10-69

10 

10-70 

NOTES

NOTES 

10 

10-71

10 

10-72 

NOTES

NOTES 

10 

10-73

10 

10-74 

APPLICATION FOR CREDIT

HWY. 27 

176 ST. (HWY 15) 

149 ST. 

MAJOR MACKENZIE 

HWY. 400 

JANE ST. 

KEELE ST. 

Laval Autoroute (440) 

137 AVE. 

131 AVE. 

148th ST. 

128th AVE. 

TESTON RD. 

MAPLE, ONT. 

HWY. 7 

HWY. 401 

YELLOWHEAD HWY. #16 

96 AVE 

TRANSCANADA HWY. 

88 AVE 

192 ST. 

ST. ALBERT TRAIL 

TELEGRAPH TRAIL 

194A ST. 

HWY. 11 

200 ST. 

FABCO PLASTICS WHOLESALE LTD. 

2175 Teston Road, Maple ON 

L6A 1T3 

Telephone: (905) 832-0600 

(800) 565-6189 

Fax: (905) 832-0992 

(800) 668-8415 

Email: info@fabcoplastics.com 

FABCO PLASTIQUES INC., 

5000 Autoroute (440) 

Laval O 

Chomedey, Quebec 

H7T 2Z8 

Telephone: (450) 687 2721 

(888) 637-5278 

Fax: (450) 687 3635 

Email: montreal@fabcoplastics.com 

FABCO PLASTICS WESTERN LIMITED 

12938 -148 Street, Edmonton, Alberta 

T5L 2H8 

Telephone: (780) 451-0238 

(800) 661-7926 

Fax: (780) 455-4816 

Email: edmonton@fabcoplastics.com 

FABCO PLASTICS WESTERN (BC) LIMITED 

9511-194A Street, Surrey, B.C. 

V4N 4G4 

Telephone: (604) 882-1564 

(800) 232-2422 

Fax: (604) 882-1432 

Email: surrey@fabcoplastics.com

Toronto - 2175 Teston Road, Maple(Toronto), Ontario, Canada, L6A 1T3 

Telephone: (905) 832-0600 Toll Free (800) 565-6189 Fax: (905) 832-0992 Email: info@fabcoplastics.com 

Edmonton - 12938 -148 Street, Edmonton, Alberta T5L 2H8 

Telephone: (780) 451-0238 Toll Free (800) 661-7926 Fax: (780) 455-4816, Email: edmonton@fabcoplastics.com 

Vancouver - 9511-194A Street, Surrey, B.C., V4N 4G4 

Telephone: (604) 882-1564 Toll Free (800) 232-2422 Fax: (604) 882-1432 Email: surrey@fabcoplastics.com 

Montreal - 5000 Autoroute (440), Laval Ouest, Chomedey, Quebec, H7T 2Z8 

Telephone: (450) 687 2721 Toll Free (888) 637-5278 Fax: (450) 687 3635 Email: montreal@fabcoplastics.com 

www.fabcoplastics.com

chemkor schedule 80 fittings - Fabco Plastics Wholesale Limited

You also want an ePaper? Increase the reach of your titles

Delete template?

Save as template?